china: gef dioxin reduction from the pulp and paper ...€¦ · pollutants for paper industry”...

�China: GEF Dioxin Reduction from the Pulp and Paper Industry

Project(P125528)�

Environmental Impact Assessment Report

for

Technical Upgrade of Ningxia Zhongye Meili Paper

Mill

Ningxia Zhongye Meili Paper Industry Co., Ltd

Environmental Protection Research Institute of Light Industry

January 2012

E2813 v13 P

ublic

Dis

clos

ure

Aut

horiz

edP

ublic

Dis

clos

ure

Aut

horiz

edP

ublic

Dis

clos

ure

Aut

horiz

edP

ublic

Dis

clos

ure

Aut

horiz

edP

ublic

Dis

clos

ure

Aut

horiz

edP

ublic

Dis

clos

ure

Aut

horiz

edP

ublic

Dis

clos

ure

Aut

horiz

edP

ublic

Dis

clos

ure

Aut

horiz

ed

Ningxia Meili Paper Industry Co., Ltd Environmental Impact Assessment

1

Contents

1. Overview...................................................................................................................................3

1.1 Project Background ..........................................................................................................3

1.2 Basis for Report Compilation ..........................................................................................4

1.3 EIA Principles and Goals .................................................................................................8

1.4 EIA Classification and Scope ...........................................................................................9

1.5 EIA Key Tasks and Factors.............................................................................................12

1.6 Environmental Sensitive Points and Environmental Protection Targets ......................13

1.7 EIA Standards .................................................................................................................17

2. Overview and Review of Existing Project and Ongoing Project Construction.......................23

2.1. Project Overview.........................................................................................................23

2.2. Project Analysis...........................................................................................................67

2.3. Pollutants Discharge and Control Measures ...............................................................93

2.4. Current Situation of Environmental Protection and Labor Protection System .........103

2.5. Reform Measures and “Old + New Project Construction” .......................................105

3. Overview and Analysis of the Planned Project Construction................................................108

3.1. Project Overview.......................................................................................................108

3.2. Project Analysis.........................................................................................................119

3.3. Balance of Water, Steam and Power Consumption after the Planned Project

Construction.........................................................................................................................132

3.4. Pollutants Discharge from the Planned Project Construction ...................................141

4. Environmental Situation of Project Construction Site ..........................................................154

4.1. Geography Location..................................................................................................154

4.2. Natural Environment.................................................................................................154

4.3. Social Environment...................................................................................................156

5. Survey and Assessment of Environmental Quality ...............................................................159

5.1. Quality Survey and Assessment of Atmospheric Environment.................................159

5.2. Quality Survey and Assessment of Surface Water Environment ..............................169

5.3. Quality Survey and Assessment of Ground Water Environment ..............................182

5.4. Quality Survey and Assessment of Noise Environment............................................187

5.5. Quality Survey and Assessment of Soil Environment...............................................189

5.6. Brief Summary..........................................................................................................190

6. Environmental Impact Analysis in the Period of Construction.............................................191

6.1. Analysis on the Impact on Atmosphere Environment in the Construction Period....192

6.2. Analysis on the Acoustic Environmental Impact in the Period of Construction.......194

6.3. Analysis on the Impact on Water Environment in Construction Period....................199

6.4. Analysis on Solid Waste Impact on the Environment in Construction Period ..........200

6.5. Analysis on the Impact on Ecological Environment in the Construction Period ......201

6.6. Analysis on Traffic Impact in the Construction Period.............................................202

6.7. Analysis on Security Risk in Construction Period ....................................................202

6.8. Brief Summary..........................................................................................................204

7. Atmospheric Environmental Impact Forecast and Assessment ............................................205

7.1. Grade and Scope of Assessment ...............................................................................205


2

7.2. Analysis on Conventional Meteorology Features .....................................................207

7.3. Atmospheric Environmental Impact Forecast and Assessment.................................216

7.4. Protection Distance for Fugitive Emission................................................................247

7.5. Conclusion of Atmospheric Environmental Impact Assessment...............................249

8. Analysis of Impact on Water Environment ...........................................................................251

8.1. Analysis of Wastewater Quality ................................................................................251

8.2. Analysis of Impact on Groundwater Environment....................................................253

8.3. Summary ...................................................................................................................262

9. Forecast and Assessment of Impact on Noise Environment .................................................263

9.1. Source Intensity of Noise ..........................................................................................263

9.2. Assessment Factor and Assessment Standard ...........................................................264

9.3. Forecast Scope and Amount......................................................................................264

9.4. Sensitive Targets .......................................................................................................264

9.5. Forecast Contents......................................................................................................265

9.6. Time Aeriod for Assessment .....................................................................................265

9.7. Forecast Mode...........................................................................................................265

9.8. Analysis on Forecast Results ....................................................................................267

9.9. Summary ...................................................................................................................270

10. 10 Analysis on Disposal and Impact of Solid Wastes .......................................................270

10.1. Emission Features and Emission statistics of Solid Wastes ..................................270

10.2. Components and Treatment & Disposal Measures for Solid Wastes ....................271

10.3. Seepage Proof Measures .......................................................................................273

10.4. Analysis of Impact on Transportation Environment .............................................274

10.5. Summary ...............................................................................................................275

11. Environmental Risk Assessment .......................................................................................275

11.1. Risk Identification.................................................................................................275

11.2. Environmental Risk Analysis ................................................................................282

11.3. Risk Prevention Measures.....................................................................................284

11.4. Risk Emergency Plan ............................................................................................293

11.5. Conclusion ............................................................................................................303

12. Analysis and Assessment on Cleaner Production .............................................................303

12.1. Factor of Papermaking Industry Cleaner Production ............................................304

12.2. Analysis on Cleaner Production of the Project .....................................................304

12.3. Assessment on Capacity of Cleaner Production....................................................306

12.4. Conclusion ............................................................................................................311

13. Pollution Control Measures and Feasibility Analysis .......................................................312

13.1. Environmental Protection Measures during Construction Period and Feasibility

Analysis 312

13.2. Countermeasures and Measures to Prevent and Control Pollution during Operation

Period 314

13.3. Compliance with the pollution prevention measures in the “Guidance to

Environment, Health and Safety in Paper Industry”............................................................288

13.4. Environmental Protection Investment ...................................................................291

14. Analysis of Total Pollutant Control...................................................................................292


3

14.1. 14.1 Principles of total pollutant control...............................................................292

14.2. Total Emission Control Factor ..............................................................................292

14.3. Total Emission Control Indicators and their Sources ............................................293

15. Analysis of Conformity to Relevant Policies and Plans....................................................294

15.1. Analysis of Conformity to Relevant Policies ........................................................294

15.1.3 Policy on Technologies for Prevention and Control of SO2 Emissions from Coal-

Burning”...............................................................................................................................295

15.2. Analysis of Conformity to Relevant Plans............................................................295

15.3. Analysis of conformity to land use plan................................................................299

15.4. Summary ...............................................................................................................299

16. Environmental Impact and Economic Cost-Benefit Analysis ...........................................299

16.1. Economic Benefit Analysis ...................................................................................299

16.2. Social Benefit Analysis .........................................................................................300

16.3. Environmental Benefit Analysis............................................................................300

17. Public Participation ...........................................................................................................302

17.1. Purpose and Role of Public Participation..............................................................302

17.2. Approach and Content of Public Participation Survey..........................................302

17.3. Survey Respondents ..............................................................................................325

17.4. Analysis of Survey Results ...................................................................................325

17.5. Sub-conclusion......................................................................................................329

18. Environmental Protection Management and Monitoring Plan..........................................330

18.1. Environmental Protection Management System ...................................................330

18.2. Environmental Protection Monitoring Plan ..........................................................335

18.3. Environmental Protection Related Plans...............................................................346

18.4. Risk Management Plan .........................................................................................349

18.5. Measures to Mitigate Environmental Impact ........................................................355

18.6. Investment In Environmental Protection...............................................................369

19. Assessment Conclusion and Suggestion ...........................................................................370

19.1. Conclusion ............................................................................................................370

19.2. Suggestions ...........................................................................................................377

1. Overview

1.1 Project Background

Ningxia Meili Paper Industry Co., Ltd, as one of the key papermaking enterprises included in the program of “Ningxia Strategic Research and Development Plan for Papermaking Industry Development”, is an entity with the annual capacity of producing 90,000 tonnes of bleached wheat straw pulp, 34,000 tonnes of deinked pulp and 30,000 tonnes of waste board pulp for self use, i.e., an annual production of 250,000 tonnes of various types of cultural paper, special paper and cardboard paper.

In recent years, with the promulgation of industry policies and pollutants emission standards for pulp and paper making industry, a number of problems have emerged from the existing units of the old plant: low efficiency of the system of


4

wheat straw cooking process, high level of energy consumption and low ratio of production, low quality of pulp and low level of alkali recovery; some paper machine rooms, due to backward productivity, are to be phased out according to the “Guiding Catalogue For Structural Adjustment of Industry (2011)”; in addition, due to the failure of effective operation and the low efficiency of wastewater treatment, the final

discharge of wastewater failed in meeting the “Discharge Standard of Water Pollutants for Paper Industry” (GB3544-2008). To solve these problems, Meili Paper Industry is planning to adopt the strategy of “Old + New Project Construction”, i.e., to implement a new project of extended delignification and ECF (element chlorine free) bleaching technologies for realizing the annual production of 68,000 tonnes of wheat straw pulp, which is a part of the major technology reform approved by NDRC---“Development Project of Chemical Delignification and ECF Bleaching Technologies for Wheat Straw Pulp Production”

In February 2009, the Project’s EIA Report was approved by the Environmental Protection Bureau of Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region (NingHuanShenFa [2009] 12),

but the construction has not been kicked off in the Industry Park of Meili Paper in Zhongwei City. In 2011, the Project was restarted in a new location in the former Plant of Ningxia Meili Paper Industry Co., Ltd, without demand for new land appropriation. As required by the “Environmental Protection Law of the People’s Republic of China”, the “Environmental Impact Assessment Law of the People’s Republic of China” and the “Regulations on the Administration of Construction Project Environmental Protection”, a new round of environmental impact assessment is necessary for certifying the environmental feasibility of the Project. Accordingly, the EIA task (see Annex I) was consigned by Meili Paper to the Light Industry Environmental Protection Research Institute (GuoHuanPing Certificate A 1028). The

Light Industry Environmental Protection Research Institute accepted the consignment and organized professionals to conduct on-site investigation and status quo monitoring and collect existing environmental protection records and supporting documents, based on which the assessment on environmental impacts was conducted according to the updated national demand and technical requirements, in addition to public participation and announcement, as a result, the compilation of “Ningxia Meili Paper Industry Co., Ltd EIA Report on the Project of Extended Delignification and ECF Bleaching Technologies Reform for the Annual Production of 68,000 Tonnes of Wheat Straw Pulp” was finished and submitted to the Environmental Protection Bureau of Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region for review and approval in December

2011. The project is selected as a demonstration project for GEF financing. The international implementation agency is the World Bank. Therefore, in line with World Bank safeguards policies, the domestic EIA report is further enhanced to meet the World Bank requirements.

1.2 Basis for Report Compilation

1.2.1 Legal Basis

(1) “Environmental Protection Law of the People’s Republic of China” (December 26, 1989)

(2) “Law of the People’s Republic of China on the Prevention and Control of Atmospheric Pollution” (April 29, 2000)

(3) “Law of the People’s Republic of China on the Prevention and Control of Water Pollution” (February 28, 2008)


5

(4) “Law of the People’s Republic of China on the Prevention and Control of Environmental Pollution Caused by Solid Waste” (December 29, 2004)

(5) “Law of the People’s Republic of China on the Prevention and Control of Environmental Noise Pollution” (March 1, 1997)

(6) “Environmental Impact Assessment Law of the People’s Republic of China” (PRC President Order No. 77, October 28, 2002)]

(7) “Circular Economy Promotion Law of the People’s Republic of China” (PRC President Order No. 4, August 29, 2008)

(8) “Regulations of the People’s Republic of China on Nature Reserves” (December 1, 1994)

(9) “Cleaner Production Promotion Law of the People’s Republic of China” (PRC President Order No. 72, June 29, 2002)

(10) “Energy Conservation Law of the People’s Republic of China” (January 1, 1998)

(11) “Land Administration Law of the People’s Republic of China” (August 29, 1998)

(12) “Law of the People’s Republic of China on Water and Soil Conservation” (June 29, 1991)

(13) “City Planning Law of the People’s Republic of China” (Effective as of April 1, 1990)

(14) “Regulations on the Administration of Construction Project Environmental Protection” (State Council Order No. 253, November 1998)

(15) “Regulation on Environmental Impact Assessment of Planning”

(State Council Order No. 559, August 17, 2009)

(16) “Regulation on the Administration of Hazardous Chemical Substance” (State Council Order No. 344, effective as of March 15, 2002)

(17) The State Council’s “Decision on a Number of Problems Concerning Environmental Protection” (GuoFa [1996] 31)

(18) The State Council’s “Opinions on Accelerating the Development of Circular Economy” (GuoFa [2005] 22, July 2, 2005)

(19) The State Council’s “Decision on Implementing Scientific Outlook on Development and Strengthening Environmental Protection”

(GuoFa [2005] 39, December 3, 2005)

(20) The State Council General Office’s “Notification on Strengthening and Regulating the Management of New Construction Project” (GuoBanFa [2007] 64, November 17, 2007)

(21) The State Council’s “Notification on Printing and Distributing the Comprehensive Work Plan of Energy Conservation and Emissions Reduction” (GuoFa [2007] 15, May 23, 2007)


6

(22) The State Council’s “Opinions on Further Promoting Ningxia Economic and Social Development” (GuoFa [2008] 29, September 7, 2008)

(23) “The Opinions of the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology on Further Strengthening the Work of Industrial Water

Conservation” (MIIT [2010] 218, May 4, 2010)

(24) “The Notice on Printing and Distributing the ‘Regulation on the Development of Co-Generation’” by the State Development Planning Commission, State Economic and Trade Cooperation, the Ministry of Construction and the Ministry of Environmental Protection (JiJichu [2000] 1268, August 22, 2000)

(25) “The Notice on Strengthening EIA Management and Preventing Environmental Risks” by the Ministry of Environmental Protection (HuanFa [2005] 152)

(26) “The Classified Catalogue of Environmental Impact Studies”

(MEP Order No. 2, revised on August 15, 2008)

(27) “The Guiding Catalogue for Structural Adjustment of Industry (2011)” (NDRC [2011] Order No. 9, March 27, 2011)

(28) “The Technology Policies on Prevention and Control of

Pollution from Coal-Fired Sulfur Dioxide Emission” by SEPA (HuanFa

[2002] 26, January 30, 2002)

(29) “The Official Reply Concerning the Prevention Distance Standard in Environmental Impact Assessment of Construction Project” by MEP (HuanHan [2009] 224, September 18, 2009)

(30) “Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region Environmental Protection Regulation (Revised Edition)” (Revised on November 19, 2009)

(31) “Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region Environmental Protection Regulation on Construction Project” (Effective as of October 1, 2002)

(32) “The Notice on Ningxia Construction Project Environmental Protection Pre-review System” forwarded by the General Office of the People’s Government of Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region (NingZhengBanFa [2001] 33, March 5, 2001)

(33) “Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region Regulation on Water Conservation” (May 1, 2007)

(34) “Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region Regulation on Administration of Nature Reserves” (October 2002)

(35) “OP/BP4.01 Environmental Assessment for the World Bank Business Policies and Procedures”

1.2.2 Technical Basis

(1) HJ/T2.1-2011 “Technical Guidelines for Environmental Impact Assessment---General Rules”


7

(2) HJ2.2-2008 “Technical Guidelines for Environmental Impact Assessment---Atmospheric Environment”

(3) HJ/T2.3-1993 “Technical Guidelines for Environmental Impact Assessment---Surface Water Environment”

(4) HJ/610-2011 “Technical Guidelines for Environmental Impact

Assessment---Ground Water Environment”

(5) HJ2.4-2009 “Technical Guidelines for Environmental Impact Assessment---Acoustic Environment”

(6) HJ19-2011 “Technical Guidelines for Environmental Impact Assessment---Ecological Impact”

(7) HJ/T169-2004 “Technical Guidelines for Environmental Risk Assessment of Construction Project”

(8) “Provisional Measures for Public Participation in Environmental Impact Assessment” (HuanFa [2006] 28)

(9) HJ/T91-2002 “Technical Standard for Monitoring of Surface Water and

Wastewater”

(10) HJ/T92-2002 “Technical Standard for Monitoring of Aggregate Water Pollutants Discharge”

(11) HJ/T164-2004 “Technical Standard for Monitoring of Ground Water Environment”

(12) HJ/T55-2000 “Technical Guidelines for Monitoring of Fugitive Emission of Atmospheric Pollutants”

(13) GB18218-2009 “Identification of Major Sources of Hazardous Chemicals”

(14) “Environment, Health and Safety Guidelines”, World Bank Group

(15) “Papermaking Industry Environment, Health and Safety Guidelines”, World Bank Group

1.2.3 Planning Basis

(1) “The Outline of the 11th

Five-Year Plan of National Economy and Social Development” (March 16, 2006)

(2) “The ‘11th Five-Year Plan’ for National Environmental Protection” (November 22, 2007)

(3) “The Plan of Light Industry Adjustment and Rejuvenation” (May 18, 2009)

(4) “Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region Outline of ‘The 11th Five-Year Plan for National Economy and Social Development’” (April 13, 2006)

(5) “Ningxia Industry ‘11th Five-Year Plan’” (March 27, 2007)

(6) “The Development Plan of Ningxia Light & Textile Industry Embracing 2010” (2004)

(7) “The Strategic Research and Development Plan of Ningxia Papermaking Industry Development” (February 2007)


8

(8) “Zhongwei City ‘11th Five-Year Plan’ of National Economy and Social Development”

(9) “Zhongwei City Overall City Planning”

(10) “Zhongwei City ‘11th Five-Year Plan’ of Environmental Protection”

1.2.4 Other Relevant Documents

“The Consignment Letter of Ningxia Meili Paper Industry Co., Ltd for Environmental Impact Assessment of the Project of Extended Delignification Cooking and Cleaner Bleaching Technologies Reform for the Annual Production of 68,000 Tonnes of Wheat Straw Pulp”

“The Project Application Report of the Project of Extended Delignification Cooking and Cleaner Bleaching Technologies Reform for the Annual Production of

68,000 Tonnes of Wheat Straw Pulp by Ningxia Meili Paper Industry Co., Ltd” (China Papermaking Development Baoding Design Company, May 2008)

“The Official Reply to the Application Standard of Environmental Impact Assessment Concerning the Project of Extended Delignification Cooking and Cleaner Bleaching Technologies Reform for the Annual Production of 68,000 Tonnes of Wheat Straw Pulp by Ningxia Meili Paper Industry Co., Ltd” (WeiHuanHan [2011] 36)

“The Official Reply to the EIA Report of the Project of Extended Delignification Cooking and Cleaner Bleaching Technologies Reform for the Annual Production of 68,000 Tonnes of Wheat Straw Pulp by Ningxia Meili Paper Industry Co., Ltd”

(NingHuanShenFa [2009] 12, February 2009).

1.3 EIA Principles and Goals

1.3.1 EIA Principles

1. The planned project construction must comply with the national industry policies and local industry planning, as well as the overall city planning and environmental functions regionalization;

2, The planned project must meet the national standard for cleaner production, including the production process, technical equipments, energy consumption, raw material and auxiliary material consumption, level of pollutants generation, etc.;

3. The planned project construction must meet the national and local demand for control of aggregate pollutants emission.

1.3.2 EIA Goals

1. To propose reform measures and raise recommendations on environmental protection based on the strategy of “Old + New Project Construction” and the study on the industry policies’ applicability based on the analysis of the existing project and on-going project construction and the understanding of the process characteristics, pollutants generation units of the existing production lines and those under

construction as well as the environmental protection measures and standard reaching emissions;

2. To provide the information on the environmental background of the


9

Project area through the investigation and monitoring on the status quo of the ambient environment based on the process characteristics of the existing project and the ongoing and planned project construction;

3. To realize effective control of the aggregate pollutants emission through choosing suitable cleaner production processes based on the analysis of the planned

project construction and the statistics on the newly added pollution sources, pollutant types and pollutant discharge loads;

4. To predict the level and scope of environmental impact caused by the planned project construction and certify the feasibility of the pollution control measures and the acceptability of environmental risks based on simulation calculation;

5. To certify the planned project’s suitability with the industry policies and the compatibility with the local construction planning, the practicability of resources utilization and environmental feasibility, as well as the reasonability of the Plant location selection.

1.4 EIA Classification and Scope

1.4.1 Atmospheric Environmental Impact Assessment Classification and Scope

1. EIA Classification

According to HJ2.2-2008 “Technical Guidelines for Environmental Impact Assessment---Atmospheric Environment”, the classification of environmental impact assessment is based on the criteria listed in Table 1.4.1.

Table 1.4.1 Classification of Atmospheric Environmental Impact Assessment

EIA Levels EIA Classification Basis

Level I Pmax≥80%, D10%≥5km

Level II Other

Level III Pmax<10%, or D10%<Minimum distance from pollution source to Plant

boundary

Remarks

Pmax: Percentage of the maximum surface concentration of certain pollutant

D10%: Maximum distance of certain pollutant when the surface concentration

has reached the standard limit of 10%

The planned project’s source of waste gas pollution is mainly from the newly generated atmospheric pollutants from alkali recovery boiler, including NO2, SO2 and

PM10, and the calculation results of Pmax and D10% are shown in Table 1.4.2.


10

Table 1.4.2 Calculation Results of Atmospheric Pollutants Pmax and D10%

Classification Basis Pollution Source

Pollution

Factor Pmax(%) D10%(m) EIA Levels

NO2 3.856 / Level III

SO2 1.545 / Level III

PM10 1.885 / Level III

Calculation parameters and items

3×220 t/h

Circulating Fluidized

Bed

Boiler chimney

Chimney height: 80m, inner diameter: 1.2m; flue gas emission:

31985m3/h, flue gas temperature: 105 , environmental temperature:

10.2 ; SO2 emission concentration: 150mg/Nm3, NOx emission

concentration: 200mg/Nm3, soot emission concentration: 165mg/Nm

3.

According to the technical rules and basis as specified in HJ2.2-2008 “Technical

Guidelines for Environmental Impact Assessment---Atmospheric Environment”, the planned project’s environmental impact assessment is classified as Level III.

2. EIA Scope

According to the Guideline, the scope of atmospheric environmental impact assessment should be defined based on the farthest distance from the pollution source, i.e., around the central point of the pollution source, draw a circle with the radius of

D10% or a rectangular with the length of 2×D10% but 5km. For the Project’s

atmospheric environmental impact assessment, the scope shall be a rectangular with the length of 5km centered around the alkali recovery boiler chimney.

1.4.2 Surface Water EIA Classification and Scope


After the planned project construction is finished, the total volume of wastewater discharge from the Plant shall be 45511m

3/d, the wastewater shall be pumped into the

Plant’s oxidation pool if it meets the “Discharge Standard of Water Pollutants for

Paper Industry” (GB3544-2008), and then be filled into oxidation pond of enterprise. , then it shall be used for the Forest Base irrigation but not discharged to the environmental waters, therefore, qualitative analysis shall be conducted in the Project’s surface water environmental impact assessment, and the EIA is classified as Level III.

1.4.3 Ground Water EIA Classification and Scope

The existing project’s water supply is from the underground deep wells at the rate of 59696m

3/d, which shall be reduced to 49891m

3/d after the original production process

is phased out with the project construction is finished, simultaneously, the volume of water and pollutants discharge shall drop significantly, then the impacts on this area’s ground water shall be alleviated as well. The Project’s ground water status analysis is mainly the qualitative assessment on the environmental impacts of the ground water.

1.4.4 Acoustic EIA Classification and Scope



11

According to the “Technical Guidelines for Environmental Impact Assessment---Acoustic Environment” (HJ2.4-2009), the acoustic function zones of the Project belongs to Type 2 zone specified in GB3096, within the boundary at a distance of 100m: Zhaojiashaofang in Shimiao Village, 45m from the western boundary (25 residents from 5 households”, Shimiao Village , 25m from the northern boundary (30

residents from 6 households), and Xiangjiazhuang in Jiaqu Village adjacent to the eastern boundary(100 residents from 20 households). The incremental noise in Shimiao Village, Zhaojiashaofang and Xiangjiazhuang is basically estimated at 0, however, the Project’s acoustic environment function zone belongs to Type 2 zone as specified in BG3096-2008, so the EIA is classified as Level II.

2. EIA Scope

The Plant boundary and the periphery within 200m shall be the scope for conducting acoustic environmental impact assessment.

1.4.5 Risk Assessment Classification and Scope

1. Risk Assessment Classification

The hazardous chemicals involved in the project construction mainly include sodium chlorate, methanol and chlorine dioxide. According to the “The Technical Guidelines for Environmental Risk Assessment of Construction Project” (HJ/T169-2004) and “Identification of Major Sources of Hazardous Chemicals” (GB18218-2009), the identification of maximum unit reserve and major sources of hazardous chemicals

with the demand for threshold values is shown in Table 1.4.3.

Table 1.4.3 Identification of Maximum Unit Reserve and Major Sources of Hazardous

Chemicals

Production Site (t) Storage Site (t)

Substance Process/Unit Actual

Volume

Threshold

Value

Actual

Volume

Threshold

Value

Chlorine

Dioxide

Chlorine Dioxide preparation

process, chemical storehouse 0.028 50 0.083 50

Sodium

Chlorate

Chlorine Dioxide preparation


Methanol Chlorine Dioxide preparation


The function unit where the hazardous chemicals are stored is non-major source of hazard, according to the “The Technical Guidelines for Environmental Risk Assessment of Construction Project” (HJ/T169-2004) and based on the Table 1.4.4,

the Project’s risk assessment is classified as Level II.


12

Table 1.4.4 Classification of the Project’’’’s Environmental Risk Assessment

Extremely

Hazardous

Substance

Ordinarily

Hazardous

Substance

Inflammable

Substance

Explosive

Substance

Major source of

hazard

I II I I

Non-major

source of hazard

II II II I

Environmental

sensitive area

I I I I

2. Risk Assessment Scope

The periphery within 3km around the chlorine dioxide preparation room.

1.5 EIA Key Tasks and Factors

1.5.1 EIA Key Tasks

Based on the investigation on the construction of the existing production processes and the environmental status quo, the key tasks of the Project’s environmental impact assessment are defined as the analysis on the planned project construction, the certification of pollution control measures, the appraisal on the Project’s cleaner production, the control of aggregate pollutants emission, the prediction and assessment on atmospheric environmental impacts and the environmental risk assessment.

1.5.2 EIA Factors

The planned project’s environmental impact assessment factors are shown in Table 1.5.1.

Table 1.5.1 The Planned Project’’’’s Environmental Impact Assessment Factors

Items Assessment Factors of the Environmental Status Quo

Impact

Assessment

Factors

Aggregate

Control

Factors

Atmospheric

environment SO2, NO2, PM10, TSP, H2S, NH3

SO2, NO2,

PM10

SO2

NOx

Surface

water

environment

pH value, COD, DO, ammonia nitrogen, BOD5, SS,

volatile phenol, total phosphor, permanganate index,

oils, Cr6+

, total Hg, As, Cd, Pb, total cyanide, feces

coli group, salt concentration, sulfide, Cu, fluoride

COD,

ammonia

nitrogen

COD,

ammonia

nitrogen

Acoustic

environment equivalent and continuous Level A


13

Items Assessment Factors of the Environmental Status Quo

Impact

Assessment

Factors

Aggregate

Control

Factors

Ground

water

pH value, COD, BOD5, dissolved oxygen, volatile

phenol, sulfate, total rigidity, ammonia nitrogen,

nitrate, nitrite, permanganate index, total coli group,

chloride, As, Hg, Cr6+

, soluble total solid, fluoride

1.6 Environmental Sensitive Points and Environmental Protection Targets

The Project’s environmental protection factors mainly include atmospheric environment, surface water environment and acoustic environment, the main targets of environmental protection are listed in Table 1.6.1 and Figure 1.6.1, and the location relationships of the Plant site and the wastewater pipelines and oxidation pool are illustrated in Figure 1.6.2.

Table 1.6.1 Main Environmental Sensitive Points Data Sheet

Environmental

Elements

Environmental

Protection

Targets

Location Distance

(m) Size

Environmental

Function

Rouyuan

Village WNW 520

653

households,

1959 persons

Residential area

Rouyuan

Township

Government

WNW 1010 45p Office area

Shaqu Village NW 1370 135h, 405p Residential area

Fanmiao

Primary School NE 1970 71p School

Shimiao

Primary School ENE 490 47p School

Jiaqu Village SW 290 698h, 2094p Residential area

Zhaojiashaofang

(Shimiao

Village)

W 45 6h, 30p Residential area

Shimiao Village N 25 691h, 2073p Residential area

Atmospheric

environment

Xiangjiazhuang

(Jiaqu Village) SE 0 20h, 100p Residential area

Surface water

environment Yellow River S 1500 -- Level III waters


14

Environmental

Elements

Environmental

Protection

Targets

Location Distance

(m) Size

Environmental

Function

Zhaojiashaofang

(Shimiao

Village)

W 45 6h, 30p Residential area

Shimiao Village N 25 691h, 2073p Residential area

Acoustic

environment

Xiangjiazhuang

(Jiaqu Village) SE 0 20h, 100p Residential area


15

陶陶陶陶 Project

Area

陶陶陶

陶陶陶

陶陶

陶陶

陶陶

陶陶陶

陶陶陶陶

陶陶陶陶陶陶陶

陶陶陶

陶陶陶

陶

0 500m

Figure 1.6.1 Location Map of Sensitive Points

N


16

Figure 1.6.2 Relative Locations of the Project’’’’s Wastewater Pipelines, Fast Growing Forest and Oxidation Pool


17

1.7 EIA Standards

According to the “The Official Reply to the Application Standard of

Environmental Impact Assessment Concerning the Project of Extended Delignification Cooking and Cleaner Bleaching Technologies Reform for the Annual Production of 68,000 Tonnes of Wheat Straw Pulp by Ningxia Meili Paper Industry Co., Ltd” (WeiHuanHan [2011] 36) issued by Zhongwei Municipal Environmental Protection Bureau, the following standards shall be followed in the Project EIA.

1.7.1 Environmental Quality Standards

1. Environmental air quality

The concentration limit of SO2, NO2, PM10 and TSP shall be monitored according to Level II as specified in the “Standard for Environmental Air Quality” (GB3095-1996) and the “Notice on the Modification Sheet of ‘Environmental Air Quality Standard’” issued by SEPA (HuanFa [2000] 1); the concentration limit of

H2S and NH3 shall be monitored according to Table 1 of the “Sanitary Standard for Industrial Enterprise Design” (TJ36-79) on the maximum limit of allowed concentration of hazardous substance in the atmosphere in residential area.. See in Table 1.7.1.

Table 1.7.1 Standard for Environmental Air Quality Assessment Unit: mg/m3

Items Monitoring Period Concentration Limit Standard From

Annual average 0.06

Daily average 0.15 SO2

Hourly average 0.50

Annual average 0.08

Daily average 0.12 NO2

Hourly average 0.24

Annual average 0.10 PM10

Daily average 0.15

Annual average 0.20

Daily average 0.30 TSP

Long hours (24h) 2.0

GB3095-96

“Standard for

Environmental Air

Quality”, Level II

and the

Modification Sheet

H2S One-time maximum

concentration allowed 0.01

NH3 One-time maximum

concentration allowed 0.20

TJ36-79 “Sanitary

Standard for

Industrial Enterprise

Design”

2. Surface Water Environmental Quality

The monitoring of Yellow River water quality at the section of Zhongwei City shall follow Level III as specified in the “Environmental Quality Standard for Surface Water” (GB3838-2002), see in Table 1.7.2.


18

Table 1.7.2 Standard for Surface Water Environmental Quality Assessment

Standard Value (mg/L) Items

Level III Level IV Standard From

PH -- 6 9

COD ≤ 20 30

DO ≥ 5 3

Ammonia nitrogen ≤ 1.0 1.5

BOD5 ≤ 4 6

Volatile phenol ≤ 0.005 0.01

Total phosphor ≤ 0.2 0.3

Permanganate

index ≤ 6 10

oils ≤ 0.05 0.5

Cr6+

≤ 0.05 0.05

Hg ≤ 0.0001 0.001

As ≤ 0.05 0.1

Cd ≤ 0.005 0.005

Pb ≤ 0.05 0.05

GB3838-2002

“Environmental

Quality Standard

for Surface

Water”

Total cyanide ≤ 0.2 0.2

Feces coli group ≤ 10000/L 20000/L

Sulfide ≤ 0.2 0.5

Cu ≤ 1.0 1.0

3. Ground Water Quality

The monitoring of the Project’s ground water quality shall follow Level III as specified in the “Standard for Ground Water Quality” (GB/T 14848-93), see in Table 1.7.3.

Table 1.7.3 Standard for Ground Water Quality

Standard Value (mg/L) Items Level III

Standard From

pH -- 6.5 8.5

Volatile phenol ≤ 0.002

Sulfate ≤ 250

Total rigidity (CaCO3) ≤ 450

Ammonia nitrogen ≤ 0.2

Nitrate (N) ≤ 20

Nitrite (N) ≤ 0.02

Permanganate index ≤ 3.0

Total coli group ≤ 3.0/L

Chloride ≤ 250

As ≤ 0.05

GB/T14848-93

“Standard for Ground Water

Quality”


19

Standard Value (mg/L) Items Level III

Standard From

Hg ≤ 0.001

Cr6+

≤ 0.05

Soluable total solid ≤ 1000

Fluoride ≤ 1.0

4. Acoustic Environmental Quality

The monitoring of the Project’s acoustic environmental quality shall follow Level II zone as specified in the “Standard for Acoustic Environmental Quality”

(GB3096-2008), see in Table 1.7.4.

Table 1.7.4 Standard for Acoustic Environmental Quality Unit: dB(A)

Acoustic Environment Day

Time

Night

Time Standard From

Level II 60 50 GB3096-2008 “Standard for Acoustic

Environmental Quality”

1.7.2 Standard for Pollutants Emission

1. Standard for Wastewater Discharge

The treated wastewater shall be pumped into the Plant’s oxidation pool for further treatment if it meets the “Discharge Standard of Water Pollutants for Paper Industry” (GB3544-2008). See Table 1.7.5 and Table 1.7.6.

Table 1.7.5 Standard for Wastewater Discharge

Production Category

Pulp

Making

Enterprise

Pulp &

Paper

Making

Enterprise

Paper

Making

Enterprise

Monitoring Location

of Pollutants

Discharge

1 pH value 6-9 6-9 6-9

2 Chroma

(dilution ratio) 50 50 50

3 SS (mg/L) 50 30 30

4 BOD5 (mg/L) 20 20 20

5 CODcr (mg/L) 100 90 80

6

Ammonia

nitrogen

(mg/L)

12 8 8

7 Total nitrogen

(mg/L) 15 12 12

Emission

Limit

8 Total phosphor

(mg/L) 0.8 0.8 0.8

Enterprise’s final

outlet of wastewater


20

9 AOX (mg/L) 12 12 12

10 Dioxin

(pgTEQ/L) 30 30 30

Outlet of wastewater

from the workshop or

production facility

Benchmark discharge of

wastewater per unit product (t/t

pulp)

50 40 20

Same unit for

measurement of

wastewater discharge

and monitoring of

pollutants emission

Note:

(1) Indices for AOX and dioxin are applicable for the process of chlorine bleaching;

(2) Calculation of pulp volume includes absolute dry pulp only;

(3) Calculation of actual volume of wastewater discharge per unit product for pulp & paper

making enterprise shall be based on the sum of pulp self produced and that purchased from

outside;

(4) In case the volume of pulp made from waste paper accounts for over 80% of the total volume

of pulp production, the benchmark discharge of wastewater per unit product shall be 20 t/t (pulp);

(5) In case the volume of bleached non-wood pulp accounts for over 60% of the total volume of

pulp production, the benchmark discharge of wastewater per unit product shall be 60 t/t (pulp).

Using the maximum allowed wastewater discharge per ton of air dry pulp produced as

indicated in the GB3544-2008, an initial comparison can be made between GB3544-2008

and EHS effluent guidelines, as is shown in Table 7a.

Table 1.7.6 Comparison between EHS effluent guidelines and GB3544-2008

(Table 2) discharge standards

Parameters Units GB3544-2008

Non-wood

World Bank EHS Guidelines Non-wood, Annex B-Table 1(l)

pH 6~9 6~9

color Times 50 /

TSS kg/Adt 1.62 2

BOD5 kg/Adt 1.08 2

CODcr kg/Adt 4.86 30

NH3-N kg/Adt 0.43 /

T-N kg/Adt 0.65 0.5

T-P kg/Adt 0.04 0.05

AOX-Workshop kg/Adt 0.65

Dioxin-Workshop TEQ ng/Adt 1.62

Wastewater discharge

t/Adt 54 50

It is noted that in the EHS Guidelines, cooling water and other clean water is not included,

while they are included in the GB3544-2008. The cooling water and other clean water is


21

actually recycled in the paper mill, resulting dischare only about 1-2m3/ADt, which will not

substantially change the quantity and quality of the total discharge. Therefore the basis for

the comparision is basically identifcal. The comparision shows the EHS effluent guidelines

non-wood pulping process does not have requirements on dioxins and AOX.

The results also show that generally the Chinese GB3544-2008 standards are more stringent

than the EHS effluent guidelines, except that the total nitrogen (TN) and discharge slightly

surpass the EHS guidelines. Mill-specific analysis on wastewater is presented in clean

production nand impact analysis chapters in this report.

2. Waste Gas Emission Concentration

The monitoring of flue gas discharged from the alkali recovery boiler shall follow Level II standard as specified in the “Emission Standard of Atmospheric Pollutants for Industrial Boiler and Kiln” (GB9078-1996).see in Table 1.7.6. The monitoring of TSP emission at the Plant boundary shall follow the concentration limit for fugitive emission as listed in Table 2 of the “Standard for Comprehensive Emission of Atmospheric Pollutants” (GB16297-1996), and the monitoring of NH3 and H2S at the Plant boundary shall follow the “Standard for Stink Pollutants Emission”

(GB14554-93), see in Table 1.7.7.

Emission standard of World bank EHS, see in Table 1.7.9

Table 1.7.7 Standard for Pollutants Emission from Alkali Recovery Boiler

Pollution

Source Pollutants Unit

Standard

Value Standard From

Soot mg/Nm3 200 Flue gas

from

alkali

recovery

boiler

SO2 mg/Nm3 850

GB9078-1996 “Emission

Standard of Atmospheric

Pollutants for Industrial Boiler

and Kiln”, Level II

Dust or

particles

mg/Nm3

40

SO2 mg/Nm3 400

Boiler

flue gas

NOx mg/Nm3 450

The Standards for Atmospheric

Pollutants Discharge of Power

Plant (GB13223-2003) The 3rd

Period陶75t/h Boiler陶

Table 1.7.8 Standard Value for Fugitive Emission of Pollutants at Plant Boundary

Pollutant Unit Standard

Value Standard From

Ammonia mg/m3 1.5

Hydrogen

sulfide mg/m

3 0.06

GB14554-93 “Standard for Stink Pollutants

Emission”, Level II (new standard), fugitive emission

at Plant boundary

Particulate mg/m3 1.0

GB16297-1996 “Standard for Comprehensive

Emission of Atmospheric Pollutants”


22

3. Noise at Plant Boundary

The monitoring of noise at north Plant boundary shall follow Level standard as

specified in the “Standard for Emission of Environmental Noise at the Boundary of

Industrial Enterprise” (GB12348-2008), and the monitoring of noise shall follow Level II at other Plant boundary , see in Table 1.7.8.

Table 1.7.8 Standard for Emission of Environmental Noises at the Boundary of

Industrial Enterprise Unit: dB(A)

Type of Acoustic

Environment Function

Zone Outside Plant

Boundary

Daytime Nighttime Standard From

Level II 60 50

Level 70 55

GB12348-2008

“Standard for Emission of Environmental

Noise at the Boundary of Industrial Enterprise”

4. The monitoring of noise at Plant Boundary during construction period shall follow the regulations specified in the “Noise Limits for Construction Site” (GB12523-90), see Table 1.7.9.

Table 1.7.9 Noise Limits for Construction Site Unit: dB(A)

Noise Limits Construction

Stage Noise Sources

Daytime Nighttime Standard From

Earth &

stone

Bulldozer, excavator,

loader, etc. 75 55

Piling Various types of pile

drivers 85

Construction

banned

Structuring

Concrete blender,

vibrator, electric saw,

etc.

70 55

Decorating Crane, elevator, etc. 65 55

GB12523-90 “Noise

Limits for Construction

Site”

Mill-specific analysis on noise is presented in clean production nand impact

analysis chapters in this report.

5. The monitoring of solid discharge shall follow the “Standard for Pollution Control at the Storage and Disposal Site of General Industrial Solid

Waste”


23

2. Overview and Review of Existing Project and

Ongoing Project Construction

2.1 Project Overview

2.1.1Brief introduction

MCC Meili Paper Industry Co., Ltd is an enterprise with the business of pulp and paper making located at Zhongwei City, Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region, it is one of the main paper manufacturers in Northwest producing various types of cultural paper.

The existing productivity of the company includes: annual production of 90,000 tonnes of bleached wheat straw pulp, 34,000 tonnes of deinked pulp and 30,000 tonnes of waste board pulp, all for self use; annual production of 250,000 tonnes of cultural paper, special paper and cardboard paper. The Plant is equipped with water supply and discharge pipelines and thermoelectricity boiler. The general situation of

the existing project and ongoing project construction, as well as the EIA examination results and the check and acceptance of the public utilities and ancillary works, is shown in Table 2.1.1.

2.1.2Project components

The existing project and ongoing project construction’s components are illustrated in Table 2.1.2.

2.1.3General Layout

The geographical positions of the Plant facilities are displayed in Figure 2.1.1, and the horizontal layout is illustrated in Figure 2.1.2.


24

Figure 2.1.1 Geographical Positions of the Plant Facilities

0 9陶陶

陶陶

陶陶陶

Project Location

0 9k

m

N


25

Table 0.1 Data Sheet of the General Situation, EIA & Check and Acceptance Results of the Existing Project and Ongoing Project Construction

No. Production

Line Workshop

Designed

Productivity

(10,000t/a)

EIA Procedure Principal

Equipment Remarks

Check and Acceptance

Time

1# Pulp

Making

Room

Bleached

wheat straw

pulp: 3.5

/ 10 Cooking Balls

(25m3)

Normal

production

Production started from

1987

2# Pulp

Making

Room

Bleached

wheat straw

pulp: 4.5

May 2000, Project

approved by

Environmental Protection

Bureau of Ningxia Hui

Autonomous Region

(NingHuanFa [2000]049)

3×陶1250mm 3-

Tube Continuous

Evaporators

Normal

production

April 2005, Project

checked and accepted by

Environmental

Protection Bureau of

Ningxia Hui

Autonomous Region

(NingHuanYan

[2005]02)

1

3 wheat straw

pulp

production

lines

3# Pulp

Making

Room

Bleached

wheat straw

pulp: 2.2

/ 12×25m

3 Cooking

Balls

Normal

production

Production started as of

2007


26

No. Production

Line Workshop

Designed

Productivity

(10,000t/a)


Equipment Remarks


Time

1 production

line of deinked

pulp

Deinked

Pulp

Making

Room

Deinked

pulp: 5.1

May 2000, Project

approved by



Autonomous Region


1×15m3 Hydraulic

Pulper

Production

stopped

April 2005, Project


Environmental


Ningxia Hui

Autonomous Region

(NingHuanYan

[2005]02)

4# Paper

Machine

Room

Waste paper

pulp: 0.5 /

2×2m3 hydraulic

pulpers

Normal

production


1993

2 production

lines of waste

paper pulp 9# Paper

Machine

Room

Waste paper

pulp: 2.0

May 2000, Project

approved by



Autonomous Region


1×15m3 Hydraulic

Pulper

Normal

production

April 2005, Project


Environmental


Ningxia Hui

Autonomous Region

(NingHuanYan

[2005]02)


27

No. Production

Line Workshop

Designed

Productivity

(10,000t/a)


Equipment Remarks


Time

1#

Copperplate

Paper

Machine

Room

Copperplate

paper: 3.0

December 2005, Project

approved by


Bureau of Zhongwei City

(WeiHuanHan

[2005]108)

1×1650 /600

Enamel Paper

Machine

Normal

production

April 2007, Project


Environmental


Zhongwei City

(WeiHuanYan

[2007]15)

2

Paper

Production

Line

Special

Paper

Production

Line

Special

paper: 5.0


approved by



(WeiHuanHan

[2009]185)

1×1720 /500

Enamel Paper

Machine

Under

construction /


28

No. Production

Line Workshop

Designed

Productivity

(10,000t/a)


Equipment Remarks


Time

2640

Workshop

Digital

paper, anti-

sticking

intermediate

paper: 6.8

May 2000, Project

approved by



Autonomous Region


2 production lines of

2640 /550

Rectangular Net

Paper Machine

Normal

production

April 2005, Project


Environmental


Ningxia Hui

Autonomous Region

(NingHuanYan

[2005]02)

13# Paper

Machine

Room

Copperplate

raw paper:

2.5

October 2006, Project

approved by



(WeiHuanHan [2006]88)

1 production line of

1760/300

Rectangular Net

Paper Machine

Normal

production

March 2008, Project


Environmental


Zhongwei City

(WeiHuanYan

[2008]23)


29

No. Production

Line Workshop

Designed

Productivity

(10,000t/a)


Equipment Remarks


Time

12# Paper

Machine

Room

Offset paper,

writing

paper: 2.6

November 2004, Project

approved by



(WeiHuanHan

[2004]126)


2640 /550

Rectangular Net

Paper Machine

Normal

production

May 2006, Project

approved by

Environmental


Zhongwei City

(WeiHuanHan

[2006]25)

11# Paper

Machine

Room

Offset paper,

copperplate

raw paper:

3.0


EIA Outline approved by



Autonomous Region



1760/330

Rectangular Net

Paper Machine

Normal

production

April 2005, Project


Environmental


Ningxia Hui

Autonomous Region

(NingHuanYan

[2005]02)


30

No. Production

Line Workshop

Designed

Productivity

(10,000t/a)


Equipment Remarks


Time

10# Paper

Machine

Room

Offset paper,

writing

paper: 1.02

May 2000, Project

approved by



Autonomous Region



1760 /240

Rectangular Net

Paper Machine, 1

production line of

1880/240

Rectangular Net

Paper Machine

Normal

production

April 2005, Project


Environmental


Ningxia Hui

Autonomous Region

(NingHuanYan

[2005]02)

9# Paper

Machine

Room

Kraftliner

paper: 2.0

May 2000, Project

approved by



Autonomous Region



2500 /80 Cylinder

Machine

Normal

production

April 2005, Project


Environmental


Ningxia Hui

Autonomous Region

(NingHuanYan

[2005]02)


31

No. Production

Line Workshop

Designed

Productivity

(10,000t/a)


Equipment Remarks


Time

8# Paper

Machine

Room

Writing

paper: 1.2 /


1760/120

Rectangular Net

Paper Machine

Normal

production


1998

7# Paper

Machine

Room

Writing

paper: 0.6 /


1575/60 Cylinder

Machine

Production

stopped


1987

6# Paper

Machine

Room

Electrostatic

duplicating

paper: 2.0

/


1760/350

Rectangular Net

Paper Machine

Normal

production


1996

5# Paper

Machine

Room

Writing

paper,

colorful

offset paper:

1.0

/


1760/120

Rectangular Net

Paper Machine

Normal

production


1996


32

No. Production

Line Workshop

Designed

Productivity

(10,000t/a)


Equipment Remarks


Time

4# Paper

Machine

Room

Corrugated

paper: 0.8 /


1575/60 Cylinder

Machine

Normal

production


1993

3# Paper

Machine

Room

Writing

paper: 0.62 /


1575/40 Cylinder

Machine, 1

production line of

1575/80 short

Rectangular Net

Paper Machine

Production

stopped


1989

2# Paper

Machine

Room

Writing

paper: 0.35 /


1575/80 Rectangular

Net Paper Machine

Production

stopped


1988


33

No. Production

Line Workshop

Designed

Productivity

(10,000t/a)


Equipment Remarks


Time

1# Paper

Machine

Room

Aluminum

foil

intermediate

paper: 2.0

/


1575/120

Rectangular Net

Paper Machine, 1

production line of

1575/60 Cylinder

Machine

Production

stopped at

the

production

line of

1575/60

Cylinder

Machine


1987

3

Auxiliary

Thermoelectric

Boiler

1#, 2#, 3#

Boilers

Project

steam supply

May 2000, Project

approved by



Autonomous Region


3×75t/h Circulating

Fluidized Bed

Boilers

Normal

operation

April 2005, Project


Environmental


Ningxia Hui

Autonomous Region

(NingHuanYan

[2005]02)


34

No. Production

Line Workshop

Designed

Productivity

(10,000t/a)


Equipment Remarks


Time

4# Boiler Project

steam supply

April 2008, Project

approved by



Autonomous Region

(NingHuanBiao

[2008]17)

1×75t/h Boiler Normal

operation



Environmental


Ningxia Hui

Autonomous Region

(NingHuanYan

[2009]23)

5# Boiler Project

steam supply

June 2010, Project

approved by



(WeiHuanHan

[2010]132)

1×75t/h Boiler Under

construction /


35

No. Production

Line Workshop

Designed

Productivity

(10,000t/a)


Equipment Remarks


Time

1# Alkali

Recovery

System

Black liquid

treatment,

thermal

energy and

alkali

recovery

May 2000, Project

approved by



Autonomous Region


Designed capacity of

black liquid

treatment at 150t/d

Normal

operation

April 2005, Project


Environmental


Ningxia Hui

Autonomous Region

(NingHuanYan

[2005]02)

4

Alkali

Recovery

System

2# Alkali

Recovery

System

Black liquid

treatment,

thermal

energy and

alkali

recovery

May 2003, Project

approved by



Autonomous Region

(NingHuanHan [2003]80)


black liquid

treatment at 150t/d

Normal

operation /


36

No. Production

Line Workshop

Designed

Productivity

(10,000t/a)


Equipment Remarks


Time

3# Alkali

Recovery

System

Black liquid

treatment,

thermal

energy and

alkali

recovery


approved by



(WeiHuanHan

[2006]181)


black liquid

treatment at 150t/d

Normal

operation

March 2008, Project


Environmental


Zhongwei City

(WeiHuanHan

[2008]92)

5

Wastewater

Treatment

System

Wastewater treatment and

disposal inside the Plant

May 2000, Project

approved by



Autonomous Region


Wastewater

treatment capacity at

50,000m3/d

Normal

operation

April 2005, Project


Environmental


Ningxia Hui

Autonomous Region

(NingHuanYan

[2005]02)

6 Solid Waste

Landfill White sludge landfill

2004, Project Report

approved by


Bureau of Wuzhong City

White sludge


40,000t/a

Normal

operation

April 2004, Project


Environmental



37

No. Production

Line Workshop

Designed

Productivity

(10,000t/a)


Equipment Remarks


Time

Wuzhong City

(HuanYan [2004]01)

No.Production

Line Workshop

Designed

Productivity

(10,000t/a)

EIA Procedure Principal Equipment Remarks Check and Acceptance

Time

1# Pulp

Making

Room

Bleached

wheat straw

pulp: 3.5

/ 10 Cooking Balls

(25m3)

Normal

production


1987 1

3 wheat straw

pulp

production

lines

2# Pulp

Making

Room

Bleached

wheat straw

pulp: 4.5

May 2000, Project

approved by



Autonomous Region


3×陶1250mm 3-Tube

Continuous

Evaporators

Normal

production

April 2005, Project


Environmental


Ningxia Hui

Autonomous Region

(NingHuanYan

[2005]02)


38

No.Production

Line Workshop

Designed

Productivity

(10,000t/a)


Time

3# Pulp

Making

Room

Bleached

wheat straw

pulp: 2.2

/ 12×25m3 Cooking

Balls

Normal

production


2007

1 production

line of deinked

pulp

Deinked

Pulp

Making

Room

Deinked

pulp: 5.1

May 2000, Project

approved by



Autonomous Region


1×15m3 Hydraulic

Pulper

Production

stopped

April 2005, Project


Environmental


Ningxia Hui

Autonomous Region

(NingHuanYan

[2005]02)

2 production

lines of waste

paper pulp

4# Paper

Machine

Room

Waste paper

pulp: 0.5 /

2×2m3 hydraulic

pulpers

Normal

production


1993


39

No.Production

Line Workshop

Designed

Productivity

(10,000t/a)


Time

9# Paper

Machine

Room

Waste paper

pulp: 2.0

May 2000, Project

approved by



Autonomous Region


1×15m3 Hydraulic

Pulper

Normal

production

April 2005, Project


Environmental


Ningxia Hui

Autonomous Region

(NingHuanYan

[2005]02)

2

Paper

Production

Line

1#

Copperplate

Paper

Machine

Room

Copperplate

paper: 3.0


approved by



(WeiHuanHan

[2005]108)

1×1650 /600 Enamel

Paper Machine

Normal

production

April 2007, Project


Environmental


Zhongwei City

(WeiHuanYan [2007]15)


40

No.Production

Line Workshop

Designed

Productivity

(10,000t/a)


Time

Special

Paper

Production

Line

Special

paper: 5.0


approved by



(WeiHuanHan

[2009]185)

1×1720 /500 Enamel

Paper Machine

Under

construction /

2640

Workshop

Digital

paper, anti-

sticking

intermediate

paper: 6.8

May 2000, Project

approved by



Autonomous Region



2640 /550

Rectangular Net

Paper Machine

Normal

production

April 2005, Project


Environmental


Ningxia Hui

Autonomous Region

(NingHuanYan

[2005]02)


41

No.Production

Line Workshop

Designed

Productivity

(10,000t/a)


Time

13# Paper

Machine

Room

Copperplate

raw paper:

2.5


approved by





1760/300

Rectangular Net

Paper Machine

Normal

production

March 2008, Project


Environmental


Zhongwei City


12# Paper

Machine

Room

Offset

paper,

writing

paper: 2.6


approved by



(WeiHuanHan

[2004]126)


2640 /550

Rectangular Net

Paper Machine

Normal

production

May 2006, Project

approved by

Environmental


Zhongwei City



42

No.Production

Line Workshop

Designed

Productivity

(10,000t/a)


Time

11# Paper

Machine

Room

Offset

paper,

copperplate

raw paper:

3.0





Autonomous Region



1760/330

Rectangular Net

Paper Machine

Normal

production

April 2005, Project


Environmental


Ningxia Hui

Autonomous Region

(NingHuanYan

[2005]02)

10# Paper

Machine

Room

Offset

paper,

writing

paper: 1.02

May 2000, Project

approved by



Autonomous Region



1760 /240

Rectangular Net

Paper Machine, 1

production line of

1880/240

Rectangular Net

Paper Machine

Normal

production

April 2005, Project


Environmental


Ningxia Hui

Autonomous Region

(NingHuanYan

[2005]02)


43

No.Production

Line Workshop

Designed

Productivity

(10,000t/a)


Time

9# Paper

Machine

Room

Kraftliner

paper: 2.0

May 2000, Project

approved by



Autonomous Region



2500 /80 Cylinder

Machine

Normal

production

April 2005, Project


Environmental


Ningxia Hui

Autonomous Region

(NingHuanYan

[2005]02)

8# Paper

Machine

Room

Writing

paper: 1.2 /


1760/120

Rectangular Net

Paper Machine

Normal

production


1998

7# Paper

Machine

Room

Writing

paper: 0.6 /


1575/60 Cylinder

Machine

Production

stopped


1987


44

No.Production

Line Workshop

Designed

Productivity

(10,000t/a)


Time

6# Paper

Machine

Room

Electrostatic

duplicating

paper: 2.0

/


1760/350

Rectangular Net

Paper Machine

Normal

production


1996

5# Paper

Machine

Room

Writing

paper,

colorful

offset

paper: 1.0

/


1760/120

Rectangular Net

Paper Machine

Normal

production


1996

4# Paper

Machine

Room

Corrugated

paper: 0.8 /


1575/60 Cylinder

Machine

Normal

production


1993


45

No.Production

Line Workshop

Designed

Productivity

(10,000t/a)


Time

3# Paper

Machine

Room

Writing

paper: 0.62 /


1575/40 Cylinder

Machine, 1

production line of

1575/80 short

Rectangular Net

Paper Machine

Production

stopped


1989

2# Paper

Machine

Room

Writing

paper: 0.35 /


1575/80 Rectangular

Net Paper Machine

Production

stopped


1988

1# Paper

Machine

Room

Aluminum

foil

intermediate

paper: 2.0

/


1575/120

Rectangular Net

Paper Machine, 1

production line of

1575/60 Cylinder

Machine

Production

stopped at

the

production

line of

1575/60

Cylinder

Machine


1987


46

No.Production

Line Workshop

Designed

Productivity

(10,000t/a)


Time

1#, 2#, 3#

Boilers

Project

steam

supply

May 2000, Project

approved by



Autonomous Region



Fluidized Bed Boilers

Normal

operation

April 2005, Project


Environmental


Ningxia Hui

Autonomous Region

(NingHuanYan

[2005]02)

3

Auxiliary

Thermoelectric

Boiler

4# Boiler

Project

steam

supply

April 2008, Project

approved by



Autonomous Region

(NingHuanBiao

[2008]17)


operation



Environmental


Ningxia Hui

Autonomous Region

(NingHuanYan

[2009]23)


47

No.Production

Line Workshop

Designed

Productivity

(10,000t/a)


Time

5# Boiler

Project

steam

supply

June 2010, Project

approved by



(WeiHuanHan

[2010]132)


construction /

4

Alkali

Recovery

System

1# Alkali

Recovery

System

Black liquid

treatment,

thermal

energy and

alkali

recovery

May 2000, Project

approved by



Autonomous Region



black liquid treatment

at 150t/d

Normal

operation

April 2005, Project


Environmental


Ningxia Hui

Autonomous Region

(NingHuanYan

[2005]02)


48

No.Production

Line Workshop

Designed

Productivity

(10,000t/a)


Time

2# Alkali

Recovery

System

Black liquid

treatment,

thermal

energy and

alkali

recovery

May 2003, Project

approved by



Autonomous Region

(NingHuanHan

[2003]80)



at 150t/d

Normal

operation /

3# Alkali

Recovery

System

Black liquid

treatment,

thermal

energy and

alkali

recovery


approved by



(WeiHuanHan

[2006]181)



at 150t/d

Normal

operation

March 2008, Project


Environmental


Zhongwei City


5

Wastewater

Treatment

System



May 2000, Project

approved by



Autonomous Region


Wastewater treatment

capacity at

50,000m3/d

Normal

operation

April 2005, Project


Environmental


Ningxia Hui

Autonomous Region


49

No.Production

Line Workshop

Designed

Productivity

(10,000t/a)


Time

(NingHuanYan

[2005]02)

6 Solid Waste



approved by



White sludge


40,000t/a

Normal

operation

April 2004, Project


Environmental


Wuzhong City

(HuanYan [2004]01)

No.Production

Line Workshop

Designed

Productivity

(10,000t/a)


Time

1

3 wheat straw

pulp

production

1# Pulp

Making

Room

Bleached

wheat straw

pulp: 3.5

/ 10 Cooking Balls

(25m3)

Normal

production


1987


50

No.Production

Line Workshop

Designed

Productivity

(10,000t/a)


Time

2# Pulp

Making

Room

Bleached

wheat straw

pulp: 4.5

May 2000, Project

approved by



Autonomous Region


3×陶1250mm 3-Tube

Continuous

Evaporators

Normal

production

April 2005, Project


Environmental


Ningxia Hui

Autonomous Region

(NingHuanYan

[2005]02)

lines

3# Pulp

Making

Room

Bleached

wheat straw

pulp: 2.2

/ 12×25m3 Cooking

Balls

Normal

production


2007

1 production

line of deinked

pulp

Deinked

Pulp

Making

Room

Deinked

pulp: 5.1

May 2000, Project

approved by



Autonomous Region


1×15m3 Hydraulic

Pulper

Production

stopped

April 2005, Project


Environmental


Ningxia Hui

Autonomous Region

(NingHuanYan

[2005]02)


51

No.Production

Line Workshop

Designed

Productivity

(10,000t/a)


Time

4# Paper

Machine

Room

Waste paper

pulp: 0.5 /

2×2m3 hydraulic

pulpers

Normal

production


1993

2 production

lines of waste

paper pulp 9# Paper

Machine

Room

Waste paper

pulp: 2.0

May 2000, Project

approved by



Autonomous Region


1×15m3 Hydraulic

Pulper

Normal

production

April 2005, Project


Environmental


Ningxia Hui

Autonomous Region

(NingHuanYan

[2005]02)

2

Paper

Production

Line

1#

Copperplate

Paper

Machine

Room

Copperplate

paper: 3.0


approved by



(WeiHuanHan

[2005]108)

1×1650 /600 Enamel

Paper Machine

Normal

production

April 2007, Project


Environmental


Zhongwei City



52

No.Production

Line Workshop

Designed

Productivity

(10,000t/a)


Time

Special

Paper

Production

Line

Special

paper: 5.0


approved by



(WeiHuanHan

[2009]185)

1×1720 /500 Enamel

Paper Machine

Under

construction /

2640

Workshop

Digital

paper, anti-

sticking

intermediate

paper: 6.8

May 2000, Project

approved by



Autonomous Region



2640 /550

Rectangular Net

Paper Machine

Normal

production

April 2005, Project


Environmental


Ningxia Hui

Autonomous Region

(NingHuanYan

[2005]02)


53

No.Production

Line Workshop

Designed

Productivity

(10,000t/a)


Time

13# Paper

Machine

Room

Copperplate

raw paper:

2.5


approved by





1760/300

Rectangular Net

Paper Machine

Normal

production

March 2008, Project


Environmental


Zhongwei City


12# Paper

Machine

Room

Offset

paper,

writing

paper: 2.6


approved by



(WeiHuanHan

[2004]126)


2640 /550

Rectangular Net

Paper Machine

Normal

production

May 2006, Project

approved by

Environmental


Zhongwei City



54

No.Production

Line Workshop

Designed

Productivity

(10,000t/a)


Time

11# Paper

Machine

Room

Offset

paper,

copperplate

raw paper:

3.0





Autonomous Region



1760/330

Rectangular Net

Paper Machine

Normal

production

April 2005, Project


Environmental


Ningxia Hui

Autonomous Region

(NingHuanYan

[2005]02)

10# Paper

Machine

Room

Offset

paper,

writing

paper: 1.02

May 2000, Project

approved by



Autonomous Region



1760 /240

Rectangular Net

Paper Machine, 1

production line of

1880/240

Rectangular Net

Paper Machine

Normal

production

April 2005, Project


Environmental


Ningxia Hui

Autonomous Region

(NingHuanYan

[2005]02)


55

No.Production

Line Workshop

Designed

Productivity

(10,000t/a)


Time

9# Paper

Machine

Room

Kraftliner

paper: 2.0

May 2000, Project

approved by



Autonomous Region



2500 /80 Cylinder

Machine

Normal

production

April 2005, Project


Environmental


Ningxia Hui

Autonomous Region

(NingHuanYan

[2005]02)

8# Paper

Machine

Room

Writing

paper: 1.2 /


1760/120

Rectangular Net

Paper Machine

Normal

production


1998

7# Paper

Machine

Room

Writing

paper: 0.6 /


1575/60 Cylinder

Machine

Production

stopped


1987


56

No.Production

Line Workshop

Designed

Productivity

(10,000t/a)


Time

6# Paper

Machine

Room

Electrostatic

duplicating

paper: 2.0

/


1760/350

Rectangular Net

Paper Machine

Normal

production


1996

5# Paper

Machine

Room

Writing

paper,

colorful

offset

paper: 1.0

/


1760/120

Rectangular Net

Paper Machine

Normal

production


1996

4# Paper

Machine

Room

Corrugated

paper: 0.8 /


1575/60 Cylinder

Machine

Normal

production


1993


57

No.Production

Line Workshop

Designed

Productivity

(10,000t/a)


Time

3# Paper

Machine

Room

Writing

paper: 0.62 /


1575/40 Cylinder

Machine, 1

production line of

1575/80 short

Rectangular Net

Paper Machine

Production

stopped


1989

2# Paper

Machine

Room

Writing

paper: 0.35 /


1575/80 Rectangular

Net Paper Machine

Production

stopped


1988

1# Paper

Machine

Room

Aluminum

foil

intermediate

paper: 2.0

/


1575/120

Rectangular Net

Paper Machine, 1

production line of

1575/60 Cylinder

Machine

Production

stopped at

the

production

line of

1575/60

Cylinder

Machine


1987


58

No.Production

Line Workshop

Designed

Productivity

(10,000t/a)


Time

1#, 2#, 3#

Boilers

Project

steam

supply

May 2000, Project

approved by



Autonomous Region



Fluidized Bed Boilers

Normal

operation

April 2005, Project


Environmental


Ningxia Hui

Autonomous Region

(NingHuanYan

[2005]02)

3

Auxiliary

Thermoelectric

Boiler

4# Boiler

Project

steam

supply

April 2008, Project

approved by



Autonomous Region

(NingHuanBiao

[2008]17)


operation



Environmental


Ningxia Hui

Autonomous Region

(NingHuanYan

[2009]23)


59

No.Production

Line Workshop

Designed

Productivity

(10,000t/a)


Time

5# Boiler

Project

steam

supply

June 2010, Project

approved by



(WeiHuanHan

[2010]132)


construction /

4

Alkali

Recovery

System

1# Alkali

Recovery

System

Black liquid

treatment,

thermal

energy and

alkali

recovery

May 2000, Project

approved by



Autonomous Region




at 150t/d

Normal

operation

April 2005, Project


Environmental


Ningxia Hui

Autonomous Region

(NingHuanYan

[2005]02)


60

No.Production

Line Workshop

Designed

Productivity

(10,000t/a)


Time

2# Alkali

Recovery

System

Black liquid

treatment,

thermal

energy and

alkali

recovery

May 2003, Project

approved by



Autonomous Region

(NingHuanHan

[2003]80)



at 150t/d

Normal

operation /

3# Alkali

Recovery

System

Black liquid

treatment,

thermal

energy and

alkali

recovery


approved by



(WeiHuanHan

[2006]181)



at 150t/d

Normal

operation

March 2008, Project


Environmental


Zhongwei City


5

Wastewater

Treatment

System



May 2000, Project

approved by



Autonomous Region


Wastewater treatment

capacity at

50,000m3/d

Normal

operation

April 2005, Project


Environmental


Ningxia Hui

Autonomous Region


61

No.Production

Line Workshop

Designed

Productivity

(10,000t/a)


Time

(NingHuanYan

[2005]02)

6 Solid Waste



approved by



White sludge


40,000t/a

Normal

operation

April 2004, Project


Environmental


Wuzhong City

(HuanYan [2004]01)

Contents of the Existing Project and Ongoing Project Construction

Item Production Unit Status

Quo Contents and Scale Remarks

Principal

Processes

1# Pulp Making

Room

Normal

production

Wheat straw is used as raw material to produce bleached wheat straw pulp by using

alkali method, processes include material preparation, cooking ball cooking,

extraction, screening, slag collection and chlorine bleaching; pulp to be sent to

Paper Machine Room


62



2# Pulp Making

Room

Normal

production

Wheat straw is used as raw material to produce bleached wheat straw pulp by using

alkali method, processes include material preparation, continuous cooking,

extraction, screening, slag collection and chlorine bleaching; pulp to be sent to

Paper Machine Room

3# Pulp Making

Room

Normal

production Completely same with the processes of 1# Pulp Making Room

Deinked Paper

Machine Room

Production

stopped

Waste writing paper is used as raw material for producing deinked and bleached

pulp with higher degree of whiteness, cleaness and mechanical strength that is

suitable for making high-quality writing paper, printing paper and enamel paper,

and the processes include material preparation, shredding, screening, slag

collection, thermal dispersing, flotation deinking, concentration washing and

bleaching

Production Line

of Waste Board

Pulp

Normal

production

Waste board pulp production line is equipped in the existing project and 4# and 9#

Paper Machine Rooms, including shredding, dispersing, squeezing, screening and

purification; pulp to be sent to 4# and 9# Board Paper Machine Rooms


63



Paper Machine

Room /

After artificial cutting of the iron wire to unpack the purchased needlebush pulp

board or hardwoods pulp board, the board is transferred by a chain belt to the

hydraulic pulper, after which the pulped pulp will go through slag removal by a

high-concentration Slag Remover, it will then be mixed with the self-produced

wheat straw pulp and be defibrinated by a cone-shaped fiberizer; the pulp is then

sent to the Paper Machine Room’s pulp preparation system to go through pulping,

mixing, adding and then screening, grinding, drying, coating, pressing and rolling,

then be cut into finished product

Production

stopped at the

Cylinder

Machine of 1#

Paper Machine

Room, so at 2#,

3# and 7# Paper

Machine

Rooms

Alkali Recovery

System

3 sets of alkali recovery systems, each with the capacity of black liquid treatment at 150t/d. Alkali recovery system mainly includes evaporation, combustion and causticization processes

for recycling of thermal energy and chemical substances; the Evaporation Unit is the process of countercurrent evaporation of 10% black liquid of wheat straw pulp from the extraction unit of the pulp making system to increase the concentration to 48%; the black liquid from the Evaporation Unit will first be filled into the condensed black liquid tank, then be pumped into the black liquid heater and rotary plate evaporator, the 48% black liquid generated is fed into the boiler for combustion, and the rest black liquid is sent back through the pipe to the black liquid tank; continuous causticizing process is adopted at the Causticization Unit, the white sludge generated after causticization is finally transported to the stockpile for storage

/

Auxiliary

Processes

Chemicals

Storehouse

5 liquid chlorine storehouses, steel tanks each with the capacity of storing 1.5m3 liquid chlorine under the

pressure of 1.0Mpa; 3 alkali liquid tanks installed around the Pulp Making Room for storing 120t alkali liquid,

respective capacity at 70m3, 35m

3 and 90m

3

/


64



Thermoelectric

Boiler Room

4×75t/h circulating fluidized bed boilers and 3×12MW extraction units, 3-field electrostatic dust collector is

used for flue gas dust removal and limestone is added for desulphurization; according to the examination for

acceptance, the efficiency of desulphurization is about 75%, and the efficiency of dust collection is over 98%;

the emission of flue gas and SO2 has met the phase III requirement as specified in the “Emission Standard of

Atmospheric Pollutants for Thermal Power Plant” (GB13271-2001)

/

Public

Utilities

Wastewater

Treatment Plant

The existing project’s wastewater treatment process includes primary sedimentation Tank + adjustment Tank

+ separation Tank + aeration Tank + secondary sedimentation Tank + coagulating sedimentation, the treated

wastewater shall meet the “Discharge Standard of Water Pollutants for Paper Industry” (GB3544-2001) and be

pumped into the Oxidation Pool.


65

Table 0.2 Data Sheet of the Plant Productivity (Products)

No. Products Unit Productivity

1 Bleached wheat

straw pulp t/a 89239

2 Deinked pulp t/a 34000

3 Waste board pulp t/a 25000

4 Cultural paper t/a 217395

5 Aluminum foil

intermediate paper t/a 8902

6 Boxboard paper t/a 33350

Table Data Sheet of the Plant Productivity (Production Units)

No. Production

Line Workshop Actual Productivity (t/a)

1# Pulp Making

Room 25892

2# Pulp Making

Room 44703

3# Pulp Making Room 18644

3 production

lines of wheat

straw pulp

Subtotal 89239

1 production

line of deinked

pulp

Deinked Pulp

Making Room 34000

4# Paper Machine

Room Waste paper pulp: 0.5

Pulp

making

productivity

2 production

lines of waste

paper pulp 9# Paper Machine

Room Waste paper pulp: 2.0

1# Cooperplate Paper

Machine Room 20000

2640 Room 56972

Paper

making

productivity

Paper

production

lines

13# Paper Machine

Room 13520


66

12# Paper Machine

Room 27200

11# Paper Machine

Room 29070

10# Paper Machine

Room 18556

9# Paper Machine

Room 24163

8# Paper Machine

Room 11993

7# Paper Machine

Room /

6# Paper Machine

Room 21914

5# Paper Machine

Room 8983

4# Paper Machine

Room 9187

3# Paper Machine

Room /

2# Paper Machine

Room /

1# Paper Machine

Room 8902

2.1.4Consumption of main raw and auxiliary materials

The consumption of raw and auxiliary materials by each workshop is shown in Table 0.3Table 0.3.

Table 0.3 Existing Project’s Consumption of Main Raw and Auxiliary Materials

I. Pulp Making Room

Annual Consumption No. Product

Unit Volume Remarks

1 Wheat straw t 258800 /


67

2 Alkali t 11646 /

3 Liquid chlorine t 8620 /

4 Lime t 8386 /

II. Paper Machine Room

5 Purchased bleached

needlebush pulp

t 22470 Air dried


hardwoods pulp

t 5530 Air dried

7 Purchased bleached reed

pulp

t 12610 Air dried


bamboo pulp

t 10030 Air dried

9 Calcium carbonate t 63755 /

10 Cation starch t 500 /

11 Brightener t 230 /

III. Public Utilities

12 Heavy oil t 310 /

13 Coal t 391740 /

14 Aluminum chloride

polymer

t 410 /

2.1.5 Data Sheet of Main Production Equipments

The parameters for the main equipments of the Company’s production lines are listed in Table 2.1.5.

Table 0.5 Data Sheet of Main Production Equipments

1# Pulp Making Room

No. Equipment Model Quantity Location

1 1# Straw Cutter /三 3 Coarse Pulp Room

2 1# Cavel Dust

Collector / 3 Coarse Pulp Room

3 1# Straw Cutter /三 3 Coarse Pulp Room


68

4 1# Loader /三 3 Coarse Pulp Room

5 Cooking Ball 25m3三 10 Coarse Pulp Room

6 Cone-bottom Sprayer /三 1 Coarse Pulp Room

7 Flat-bottom Sprayer /三 1 Coarse Pulp Room

8 Single Helix Pulp

Squeezer / 1 Coarse Pulp Room

9 Drum-shaped

Vacuum Washer ZXIV-70m3 4 3-Stage Bleaching Room

10 Self-cleaning

Vibration Flat Screen ZSK-2m2 3 3-Stage Bleaching Room

11 Pulp Squeezer /三 1 3-Stage Bleaching Room

12 Cylinder Condenser 14m

2

4 Single-Phase Bleaching

Room

13 Cylinder Condenser 10m

2


Room

14 Horizontal Belt

Washer 18m2


Room

15 Horizontal Belt

Washer 18m2

1 3-Stage Bleaching Room

16 Chlorination Tower 86m3 1 3-Stage Bleaching Room

17 Alkalization Tower 63m3 1 3-Stage Bleaching Room

18 Bleaching Tower 150m3 1 3-Stage Bleaching Room

2# Pulp Making Room


1 Hydraulic Paper

Cutter / 1

Continuous Cooking

Room

2 Flat-bottom

Sprayer / 1

Continuous Cooking

Room

3 Helix Feeder / 1 Continuous Cooking

Room

4 Cooking Tube 陶1250 3 Continuous Cooking

Room


69

5 Paper Cutter / 5 Continuous Cooking

Room

6 Micropore

Pressure Filter ZSF0.5m

2 1

4-series Bleaching

Room

7 Drum-shape

Vacuum Washer ZXIV-70m

2 4

4-series Bleaching

Room

8

Self-cleaning

Vibration Flat

Screen

ZSK-2m3 4 4-series Bleaching

Room

9 Drum-shape

Vacuum Washer ZXIV-50m

2 4

4-series Bleaching

Room

10 Cylinder

Condenser 50-75T/d 2

4-series Bleaching

Room

11 Centrifugal Screen ZSK3-1.6m2 2

4-series Bleaching

Room

12 Alkalization Tower ZPT17A 1 4-series Bleaching

Room

13 Chlorination

Tower ZPT7A 1

4-series Bleaching

Room

14 Centrifugal Screen ZSL-2.4m2 2

4-series Bleaching

Room

3# Pulp Making Room


1 Paper Cutter ZCQ4 2 2#Coarse Pulp Room

2 Helix Pre-extractor / 6 2#Coarse Pulp Room

3 Loader / 6 2#Coarse Pulp Room

4 Cooking Ball 25m3 6 2#Coarse Pulp Room

5 Sprayer 90m3 2 2#Coarse Pulp Room

6 Single Helix Pulp

Squeezer / 1 2#Coarse Pulp Room

7 Vibration Flat 1.8m2 1 2#Coarse Pulp Room


70

Screen

8 Cylinder

Condenser 14m

2 1 2#Coarse Pulp Room

9 Cylinder

Condenser 14m2

2 New 3-Stage

Bleaching Room

10

Up-flow

Chlorination

Tower 陶3200 H=21m

1 New 3-Stage

Bleaching Room

11 Drum-shape

Vacuum Washer 20m2

4 New 3-Stage

Bleaching Room

12

Down-flow

Chlorination

Tower 陶3600 H=7.8m

1 New 3-Stage

Bleaching Room

13 Alkali Liquid

Dilution Tank 4000*1500*4000 4

New 3-Stage

Bleaching Room

14 Down-flow

Bleaching Tower 陶3600 H=7.8m 1

New 3-Stage

Bleaching Room

Deinked Pulp Making Room


1 Secondary

Flotation Screen / 1

Deinked Pulp Making

Room

2 Pulp Storage

Tower ZPT27A 1

Deinked Pulp Making

Room

3 Diluted White

Water Tank 30m

3 1

Deinked Pulp Making

Room

4 Vibration Screen SRK-4 1 Deinked Pulp Making

Room

5 300 Pressure

Screen 99-UV-300-8242 1

Deinked Pulp Making

Room

6 500 Pressure

Screen 99-UV-500-8243 1

Deinked Pulp Making

Room

7 Concentration Slag LC-20 1 Deinked Pulp Making


71

Remover Room

8 5A Flotation Cell 5A-800 1 Deinked Pulp Making

Room

9 High-speed

Washer ZJX-300 1

Deinked Pulp Making

Room

10 Wastepaper

Deinking Machine FTV-650 1

Deinked Pulp Making

Room

1# Copperplate Paper Production Line


1 Super Calender 1650MM 1 Copperplate Paper

Machine Room

2 Coating Machine 1650MM 1 Copperplate Paper

Machine Room

3 Paper Cutter 1650MM 1 Copperplate Paper

Machine Room

4 Centrifugal Fan 4-72-5A 2 Copperplate Paper

Machine Room

5 Grinder MB-500 2 Copperplate Paper

Machine Room

6 Vibration Screen XZSP1200 4 Copperplate Paper

Machine Room

2640 Workshop


1 2640 Rectangular

Paper Machine 2640MM 2 2640 Workshop

2 Pressure Screen HB3 2 2640 Workshop

3 Pressure Screen F0 2 2640 Workshop

4 Pulper 5m3 6 2640 Workshop

5 Pulper ZDS23 2 2640 Workshop

6 Coating Machine HSM 2 2640 Workshop

7 Soft Calender 2640MM 2 2640 Workshop


72

8 Cylinder

Condenser 5m

2 1 2640 Workshop

9 Cylinder

Condenser 20m

2 1 2640 Workshop

10 Plate Grinder 陶600 1 2640 Workshop

11 Plate Grinder DD-20 10 2640 Workshop

12 High-speed Paper

Cutter GW*S-2640W 2 2640 Workshop

13# Paper Machine Room


1 Slag Remover NHS-2-8 1 13# Paper Machine

Room

2 Paper Cutter ZWE140-1760 1 13# Paper Machine

Room

3 Pulper ZDS2m2 1

13# Paper Machine

Room

4 Pulper ZDS-5m2 1

13# Paper Machine

Room

5

Rectangular Net

Multi-tank Paper

Machine

ZL76A-1760/300 1 13# Paper Machine

Room

6 Double-plate

Grinder zdp-450p 7

13# Paper Machine

Room



1

Rectangular Net

Multi-tank Paper

Machine

2640 1 12# Paper Machine

Room

2 Coating Machine 2640 1 12# Paper Machine

Room

3 Double-Roller

Calender 2640 1

12# Paper Machine

Room


73

4 Horizontal

Cylinder Winder 2640 1

12# Paper Machine

Room

5 Underfeed Re-

reeler 2640 1

12# Paper Machine

Room

6 Hydraulic Paper

Cutter 5m

3 4

12# Paper Machine

Room

7 Hydraulic Paper

Cutter 2m

3 1

12# Paper Machine

Room

8 Hydraulic Paper

Cutter 15m

3 1

12# Paper Machine

Room



1

Rectangular Net

Multi-tank Paper

Machine

1760MM/350MM 2 11# Paper Machine

Room

2 Door-Roller

Coating Machine 1760MM/350MM 1

11# Paper Machine

Room

3 Door-Roller

Coating Machine 1760MM/350MM 1

11# Paper Machine

Room

4 4-Roller Aerated

Calender NHC02A 2

11# Paper Machine

Room

5 Paper Winder 1760MM/350MM 1 11# Paper Machine

Room

6 Paper Winder 1760MM/351MM 1 11# Paper Machine

Room

7 Double-blade

Paper Cutter ZWQ15A 2

11# Paper Machine

Room

8 Re-reeler ZWJX 2 11# Paper Machine

Room

9 Double-plate

Grinder 陶450 12

11# Paper Machine

Room

10 Double-plate 陶550 4 11# Paper Machine


74

Grinder Room



1 1760 Paper

Machine 1760MM 1

10# Paper Machine

Room

2 1760 Paper Sizer 1760MM 1 10# Paper Machine

Room

3 4-Roller Calender NHC 1 10# Paper Machine

Room

4 Paper Winder 1760MM 1 10# Paper Machine

Room

5 1880 Paper

Machine 1880MM 1

10# Paper Machine

Room

6 Paper Sizer 1880MM 1 10# Paper Machine

Room

7 Calender ZYBO3 1 10# Paper Machine

Room

8 Paper Winder SQL1880MM 1 10# Paper Machine

Room

9 Double-blade

Paper Cutter ZWQ14A 1

10# Paper Machine

Room

10 Paper Cutter ZWQ1880 1 10# Paper Machine

Room



1 Paper Machine 2500MM 1 9# Paper Machine

Room

2 Calender ZYQC-F25PS 1 9# Paper Machine

Room

3 Paper Winder 2500 1 9# Paper Machine

Room

4 Re-reeler ZWJ 1 9# Paper Machine


75

Room

5 Air Compressor VF-6/7 3 9# Paper Machine

Room

6 Double-plate

Grinder

陶550 2 9# Paper Machine

Room

7 Double-plate

Grinder

陶450 5 9# Paper Machine

Room

8 Pulp Refiner XZZ21 1 9# Paper Machine

Room

9 Hydraulic Paper

Cutter

2m3 2 9# Paper Machine

Room



1 Rectangular Net

Paper Machine 1760MM 1

8# Paper Machine

Room

2 Calender / 1 8# Paper Machine

Room

3 Paper Winder / 1 8# Paper Machine

Room

4 Cylinder

Condenser ENW2 1

8# Paper Machine

Room

5 Double-plate

Grinder ZDP11XZ 5

8# Paper Machine

Room



1 Paper Machine

1575mm 1

7# Paper Machine

Room

2 Calender (4-

Roller) 1575mm

1

7# Paper Machine

Room

3 Paper Winder

1575mm 1

7# Paper Machine

Room

4 1# Pulper 1m3 1 7# Paper Machine


76

Room

5 Paper Cutter 1575mm 1 7# Paper Machine

Room

6 Paper Winder 1575mm 2 7# Paper Machine

Room



1 Hydraulic Paper

Cutter ZDS3-5m

3 2

6# Paper Machine

Room

2 Cylinder

Condenser ZNW3-8m

2 1

6# Paper Machine

Room

3 Hydraulic Paper

Cutter 2m

3 2

6# Paper Machine

Room

4 Pressure Screen ZSB54陶陶800 1 6# Paper Machine

Room


Room

6 6-Roller Calender ZY1X1 1 6# Paper Machine

Room

7 Paper Winder 1760MM 1 6# Paper Machine

Room

8 Paper Cutter 1900mm 1 6# Paper Machine

Room



1 Hydraulic Paper

Cutter ZSD1-1m

3 1

5# Paper Machine

Room

2

Double-function

High-Effect Pulp

Grinder

ZDLC3-30 1 5# Paper Machine

Room

3 1760 Paper

Machine 1760MM 1

5# Paper Machine

Room


77

4 Cylinder

Condenser ZNW3.5m

2 1

5# Paper Machine

Room

5 Paper Sizer 1760MM 1 5# Paper Machine

Room

6 Double-blade

Paper Cutter ZWQ3-1760MM 1

5# Paper Machine

Room

7 Re-reeler ZWJ1-1760 1 5# Paper Machine

Room



1

Cylinder Multi-

tank Paper

Machine

1600mm 1 4# Paper Machine

Room

2 Re-reeler ZWJ1575 1 4# Paper Machine

Room

3 Vertical Hydraulic

Paper Cutter 2m

3 2

4# Paper Machine

Room

4 Cylinder

Condenser / 1

4# Paper Machine

Room

5 Paper Sizer 1760 1 4# Paper Machine

Room




Room

2 Single-blade Paper

Cutter ZWQ3-1760MM 1

3# Paper Machine

Room

3 High-Effect Pulp

Grinder ZDL -30N 1

3# Paper Machine

Room

4 Hydraulic Paper

Cutter 1m

3 1

3# Paper Machine

Room


78



1 3# Paper Machine 1575mm 1 2# Paper Machine

Room

2 Hydraulic Paper

Cutter 2m

3 1

2# Paper Machine

Room

3 Hydraulic Paper

Cutter 1m

3 1

2# Paper Machine

Room

4 Semi-wet Calender 1 2# Paper Machine

Room

5 5-Roller Calender ZY3-Y 1 2# Paper Machine

Room

6 Paper Winder 1 2# Paper Machine

Room

7 Paper Cutter ZWQ3 1 2# Paper Machine

Room




Room


Cutter 1575MM 1

1# Paper Machine

Room

3 Cylinder Machine 1575MM 1 1# Paper Machine

Room


Cutter 1575 MM 2

1# Paper Machine

Room

5 Hydraulic Paper

Cutter 5m

3 1

1# Paper Machine

Room

6 Hydraulic Paper

Cutter 10m

3 1

1# Paper Machine

Room


79

2.2 Project Analysis

2.2.1Main Project Analysis

2.2.1.1Pulp Making System

1. 1# Pulp Making Room

1# Pulp Making Room was built in 1987, which has developed into a system of

10×25m3 cooking balls with the annual capacity of producing 35,000 tonnes of pulp.

In 2005, it was required by SEPA in the “Official Reply to the Environmental Impact Report by Ningxia Meili Paper Industry Co., Ltd Concerning the Forestry-Paper Integration Project” (HuanShen [2005] 863): 1# Pulp Production Line must be shut down before the commissioning of the Forestry-Paper integration Project. The trial

commissioning of the Forestry-Paper Integration Project was started in May 2008 when the construction of Ningxia Meili Paper Industry Park was finished, but the designed scale was limited to an annual production of 100,000 tonnes of aspen bleached chemi-mechanical pulp, much lower than the approved scale of 300,000t/a proposed in EIA Report, so the Company applied for suspension in shutting down the production line, which has been agreed by Zhongwei Municipal Environmental Protection Bureau in February 2008 in the “Official Reply Concerning the Letter by MCC Meili Paper Industry Co., Ltd Applying for Suspension of the Shutting Down of the Production Line of Wheat Straw Pulp Cooking Ball of MCC Meili Paper

Industry”: “The shutting down of the wheat straw pulp production line of MCC Meili Paper Industry shall be suspended based on the strengthening of supervision for up-to-standard emission, and the production line of wheat straw pulp cooking ball shall be shut down immediately after the substitution by wood pulp production upon the overall construction of 300,000t/a productivity of aspen bleached chemi-mechanical pulp has been finished as planned in the Forestry-Paper Integration Project.”

Wheat straw is used as the raw material in the production line of 1# Pulp Making Room, where bleached wheat straw pulp is produced after the processes of material preparation, cooking, extraction, screening, slag removal and chlorine bleaching and then be sent to the Paper Machine Room.

The wheat straw is transferred by the belt into the Paper Cutter where the wheat straw is cut short and fed into the Cavel (double cone) Dust Collector for dust removal, after which the straw bits shall be piled in the storehouse for comprehensive use. Then the straw is fed into the pre-extractor for external extraction, and the straw and cooking liquid is loaded into the boiler through the mechanical work of the loader. The existing process includes twice loading: 70% of the solution is cooked after the first loading and 30% to be cooked after the second loading. After the second loading, the boiler shall be sealed for 30min racing and then high temperature cooking and the cooked liquid is sprayed into the 3-Stage bleaching workshop for extraction. The

extracted black liquid is sent to the alkali recovery room, and the pulp left after the extraction process is sent to the fine pulp unit to go through the 3-Stage bleaching process and then vibration screening and centrifugal screening and then purification by the Slag Remover, after which the slag is sent to the storehouse for comprehensive use. After Cylinder washing, the pulp is bumped into the bleaching process for chlorination, alkali treatment and additional bleaching, then be sent to the paper making system for paper making.

The specific process and pollutants discharge points involved in 1# Pulp Making


80

Room are illustrated in Figure 2.2.1.


2# Pulp Making Room was built in 2001 with an annual capacity of producing 45,000

tonnes of pulp. The process of material preparation is similar to that in 1# Pulp Making System, the wheat straw is transferred by the belt into the Paper Cutter where the wheat straw is cut short and fed into the Cavel (double cone) Dust Collector for dust removal and then be sent to the hydraulic Paper Cutter for shredding and washing, the washed straw is pumped into the inclined helix dehydrator for dehydration and then be filled into the drum meter to be weighed and the extra straw is sent back to the waterpower Paper Cutter. The weighed straw, softened after pre-

steaming to 80 , is fed by the helix feeder into the continuous digester for cooking,

with the addition of cooking liquid and steam. The cooked pulp is sprayed into the 4-

series bleaching workshop for extraction. The extracted black liquid is sent to the alkali recovery room, and the pulp left after the extraction process is sent to the fine pulp unit to go through the 3-Stage bleaching process and then vibration screening and centrifugal screening and then 3-Stage first level purification by the Slag Remover, after which the slag is sent to the storehouse for comprehensive use. The purified pulp is bumped into the bleaching process for chlorination, alkali treatment and additional bleaching, then be sent to the paper making system for paper making.

The specific process and pollutants discharge points involved in 2# Pulp Making Room are illustrated in Figure 2.2.2.


3# Pulp Making Room was built in 2007, which has developed into a system of

12×25m3 cooking balls with the annual capacity of producing 22,000 tonnes of

bleached wheat straw pulp. The process of material preparation is similar to that in 1# Pulp Making System, the straw after dust removal is presoaked and softened by steam and solution and then fed into the cooking balls for cooking, after which be sprayed into the boiler, then into the coating spreading machine and the Single Helix Pulp Squeezer for over 40% extraction. After the separation of pulp from black liquid, the pulp shall go through the new 3-Stage bleaching process, and the roughly cooked black liquid shall be sent to the new 3-Stage bleaching room for extraction by 2 sets of vacuum washers, and the extracted pulp shall go through the new 3-Stage bleaching process and vibration screening and centrifugal screening, then purification by the Slag Remover, after which the slag is sent to the storehouse for comprehensive use. The purified pulp is bumped into the bleaching process for chlorination, alkali treatment and additional bleaching, then be sent to the paper making system for paper making.

The specific process and pollutants discharge points involved in 3# Pulp Making

Room are illustrated in Figure 2.2.3.


81

Figure 2.2.1 Production Processes and Pollution Points in 1# Pulp Making System

Noise & Dust Belt Transport Solution Steam

Waste Gas & Noise Coarse Pulp Black Liquid

Pulp Slag Wastewater & Noise

Chlorine Gas Wastewater Wastewater & Noise

Wheat Straw

Straw Cutter

Cook Ball

Sprayer

1-4# Vacuum Pulp Washer Evaporation Unit

(Alkali Recovery)

Horizontal-Belt Pulp

Vibration Screen + 3-

Stage Centrifugal

Bleaching Tower

4-5# Vacuum Pulp Washer

Pulp Storage Tower

Paper Machine Room

Reuse at Paper

Machine Room



82


Noise & Dust Sludge Wastewater Slag

Belt Transport Solution Steam Waste Gas & Noise Coarse Pulp

Black Liquid Pulp Slag


Finished Pulp

Wheat Straw

Straw Cutter

Hydraulic Shredder

Helix Dehydrator

Continuous Cooking Ball

Sprayer

Evaporation Unit

(Alkali Recovery) 1-4# Pulp Washer

Horizontal-Belt Pulp Washer

Vibration Screen + 3-Stage

Centrifugal Screening

Bleaching Tower


Pulp Storage Tower

Paper Machine Room

Reuse at Paper

Machine Room

Circulation Water

Tank

Double-Direction

Flow Rotary Screen


83


Noise & Dust Belt Transport Solution Steam

Waste Gas & Noise Coarse Pulp Black Liquid

Pulp Slag Wastewater & Noise


Wheat Straw

Straw Cutter

Cook Ball

Sprayer

1-2# Vacuum Pulp Washer Evaporation Unit

(Alkali Recovery)

Horizontal-Belt Pulp Washer

Vibration Screen + 3-Stage

Centrifugal Screening

Bleaching Tower


Pulp Storage Tower

Paper Machine Room

Reuse at Paper

Machine Room



84

4. Deinked Pulp Making Room

The deinked pulp production line was built in 2001 with the productivity designed as 51,000t/a, but the facility has been in the state of half-production due to the shortage

of raw materials. Waste paper is used as the raw material for producing deinked and bleached pulp with higher degree of whiteness, cleaness and mechanical strength that is suitable for making high-quality writing paper, printing paper and enamel paper, and the processes include material preparation, shredding, screening, slag collection, thermal dispersing, flotation deinking, concentration washing and bleaching.

The specific process and pollutants discharge points involved in Deinked Pulp Making Room are illustrated in Figure 2.2.4.

5 Production Line of Waste Board Pulp

The production line of waste board pulp is equipped in the existing project and 4# and

9# Paper Machine Rooms, including the processes of shredding, slag collection, thermal dispersing, screening and purification. The discharge of pollutants mainly includes sand from the sand tank, slag from the pressure screen, wastewater from the Pulp Squeezer and noise from equipment operation.

The specific process and pollutants discharge points involved in Waste Board Pulp Making Room are illustrated in Figure 2.2.5.

2.2.1.2Paper Making System

The Plant is equipped with 16 Paper Machine Rooms, in which the 50,000t/a special

paper production line is under construction, 2#, 3# and 7# Rooms plus one 1575 Cylinder Machine in 1# Room are defunctioned. Except for 1# copperplate paper production line is mainly for producing copper base paper, the rest paper making system has a similar production process.

Based on different requirements for products in each Paper Machine Room, the raw materials include purchased needlebush pulp, purchased reed pulp, purchased hardwoods pulp and self-made wheat straw pulp, each mixed with different proportions with the additional equipment of broke paper processing system.

After artificial cutting of the iron wire to unpack the purchased needlebush pulp board

or hardwoods pulp board, the board is transferred by a chain belt to the hydraulic pulper, after which the pulped pulp will go through slag removal by a High-Concentration Slag Remover and defibrination by a cone-shaped fiberizer. The pulp is then sent to the Paper Machine Room’s pulp preparation system to go through pulping, mixing, adding and then screening, grinding, drying, coating, pressing and rolling, then be cut into finished product. The Paper Machine Room is equipped with broke paper processing system, where the broke paper is filled into the tank and then the hydraulic pulper, the pulp is then sent to the pulp preparation system of the Paper Machine Room.

The specific process and pollutants discharge points involved in Paper Machine Room

are illustrated in Figure 2.2.6.

The white water generated in the Paper Machine Room is sent to the white water recovery room and then be used in the pulp preparation room; the thick white water is discharged to the wastewater treatment system, the white water recovery process is illustrated in Figure 2.2.7.


85

Solution Steam Pulp Slag

Pulp Slag Coarse Pulp Pulp Slag Deinked Sludge

Pulp Slag

Wastewater Solution Steam

Wastepaper

Hydraulic Pulper

High-Concentration Slag Remover

Pressure Screen

2-Stage Low-Concentration

Slag Remover

Flotation Selection Tank

3-Stage Low-Concentration

Slag Remover

Pulp Squeezer

Helix Conveyor

Pulp Storage Tower

Paper Machine Room

High-Speed Pulp Washer

Heat Disperser

Chlorination Bleaching Tower

DNT Pulp Washer


86

Figure 2.2.4 Production Processes and Pollution Points in Deinked Pulp Making System


87

Figure 2.2.5 Production Processes and Pollution Points in Waste Board Pulp Making System

Sand Pulp Slag

Wastewater

Wastewater

Pulp Slag

Wastepaper

Hydraulic Pulper

Sand Sedimentation Tank

Double-Cone High-Concentration

Slag Remover

Dual-Purpose Fiber Separator

High-Concentration Pressure

Screen

Slant Helix

Heat Disperser

Turnover Pulp Tank

Pulp Squeezer

High-Concentration Slag Remover

Storage Tank

Boxboard Paper Production Line


88

Figure 2.2.6 Production Processes and Pollution Points in Paper Making System

Whitening Agent

Pulp Slag

Wastewater Noise Steam

Noise Chemicals Steam Noise

Purchased Reed

Pulp

Hydraulic Pulper

Self-Produced

Deinked Pulp

Pulp Mixing Tank

Paper Machine Pulp Tank

Slag Remover

Pressure Screen

Screening Unit

Grinding Unit

Pre-Drying Unit

Surface Sizer

Post-Drying Unit

Calender

Re-reeler / Paper Cutter

Finished Paper in Storehouse

Self-Produced

Wheat Straw Pulp

White Water Recycle

System

Purchased Wood

Pulp

Broke Paper

Treatment System

Hydraulic Pulper Rotary-Net

Condenser

Deinked Pulp Tank

Pulp Grinder Pulp Grinder Pulp Grinder Pulp Grinder

Reuse at Pulp Making

Room


89

Figure 2.2.7 Production Processes and Pollution Points in White Water Recovery Room in Paper Making System

2.2.1.3Alkali Recovery System

The Company is equipped with 3 sets of alkali recovery systems, each with the capacity of black liquid treatment at 150t/d. Alkali recovery system mainly includes

evaporation, combustion and causticization processes for recycling of thermal energy and chemical substances. The specific process and pollutants discharge points involved in Alkali Recovery System are illustrated in Figure 2.2.8. The parameters used for the main equipments of the alkali recovery system are listed in Table 2.2.1.

Table 2.2.1 Parameters Used in Main Processes of Alkali Recovery System

No. Item Evaporation

Unit (m2)

Evaporation

Equipment

Alkali Recovery

Boiler in

Combustion Unit

Flue Gas

Treatment

1 1# Alkali

Recovery System 4900

2-Board 3-Tube

5-Cylinder 5-

Effect

Evaporator

WGZ15/1.27-1

2-field

Electrostatic

Dust

Collection

2 2# Alkali


5-Effect Plate

Falling Film

Evaporator

WGZ14/1.27-1

2-field

Electrostatic

Dust

Collection

3 3# Alkali


5-Effect Plate

Falling Film

Evaporator

HLJ160/15-1.27/194

Plate

Evaporation

+ Spray

Washer

1. Evaporation Unit

The Evaporation Unit is the process of countercurrent evaporation of 10% black

White Water from Paper

Machine

Slant Net Pulp

Collection

Water Collection

Tank

Slant Board

Sedimentation Tank

Fresh Water

Tank

Sludge

Storage Tank

Pulp Making

Room

Pulp Material

Recycle

PAC


90

liquid of wheat straw pulp from the extraction unit of the pulp making system to increase the concentration to 48%.

The black liquid process of the Evaporation Unit is a process of complete countercurrent evaporation, the black liquid goes through 4-Effect Board-Shape

Falling Film Evaporator V-Effect Board-Shape Falling Film Evaporator IV-

Effect Board-Shape Falling Film Evaporator III-Effect Board-Shape Falling Film

Evaporator II-Effect Board-Shape Falling Film Evaporator I-Effect Board-

Shape Falling Film Evaporator, then from the I-Effect Concentrated Black Liquid Flash Evaporator to the Concentrated Black Liquid Tank for storage. Board-Shape Evaporator is effective in increasing evaporation efficiency and simplifying the process by reducing the use of equipments, as a result, the temperature difference inside in the Evaporation Unit may be used effectively for maximizing the capacity of

evaporation.

The evaporation process adopted at the Evaporation Unit is I → II → III → IV → V → IV-Effect, where the secondary steam generated during the final effect is to be condensed by the Board-Shape condenser; except for the use of fresh steam as thermal power for the I-Effect evaporator, the rest evaporators use secondary steam as thermal power.

The clean condensed water generated from I-Effect is sent back to the boiler room, the rest contaminated condensate water generated from the rest effects is sent to the final effect for flash evaporation, and the secondary steam generated shall be used as

additional thermal power for the next effect evaporator.

2. Combustion Unit

The black liquid from the Evaporation Unit will first be filled into the condensed black liquid tank, then be pumped into the black liquid heater and rotary plate evaporator, the 48% black liquid generated is fed into the boiler for combustion, and the rest black liquid is sent back through the pipe to the black liquid tank.

The fan sends air into the steam heater, the flue gas generated during combustion enters into the electrostatic dust collector and then released through the 80m chimney. The sode ash discharged from the bottom is fed into the solution tank, while the sode

ash released from the electrostatic dust collector is transported by the strike-off board to the dust melting tank, finally be filled into the solution tank to mix with the green liquid.

3. Causticization Unit

Continuous causticizing process is adopted at the Causticization Unit. The pulverized lime is transported by the bucket type elevator to the lime tank, then be fed into the digester by a helix feeder. The green liquid from the combustion unit is purified by the green liquid clarifier and fed into the green liquid tank to be heated and sent to the digester, where the green liquid is reacted with the lime milk and then be pumped into the Continuous Causticizer for causticization; the causticized white liquid enters into

the white liquid clarifier, while the condensed white liquid enters into the cooking unit for use. The generated white sludge, after being washed by a vacuum slag washer, enters into the white liquid slag sedimentation tank and then the white sludge washer to be washed by the Pre-Coated Vacuum Filter, the filtered white sludge is finally transported to the stockpile for temporary storage.

4. Alkali Recovery White Sludge Stockpile


91

In 2004, due to the failure in implementing the project of comprehensive use of white sludge as planned, a 40,000t/a white sludge stockpile/landfill was built near Mopan Mountain, 12km north to Zhenluo Township, Zhongwei City, a site with the land area of 3km

2 and 20km from the Plant area. According to the check and acceptance of

environmental protection after the project construction was finished, the anti-seepage

measures meet the “Standard for Pollution Control in Storage and Disposal Site of General Industrial Solid Waste” (GB 18599-2001), and the white sludge generated from the current construction is transported to the landfill for disposal.


92

Figure 2.2.8 Production Processes and Pollution Points in Alkali Recovery System

Steam

White Sludge

Waste Gas White Sludge

Diluted White Liquid

Green Sludge

Lime Digested

Slag

Concentrated White Liquid

Diluted Black Liquid

(Pulp Making Unit) V-Effect

Evaporator

Surface Condenser


Storage Tank

IV-Effect

Evaporator

Wastewater Treatment Plant

Causticization White

Sludge Washing (Pulp Preparation Room)

Contaminated

Condensate Water

Semi-Concentration

Black Liquid Tank

III-Effect Evaporator

II-Effect Evaporator

I-Effect Evaporator

Concentrated Black Liquid

Flash Evaporator

Concentrated Black Liquid Tank

Rotary Plate Evaporator

Incineration at Alkali Recovery Boiler

Liquid Melt Dissolving Tank

Green Liquid Filter

Digester

Causticizer

To Landfill

Pre-Coated Filter

White Liquid Washer

Pulp Making Unit

Concentrated White

Liquid Storage Tank

White Liquid Purifier

Landfill


93

2.2.2Public Utilities

2.2.2.1Analysis of Public Utilities of Existing project

1. Steam Supply

At present, the steam is supplied by 4×75t/h circulating fluidized bed boilers, and the

loads of each production line’s steam demand are shown in Table 0.Table 0.2.

Table 0.2 Loads of Steam Demand of Each Production Line of the Existing Project

Parameters

No. Steam-Consuming Units Pressure

(Mpa)

Temperature

( )

Average Load of

Steam Consumption

(t/h)

1 1# Pulp Making Room 0.7 230.0 9.9

2 2# Pulp Making Room 0.7 230.0 12.6

3 3# Pulp Making Room 0.7 230.0 6.9

4 Deinked Pulp Making Room 0.4 200.0 4.2

5 1# Cooperplate Paper Machine Room 0.4 200.0 2.5

6 2640 Room 0.4 200.0 19.2

7 13# Paper Machine Room 0.4 200.0 5.6






13 7# Paper Machine Room 0.4 200.0 /







20 Alkali Recovery System 0.4 230.0 20


94

Total / / 139.5

Based on the analysis, the existing project’s consumption of steam is at the rate of 126.8t/h, and the supply of steam to the circulating fluidized bed boiler is shown in Table 2.2.3.

Table 2.2.3 Data Sheet of Steam Supply by the Boilers

Steam supply boiler (t/h) 4×75t/h

Actual total load (t/h) 270t/h

Quantity of air drawing from

Extraction Condensing Unit I 47.7

Quantity of air drawing from

Extraction Condensing Unit II 49

Self-use steam 5

Steam consumption by High

Pressure Heater 12

Steam consumption by

deoxidizer 12

Pipeline transportation loss 4.8

Steam consumption

Subtotal 130.5

Steam supply 139.5

Based on analysis, it is known that as long as the thermoelectric boiler is working under normal state, it is capable of providing the steam needed by the existing project.

2. Power Supply

The Plant is equipped with 2×12MW extraction condensing turbo generators,

1×12MW multi-voltage turbo generator, in addition, a 110KV/35KV transformer

substation has been built for introducing double circuit 110KV power from the 110KV generatrix of Baiqiao 330KV Transformer Substation. The current

consumption of power by each production unit is listed in Error! Reference source

not found.. The self-equipped power generation unit is capable of generating power at the rate of 240,000,000KWH/a, with 7,000,000KWH/a purchased power needed.


95

Table 2.2.4 Balanced Schedule of the Existing Project’s Power Consumption

3. Water Supply

The existing project’s use of water is from underground deep wells, it is specified in

No. Production Unit Installed

Capacity (KW)

Power Load

(KWH/d)

Voltage

(V)

1 1# Pulp Making Room 3524 25163 385

2 2# Pulp Making Room 4842 56345 385

3 3# Pulp Making Room 2473 18081 385

4 Deinked Pulp Making Room 4133 50000 385

5 1# Copperplate Paper Machine

Room 1930 3300 385

6 2640 Workshop 15975 132553 385

7 13# Paper Machine Room 2691 25339 385






13 7# Paper Machine Room 1035 / 385







20 Alkali Recovery System 3684 32403 385

21 Wastewater Treatment System 2650 33448 385

22 Water Supply Room 4638 38397 385

Total 86408 669643 385


96

the certificate that the annual limit of water exploitation is 16,360,000m3 (44822m

3/d)

from the 40 wells, each unit’s water consumption is listed in Table 0.Table 0.5.

Table 0.5 Data Sheet of the Existing Project’s Water Consumption

Volume of Fresh Water Consumption No. Production Unit

m3/h m

3/d

1 1# Pulp Making Room 375 9008



4 Deinked Pulp Making Room 271 6500

5 1# Copperplate Paper Machine Room 5 120

6 2640 Workshop 133 3182

7 13# Paper Machine Room 31 755






13 7# Paper Machine Room / /







20 Alkali Recovery System 269 6450

21 Additional water supply for Boiler use

and circulation cooling water 257 6159

22 Water for Domestic Use 28.75 450

Total 2332 59696

4. Wastewater Discharge


97

The existing project’s wastewater discharge is mainly the middle-stage wastewater from the Pulp Making Room, wastewater from the Waste Board Paper Machine Room, small amount of contaminated condensate water from Alkali Recovery Room, part of the white water from White Water Recovery Room, sewage water from domestic use, salt-containing water and cooling water from the Boiler, all of which

shall be sent to the Wastewater Treatment Plant for treatment. The data on wastewater discharged from each production unit are listed in Table 0.Table 0.6.

The existing project’s wastewater treatment process includes primary sedimentation Tank + adjustment Tank + separation Tank + aeration Tank + secondary sedimentation Tank + coagulating sedimentation, the treated wastewater shall meet the “Discharge Standard of Water Pollutants for Paper Industry” (GB3544-2001) and be pumped into the Oxidation Pool.

Table 0.6 Data Sheet of the Existing Production System’s Water Discharge

Volume of Water Discharge No. Production Unit

m3/h m

3/d

Water Discharged To

1 1# Pulp Making Room 578 13878 Wastewater Treatment Plant



4 Deinked Pulp Making

Room 133 3200 Wastewater Treatment Plant

5 1# Copperplate Paper

Machine Room 0.3 8 White Water Recovery Room

6 2640 Workshop 170 4080 White Water Recovery Room

7 13# Paper Machine

Room 78 1864 White Water Recovery Room

8 12# Paper Machine


9 11# Paper Machine


10 10# Paper Machine


11 9# Paper Machine Room 76 1824 Wastewater Treatment Plant

12 8# Paper Machine Room 65 1560 White Water Recovery Room

13 7# Paper Machine Room / / /




98

16 4# Paper Machine Room 25 612 Wastewater Treatment Plant





8890 to Pulp Making Room,

1000 to Wastewater

Treatment Plant

21

Additional water supply

for Boiler use and

circulation cooling water

65 1562 Wastewater Treatment Plant

22 Water for Domestic Use 17 400 Wastewater Treatment Plant

23

Water discharged from

White Water Recovery

Room

42 1000 Wastewater Treatment Plant

Total 2170 52096 Discharged to Wastewater

Treatment Plant

2.2.2.2Analysis of the Public Utilities of the Ongoing Project Construction

(1) 50,000t/a Enamel Paper Production Unit

The public utilities of the 50,000t/a Enamel Paper Production Unit are constructed based on the existing project, the data on steam consumption, power consumption, water consumption and wastewater discharge are listed in Table 0.Table 0.7.

Table 0.7 Data Sheet of the Public Utilities of the 50,000t/a Enamel Paper Project

No. Public Utilities Unit Unit

Consumption Remarks

1

Steam

consumption

load

t/t pulp 1.9 0.7Mpa, 180

2

Power

consumption

load

KWH/t pulp 300 385V

3 Water

consumption m

3/pulp 20 Fresh water

4 Wastewater

discharge m

3/pulp 23 Wastewater Treatment Plant

2. Reconstruction of 5# Boiler and Auxiliary Wet-Method Desulphurization


99

Unit

Currently the Plant is equipped with 4 sets of circulating fluidized bed boilers to supply the steam needed for production, however, the phenomenon of power and steam shortage still emerges during production peak hours and overhaul period, therefore, the 5# Boiler is being constructed to solve this problem; the 5# 75t/h

Circulating Fluidized Bed Boiler shares the same chimney with other boilers. The consumption of main raw materials and the public utilities needed for the Project are listed in Table 2.2.8.

Table 2.2.8 Data Sheet of the Public Utilities of 5# Circulating Fluidized Bed Boiler Under

Construction

No. Public Utilities Unit Quantity Remarks

1 Coal

consumption t/a 103560 Lingwu Mine

2 Water

consumption m

3/d 122.7 Fresh water

3 Wastewater

discharge m

3/d 18.4 Clean wastewater

4 Ash discharge t/a 46153 Comprehensive use

Meanwhile, due to the higher labor intensity needed for desulphurization in adding limestone into the boiler and low efficiency of desulphurization, the Company is reconstructing the desulphurization system of the thermoelectric boiler flue gas, after which the wet-method (limestone – plaster) desulphurization process shall be adopted for effectively improving the efficiency of desulphurization and reducing the discharge of SO2, and the data on the consumption of main raw and auxiliary materials and the public utilities needed for the Project are listed in Table 2.2.9.

Table 2.2.9 Data Sheet of the Public Utilities of the Wet-Method Desulphurization Tower

Under Construction


1 White sludge

consumption t/a 35381

Water content 46.33%, from the

Plant

2 Water

consumption m

3/h 8.9 Fresh water

3 Wastewater

discharge m

3/d 0 Circular use, no outlet discharge

4 Power

consumption 10,000 KWH/a 773.92 Supplied by the Plant


100


5 Plaster

consumption t/a 32700 Comprehensive use

2.2.3Self-provided Thermal Power Station

Currently the Company has 4×75t/h circulating fluidized bed boilers equipped with

3×12MW turbo generators, including 2 extraction condensing units and 1 multi-

voltage unit. The data on the self-provided thermoelectric boiler and the auxiliary

power generators are listed in Table 0.Table 0.10.

Table 0.10 Basic Facts of the Thermoelectric Boiler System

Thermoelectric

Boiler Room Unit

Quantity

(set)

Commissioning

As Of Model


Fluidized Bed Boilers 3 YG-75/5.29-M5

Extraction Condensing Unit 2 CC12-50/10/5

1, 2, 3#

Boilers

Generator 1

April 2001

QFW-15-2

1 set of75t/h Circulating

Fluidized Bed Boiler 3 YG-75/5.29-M5

Multi-voltage Unit 1 B12-4.9/0.686 4# Boiler

Generator 1

April 2007

QF-12-2

1 set of75t/h Circulating

Fluidized Bed Boiler 3 YG-75/5.29-M5

5# Boiler

/ 1

Under

construction,

commissioning

to be started by

the end of 2011 /

1. Coal Loading System

The coal loading system of the thermal power station is composed of dry coal site, loading bridge, transfer point and shredder room. The coal site is an open facility measured at 110m×70m capable of storing the volume of coal for 30d use. The crude coal is transported from the storage site by a rubber belt, after magnetic separation, screening and shredding processes, it will be transported to the coal shelter of the

Boiler Room, where the bridge type grab bucket elevator and loader are used for stockpiling, unloading and loading.

2. Chemical Water Treatment System

Before being supplied to the Boiler, the raw water shall go through the pretreatment equipment + anti-seepage + mixing bed for desalination, the quality of the processed


101

water should meet the standard for Boiler water consumption.

3. Environmental Protection Facilities

Currently the Plant is equipped with 4×75t/h circulating fluidized bed boilers, the

flue gas is released from these boilers shall be treated and then discharged through the

120m chimney, the main environmental protection facilities and emission parameters are listed in Table 2.2.11.

Table 0.11 Data Sheet of the Main Equipments and Environmental Protection Facilities of

the Self-provided Thermal Power Station

1#, 2#, 3#

Boilers 4# Boiler

5# Boiler

(under

construction) Item

3×75t/h 1×75t/h 1×75t/h

Type Circulating Fluidized Bed Boiler

Boiler Evaporation

rate 225t/h 75t/h 75t/h

Type

Extraction

Condensing

Unit

Back

pressure /

Turbo generator

Steam

output 2×12MW 12MW /

Type / / / Generator

Capacity 2×12MW 12MW /

Type

With limestone added, currently

undergoing wet-method

desulphurization reconstruction,

estimated to be commissioning by end

of 2011

Flue Gas

Treatment

Unit Flue Gas

Desulphurization

Unit

Efficiency

75.4%, estimated to

reach 96% after wet-

method

desulphurization

/


102

1#, 2#, 3#

Boilers 4# Boiler

5# Boiler

(under

construction)

Type

3-field electrostatic dust collector, with

the wet-method Desulphurization

Tower under construction to realize

95% dust collection

Flue Gas Dust

Collector

Efficiency 98% 98.9% 99.5%

Type Reinforced concrete chimney

Height Sharing a 120m chimney Chimney

Outlet

inradius 3.0m

Auto & Continuous Flue Gas

Monitoring System 1 set

Method of water cooling

Countercurrent Cooling Tower

(mechanical ventilation & steel-

concrete structure)

Thermo-electric ratio 546.7 285

Thermal efficiency / / 65.84

Temperature at flue gas outlet 150

Method of slag treatment Aerated slag and dust collection

Comprehensive use of slag Users comprehensively using ash and

slag transported from the Plant

Note: The data on dust/slag collection rate are from the Environmental Protection

Check and Acceptance Report of different phases of boiler construction, the data on the efficiency of desulphurization dust collection to be realized after the implementation of the Project of Wet-Method Desulphurization are from the “EIA Report of the Reconstruction Project of Boiler Flue Gas Desulphurization”.

4. Slag Storage

The slag generated during the construction may be used as raw material for the Cement Plant, a slag tank with the effective capacity of 150m

3 for storing 3 days

generation of slag is installed inside the Plant, in addition to a slag storehouse with the effective capacity of 50m

3, currently the slag is transported to the Cement Plant in

time, unnecessary to store inside the Plant.


103

5. Coal Quality

The coal used for the boilers are mainly from Lingwu Mine in Ningxia Region.

2.2.4Water Balance

The existing project’s general situation of water balance is illustrated in Figure 2.2.9.


104

Figure 2.2.9 Water Balance Chart of the Existing Project

Steam Treated White Water

Bleached Wheat Straw Pulp Making System

Fresh Water

100 6500

5820

Evaporation & Slag

Removal Loss 585 Pulp Additional Water 10000

1836 9471

Alkali Recovery Room

White Water Recycle Room

White Water

20907

Evaporation Loss & Product 400


6450

480 Loss 289

4250

6020

28406

17480

18187

Water Supply Room

Domestic Life, etc.

450

Thermal Power Plant &

Circulation Cooling Water

Waste Paper Pulp Paper Making System

3350

2479

Loss 2248 46751

Loss 271

228

7160

Loss 50

2436 2285

1898

400

Cultural Paper Room (Copperplate)

Condensate Water 336

Up-to-standard Wastewater Discharge 43493

15087


706 16491

3200


105

1) Pollutants Discharge and Control Measures

The discharge of main pollutants is listed in Table 1.1Table 1.1.

Table 1.1 List of the Existing Project’s Pollution Sources and Pollutants Discharge

No. Workshop/Process Pollutants Discharge

1 Material

Preparation Room Wheat straw chips, dust, equipment noise, etc.

2 Pulp Making

Room

Middle-stage wastewater, Sprayer exhaust gas,

equipment noise, pulp slag, deinked sludge, etc.

3 Paper Machine

Room

Excessive white water, workshop washing water,

equipment noise, etc.

4 Thermoelectric

Workshop Waste gas, equipment noise, slag

5 Alkali Recovery

Room

Waste gas, contaminated condensate water, equipment

noise, white sludge

6 Wastewater

Treatment Plant Stink substance, equipment noise, sludge

2.3.1Wastewater Discharge and Control Measures

The existing Project’s wastewater discharge is mainly the middle-stage wastewater discharged from Pulp Making Room, wastewater from Board Paper Machine Room, small volume of contaminated condensate water from Alkali Recovery Room, sewage water from domestic use, water from White Water Room, salt-containing water and cooling water from the Boilers, all to be transported to the Wastewater Treatment Plant for treatment.

The existing project’s wastewater treatment process includes Primary Sedimentation Tank + Adjustment Tank + Separation Tank + Aeration Tank + Secondary Sedimentation Tank + Coagulating Sedimentation, the parameters used for the main processes of wastewater treatment are listed in Table 2.3.2.

Table 2.3.2 Data Sheet of the Main Facilities of the Wastewater Treatment Plant

No. Facilities Relevant Parameters Specification Q’ty Residence

Time

1

Primary

Sedimentation

Tank

φ47.5m q=1.0m3/m

2h H=4.5m

floor slope: i=8%

Volume:

8000m3

1 4.5h

2 Adjustment

Tank

V =5500m3 T=3.1h H=6.5m

φ=34m

Volume:

5500m3

1 3.1h


106

No. Facilities Relevant Parameters Specification Q’ty Residence

Time

3 Separation

Tank

Length: 13.5m×2; width:

52.4m×2 V =6500m3 T=3.8h

H=5.8m

Volume:

6500m3

2 3.8h

4 Aeration Tank

Length: 80.5m×2; width: 52.4m×2;

V =40500m3 T=23h H=5.8m;

water depth: 4.8m

Volume:

40500m3

2 23h

5

Secondary

Sedimentation

Tank

φ=62m q=0.59m3/m

2h H=4.8m

Volume:

15000m3

1 8h

6 Mixed

Reaction Tank V =240m

3 T=8min H=4.0m

Volume:

240m3

2 8min

7 Flocculation

Tank φ=47.5m H=4.8m

Volume:

8500m3

1 4.8h

8 Sludge

Storage Tank φ=17m Veffective=680m

3 H=3m

Volume:

680m3

1 三

9 Ventilation

System

Q(air volume)=150m3/min

P=49Kpa n=1250r/min 三 4 三

10 Deslimer

4×BSD2500 Integrative

Concentrated Filter belt width:

2500mm power:

pressure filter (4.4KW) Pre-

dehydrator (1.5KW)

三 4 三

11 1# Oxidation

Pool

Crest elevation: 1301.0m, designed

water level: 1299.5m, designed

crest height: 15.5m

Total volume:

1,969,400m3

1 15.1d

12 2# Oxidation

Pool



crest height: 15.6m

Total volume:

2,043,000m3

1 14.6d

13 3# Oxidation

Pool



crest height: 15.7m

Total volume:

116,400m3

1 0.83d

14 4# Oxidation

Pool



crest height: 15.8m

Total volume:

1,841,200m3

1 15.2d

The wastewater after treatment for discharge must meet the “Pollutants Discharge Standard for Paper Industry” (GB3544-2001), then it shall be filled into the Oxidation Pool.The processes of wastewater treatment are illustrated in Figure 1.Figure 1., and


107

the discharge of main pollutants from the Wastewater Treatment Room is shown in Table 1.2Table 1.2.

Figure 1.1 Processes Flow Chart of the Wastewater Treatment Plant

2.3.2Waste Gas Emission and Control Measures

1. Boiler Flue Gas

The boiler system includes the existing 4×75t/h circulating fluidized bed boilers and

the 5# circulating fluidized boiler (75t/h) that is under construction. Currently the flue gas from the 4 sets of circulating fluidized bed boilers is discharged from one 120m×3.0m chimney, before which limestone is added into the boilers for

Solid Waste

Sludge

P, N

Flocculant

Sludge

Up-to-standard Wastewater

Wastewater

Grate

Water Collection Tank

Primary Sedimentation Tank

Adjustment Tank

Separation Tank

Aeration Tank

Secondary Sedimentation Tank

Condensation Tank

Oxidation Pool

Forest Base

Sludge

Storage Tank

Condensation Dehydrator

Comprehensive Use of Sludge


108

desulphurization of flue gas at the rate of 75% and a 3-field electrostatic dust collector (4×ZC5400) is used to realize the efficiency of dust collection exceeding 98%. According to the environmental protection check and acceptance results after the construction was finished and the routine monitoring data, the emission of dust, SO2 and NOX has met the Phase III standard as specified in the “Emission Standard of

Atmospheric Pollutants for Thermal Power Plant”.

The current method of desulphurization by coal and limestone combustion has a low efficiency and needs intensive labor work. In order to further reduce the emission of waste gas, the Company is conducting reform of the desulphurization system, the construction of the wet-method (limestone-plaster) desulphurization system is estimated to be finished by the end of 2011 and put into commissioning, after which the efficiency of desulphurization of the auxiliary thermoelectric boiler shall reach 96%, and the efficiency of dust collection in the Desulphurization Tower shall reach 95%.

2. Flue Gas from Alkali Recovery Boiler

The existing alkali recovery system is equipped with 3 sets of alkali liquid boilers, 1# and 2# Alkali Recovery Boilers each adopts a 2-field electrostatic dust collector for dust collection, 3# Alkali Recovery Boiler adopts the spray washing film for dust collection; according to the environmental protection check and acceptance results after the construction was finished, the dust collection efficiency of 1#, 2# and 3# Alkali Recovery Boilers has reached 98.4%, 98.2% and 99% respectively, the emission of dust and SO2 has met the Level II standard as specified in the “Emission Standard of Atmospheric Pollutants for Industrial Boiler and Kiln” (GB9078-1996), i.e., dust and SO2 emissions at the rate of 200 mg/Nm

3 and 850 mg/Nm

3 respectively.

3. Wheat Straw Chips and Dust

After the collection of dust by a Cavel Dust Collector at the Wheat Straw Preparation Room, the wheat straw chips and dust shall be sent to the Dust Tank for temporary storage, then be transported to the Forest Base for comprehensive use.

4. Sprayer Waste Gas

Sprayer waste gas is mainly the waste steam generated during the process of pulp making, which shall be recovered for alkali use by the spray type recovery unit.

5. Fugitive Emission of Waste Gas

The coal storage site is an open facility where water spray method is used for dust

reduction. Stink substances such as hydrogen sulfide and ammonia may also be generated at the Wastewater Treatment Plant.

According to the data provided by Zhongwei Municipal Environmental Monitoring Station concerning the routine monitoring on the atmospheric pollutants sources and the environmental protection check and acceptance results after the construction was finished, the emission of atmospheric pollutants from the circulating fluidized bed boilers and alkali recovery boilers is illustrated in Table 1.3Table 1.3.


109

Table 1.2 Data Sheet of the Existing Project’s Wastewater Discharge

CODcr BOD5 SS Ammonia

Nitrogen Total Phosphor AOX

Production Line

Wastewater

Discharge

(m3/d)

pH

mg/L t/d mg/L t/d mg/L t/d mg/L t/d mg/L t/d mg/L t/d

Discharged

To

1# Pulp

Production Line 10266 6-9 1960 20.12 500 5.13 420 4.31 / / / / 18 0.18

2# Pulp

Production Line 13778 6-9 1760 24.25 450 6.20 420 5.79 / / / / 17.7 0.24

3# Pulp

Production Line 7230 6-9 1960 14.17 500 3.62 420 3.04 / / / / 72 0.52

Deinked Pulp

Making Room 3200 6-9 2100 6.72 800 2.56 800 2.56 / / / / / /

Board Paper

Machine Room 2436 6-9 900 2.19 300 0.73 700 1.71 / / / / / /

Alkali Recovery

Room 2285 6-9 700 1.60 200 0.46 350 0.80 / / / / / /

Sewage water

from domestic use 400 6-9 500 0.20 300 0.12 200 0.08 / / / / / /

Wastewater from

Boiler use and

circulation cooling

water

1898 6-9 40 0.08 10 0.02 50 0.09 / / / / / /

Wastewater

Treatment

Plant


110

Wastewater from

White Water

Recovery Room

2000 6-9 1200 2.40 600 1.20 500 1.00 / / / / / /

Wastewater

Treatment Plant

inlets

43493 8.42 1649.21 71.73 460.65 20.03 445.47 19.37

9.15 0.40 / / / / /

Wastewater

Treatment Plant

outlets

43493 7.34 349.92 15.22 95.95 4.17 59.67 2.60

3.61 0.16

0.20 0.01 / / Oxidation

Pool

Control standards / 6-9 450 / 100 / 100 / / / / / / / /

Note: Data on each production line are from self-monitored data of the Company, data on Wastewater Treatment Plant inlets and outlets are from the Company’s routine monitoring report and the environmental protection check and acceptance results after the construction was finished, wastewater discharged from Wastewater Treatment Plant should meet the “Pollutants Discharge Standard for Paper Industry” (GB3544-2001), i.e., CODcr 450mg/L, BOD5 100mg/L, SS 100mg/L


111

Table 1.3 Data Sheet of Atmospheric Pollutants Emission

Dust SO2 NOx

Production Line

Flue Gas

Volume

(×104Nm

3/h) mg/Nm

3 Kg/h mg/Nm

3 Kg/h mg/Nm

3 Kg/h

1# Boiler 11.1 44.8 5.0 380.2 42.2 248 27.5

2# Boiler 11.7 45.5 5.3 369.5 43.2 212 24.8

3# Boiler 11.6 48.2 5.6 374.5 43.4 237 27.5

4# Boiler 11.6 46.7 5.4 375.3 43.5 138 16.0

Total 46.0 46.3 21.3 374.8 172.4 208 95.8

Standard value / 50 / 400 / 450 /

1# Alkali Recovery Boiler 2.36 160.1 3.8 149.7 3.5 三三

2# Alkali Recovery Boiler 1.43 176 2.5 138.1 2.0 三三

3# Alkali Recovery Boiler 1.48 157.1 2.3 139.7 2.1 三三

Total 5.27 163.6 8.6 143.7 7.6 三三

Standard value 三 / 200 三 / 850 /三三 /

Note: Flue gas emission from 4 sets of circulating fluidized bed boilers should meet the Phase III standard as specified in the “Emission Standard of Atmospheric Pollutants for Thermal Power Plant” (GB13223-2003), i.e., dust 50mg/m

3, SO2 400mg/m

3, NOx 450mg/m

3; flue gas emission

from 3 sets of alkali recovery boilers should meet the Level II standard specified in the “Emission Standard of Atmospheric Pollutants for


112

Industrial Boiler and Kiln” (GB9078-1996), i.e., dust 200mg/m3, SO2 850mg/m

3. The data come from the quarterly supervision environemnta

monitoring conducted by Zhongwei Environmental Monitoring Station during 2010-2011


113

The enterprise have a ongoing business, "limestone - gypsum" wet desulphurization.After completion of this project, emissions of major pollutants in Table 2.3.4.

Table 1.4 Data Sheet of Atmospheric Pollutants Emission after completion of project

Dust SO2 NOx

Production Line

Flue Gas

Volume

(×104Nm

3/h) mg/Nm

3 Kg/h mg/Nm

3 Kg/h mg/Nm

3 Kg/h

1# Boiler 11.1 22.4 2.5 126.7 14.1 248 27.5

2# Boiler 11.7 22.8 2.7 123.2 14.4 212 24.8

3# Boiler 11.6 24.1 2.8 124.8 14.5 237 27.5

4# Boiler 11.6 23.4 2.7 125.1 14.5 138 16.0

Total 46.0 23.2 10.7 124.9 57.5 208.3 95.8

5# Boiler(Under

construction) 21.8 23.9 5.2 50.9 11.1 250.0 54.5

Total 67.8 23.4 15.9 101.1 68.6 221.7 150.3

Standard value / 50 / 400 / 450 /

Note: After the implementation of wet FGD technology, desulfurization efficiency to 95%, collection efficiency calculated according to 50%.

2.3.3Solid Waste Generation and Control Measures

According to the Company’s current situation of actual production and the environmental protection check and acceptance report after the construction was

finished, the discharge of solid waste is listed in Table 2.3.5.

Table 1.5 Statistics on Solid Waste Treatment of Existing Project and Ongoing Project

Construction

Item Source

Generation

Volume

(t/a)

Treatment

Measures

Discharge

Volume Remarks

Wheat straw

chips

Material

Preparation Unit 12720

Stockpiled as

fertilizer 0

Pulp slag Pulp Making

Unit 6600

Used for Paper

Machine Room 0 Dry basis


114

Deinked sludge Deinked Pulp

Making Unit 4000

Boiler

combustion 0

Not meeting

the treatment

standard

White sludge

Alkali Recovery

Causticization

Unit

19720

Solid Waste

Stockpile, to be

used as

desulphurizer

0 Dry basis

Green sludge,

lime mud

Alkali Recovery

Causticization

Unit

500 Solid Waste

Stockpile 0 Dry basis

Domestic

garbage Staff residence 3300

To be

transported by

sanitary

department

0

WTP Sludge Wastewater

Treatment Plant 46870

Forest Base

fertilizer 0

75% moisture

content

Boiler ash Thermal

Power plant 78000

Comprehensive

use

Desulphurization

plaster

Wet-Method

Desulphurization 32700

Comprehensive

use 0 1.

Total 204412 0 2.

2.3.4Noise Generation and Control Measures

The list of equipments generating noise is shown in Table 1.Table 1.6.

Table 1.6 List of Noise-Generating Equipments of the Existing Project

Unit Classification

Unit Name Post-Measures Sound Level

(Leq[dB(A)]) Indoor/Outdoor

Straw Cutter 85.0-90.0 Indoor Material

Preparation

Room Shredder 85.0-90.0 Indoor

Circulation Pump, Water

Pump 85.0-90.0 Indoor

Black Liquid Pump, Pulp


Knotter, Pressure Screen 85.0-90.0 Indoor

Pulp Making

Unit

Circulation Pump, Water



115

Screening Unit, Squeezing

Unit 92.0-97.0 Indoor

Pulp Pump, Water Pump 84.0-88.0 Indoor

Paper Making

Unit

Vacuum Pump 95.0-100.0 Indoor

Evaporation Unit 86-95 Indoor

Combustion Unit 92-100 Indoor Alkali

Recovery Unit

Causticization Unit 85-87 Indoor

Induced Draft Fan 85.0 Outdoor

Fan 90.0 Indoor

Water Feeding Pump 90.0 Indoor

Steam Turbine 90.0 Indoor

Medium/Low Pressure

Steam Vent 88.0 Outdoor

Thermal Power

Station

Generator & Exciter 90.0 Indoor

Wastewater

Treatment

Station

Sprayer 90.0 Indoor

Cooling Water

Circulation

System

Cooling Tower 80.0 Outdoor

2.4Current Situation of Environmental Protection and Labor Protection System

The Company has established a comparatively complete system of environmental management. Currently the General Manager is acting as the principal person in charge of the management of environmental protection and cleaner production of the Plant; in addition, the Company has established an Environmental Protection Plant, which is a subsidiary for conducting coordination with the superior environmental protection department and overseeing the Company’s overall work of environmental protection and quality control, as well as maintaining the normal operation of the Company’s environmental protection project and conducting environmental protection management and environmental monitoring.

The Company has carried out a series of measures for safeguarding the labor protection system to ensure the workers’ health and safety:

1 Chemical Hazard


116

Large amount of chemical substances are used and generated by pulp and paper industry and such substances are capable of causing adverse impacts on the workers’ health and safety. These chemical substances include the deoxidized sulfur compound, sodium hydroxide and other corrosive substances, as well as the hazardous sodium chlorate and sodium sulfate. In order to control and eliminate the

potential impact on the workers’ health and safety by chemical substances, the Company has paid special attention and adopted a series of measures, such as adopting mechanical production of pulp and paper, conducting automatic project control, installing continuous air monitor (beeper) on equipments where leaking or generation of hazardous gas is possible, regularly updating the database of chemicals used and produced by the Plant, and so on.

2. Physical Harm

Usually the serious physical harm happens when the enterprises fail to implement the system of putting signs and using locks where necessary, to avoid such situation, the Company has adopted a series of measures, such as: having installed a platform under each conveyor above the passageway for catching the fallen matters; making it a rule to clean the spills in time; maintaining the dryness and cleanliness of the floors; having installed banisters along the passageway at above or around the production lines; having put signs on vehicle roads and passageways, forbidding the hoist of heavy goods above the workers, etc.

3. Mechanical Safety

The Company has also established management system concerning the wood peeler and wood cutter that might injure the workers, for instance, having installed protective or interlocking devices on movable parts of equipments to prevent the direct contact; having established the procedure of switching off and locking down the equipments for maintenance, cleaning or repairing; providing training on how to

operate the wood peeler and wood cutter; maintaining a good order of the worktables to avoid the damage by broken pieces; keeping regular inspections on and maintenance of the equipments to avoid operation failure; asking all workers to wear eye-protecting devices while operating such equipments and other personal protective devices when necessary.

4. Heat

A number of units of the Pulp Making Plant belong to high temperature or high pressure process, including pulp cooking, chemicals recycling, lime production and paper drying. The following measures have been established for prevention of heat injury: providing air-conditioned control room in workshops of wood material preparation, pulp making, bleaching and paper making; planning the work schedule for hot zone workers to adapt to the high temperature and have necessary rest; automatic removal of the stink smell of the chemicals recovery boiler; providing thick and protective clothing to workers contacting melting or high-temperature materials; implementing safety procedures to reduce the risks of melting substance or water explosion; fast moving of melting matters; regular repairing of chemicals recovery boilers to prevent water leaking from tube wall; immediate shutting down of chemicals recovery boilers once water leaking is detected.

5. Noise


117

Equipment mechanical noise at material preparation unit and paper making unit is the main source of noise pollution, effective control measures have been adopted to reduce the noise and eliminate the damage to the workers’ health, such as providing earflaps to the workers and building a control room, etc.

2.5 Reform Measures and “Old + New Project Construction”

2.5.1Reform Measures

1. Failure of Safe Treatment of Hazardous Waste

Previously, the deinked sludge generated during the process of deinked pulp production was directly filled into the boiler for combustion, without any requirement for safe treatment. Currently there is no production of deinked sludge because the production has been stopped temporarily, it is planned that after the production is resumed in the future, the deinked sludge shall be stored inside the Plant and then transported to a qualified institution for treatment. The Company has promised to consign this task to the Hazardous Waste Treatment Center of Ningxia

Hui Autonomous Region once the Center starts commissioning.

2. Lack of EIA and “Three Synchronizations” Check and Acceptance for 3# Pulp Making Unit

The system of EIA and “Three Synchronizations” check and acceptance is not being implemented at 3# Pulp Making Unit, and this production line shall be closed after the Project construction.

2.5.2The Strategy of “Old + New Project Construction”

1. Reform of the Desulphurization System at Thermal Power Station

According to the environmental protection check and acceptance results after the

construction was finished and the updated monitoring data, the emission of flue gas has met the “Emission Standard of Atmospheric Pollutants for Thermal Power Plant” (GB13271-2001), however, most data are close to the standard values, plus the disadvantage of adding limestone for desulphurization during actual operation. To improve the situation, the Company is conducting reconstruction on the existing desulphurization system, after which the “limestone-plaster” wet-method shall be adopted to improve the efficiency of the Desulphurization Tower; in addition, the wet-method desulphurization has certain effect of dust collection. The data on the emission of pollutants after the implementation of wet-method desulphurization

system are shown in Table 2.4.1.

Table 2.4.1 Data Sheet of Main Pollutants Emission after Desulphurization Reform

Dust SO2 NOx

Process/Unit

Flue Gas

Volume

(×104Nm

3/h)

mg/Nm3 Kg/h mg/Nm

3 Kg/h mg/Nm

3 Kg/h

1# Boiler 11.1 22.4 2.5 126.7 14.1 248 27.5

2# Boiler 11.7 22.8 2.7 123.2 14.4 212 24.8


118

3# Boiler 11.6 24.1 2.8 124.8 14.5 237 27.5

4# Boiler 11.6 23.4 2.7 125.1 14.5 138 16.0

Total 46.0 23.2 10.7 124.9 57.5 208.3 95.8

5# Boiler (under

construction) 21.8 23.9 5.2 50.9 11.1 250.0 54.5

Total 67.8 23.4 15.9 101.1 68.6 221.7 150.3

Standard value / 50 / 400 / 450 /

Note: Desulphurization efficiency and dust collection efficiency are calculated as 95% and 50% respectively after implementation of reformed desulphurization process.

2. Implementation of Environmental Protection Procedure at Old Production Lines

1# Pulp Making Unit, 1– 8# Paper Making Units are all old production lines built when the Company was established, and the production was started previous to the implementation of the “Management Regulations of Environmental Protection for Construction Project” (1998), so environmental protection procedure was missing in the management system. In 2000, the Company conducted an assessment on these

old production lines in “EIA Report of the Overall Technology Reform Project for Ningxia Meili Paper Industry Co., Ltd”, which has passed the overall check and acceptance by the Environmental Protection Bureau of Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region in 2005.

3. Failure of Wastewater Discharge in Meeting the “Discharge Standard of Water Pollutants for Paper Industry” (GB3544-2008)

Due to the low efficiency of wastewater treatment, the discharge of treated wastewater can not meet the “Discharge Standard of Water Pollutants for Paper Industry” (GB3544-2008), especially the reason of adopting liquid chlorine bleaching in pulp making. According to monitoring data, AOX values of the wastewater from the outlets of the 4-series Bleaching Room of 2# Pulp Making Unit and the New 3-Stage Bleaching Room of 3# Pulp Making Unit have reached 72mg/L and 17.7mg/L respectively, which is much higher than the limit value of 12mg/L as required by the “Discharge Standard of Water Pollutants for Paper Industry” (GB3544-2008). The emission of AOX during pulp making process shall be cut down with the implementation of the proposed Project when the 3# Pulp Making Unit shall be closed and reform of sealed screening shall be finished at the 2# Pulp Making Unit, in addition to the adoption of ECF (element chlorine free) ClO2 bleaching method.

4. Elimination of Old Production Lines

With continuous development of the Company and due to the implementation of new Project and adjustment of paper industry policies, a number of production lines have been unable to meet the increasingly strict standard of environmental protection.

The main foundations for phasing out these production lines are as follows:三


119

According to the “Paper Industry Development Policies” formulated by NDRC: “Chemical pulp production units and cooking balls and technologies below the capacity of 34,000t/a, as well as energy-consuming low-level paper machines with narrow width and low speed, must be phased out. The process of lime method pulp making must be banned, the adoption of chlorine bleaching process must be

prohibited in newly approved Project (and the existing process of such must be phased out gradually by the enterprise). Import of backward and second-hand pulp and paper equipments must be banned.”

The Project to be phased out according to the “Guiding Catalogue for Adjustment of Industry Structure (2011)”: “the Project to be phased out include the production

lines of cultural paper with the width三 1.76m and the speed三 120m/m, the

production lines of whiteboard paper, boxboard paper and corrugated paper with the

width三 2m and the speed三 90m/m.”

According to the “Official Reply to the Environmental Impact Report by Ningxia Meili Paper Industry Co., Ltd Concerning the Forestry-Paper Integration Project” (HuanShen [2005] 863) by SEPA in 2005: “The existing production line of cooking ball pulp making must be shut down before the commissioning of the Project.”

According to “The Official Reply to the EIA Report of the Project of Extended Delignification Cooking and Cleaner Bleaching Technologies Reform for the Annual Production of 68,000 Tonnes of Wheat Straw Pulp by Ningxia Meili Paper Industry Co., Ltd” (NingHuanShenFa [2009] 12, February 2009) by the Environmental Protection Bureau of Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region in 2008:

“The production lines of 12×25m3 cooking ball wheat straw pulp and 1#, 2#, 3#, 5#

small-scale production lines of cultural paper existing in the old Plant area need to be shut down for the Project implementation.”

The production lines need to be phased out, shut down or reformed are listed in Table 2.4.2.

Table 2.4.2 Plan List of “Old + New Project Construction”

No.

Eliminated

Production

Line

Main Unit/Process Elimination

Basis

Plan of “Old + New Project

Construction”

1

1# Pulp

Making

Room

Cooking Ball, Liquid

Chlorine Bleaching 陶

Production stopped previous

to the commissioning of the

proposed Project

2

2# Pulp

Making

Room

Liquid Chlorine

Bleaching 陶

Reformed into an ECF

bleaching pulp making unit

after the commissioning of

the proposed Project

3

3# Pulp

Making

Room

Cooking Ball, Liquid

Chlorine Bleaching 陶陶

Production stopped previous

to the commissioning of the

proposed Project

4 1# Paper 1×1575/60 Rotary Net 陶 Production currently stopped


120

No.

Eliminated

Production

Line

Main Unit/Process Elimination

Basis

Plan of “Old + New Project

Construction”

Machine

Room

Paper Machine

5

1# Paper

Machine

Room

2×1575/120

Rectangular Net Paper

Machine

陶

Reformed into a production

line of aluminum foil

intermediate paper

6

2# Paper

Machine

Room

1×1575/80 Writing

Paper Rectangular Net

Paper Machine

陶陶 Production currently stopped

7

3# Paper

Machine

Room

2×1575/40 Writing

Paper Rotary Net

Paper Machine,

1×1575/80 Writing

Paper Rectangular Net

Paper Machine

陶 Production currently stopped

8

4# Paper

Machine

Room

1×1575/60 Corrugated

Paper Rotary Net

Paper Machine

陶 Normal production

9

7# Paper

Machine

Room

1×1575/60 Writing

Paper Rotary Net

Paper Machine

陶陶 Production currently stopped

10

Alkali

Recovery

Room

1×Alkali Recovery System

2-Board 3-Tube 5-Cylinder 5-Effect

Evaporator, total: 4900m2

Normal production

3Overview and Analysis of the Planned Project

Construction

2) Project Overview

3.1.1Basic facts

1. Project Title

The Project of Extended Delignification Cooking and Cleaner Bleaching

Technologies Reform for the Annual Production of 68,000 Tonnes of Wheat Straw Pulp by Ningxia Meili Paper Industry

2. Construction Contractor


121

MCC Meili Paper Industry Co., Ltd

3. Construction Nature

Reconstruction and extended construction

4. Construction Location and Land Area

The Project is planned to be constructed in the northeastern section of the Plant, a

land area of 45000m2, the geographical location of the Project construction is

illustrated in Figure 3.1.1.

5. Legal Representative

Wang Kun

6. Products Design and Scale

The designed scale of the Project is an annual production of 68,000 tonnes of bleached wheat straw pulp. The main products are listed in Table .

Table 3.1.1 Product Standard of Bleached Wheat Straw Pulp

Item Unit White Pulp Standard Value

1. Whiteness (blue photocclusion

analysis) % 80

2. Beating degree °SR ≤42

3. Wet weight g ≥2.0

4. Residual chlorine g/l ≤0.015

5. Pulp washing neatness mgN/l ≤20

(0.2-1. 0) mm2 7 p

(0.5-1.0) mm2 2 p

6. Dust (p/15g

dripped pulp)

1.0 mm2

piece

Not allowed

7. Total Investment

The Project’s total investment is RMB185,200,000, including RMB149,880,000 investment in construction and RMB16,000,000 as circulating fund.

3.1.2Project Components

The Project construction mainly includes the main body project construction, auxiliary project construction and public utilities based on the existing Plant facilities. The main body project construction mainly includes: the construction of

1×100t/d production line of wheat straw pulp including dry/wet-method material

preparation, continuous cooking and sealed screening; the construction of

1×200/t/d bleaching unit; the reconstruction of the existing 2# Pulp Making Unit

with the process of continuous cooking preserved and the screening and bleaching processes reformed into sealed screening and ECF bleaching respectively, after which the productivity of bleached chemical pulp reaching 34,000t/a; the auxiliary project construction of a chlorine dioxide preparation unit with the productivity of 4t/d; after the planned Project construction, the final productivity shall be 68,000t/a

production of bleached wheat straw pulp with the existing 1# and 3# cooking ball


122

pulp making units eliminated. The planned Project construction is illustrated in Table 3.1.2. The Plant layout is illustrated in Figure 3.1.1, in which the green part is the new construction area.


123

3#

5，#

/

2，40

1#

2#

2#

1#

1#3/ 4# 1/ 2#

2#

提201

彩

提201

提201

品 0

Figure 3.1.1 Location and Layout of the Planned Project


124

Table 3.1.2 Contents of the Project Components

Item Project

Construction Contents and Scale

Material

Preparation Unit

of Pulp Making

System

Processing capacity at 100t/d, the wheat straw transported from the raw material storage site is weighed and

sent by a van to the material preparation unit, where it is artificially loaded onto the rubber belt by which it is

fed into the Straw Cutter to be cut into straw blades at suitable size, which shall go through dust collection by

a roller-type dust collector and then be dropped into a horizontal belt and a vertical belt in turn, then be sent

into the Material Storage Tank. The straw blades after dust collection is then sent by a slant belt (in which an

electronic iron absorber is installed) into the Hydraulic Washer for washing (concentration 4-6%), after which

it is diluted into 4-4.5% concentration and be pumped into the oblique helix dewaterer to be dehydrated into

15-20% dryness, then be spiraled into the next unit with the extra straw blades sent back to the Washer.

Main Body

Project

Construction

Cooking Unit of

Pulp Making

System

Production capacity at 100t/d. After weighing, squeezing and spiraling of washed straw blades and preheating

to 80 in Steam Tank, the material is sent to the Helix Feeder where the blades are compressed into crumbs

and fed into T-shape Tube, where the crumbs begin to inflate immediately by absorbing the cooking liquid

and then be fed to the 4-Tube Cooking Machine for cooking. The cooked material will then go through a

middle tube to arrive the vertical dumper where it is mixed with the added diluted black liquid and then be

discharged by a valve to the Discharge Tank for storage, after which the liquid goes through the Double-

Roller Pulp Squeezer for mechanical squeezing and then be pumped to the Extraction Unit.


125

Extraction and

Screening Unit

of Pulp Making

System

Production capacity at 100t/d. Pulp from Cooking Unit goes through the Knotter to remove the crude matters

and is sent to the 3-Stage Drum-type Vacuum Washer for countercurrent series washing, then goes through

the Double-Roller Pulp Squeezer to get the black liquid, which is filtered by a Pressure Screen and sent to the

Evaporation Unit. The washed coarse pulp is pumped into the Oxidation Unit for heating and mixing with

oxygen, then be sent into 1# Oxidation Tower for 20min delignification reaction, after which to be heated to

100 and sent to 2# Medium-Concentration Mixer where it is mixed with oxygen and then sent to 2#

Oxidation Tower for further delignification reaction lasting about 60min. After reaction, the pulp is sent to a

2-phase Grade I Pressure Screen for sealed screening and then sent to a 3-Stage Vacuum Washer for

countercurrent washing.

Bleaching Unit

of Pulp Making

System

Production capacity 200t/d. The pulp from the Vacuum Washer is pumped into D0 Process for D0 + EOP + D1

+ D2 bleaching, during which the filtrate is partly used for prewashing dilution with the rest to be sent to

Wastewater Treatment Plant.

Reform Sealed

Screening Unit

of 2# Pulp

Making System

Production capacity 100t/d. The equipments such as Vibration Screen, CX Centrifugal Screen and Slag

Remover used in the open screening and purification system shall be replaced by sealed screening

equipments, such as Pressure Screen, Knotter and High-Concentration Sand Remover.

Evaporation Unit

of Alkali

Recovery

System

The existing 2-Board 3-Tube 5-Cylinder 5-Effect Evaporator of the Alkali Recovery System shall be phased

out, the new Evaporation Unit shall bring an additional 7000m2 evaporation area based on the original

4900m2. The evaporation process adopted at the Evaporation Unit is I → II → III → IV → V → IV-Effect,

where the secondary steam generated during the final effect is to be condensed by the Board-Shape

condenser; except for the use of fresh steam as thermal power for the I-Effect evaporator, the rest evaporators

use secondary steam as thermal power.

Auxiliary Chlorine Dioxide Production capacity at 4t/d. The method used for chlorine dioxide preparation is R8 Method, by which


126

Project

Construction

Preparation

System

sodium chlorate is used as the raw material and sulfuric acid and methanol as reagent to reduce the sodium

chlorate into the gaseous chlorine dioxide.

Public

Utilities

Reform of

Wastewater

Treatment

System

Due to the low efficiency of wastewater treatment process, in order to improve the efficiency and meet the

“Discharge Standard of Water Pollutants for Paper Industry” (GB3544-2008), the existing Primary

Sedimentation Tank shall be reconstructed, a Hydrolytic Acidification Unit and an Aerobiotic Aeration Unit

shall be installed to the existing Adjustment Tank, more strains (imported special substance, wastewater from

paper making) shall be added into the Aeration Tank for higher efficiency, and an Aeration Biological

Filtration Tank shall be installed behind the Flocculation Sedimentation Tank.


127

3.1.2.1Main Technical and Economic Indices

The main technical and economic indices used for the planned Project are listed in Table 3.1.1Table 3.1.1.

Table 3.1.1 Main Technical and Economic Indices for the Planned Project

No. Index Items Unit Index Value

1 Bleached pulp t/a 68000

2 Recovered alkali t/a 19720

3 Total investment 10,000 yuan 18520

4 Construction investment 10,000 yuan 14988

5 Interest for construction period 10,000 yuan 1932

6 Circulating fund 10,000 yuan 1600

7 Total cost of products 10,000yuan/a 24286

8 Cost of unit pulp Yuan/t 3228.80

9 Cost of unit product of recovered alkali Yuan/t 1181.88

10 Operation revenue 10,000yuan/a 27541.57

11 Business taxes 10,000yuan/a 1561.42

12 Profits 10,000yuan/a 2417.71

13 Investment profit margin % 13.05

14 Investment tax rate % 20

15 Payback period of loan

16 Bank loans annual 6

17 Internal rate of return

18 Total investment (after income tax) % 15.20

19 Total investment (before income tax) % 19

20 Breakeven point % 70

21 Total number of staff person 210

22 All labor productivity 10,000yuan/p.a 40

23 Working days per annum Daily 340

24 Working hours per day Hourly 24

3.1.2.2Horizontal layout

1 The Cooking Unit is located east to the 3# Pulp Making Unit with the process flow from south to north, including the Material Storage Site, Wet-Method

Material Preparation Unit, Cooking Unit, Extraction and Bleaching Unit, Finished Products Storehouse.

2. The overall layout meets the requirement of process flow and material transport with well designed logistic routes and pipelines capable of saving land


128

occupation.

3. The overall layout is designed with clear and distribution of function zones, smooth and separated labor and goods logistics, the reasonable and intact location of all units is based on the consideration of future expansion and land occupation.

4. Reasonable and intact distribution of workshops with close relationship and continuous processes as well as the storehouses and auxiliary facilities is beneficial in reducing the transportation distance and conducting production management.

5. The main technical and economic indices in layout designing are listed in Table 3.1.4.

Table 3.1.4 Main Technical and Economic Indices for Horizontal Layout Design

No. Index Item Unit Index Value

1 Project floor space mu 100

2 Project construction floor space m2 45000

3 Construction space m2 24362

4 Floor area ratio % 65

5 Vegetation ratio of the Plant area % 22

3.1.2.3Consumption of Raw and Auxiliary Materials and Energy

1. Consumption of Raw and Auxiliary Materials

The consumption of raw and auxiliary materials by the planned Project are listed in Table 3.1.5.

Table 3.1.5 Data Sheet of Raw and Auxiliary Materials Consumption

No. Material Unit Unit

Consumption

Annual

Consumption Remarks

1 Wheat straw t 2.900 197200 Water content 15%

2 Alkali t 0.436 29648 Total alkali

consumption

3 Chlorine Dioxide t 0.020 1360

4 Oxygen t 0.035 2380

5 Hydrogen

peroxide t 0.025 1700

6 Reagents t 0.040 2720

7 Water m3 80 2720000

8 Electricity KWH 550 105400000

9 Steam t 3.0 102000

2. Source of Wheat Straw


129

Ningxia is geographically included in the Yellow River irrigation area, irrigation-based agriculture is well developed in Ningxia Region, the area of wheat farmland with irrigation water from the Yellow River reached 1,560,000mu in 2007 and the annual production of wheat straw is about 800,000 tonnes to be calculated at 50% use rate, i.e., 400,000 tonnes of wheat straw may be used for paper making, in addition to

the neighboring provinces and region’s 800,000t production of wheat straw. The abundant resource of wheat straw provides the paper industry with sufficient fibrous material.

3.1.2.4Transportation

1. External Transportation

The external transportation is mainly in the form of road transport, Zhongying Expressway (Zhongning – Yingpanshui) passes through the southern part of Zhongwei City and connects the three national roads: GZ25 (Dandong – Yinchuan – Lanzhou – Lasa), GZ35 (Qingdao – Yinchuan) and GZ45 (Lianyungang – Wuwei –

Huorguosi), the national road 109# and provincial roads 101#, 201# cross with three expressways of Zhongying, Zhonghao and Zhonggu, thus forming a convenient and efficient network.

2. Internal Transportation

The staple goods are transported by conveyors or fork trucks, the scattered and heavy materials are transported by battery cars, and the waste goods by trucks. The bulk or packaged raw materials are transported by diesel fork trucks, cranes and small trucks.

3. Transportation Volume

The Project’s annual volume of transportation is 261,000 tonnes, including 232,000

tonnes of freight in and 29,000 tonnes of freight out. The detailed volumes of transportation are listed in Table 3.1.6.

Table 3.1.6 Data Sheet of Transportation Volumes

No. Goods Annual Volume of

Transportation (t )

Transportation

Means Remarks

I. Freight In

1 Wheat straw 197200 Vehicle transport

2 Alkali 29648 Vehicle transport

3 Hydrogen

peroxide 1700 Vehicle transport

4 Reagents 2720 Vehicle transport

5 Subtotal 231268 Subtotal

II. Freight Out

No. Goods Annual Volume of

Transportation (t )

Transportation

Means Remarks

1 Ear of wheat, etc. 29580 Vehicle transport


130

3.1.3Main Equipments

The main equipments included in the planned Project are listed in Table 3.1.7.

Table 3.1.7 List of Main Equipments for the Planned Project

No. Equipment Model Quantity Material

I. 100t/d System of Material Preparation, Continuous Cooking and Sealed Screening

1 Straw Cutter 12-15t/h 3 Auto

2 Continuous Cooking

Machine 3-Tube type 1

3 Squeezing Machine 2 Pre-extraction

4 Vacuum Washer 70m2 3 Extraction

5 Pressure Screen 2

6 High-Concentration Sand

Remover 2

7 Vacuum Washer 70m2 3 Concentration

II. Reform of 100t/d Sealed Screening Unit of 2# Pulp Making System

1 Pressure Screen 2

2 High-Concentration Sand

Remover 2

3 Vacuum Washer 70m2 3 Concentration

III. 200t/d System of Chlorine Dioxide Bleaching

1 Double-Roller Pulp

Squeezer Ф900*4300mm 1

2 1# Delignification Tower 33m

3 1

3 2# Delignification Tower 100m

3 1

4 Do-process Bleaching Tower Upflow type 100m3 1

5 EOP-process Reaction

Tower Downflow type 115m

3 1

6 Chlorine Dioxide Generator 10.5m3 1 Titanium

7 Sodium Chlorate Storage

Tank Heater

Titanium

8 Generator Vacuum Jet

Aerator ZPB(77+2.74)-13.5/1.1

Titanium

9 Filter Vacuum Jet Aerator ZPB(280+55)-51/1.1 Titanium

10 Chlorine Dioxide Absorption

Tower 650×14000mm 1

FRP,

Titanium

11 Exhaust Gas Absorption

Tower 650×8000mm

FRP,

Titanium

12 Degasifier 10m3 1

IV. Evaporation Unit of Alkali Recovery System


131

No. Equipment Model Quantity Material

1 5-Effect Evaporator Evaporation area: 7000m2 1

2 Diluted Black Liquid Tank 2

3 Semi Concentration Black

Liquid Tank 1

4 Concentration Black Liquid

Tank 1

5 Black Liquid Pump 6

3) Project Analysis

3.2.1Main Production Units and Production Processes

3.2.1.1Pulp Making System

1. Material Preparation Unit

The wheat straw transported from the raw material storage site is weighed and sent by a van to the material preparation unit, where it is artificially loaded onto the rubber belt by which it is fed into the Straw Cutter to be cut into straw blades at suitable size, which shall go through dust collection by a roller-type dust collector and then be dropped into a horizontal belt and a vertical belt in turn, then be sent into the Material Storage Tank.

The straw blades after dust collection is then sent by a slant belt (in which an electronic iron absorber is installed) into the Hydraulic Washer for washing (concentration 4-6%), after which it is diluted into 4-4.5% concentration and be pumped into the Oblique Helix Dewaterer to be dehydrated into 15-20% dryness, then be spiraled into the next unit with the extra straw blades sent back to the Washer to ensure a continuous and even feeding of material to the Continuous Cooking Unit. The washing water, straw chips and wastewater left at the Dehydrator, where the dust

is collected from the straw blades, are separated by a Grating Filter, after which the wastewater enters into a high-Effect sedimentation unit for further treatment with chemicals added, then the filtered water flows to the Clear Water Storage Tank, later to be pumped into Hydraulic Washer for recycling. The straw residues left after grating shall be regularly transported outside of the Plant for treatment.

The impurities such as sand, leaves and straw ear may be removed through Dry/Wet-Method Material Preparation, so as to reduce the volume of chemical consumption during the cooking process and increase the pulp generation ratio and improve the pulp quality, which is beneficial for pulp washing and bleaching and improving the

quality of black liquid, which is useful in improving alkali recovery efficiency and reducing the load of middle-stage wastewater treatment.

The parameters used for the main processes of the Material Preparation Unit are listed in Table 3.2.1.


132

Table 3.2.1 Main Parameters for Material Preparation Process

No. Item Unit Quantity

1 Straw blade size mm 25-35

2 Water content of wheat straw % 15

Loss of materials during dry-method preparation % 10 3

Loss of materials during wet-method preparation % 6

4 Percent of qualified straw blades % 85

5 Daily supply of blades t 580

6 Annual supply of blades t 197200

7 Temperature for blade washing 50

8 Concentration for blade washing % 4-6

9 Volume of washing water circulation m3/d 8500

10 Concentration of blade feeding % 3-4.5

11 Blade dryness after dehydration % 15-20

12 Temperature of blade preheating 80

2. Continuous Cooking Unit

After weighing, squeezing and spiraling of washed straw blades and preheating to

80℃ in Steam Tank, the material is sent to the Helix Feeder where the blades are

compressed into crumbs and fed into T-shape Tube, where the crumbs begin to inflate immediately by absorbing the cooking liquid and then be fed to the 4-Tube Cooking Machine for cooking. The cooked material will then go through a middle tube to arrive the vertical dumper where it is mixed with the added diluted black liquid and then be discharged by a valve to the Discharge Tank for storage, after which the liquid goes through the Double-Roller Pulp Squeezer for mechanical squeezing and then be pumped to the Extraction Unit.

The parameters used for the main processes of the Continuous Cooking Unit are listed in Table 3.2.2.

Table 3.2.2 List of Parameters Used for Main Processes of Continuous Cooking Unit

No. Item Unit Quantity Remarks

1 Alkali consumption for

cooking process % 14 Absolute dry blade

2 Maximum temperature for

cooking 140-150

3 Liquor ratio 1:2.8-1:3

4 Working pressure of cooking Mpa 0.6

5 Cold spray temperature 95


133


6 Cold spray concentration % 6

7 Percent of coarse pulp

generation % 43.8

8 Rigidity of coarse pulp KMNO4 value 10-13

9 Volume of residual alkali g/l 5~10

3. Extraction and Screening Unit

The extraction of black liquid is conducted through series countercurrent washing by a Double-Roller Pulp Squeezer and a drum-type Vacuum Washer, and the process of extended delignification sealed screening is adopted, which can be finished under

higher concentration to reduce power consumption and water consumption, at the same time having increased the concentration, temperature and extraction rate of black liquid.

Pulp from Cooking Unit goes through the Knotter to remove the crude matters and is sent to the 3-Stage Drum-type Vacuum Washer for countercurrent series washing, then goes through the Double-Roller Pulp Squeezer to get the black liquid, which is filtered by a Pressure Screen and sent to the Evaporation Unit. The washed coarse pulp is pumped into the Oxidation Unit for heating and mixing with oxygen, then be sent into 1# Oxidation Tower for 20min delignification reaction, after which to be

heated to 100℃ and sent to 2# Medium-Concentration Mixer where it is mixed with

oxygen and then sent to 2# Oxidation Tower for further delignification reaction lasting about 60min. After reaction, the pulp is sent to a 2-phase Grade I Pressure Screen for sealed screening and then sent to a 3-Stage Vacuum Washer for countercurrent washing.

In Extraction and Screening Unit, hot water is used at 3# Pulp Washer and Screen, the

filtrate is pumped into 1# and 2# Vacuum Washer for countercurrent washing, while the filtrate from 1# Vacuum Washer is pumped into the 3-Stage Vacuum Washer for countercurrent washing, the filtrate from 1# Vacuum Washer generated during extraction is pumped into the Double-Roller Pulp Squeezer and Sprayer.

The parameters used for the main processes of the Extraction and Screening Unit are listed in Table 3.2.3.

Table 3.2.3 List of Parameters Used for Extraction and Screening Processes


1 Concentration of pulp fed

into Knotter % 1.5-3

2 Delignification

3 Residence time in 1#

Reaction Tower during min. 20


134


Process O

4

Reaction temperature in

1# Reaction Tower during

Process O

85

5

Pressure at top of 1#

Reaction Tower during

Process O

MPa 0.7 1.0

6

Residence time in 2#


Process O

min. 60

7

Reaction temperature in

2# Reaction Tower during

Process O

100

8

Pressure at top of 2#


Process O

MPa 0.3~0.5

9 NaOH consumption

during Process O2 % 2.00

Relative to absolute dry pulp fed into

the Unit, calculated at 100% NaOH

10 MgSO4 consumption

during Process O2 % 0.50


the Unit, calculated at 100% MgSO4

11 Oxygen consumption

during O2 % 1.50


the Unit, calculated at 100% O2

12 Loss during

delignification process % 3.00 Relative to pulp fed into the Unit

13

Total ratio of slag

collection for Screening

System

% 1.50 Relative to pulp fed into the Unit

4. Bleaching Unit

The screened pulp from the Vacuum Washer is pumped into Process D0 for heating and mixing with chlorine dioxide and then pumped into D0 Bleaching Tower for 60min reaction, after which be sent to D0 Vacuum Washer for washing. The pulp after D0 washing is pumped into Process EOP for heating and mixing with H2O2, NaOH and

O2 and then be pumped into EOP Upflow Tower for 30min reaction, after which is sent to EOP Downflow Tower for 90min reaction. After reaction, the pulp is pumped into EOP Vacuum Washer for washing, the washed pulp is then pumped into Process D1 for heating and mixing with ClO2 and then be pumped into D1 Upflow Tower for 60min reaction, after which be sent to D1 Downflow Tower for 135min reaction. After reaction, the pulp is pumped into D1 Vacuum Washer for washing, the washed pulp is then pumped into Process D2 for heating and mixing with ClO2 and then be pumped into D2 Upflow Tower for 60min reaction, after which be sent to D2 Downflow Tower for 135min reaction. After reaction, the pulp is pumped into D2 Vacuum Washer for washing, the bleached wheat straw pulp is then pumped into the Pulp Storage Tower


135

for storage. Diluted white water from the White Water Recovery Room is used for washing D2 Vacuum Washer and Screen, the filtrate is sent to D1 Pulp Squeezer for countercurrent washing. Hot water is used for washing D0 and EOP Vacuum Washers and Screens, the filtrate from Processes D0, EOP and D1 is partly used for pre-washing pulp dilution with the rest sent to the Wastewater Treatment Plant for treatment. The

parameters used for the main processes of the Bleaching Unit are listed in Table 3.2.4.

For the improvement of the bleaching technology, ECF/TCF is the prior option for its function of dioxin emission control, and the efficiency of dioxin emission reduction by ECF is relatively better for wood pulp making process. As to the emission reduction of other pollutants, the study on non-wood ECF bleaching technology showed that: Compared with traditional CEH bleaching, ECF bleaching of the alkali wheat straw pulp, such as DQP and D(EOP)D, is capable of reducing the wastewater’s environmental pollution degree, the discharge of CODcr, BOD5 and AOX is reduced by 30%~50%, 70% and 80~85% respectively.

For reform of the CEH bleaching process, it is proved that ECF is more applicable

than TCF. The steps needed include the installation of ClO2 generation unit and the corrosion prevention reform on the existing facilities. On the contrary, if TCF is adopted for pulp bleaching, then complicated reconstruction should be carried out based on detailed analysis on the current situation of all the Company’s buildings. The process operation and maintenance after ECF reform would be easier and more adaptable according to the actual operation, such as to adjust the operation conditions based on different quality requirements for bleached pulp.

As described above, ECF is more applicable for the implementation of the reformed process under the Project background. Besides the reduction of dioxin pollution, it

will bring better effects of normal organic pollutants and AOX pollution control. Therefore, it is recommended that ECF process be considered as the best option for bleaching process reform. The advantages and disadvantages of both TCF and ECF technologies are listed in Table 3.2.5.

Table 3.2.4 Parameters Used for Main Processes of Bleaching Unit


1

Total consumption of

effective chlorine for

bleaching

kg/t 52.60 Relative to absolute dry pulp fed into the

Unit

2 Total consumption of

ClO2 for bleaching kg/t 20.00

Relative to absolute dry pulp fed into the

Unit, calculated at 100% ClO2

3 Total loss during

bleaching % 6.00 Relative to pulp fed into the Unit

4

Consumption of


Process D0

kg/t 33.00

Calculation of effective chlorine

consumption, relative to absolute dry

pulp fed into the Unit

5

Consumption of

effective ClO2 for

Process D0

kg/t 12.50 Relative to absolute dry pulp fed into the


6 D0 residence time min. 60


136


7 D0 reaction

temperature 70

8 pH value for Process

D0 1.5 2.5

9 NaOH consumption

for Process EOP % 2.40


Unit, calculated at 100% NaOH

10 H2O2 consumption for

Process EOP % 1.00


Unit, calculated at 100% H2O2

11 O2 consumption for

Process EOP % 1.50


Unit, calculated at 100% O2

12 EOP residence time min. (30+90) Upflow residence time: 30min,

downflow residence time: 90min.

13 EOP reaction

temperature 70

14 pH value for Process

EOP 10.5 11.5

15

Consumption of


Process D1

kg/t 12.60




16 ClO2 consumption for

Process D1 kg/t 4.80



17 D1 residence time min. (60+135) Upflow residence time: 60min,


18

Consumption of


Process D2

kg/t 12.60




19 ClO2 consumption for

Process D2 kg/t 4.80



20 D2 residence time min. (60+135) Upflow residence time: 60min,


Table 3.2.5 Advantages & Disadvantages of TCF / ECF

Total Chlorine Free (TCF): OQP/OPQP Element Chlorine Free (ECF):

DED/DEDP/ODED

Advantages Advantages

Simple and adaptive process flow, easy for

adjustment of process parameters

Simple and adaptive process flow, easy for

adjustment of process parameters

No generation of AOX

Countercurrent washing is practical, all

wastewater from delignification be sent to Alkali

Recovery Unit for reducing water consumption

and wastewater discharge, pollution load


137

Total Chlorine Free (TCF): OQP/OPQP Element Chlorine Free (ECF):

DED/DEDP/ODED

alleviated

Countercurrent washing is practical, all

wastewater from delignification be sent to

Alkali Recovery Unit for reducing water

consumption and wastewater discharge,

pollution load alleviated

Better quality of bleached pulp, high whiteness

( 85% ISO) achieved due to effective chlorine

dioxide delignification

Better quality of bleached pulp, higher

whiteness than CEH bleaching ( 80% ISO),

lower value of YI yellow index

Much lower operation cost than TCF and

resultant lower overall cost for a long term

Less investment due to domestic

manufacturing of all equipments with no need

to import from abroad

In case of new construction of a pulp making

plant but not the upgrading and reconstruction of

a traditional CEH unit, ECF is proved to be more

applicable than TCF due to its only need for

installation of ClO2 equipment and reform of

existing facilities

Disadvantages Disadvantages

Higher expenses (direct cost) of bleaching

chemicals, one of which is higher price of

hydrogen peroxide from 800yuan/t to

1200yuan/t (27.5%)

Equipment investment is much higher than that

of TCF process, approx. RMB30,000,000 higher

according to current practice

For long-term (e.g., 10-year) operation

period, the overall cost of TCF is higher than

that of ECF

Production system of chlorine dioxide is relied on

import of equipments, domestic equipments have

just entered into the market

In case of new construction of a pulp making

plant but not the upgrading and reconstruction

of a traditional CEH unit, TCF can not inherit

the original equipments of CEH production

line, in addition to the complicated and

detailed analysis to be conducted on the

current situation of the existing facilities

previous to reconstruction

The existing industrial preparation system can

only produce chlorine dioxide (R6 Method)

containing 5%~10% of Cl2, in addition to the

existence of AOX in wastewater from bleaching

process

The process flow and pollution points of Pulp Making System are shown in Figure 3.2.1.


138

Noise, Dust, Straw Chips

Noise Sludge

Wastewater Slag

Backflow Blades

Solution

Steam

Waste Gas & Noise

Coarse Pulp

Black Liquid

NaOH

O2

Pulp Slag

Wastewater

H2O2

NaOH Wastewater

O2

Wastewater Chlorine Dioxide

Chlorine Dioxide Wastewater

Finished

Pulp

Figure 3.2.1 Process Flow and Pollution Points of Pulp Making System

Wheat Straw

Straw Cutter

Hydraulic Straw Washer

Helix Dehydrator

Feedback Helix Belt

Conveyor

Helix Feeder

Continuous Cooking T-

Tube

Spray Tank

Delignification Tower

Stage 1 Pressure Screen

Vacuum Pulp Washer

Eop Reaction Tower

Vacuum Pulp Washer

D2 Bleaching Tower

Vacuum Pulp Washer

Double-Roller Pulp Squeezer


Circulation Water Tank

Double-Direction Rotary Screen

Pulp Storage Tower Paper Machine Room

Vacuum Pulp Washer

D1 Bleaching Tower

Vacuum Pulp Washer

D0 Bleaching Tower

Stage 2 Pressure Screen

Evaporation Unit

(Alkali Recovery)


139

3.2.1.2Evaporation Unit of Alkali Recovery System

As planned for the Project construction, an extra 7000m2 evaporation area shall be

added to the existing Alkali Recovery System, the Evaporation Process mainly involves the countercurrent evaporation of 10% concentration black liquid from the Extraction Unit of Pulp Making System to increase into 48%.

The flow of black liquid at the Evaporation Unit is a complete countercurrent process, the black liquid enters in turn into IV-Effect Board-Type Falling Film Evaporator → V-Effect Board-Type Falling Film Evaporator → IV-Effect Board-Type Falling Film

Evaporator → III-Effect Board-Type Falling Film Evaporator → II-Effect Board-Type Falling Film Evaporator → I-Effect Board-Type Falling Film Evaporator, finally from the I-Effect Concentration Black Liquid Flash Evaporator to the Concentration Black Liquid Tank for storage. Complete Board-Type Evaporator is capable of effectively improving the evaporation efficiency and simplifying the processes and reducing the utilization of technological equipments, so as to effectively make use of the temperature difference in the Evaporation Unit and maximize the evaporation capacity.

The evaporation process adopted at the Evaporation Unit is I → II → III → IV → V → IV-Effect, where the secondary steam generated during the final effect is to be

condensed by the Board-Shape condenser; except for the use of fresh steam as thermal power for the I-Effect evaporator, the rest evaporators use secondary steam as thermal power.

The clean condensed water generated from I-Effect is sent back to the boiler room, the rest unclean condensed water generated from the rest effects is sent to the final effect for flash evaporation, and the secondary steam generated shall be used as additional thermal power for the next effect evaporator.

The process flow and pollution points of the Evaporation Unit of the Alkali Recovery System are illustrated in Figure 3.2.2.


140

Figure 3.2.2 Process Flow and Pollution Points of the Newly Constructed Evaporation Unit

of Alkali Recovery System

Contaminated Condensate Water

Steam


Material Preparation

(Pulp Making Room) White Sludge Washing

(Causticization Unit)

Board-Type Condenser Diluted Black Liquid

Storage Tank

VI-Effect Evaporator

V-Effect Evaporator

IV-Effect Evaporator

III-Effect Evaporator

II-Effect Evaporator

I-Effect Evaporator

Concentrated Black

Liquid Flash Evaporator

Flash Evaporator

Concentrated Black

Liquid Tank

Rotary-Plate Evaporator

Flash Evaporator

Flash Evaporator


(Pulp Making Unit)

Flash Evaporator

Flash Evaporator

Flash Evaporator

Incineration at Alkali Recovery Boiler


141

3.2.1.3Chlorine Dioxide Preparation Unit

The production capacity of the Chlorine Dioxide Preparation Unit adopted in the Project is 4t/d. The method for chlorine dioxide preparation is R8 Method, by which sodium chlorate is used as the raw material and sulfuric acid and methanol as reagent

to reduce the sodium chlorate into the gaseous chlorine dioxide.

The impurity-free sodium chlorate, methanol and sulfuric acid solution, mixed with fixed proportions, is fed into the Generator, which operates under certain temperature and pressure, with a Mother Liquid Circulation Pump pumping the mother liquid circulating between the Generator and the Reboiler, the sodium chlorate solution is added through the inlet of the Axial Flow Pump, sulfuric acid and methanol are added through the exit of the Reboiler, after which ClO2 and acid mirabilite are generated through reduction reaction. The steam from the water evaporation inside the Unit is used as the diluent of ClO2. The mixed gas of ClO2 from the exhaust pipe of the Generator enters into the Indirect Cooler where steam is mostly condensed so that the

concentration of ClO2 is improved. The cooled gas of ClO2 enters into the Absorption

Tower where it is absorbed by chilled water (7.2 ), the flow rate of the chilled water

may be adjusted to get the ClO2 solution with needed concentration (10g/L). The exhaust gas, with ClO2 recovered at the Gas Washing Tower, is released to the air. The byproduct of mirabilite soliquoid is pumped into the Hydraulic Cyclone Separator and Drum-Type Vacuum Filter to get the crystal mirabilite, while the mother liquid and the filtrate are sent back to the Generator. The crystal mirabilite falls into the Solution Tank, where it is dissolved by hot water to get saturated

solution, then be pumped into the Black Liquid Recovery Unit of the Alkali Recovery System. The main reaction process flow and pollution points of the Chlorine Dioxide Preparation Unit are illustrated in Figure 3.2.3.

3NaClO3+2H2SO4+2/3CH3OH→3ClO2+Na3H(SO4)2+7/3H2O+1/6CO2+1/2HCOOH


142

Figure 3.2.3 Process Flow and Pollution Points of Chlorine Dioxide Preparation Unit

3.2.1.4Reform of Sealed Screening Unit of 2# Pulp Making System

The reform of sealed screening process is based on the productivity of 2# Pulp Making System, the original open screening and purification system’s equipments such as the Vibration Screen, CX Centrifugal Screen and Slag Remover are replaced by sealed screening equipments, such as Pressure Screen, Knotter, High-Concentration Sand Remover, etc. The main parameters used for reform are listed in Table 3.2.6.

Table 3.2.6 Production Parameters for Sealed Screening Unit of 2# Pulp Making System

No. Item Unit Rate Remarks

1 Process I Pressure Screen

2 Pulp concentration % 1.0-2.0

3 Slag collection rate % 20-30

4 Process II Pressure Screen

5 Pulp concentration % 1.0-2.0

Na2SO4

Mother Liquid

Mirabilite Crystal

Chilled Water Exhaust

Gas

NaClO3 Storage Tank Material Supply Pump

Re-boiler

Chlorine Dioxide Reactor

H2SO4 Storage Tank

Methanol Storage Tank

Hydraulic Cyclone Fan

Vacuum Filter Indirect Condenser

Alkali Recovery Unit

Chlorine Dioxide

Absorption Tower


143

6 Slag collection rate % 20-30

3.2.2Public Utilities

1. Water Supply Facilities

After the Project construction, the average daily water consumption shall be 19046m3,

which is mainly provided by the self-provided wells, the Company is capable of supplying self-use water. According to the planned Project, the specific water consumption of each workshop is shown in Table 3.2.7.

Table 3.2.7 Data Sheet of Water Consumption of the Planned Project

No. Item

Fresh Water

Consumption

(m3/t)

m3/h m

3/d

1 Pulp Making Room 80 333 8000

2 Evaporation Unit of Alkali Recovery System / 134 3210

3 Water consumption for domestic use / 4 96

4 Subtotal / 471 11306

After being pumped up from the deep wells, the water goes through a Cyclone Desander for removing the sand, then it is filled into the Water Tank for sedimentation and filtration, then be pumped by a Pressure Pump into the water supply pipelines for production use and domestic use.

2. Drainage Works

The wastewater generation during the production is mainly from the middle-stage water of the Extraction and Screening Unit and the Bleaching Unit, as well as some contaminated condensate water from the Alkali Recovery Room and sewage water from domestic use, all of which shall be sent to the Wastewater Treatment Plant for treatment and then up-to-standard discharge.

The data on the planned Project’s wastewater discharge are listed in Table 3.2.8.

Table 3.2.8 Data Sheet of Wastewater Discharge

No. Item m3/h m

3/d

1 Pulp Making Room 361 8680

2 Evaporation Unit of

Alkali Recovery System 83

2000 (in which 460m3 is sent to

Wastewater Treatment Plant)

3 Sewage water from

domestic use 3.3 80

4 Subtotal 448 10760 (Wastewater Treatment Plant)

3. Steam and Power Consumption

The supply of steam and power for the Project construction comes from the self-built Circulating Fluidized Bed Boiler, the existing Boilers and the new one under construction are capable of supplying the water needed for the planned Project


144

construction.

Steam Supply

The increase of steam consumption due to the planned Project construction is 21.3t/h, mainly by the Cooking Unit of the Pulp Making System and east section of

Evaporation Unit of the Alkali Recovery System, all supplied by the Circulating Fluidized Bed Boiler. The thermal loads of each workshop of the planned Project are listed in Table 3.2.9.

Table 3.2.9 Data Sheet of Thermal Loads of the Planned Project

Steam Consumption Load

No. Item Steam

Consumption (t/h)

Pressure (Mpa)

1 Pulp Making Room 12.5 0.7

2 Alkali Recovery Room 7.5 0.7

3 Pipelines thermal loss 1.3 0.7

4 Total 21.3 0.7

Power Supply

The data on power consumption by the planned Project construction are listed in Table 3.2.10.

Table 3.2.10 Data Sheet of Power Consumption by the Planned Project Construction

No. Item

Power

Consumption

(KWH/t)

Power

Consumption Load

(KWH/d)

1 Pulp Making Room 550 55000

2 Alkali Recovery Room 450 9720

3 Chemicals Preparation Room 30 3000

6 Subtotal / 67720

4) Balance of Water, Steam and Power Consumption after the Planned

Project Construction

3.3.1Balance of Steam Consumption

Table 3.3.1 shows the data on steam consumption by the Plant after the planned Project construction is finished.

Table 3.3.2 shows the data on steam supply by the Boilers.


145

Table 3.3.1 Data Sheet of Steam Consumption by the Plant

Steam Consumption

Parameter No. Steam Consumption Units

Pressure

(Mpa)

Temperature

( )

Average Steam

Consumption Load

(t/h)

Remarks

1 1# Pulp Making Room 0.7 220.0 0 Closed

2 2# Pulp Making Room 0.7 220.0 /

All the

calculations

are in

planned

project

3 3# Pulp Making Room 0.7 220.0 0 Closed

4 Deinked Paper Pulp

Making Room 0.35 180.0 4.2


Machine Room 0.45 200.0 2.5

6 2640 Workshop 0.45 200.0 19.2







13 7# Paper Machine Room 0.4 190.0 / Closed







20 Alkali Recovery System 0.5 210 18.5

21

Special Paper Machine

Room (under

construction)

0.4 190.0 11.6

22 68,000t/a Project / / 25


146

(planned construction)

Total / / 143.2

Table 3.3.2 Data Sheet of Steam Supply by Boilers

Steam Supply Boiler (t/h) 5×75t/h

Total Load (t/h) 300t/h

Quantity of air drawing from Extraction

Condensing Unit I 54.5

Quantity of air drawing from Extraction

Condensing Unit II 56.7

Self-use steam 6

Steam consumption by High Pressure

Heater 15

Steam consumption by deoxidizer 15

Pipeline transportation loss 6.1

Steam Consumption

Subtotal 153.3

Steam Supply 146.7

The data showed that the Plant’s 5 sets of 75t/h Circulating Fluidized Bed Boilers can meet the demand of steam by all projects for normal production.

3.3.2Balance of Power Consumption

Table 3.3.3 shows the data on the load of power consumption by the Plant after the planned Project construction is finished.

Table 3.3.3 Data Sheet of Power Consumption Load by the Plant


147

No. Power Consumption Units

Installed

Capacity

(KW)

Power

Consumption

Load

(KWH/d)

Voltage

(V) Remarks

1 1# Pulp Making Room 3524 / 385 Closed

2 2# Pulp Making Room 4842 28172.5 385

3 3# Pulp Making Room 2473 / 385 Closed


Making Room 4133 50000 385


Machine Room 1930 3300 385

6 2640 Workshop 15975 132553 385







13 7# Paper Machine Room 1035 / 385 Closed







20 Alkali Recovery System 3684 23330 385

21 Wastewater Treatment

System 2650 15980 385

22 Water Supply System 4638 28304 385

23

Special Paper Machine

Room (under

construction)

/ 44117 385

24 68,000t/a Project

(planned construction) / 67720 385

Total 658390


148

After the planned Project construction is finished, the Plant’s power consumption shall be 223,850,000KWH/a, and the Plant’s power generation capacity is 240,000,000KWH/a, which is sufficient for meeting the Plant’s power demand.

3.3.3Balance of Water Consumption

Table 3.3.4Table 3.34.Table 3.34. shows the data on water consumption by the Plant after the planned Project construction is finished.

Table 3.34.4 Data Sheet of Water Consumption by the Plant

Water Consumption No.

Water Consumption

Units m3/h m

3/d

Remarks

1 1# Pulp Making Room / / Closed

2 2# Pulp Making Room / /

All included in the planned

Project



Making Room 270 6500


Machine Room 5 120

6 2640 Workshop 133 3182

7 13# Paper Machine

Room 31 755

8 12# Paper Machine

Room 41 994

9 11# Paper Machine

Room 51 1218

10 10# Paper Machine

Room 45 1081



13 7# Paper Machine Room / / Closed







149



21

Additional water

supply for Boiler use

and circulation

cooling water 340 8166

22 Water consumption

for domestic use 23 546

23

Special Paper

Machine Room (under

construction) 122.5 2941


(planned construction) 333 8000

25 Total 1696 40701

Table 3.3.5 shows the data on wastewater discharge from the Plant after the planned Project construction is finished.

Table 3.3.5 Data Sheet of Wastewater Discharge from the Plant

Wastewater Discharge No.

Wastewater Discharge

Units m3/h m

3/d

Discharged To


2 2# Pulp Making Room / /

All included in the planned

Project



Making Room 133 3200

Wastewater Treatment

Plant


Machine Room 0.3 8


Room

6 2640 Workshop 177.5 4260


Room

7 13# Paper Machine

Room

89.3 2142 White Water Recovery

Room

8 12# Paper Machine

Room


Room

9 11# Paper Machine

Room


Room

10 10# Paper Machine 91.5 2195 White Water Recovery


150

Room Room

11 9# Paper Machine Room 0.0 Wastewater Treatment

Plant

12 8# Paper Machine Room 77.2 1853 White Water Recovery

Room



Room


Room




19 1# Paper Machine Room 55.1 1322


Room


In which 460m3 is

discharged to Wastewater

Treatment Plant

21 Sewage water from

domestic use 20 480


Plant

22

Wastewater from

Boiler use and

circulation cooling

water 81 1952


Plant

23 Special Paper

Machine Room 141 3382


Room

24

Wastewater from

White Water Recover

Room 191 14702


Room


(planned construction) 784 8680


Plant

Total 1509 36220


Plant

Figure 3.3.1 shows the balance relationship of water and steam consumption as well as wastewater discharge by the Plant after the planned Project construction is finished.


151

Figure 3.3.1 Flow Chart of the Plant’’’’s Water and Steam Balance after the Planned Project Construction

Steam Treated White Water

Bleached Wheat Straw Pulp Making System

Fresh Water

100 6500

4271

Evaporation & Slag

Removal Loss 585 Pulp Additional Water 8270

2114 12412

Alkali Recovery Room

White Water Recycle Room

White Water

18973

Evaporation Loss & Product 441


3210

444 Loss220

3168

4294

21518

14400

8680

Water Supply Room

Domestic Life, etc.

546

Thermal Power Plant &

Circulation Cooling Water

Waste Paper Pulp Paper Making System

3404

1867

Loss 2810 46751

Loss 189

146

8166

Loss 66

1824 2000

1952

480

Cultural Paper Room (Copperplate)

Condensate Water 308

Up-to-standard Wastewater Discharge 36220

14702


600 8000

3200

3282


152


153

5) Pollutants Discharge from the Planned Project Construction

The discharge of main pollutants caused by the planned Project construction is shown in Table Table 3.4.1.

Table 3.4.1 List of the Planned Project’s Pollution Sources and Pollutants Discharge

No. Workshop/Process Pollutants Discharge

1 Material Preparation

Room Wheat straw chips, dust, equipment noise, etc.

2 Pulp Making Room Middle-stage wastewater, Sprayer exhaust gas,

equipment noise, pulp slag, etc.

3 Alkali Recovery

Room

Contaminated condensate water, equipment noise,

white sludge, green sludge, lime mud

4 Wastewater

Treatment Plant Stink substance, equipment noise, sludge

5 Chemicals

Preparation Room Exhaust gas from chlorine dioxide washing

3.4.1Wastewater Discharge and Control Measures

The wastewater from the planned Project construction is sent to the reconstructed Wastewater Treatment Plant for treatment, the final discharge of treated water, after going through the processes of Primary Sedimentation Tank + Hydrolytic Acidification + Adjustment Tank + Separation Tank + Aeration Tank + Secondary Sedimentation Tank + Coagulating Sedimentation + Filtration Tank + Aeration Biological Filtration Tank, shall meet the “Discharge Standard of Water Pollutants for Paper Industry” (GB3544-2008)and then be filled into the oxidation pond of enterprise. The process of wastewater treatment after reconstruction is illustrated in Figure 3.4.1.

Data on wastewater discharge from the Plant and the planned Project construction are

listed in Table 3.4.2.


154

Figure 3.4.1 Process Flow of the Wastewater Treatment Plant after Reconstruction

Solid Waste

Sludge

P, N

Flocculant

Sludge

Up-to-standard Wastewater

Wastewater

Grate

Water Collection

Primary Sedimentation

Adjustment Tank

Separation Tank

Aeration Tank

Secondary Sedimentation Tank

Condensation Tank

Oxidation Pool

Forest Base

Sludge Storage

Tank

Condensation Dehydrator

Comprehensive Use of Sludge


155

Table 3.4.2 Data Sheet of Wastewater Discharge from the Plant and the Planned Project Construction

CODcr BOD5 SS Ammonia

Nitrogen

Total

Phosphor AOX Dioxin

Type Production Line

Wastewate

r

Discharge

(m3/d)

pH

mg/L t/d mg/

L t/d

mg/

L t/d mg/L t/d

mg/

L t/d

mg/

L t/d

pgTEQ/

L

Middle-stage

wastewater from Pulp

Making Room

6809 6-9 1560 10.62 400 2.72 420 2.86 / / / / / / 陶12

Contaminated

Condensate Water

from Alkali Recovery

Room

2000 6-9 700 1.40 200 0.40 350 0.70 / / / / / / /

Wastewater

discharge

from

planned

Project

construction Sewage water from

domestic use 80 6-9 500 0.04 300 0.02 200 0.02 / / / / / / /

Deinked Pulp

Making Room 3200 6-9 2100 6.72 800 2.56 800 2.56 / / / / / /

Board Paper Machine

Room 1824 6-9 900 1.64 300 0.55 700 1.28 / / / / / /

Wastewater

discharge

from

existing

project

Sewage water from

domestic use 400 6-9 500 0.20 300 0.12 200 0.08 / / / / / /

/

/

/

/

/


156

Wastewater from

White Water

Recovery Room

12573 6-9 1200 15.09 600 7.54 500 6.29 / / / / / /

Special Paper

Machine Room 3382 6-9 950 3.21 400 1.35 500 1.69 / / / / / /

Wastewater from

Boiler use and

circulation cooling

water

1952 6-9 40 0.08 15 0.03 50 0.10 / / / / / / /


Plant inlets 32220 8.42 1210 39.00 475 15.30 483 15.57 9.15 0.29 / / / / /


Plant outlets 32220 8.42 81 2.61 18 0.58 25 0.81 3.61 0.12 0.2

0.0

1 陶12 陶0.4 /

Wastewater

discharge

from the Plant

Control standards / 6-9 90 / 20 / 30 / 8 / 0.8 / 12 / /

Note: Wastewater discharged from Wastewater Treatment Plant outlets should meet the “Pollutants Discharge Standard for Paper Industry”

(GB3544-2008), i.e., CODcr 490mg/L, BOD5 20mg/L, SS 30mg/L, AOX 12mg/L, dioxin 30pgTEQ/L (outlets of workshops or production

units); after further treatment in Oxidation Pool .


157

3.4.2Waste Gas Emission and Control Measures

Flue Gas from Alkali Recovery Boiler

The Evaporation Unit is the only one added to the Alkali Recovery System, the emission of dust and SO2 after incineration of the black liquid shall be able to meet the Level II standard as specified in the “Emission Standard of Atmospheric

Pollutants for Industrial Boiler and Kiln” (GB9078-1996), i.e., dust 200 mg/Nm3,

SO2 850 mg/Nm3.

Wheat Straw Chips and Dust

After the collection of dust by a Cavel Dust Collector at the Wheat Straw Preparation Room, the wheat straw chips and dust shall be sent to the Dust Tank for temporary storage, then be transported to the Forest Base for comprehensive use.

Waste Gas from Chlorine Dioxide Preparation Unit

The technology reform is for the production of chlorine dioxide based on R8 Method, it is easy to operate and adapt, because the process flow is simple and the equipments are mature, the emission of exhaust gas from the Chlorine Dioxide

Absorption Tower is negligible because of the washing process, so basically no pollutant is generated during the process of chlorine dioxide preparation.

Fugitive Emission of Exhaust Gas

The coal storage site is an open facility where water spray method is used for dust reduction. Stink substances such as hydrogen sulfide and ammonia may also be generated at the Wastewater Treatment Plant.

Waste Gas from Cooking Process

A small amount of stink gas may come from the process of pulp cooking, to reduce the emission of such stink gas, a waste heat recovery device may be installed in the

Sprayer Unit, by which the wastewater is collected and sent directly to the Pulp Making System, with the temperature falling down, the impact of stink gas spray may be reduced effectively.

Source Intensity of Abnormal Emission

The abnormal emission happens if there is a failure happens to the Electrostatic Dust Collector of the Alkali Recovery System when the set rate of dust collection drops to 90%. The data on the emission of atmospheric pollutants from the planned Project construction and the Plant are listed in Table 3.4.3.


158

Table 3.4.3 Data Sheet of Generation and Emission of Atmospheric Pollutants by the

Planned Project Construction

Pollution

Source Flue Gas Dust Sulfur Dioxide NOx

Alkali

Recovery

Boiler

Flue Gas

Emission

(×104Nm

3/h)

Emission

Volume

(kg/h)

Concentra

tion

(mg/Nm3)

Emission

Volume

(kg/h)

Concentra

tion

(mg/Nm3)

Emission

Volume

(kg/h)

Concentra

tion

(mg/Nm3)

Normal

emission

(newly

increased

volume)

2.31 3.81 165 3.47 150 4.62 200

Final

emission 4.71 7.77 165 7.07 150 9.42 200

Accidental

emission 4.71 77.72 1650 7.07 150 9.42 200

Note: In case of an accident, the efficiency of dust collection at Alkali Recovery

Boiler drops from 99% to 90%.

3.4.3Solid Waste Generation and Control Measures

The generation of solid waste from the planned Project construction mainly includes: wheat straw chips and dust from the Material Preparation Room, slag from the Pulp Making Unit, white sludge, green sludge and lime mud from the Alkali Recovery System, as well as sludge from the Wastewater Treatment Plant.

The generation of solid waste at each workshop and the treatment measures are listed in Table 3.4.4.

Table 3.4.4 Generation of Solid Waste and Treatment Measures at Each Workshop

Type Source Volume

(t/a)

Treatment

Measures Discharge Remarks

Wheat straw

chips and dust

Material

Preparation Unit 9861.6

Stockpiled at

Forest Base as

fertilizer

0

Pulp slag Pulp Making

System 4800

Used for Paper

Machine Room 0 Dry basis

White sludge

Causticization

Unit of Alkali

Recovery

System

14899.6

Solid Waste

Stockpile, to be

used as

desulphurizer

0 Dry basis

Green sludge,

lime mud

Causticization

Unit of Alkali

Recovery

System

680 Mopanshan

Landfill Dry basis


159

Type Source Volume

(t/a)

Treatment

Measures Discharge Remarks

Domestic


Transported by

sanitary

department

0

Sludge from

Wastewater

Treatment Plant

Wastewater

Treatment

System

39030 Forest Base

fertilizer 0

75% moisture

content

Total 69471.2

3.4.4Noise Generation and Control Measures

The main sources of noise generation from the planned Project construction include: Straw Cutter and Straw Shredder at the Material Preparation Unit and Pumps and Plate-Type Pulp Grinders. The main equipments generating noise and the noise levels are shown in Table 3.4.5.

Table 3.4.5 Data Sheet of Noise Generating Equipments and Noise Levels of the Planned

Project

Source No. Equipment Noise Level

dB(A) Quantity

1 Straw Cutter 85-90 3

2 Shredder 85-90 1

3 Circulation Pump 85-90 2

Material Preparation Room,

Continuous Cooking System,

Sealed Screening System

4 Water Pump 85.0-90.0 2

5 Black Liquid

Pump 84.0-88.0 2

6 Pulp Pump 84.0-88.0 2

7 Knotter 85.0-90.0 1

Reform of Sealed Screening

System

8 Pressure Screen 85.0-90.0 3

9 Pulp Pump 84.0-88.0 3

10 Chiller Pump 84.0-88.0 3 Chlorine Dioxide Preparation Unit

and Bleaching System 11

ClO2 Circulation

Pump 84.0-88.0 3

3.4.5Conformity with the pollution control measures as specified in the “Environment,

Health and Safety Guidelines for Paper Industry”

A series of pollution control measures have been adopted during the Project implementation, and the degree of conformity with the pollution control measures specified in the “Environment, Health and Safety Guidelines for Paper Industry” is illustrated in Table 3.4.6.


160

Table 3.4.6 Conformity of the Planned Projects Pollution Control Measures with Those of

the Environment, Health and Safety Guidelines for Paper Industry

No. “Environment, Health and Safety

Guidelines for Paper Industry” Pollution Control Measures of the

Planned Project

Delignification prior to bleaching Delignification process added previous to Bleaching Unit

Effective pulp washing before bleaching

(Sulfate and Sulfite Pulp Plants) Sealed Washing and Screening Process

ECF/TCF for replacing ECF

Having realized ECF bleaching through

reform and significantly reduced the

impact of AOX and dioxin generated

during bleaching process

Reduce the use of element chlorine

through reducing repeated use of chlorine

adding chlorine dioxide into element

chlorine

Having realized the substitution of

liquid chlorine by chlorine dioxide

through reform

Eliminate the entrance of dioxin and

dibenzofuran into the bleaching process

through using additive or thorough

cleaning

Having reduced the entrance of dioxin

and dibenzofuran into the bleaching

process through sealed screening

Stop the use of materials contaminated by

polychlorophenol for pulp making No use of these substances

Collect and reuse leaked and spilled

cooking liquid

Having adopted measures for

eliminating the phenomenon of leaking

during cooking process, having

established emergency plan for

minimizing the damage caused by

waste liquid accident

Extract and reuse the condensate

substances from evaporation and

cooking equipments to eliminate the

generation of stink TRS (total reduced

sulfur) compounds (Sulfate and Sulfite

Pulp Plants)

Having adopted the technology of

waste heat recycle during spraying

process, for reduction of waste gas

emission

Recycle chemicals at Sulfate and Sulfite

Pulp Plants

Having adopted alkali recovery

technology for reuse of chemicals

1.1 Wastewater management

Reuse the white water from pulp making

unit, use Plate-Type Filter, Drum-Type

Filter or Minisize Flotation Screening

Device to recycle fibers, eliminate the

number of points where fresh water is

possibly leaked into the White Water

System

Having realized recycle of white water

generated from Paper Machine Room,

which has reduced the consumption of

fresh water

1.2 Wastewater Preliminary mechanical treatment: The wastewater from the planned


161

treatment usually a mechanical Purification Tank or

Sedimentation Tank is used for removing

the floating solids from wastewater,

sometimes the Chemical Flocculation

Process is adopted as the auxiliary means

for removing the floating solids;

secondary treatment: biological treatment

technology is usually adopted by paper

plants that have higher volume of organic

pollutants discharge for removing toxic

compounds from wastewater, such as

resin acid and chlorine-containing

organisms. Different types and

combination of bio-treatment

technologies may be used. The most

common system includes Sludge

Treatment Method, Oxidation Pool

Method, various types of Biofiltration

Methods (combined with other methods),

Anaerobic Treatment Method (used prior

to anaerobic organisms treatment during

pretreatment process), which may be used

comprehensively for high efficiency

treatment. In addition, sometimes the

aeration period needs to be prolonged for

oxidation of resin and fatty acid to reduce

generation of bio-accumulated slag and

maintain a higher level of treatment;

Anaerobic Bio-treatment Method is

applicable for the treatment of pollutants

with higher BOD/COD and lower

contents of toxic substances, such as the

condensate water from sulfite pulp

making process, effluents from

mechanical pulp making and paper

recycle, and the residual purified

condensate water may be used for

reducing the total water consumption and

wastewater discharge.

Project construction is sent to the

reconstructed Wastewater Treatment

Plant for treatment, the final discharge

of treated water, after going through the

processes of Primary Sedimentation

Tank + Hydrolytic Acidification +

Adjustment Tank + Separation Tank +

Aeration Tank + Secondary

Sedimentation Tank + Coagulating

Sedimentation + Filtration Tank +

Aeration Biological Filtration Tank,

shall meet the “Discharge Standard of

Water Pollutants for Paper Industry”

(GB3544-2008) and then be filled into

the Company’s self-built Oxidation

Pool for mixing with the Yellow River

water, Used for agricultural irrigation.


162

Bleached and unbleached Sulfate Pulp

Plant should collect the stink gas from

vents of all units during the black liquid

treatment process as well as unclean

brown pulp, part of washed brown pulp,

unbleached pulp and condensate

substances and conduct centralized

incineration, so as to realize complete

oxidation of the total reduced sulfur.

The total capacity of pulp production is

comparatively small, plus the use of

waste heat recycle device at the

spraying unit of pulp cooking process,

the emission of TRS gas has been

reduced

Under sensitive situation (e.g., close to

residential area), other incineration

facilities may be used as back-up unit for

the treatment of low-concentration TRS

gas. Recovery Boilers are first choice

Due to the small volume of pulp

production, the process of TRS recycle

and incineration is not adopted

2. Waste gas

management

In case the stink gas from Wastewater

Treatment Plant becomes serious,

oxygenic and active sludge may be used

for stink gas capture and incineration

The use of alkali recovery technology

has helped reduce the content of

organisms in wastewater before being

sent to the Wastewater Treatment

Plant; as to units producing stink gas

(such as Sludge Dehydration Room),

the method of “daily produce daily

cleaning” is effective

Waste gas

control at

Alkali

Recovery Unit

Previous to incineration inside the Alkali

Recovery Boiler, the black liquid should

be condensed by the Evaporator (for

Sulfate Pulp Plant) with more than 75%

space loaded with dry solids to reduce

sulfur emission

The evaporation unit of Alkali

Recovery System is effective in

improving the concentration of black

liquid and reducing sulfur dioxide

emission

To reduce sulfur emission, the

incineration parameters for Alkali

Recovery Boilers should be controlled,

including the Boiler temperature, air

supply, black liquid injection and Boiler

load, etc. (for Sulfate Pulp Plant)

Having adopted measures to control the

incineration parameters for Alkali

Recovery Boilers, the routine

monitoring results showed that the

emission of dust and SO2 has met the

Level II standard as specified in the

“Emission Standard of Atmospheric

Pollutants for Industrial Boiler and

Kiln” (B9078-1996)

3. Solid waste

Improve the rate of sludge dehydration to

facilitate the incineration (usually inside

the auxiliary boiler by using auxiliary

fuels)

After dehydration, the sludge is

transported to the Forest Base to be

used as fertilizer


163

Lime mud (for Sulfate Pulp Plant) is

usually recycled inside the Plant, the

surplus may be used for acid soil

improvement or be buried

After the planned Project construction,

white sludge shall be used as wet-

method desulphurizer

Dehydrated green liquid sludge (for

Sulfate Pulp Plant) may be used as the

cover for solid waste landfill, or be used

as forest fertilizer (based on the analysis

on the nutrients and potential impact of

land use), or be used as neutralizer and

added into acid wastewater

A small part of green sludge and lime

mud is transported to the landfill for

safe disposal

Biological sludge may be incinerated with

fiber sludge or be dehydrated and

incinerated inside the Sulfate Pulp Plant,

or be mixed with other organic materials

and be used for soil improvement

Dehydrated sludge is transported to the

Forest Base to be used as fertilizer

3.4.6Calculation of Pollutants Discharge from the Planned Project Construction

Data on generation and emission of pollutants from the planned Project construction are listed in Table 3.4.Table 3.4.Table 3.4.7.

Table 3.4.7 Calculation of Pollutants Discharge from the Planned Project Construction

Contents Generation Reduction Discharge

I. Wastewater

1 Wastewater (10,000t/a) 302.23 0.00 302.23

2 CODcr (t/a) 4101.09 3856.29 244.80

3 BOD5 (t/a) 1070.18 1015.78 54.40

4 SS (t/a) 1215.77 1140.21 75.56

5 Ammonia Nitrogen (t/a) 27.65 16.74 10.91

II. Waste Gas

1 Waste gas

(10,000Nm3/a) 18849.60 0.00 18849.60

2 Dust (t/a) 310.90 279.81 31.09

3 SO2 (t/a) 28.32 0.00 28.32

4 NOx (t/a) 37.70 0.00 37.70

III. Solid Waste

1 General industrial waste

(t/a) 67931.6 67931.6 0


164

3.4.7Calculation of Pollutants Discharge from the Plant (3 Accounts) as of the

Completion of the Planned Project Construction

Data on discharge of wastewater, waste gas after the planned Project construction are listed in Table 3.4.Table 3.4.8 ~ Table 3.4.Table 3.4.10

Table 3.4.8 Data Sheet of Wastewater Discharge from the Plant as of the Completion of

the planned Project

Wastewater

Discharge CODcr BOD5 SS

Ammonia

Nitrogen Discharge

Source ×10

4m

3/a mg/L t/a mg/L t/a mg/L t/a mg/L t/a

Existing

project and

ongoing

project

construction

1244.71 / 3954.69 / 1151.16 / 762.98 / 44.93

Planned

Project 302.23 / 244.80 / 54.40 / 75.56 / 10.91

“Old + New

Projects”

Reduction of

wastewater

discharge

451.45 / 3312.09 / 1008.36 / 563.14 / 15.04

After the

planned

Project

construction

is finished

1095.48 / 887.40 / 197.20 / 275.40 / 40.80

Table 3.4.9 Data Sheet of Waste Gas Emission from the Plant as of the Completion of the

planned Project

Emission Flue Gas Dust SO2 NOx


165

mg/Nm3 t/a mg/Nm

3 t/a mg/Nm

3 t/a

Existing

project and

ongoing

project

construction

596251.20 / 199.69 / 621.36 / 1312.72

Planned

Project 18849.60 / 31.09 / 28.32 / 37.70

“Old + New

Projects”

Reduction of

wastewater

discharge

23419.20 / 38.03 / 32.44 / 46.84

After the

planned

Project

construction

is finished

591681.60 / 192.75 / 617.23 / 1303.58

Table 3.4.10 Data Sheet of Solid Waste Discharge from the Plant as of the Completion of

the planned Project

Item Source Generation

volume (t/a)

Treatment

Measures Emission Remarks

Wheat straw

chips and dust

Material

Preparation Unit 9861.6

Forest Base,

stockpiled as

fertilizer

0

Pulp Slag Pulp Making

Unit 4800

Used for Paper

Machine Room 0 Dry Basis

Deinked sludge Deinked Pulp

Unit 4000

Boiler

incineration 0 Dry Basis

White sludge

Causticization

Unit of Alkali

Recovery

System

14899.6

Solid Waste

Stockpile, to be

used as

desulphurizer

0 Dry Basis

Green sludge,

lime mud 680.0

Mopanshan

Landfill

Domestic


Transported by

sanitary

department

0


166

Sludge from

Wastewater

Treatment Plant

Wastewater

Treatment Plant 39030

Forest Base

fertilizer 0

75% moisture

content

Boiler ash Thermal

Power plant 86666.6

Comprehensive

use

Desulphurization

plaster

Flue Gas

Desulphurization

Tower

32700

Comprehensive

use by Cement

Plant

Total 94169 196137.8

4. Environmental Situation of Project Construction

Site

4.1 Geography Location

The proposed project is located in Zhongwei City of Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region. Zhongwei City is in the mid-west of Ningxia and is in the bounded area of Ningxia, Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region and Gansu Province. Also Zhongwei City is to the west of Wuzhong City, to the north of Guyuan City, bounded on the north by Alxa League of Inner Mongolia and on the west by Jingtai County of Gansu. The city is 166km away from Yinchuan City, 143km away from Wuzhong City and 241km from Guyuan City. Zhongwei covers a total area of 15743km

2 and locates

between 104°17′陶106°10′ E, and 36°09′陶37°43′ N.

The project is in the northeast of Meili Paper Products Co., Ltd of Rouyuan County, Zhongwei city, which is 7.5km east from Zhongwei City, to the west of No.109

Highway, 1.5km south from the main waterway of the Yellow River. The project is in Rouyuan County and covers an area of 2520 Mu (1 Mu=666.67m

2). All around the

project site are residents residing in Shimiao Village, Jiaqu Village, Rouyuan Village and Shaqu Village. The farmland around are all basic farmland.

The geography location of the proposed project is shown in Picture 2.1.1. The major environmental sensitive sites around the site are shown in Picture 1.6.1. The location of the site in the factory of the Paper Products Company is shown in Picture 4.1.1. The surroundings of the site is shown in Picture 4.1.2.

4.2 Natural Environment

4.2.1 Topography and Physiography

Zhongwei City is in the west of Weining Alluvial Plain. Generally the topography can be classified as: desert, alluvial plain of Yellow River, mountains, terrace and sloping lands. The assessment area is plain and open, slopes gently from the west to

the east. The slope averages 1%. This area is about 1197 1230m above sea level,

has the edge of Tengger desert in the northwest and loess hilly-gully region, mesa

for the rest part. It slopes gently towards the Yellow River, is a closed depression. The plain area covers about 8.3% of the total area, the hilly region covers 69.01%


167

and the sand covers 22.69%. The plain is rather flat, while the hilly region has rather sharp undulations and the sand is mainly crescent dune chain and aeolian dunes.

The 1st, 2

nd, and 3

rd terraces of the Yellow River are distributed here. The 1

st terrace is

50-300m in width and 1085-1090m in ground elevation. The 2nd

terrace is 200-800m in width and 1100-1110m in ground elevation. The 3

rd terrace is 8-12m higher than

the 2nd

terrace.

4.2.2 Climate

The location of the proposed project belongs to the area of mid-temperate semiarid continental climate. It is in the inner land and close to the desert area with a typical continental desert climate which features in long, cold winter, hot summer, rare rain or snow, low precipitation, large amount of evaporation, strong wind with much sand, long-time of sunlight and large temperature difference between day and night. According to recent 30 years’ weather data (1971-2000) from Zhongwei Weather Station: yearly average hours of sunshine at this area is 2921.3 hours; yearly average

rainfall is 179.6 mm; yearly average evaporation is 1829.6 mm; yearly average

temperature is 8.8 ; the highest temperature is 37 ; the lowest temperature is -

29.2 ; the depth of frozen ground is 0.66m; yearly average wind speed is 2.2m/s;

yearly predominant wind direction is E (14%).

4.2.3 Hydrology

This area belongs to Yellow River Alluvial Plain. The stratum is Quaternary Yellow River silting deposit. The major lithology of this region contains: 0.5-3m mool at the top, 15-30m gravel and pebble bed in the middle with 200-300mm as the max

diameter of gravel and 20-50mm as the common diameter, and the alternating beds or interbeds of gravel bed, sandy clay and sandy soil in the bottom. The geology structure is rather complex and varies sharply horizontally. The base rock outcrop of both banks of the Xinjingdao Runnel is Carboniferous sand stone and the deposits on the riverbed are mainly unconsolidated Quaternary alluvial gravel. Categorized by hydraulic properties and water bearing media, the underground water at this area contains: pore phreatic water at the top, which is recharged by rain, irrigation water from the Yellow River and condensed water from the zone of aeration through vertically penetration and varies largely in water level; pore confined groundwater at the bottom, which is recharged consequently and laterally by the Yellow River and

laterally by the underground water of Tengger desert on the north. The production range of this area is mainly in the aqueous stratum in the bottom and is about 120-160m deep. The chemical water quality is HCO3.Na.Ca, of which the salinity is lower than 1000mg/L, the hardness (CaO) is about 265mg/L, the content of chloride is lower than 250mg/L, the pH is 8.01, alkaline water.

4.2.4 Underground Water

The circulation of the underground water in this area is in a rather gathered area. The recharge of underground water is rather rich, like irrigation water, lateral flow, rain, etc. The deposit is also very rich.

4.2.5 Seismic Intensity

The foundation soil of the field of the proposed project is respectively: loess, mild clay, sand loam, sandy clay and gravel. The soil is 2

nd –level collapsible loess within


168

the field. The holding capacity of the foundation is between 170kpa and 400kpa. The new structure of this region is active. Weak earthquakes and felt earthquakes are frequent. The field seismic intensity is VIII.

4.2.6 Plants

This region is a product of alluvial-pluvial process. The ground surface contains

mainly gravel and loess. The plants are majorly planted in the farmland, like rice, wheat and grains. The shelter forest is largely composed of poplar tree. No endangered rare plant is grown in this region. The forest coverage rate of the city is 14%.

4.2.7 Shapotou National Nature Reserve

Shapotou National Nature Reserve locates in Zhongwei, Ningxia, in the southeast edge of Tngger Desert and on the north bank of the Yellow River, covers a range of 13722 hectares. Its relative position with the proposed project is shown in Picture 4.2.1. It is in the border region of middle Asia and North China Loess Plateau plant area, also in the transition zone between grassland and desert. It is the first nature

reserve of desert eco-system built in the north dry area, and is an important base to protect and study desert eco-system and its creature diversity. It was set as national nature reserve in April, 1994. It primarily protects desert eco-system, natural psammo-vegetation, achievements in desertification scientific research, wild animals in it, human landscapes like ancient Great Wall and Bell-Boom on the Sand Slope and the natural complex. In the nature reserve, there are: gymnosperm 4 families, 8 genuses and 14 species (classifications below species included), angiosperm 75 families, 220 genuses and 426 species (classifications below species included), in all seed plants 79 families, 228 genuses and 440 species; vertebrates 194 species, including fish 18 species, amphibian 3 species, reptiles 5 species, bird 147 species,

beast 21 species, and 5 species under State first-class protection: ciconianigra, golden eagle, haliaeetus leucoryphus, bustard, and 18 species under State second-class protection.

Shapotou National Nature Reserve is about 15kms away from the proposed projection site. The emission of waste water, gas and solid waste has no impact on it.

4.3 Social Environment

4.3.1 Administrative Division

Zhongwei City is approved by the State Council on 12, 31, 2003 and established on 4, 28, 2004. It governs two counties (Zhongming County, Haiyuan County) and one district (Shapotou District). By August, 2008, the city governs 20 towns, 20 townships, 443 villages, and 33 residential committees, including 10 towns, 2 townships, 159 villages, and 18 residential committees by Shapotou District; 5 towns, 6 townships, 118 villages, and 7 residential committees by the Zhongning County and 5 towns, 12 townships, 166 villages, and 8 residential committees by the Haiyuan County.

4.3.2 Population

By January, 2010, the total population of Zhongwei City has been amounted to 1.16 million, including 368.4 thousands Hui people, which took up 32.6% of the total population. The non-agricultural population has been amounted to 268.1 thousands,


169

taking up 23.8% of the total population. For all counties and district: Shapotou District has a population of 394.4 thousands, in which 18.7 thousands of Hui people takes up 4.73%; Zhongning County has a population of 308.1 thousands, in which 60.8 thousands of Hui people takes up 19.74%; Haiyuan County has a population of 424.8 thousands, in which 288.9 thousands of Hui people takes up 68.01%.

4.3.3 Transportation

This region is convenient in transportation. Baotou-Lanzhou Railway runs through this region. No. 109 National Highway, No. 102 Provincial Highway and 4 other highways: Shizhong Highway, Zhongying Highway, Zhonghao Highway and Zhonggu Highway cross their ways within this region. There are second-class highways connecting Zhongwei City, Mengjia Bay Village of Yingshui Town on the west bank of the Yellow River (through Shapotou) and Changle Town on the left bank. The transportation conditions are fine.

4.3.4 Social Economy

In the year 2009 the GDP of Zhongwei City was 13.6 billion, growing by 13.8%; the

industrial added value is 4.4 billion, growing by 16.4%; local revenue was 1.3 billion, growing by 41.9%; fixed assets investments was 10.5 billion, growing by 28.3%; the total volume of retail sales was 2.8 billion, growing by 18.3; urban residents disposable income per capita was 12.81 thousands, growing by 9.2%; rural net income per capita was 3, 853 yuan, growing by 11.5%.

The industrialization is in the primary period of the mid-term, with the industrialization rate of 33%. The industrial structure is 19:44:37; employment structure is 47:31:22. There are Zhongwei (Meili) Industrial Park, Zhongwei (Shikong) Industrial Park, Haiyuan New District Industrial Domain, all together 3 Industrial Park and 6 Featured Industrial Park. The urban built-up area is 32 square

km2, urbanization rate is 31% (Shapotou District urbanization rate is 47%), urban

forestation rate is 27%. The infrastructures like sewage treatment plant, non-hazardous landfills and water works are all completed.

Social security system is sufficient. Compulsory education is practiced. The enrollment ratio of school-age children has reached 99.9%, the proportion of students entering senior middle school has reached 95%, and the approximate rate of senior middle school entrance is 86%. Vocational education takes up 45% of regular senior middle school education. In the city the engagement ratio of endowment insurance is 89%; of unemployment insurance is 92% (registered urban unemployment ratio is within 4%); of work-related injury insurance is 65%; of urban employees’ medical

insurance is 90%; of urban residents’ medical insurance is 91%; of new rural cooperative medical system is 94%. The amount of urban and rural residents who are under the subsistence security has reached 95 thousands. This region takes the lead in establishing rural resident endowment subsidies within the whole area and in establishing urban resident severe illness aid system within the country.

4.3.5 Ethnic Culture

Prehistoric Culture. Over tens of thousands of prehistoric petrograms are distributed in Damaidi of Zhaobi Mountain in the north of Zhongwei and Xiang Mountain on the south bank of the Yellow River. Through prtrograms, primitive men recorded their struggles for survive in Zhongwei, which is the epitome of primitive men’s both

spiritual world and material world. Palaeolithic relics of Shapotou District like Yi


170

Wan Quan and Chang Liu Shui, together with Neolith relics, Cai Yuan in Haiyuan witnessed the prehistoric culture in Zhongwei. Petrograms in Zhongwei had been painted ever since late Palaeolithic Age (30,000 B.C.) to Neolith Age (4,500 B.C.), and were within the activities of the primitive men of Shui Dong Gou Relic of Lingwu.

The Yellow River Culture. The length of the Yellow River within the range of Ningxia is 397 kms, in which 182.4kms is across Zhongwei and has over ten wharves at the bank. Mojialou Wharf, Daban Wharf and Xiaheyan Wharf are the well-known ones among all the wharves. Yellow River irrigation area covers about 1.1 million Mu (1 Mu=666.67m

2). The earliest irrigation canal, Spider Canal (Meili Canal now) had

been dug from 111 B.C. to 109B.C. Ancient irrigation mill wheel and sheepskin raft both witnessed agricultural civilization on the Yellow River of Zhongwei.

Silk Route Culture. Zhongwei is an important post in the North Route of Ancient Silk Route. For thousands of years, in order to guarantee the frontier defense and the Silk Route, generations of central governments sent people to immigrate to the

frontier area and garrisoned this area when the state is stable, which made this region busy with communications, prosperous in business, rich in productions, and advanced in manufactures. Besides, the Yellow River in Zhongwei is occupied in water way transportation, which entitled this area with “Wharf of water way and land”, “Historical city on Silk Route”.

Religious Culture. Zhongwei has religions of Buddhism, Daoism, Christianity, Catholicism and Islam owing to the preach of monks, priests and missionaries passing by on the Silk Route. There had been over 200 temples until the era of the Republic of China, average one temple for every one thousand residents. Temples like Gao Temple, Shikong Great Buddhist Temple, Oxhead Mountain Temples, Tiandu

Mountain Grotto, and Laotse Temple all gathered within this area, which gifted this area religious culture of temple music, dance and etiquette.

Frontier Culture. The barley area in Zhaobi Mountain in Zhongwei city is not only the connection area between the eastern and western grasslands, but also the only road from the central area to the north of the desert land and western region. Besides, it is the fortress on Silk Road, as well as the crossing zone of farming culture and nomadic culture. It is the place where lots of nomadic peoples enjoyed frequent exchanges in history. Frontier culture is best proved by the words in a poem of Wangwei’s, “To the Frontier as an Envoy”, that is ,“From wastes of sand one smoke plume rises sheer, Past the long river the round sun sinks low.”

West Xia Dynasty Culture. Genghis Khan had ever fought in now Zhongwei. The Xanadu in which he passed away, “Ha Lao Tu Xanadu”, or Hai La Du, is just now Tianduzhai Xanadu in the southwest of Haiyuan County. Relics like Tiandu Mountain Grotto, Lingguang Temple of Nanhua Mountain, and so on within Haiyuan are all epitome of great culture of West Xia Dynasty.

The proposed project which is about 110kms from Haiyuan County, will not drain water into the Yellow River, and cause no damage to the ethnic cultures like Yellow River Culture and West Xia Dynasty Culture in Zhongwei.


171

5. Survey and Assessment of Environmental Quality

5.1 Quality Survey and Assessment of Atmospheric Environment

On August 18-24, 2011, as consigned by Meili Paper Industry, Zhongwei Municipal Environmental Monitoring Center conducted a 7-day monitoring on the quality of the atmospheric environment around the planned Project area.

According to the geographic and meteorological characteristics of the region around the planned Project area as well as the assessment classification and the feature of atmospheric pollutants emission by the planned Project construction, the method of polar coordinates stationing is adopted for environmental quality monitoring, at the same time conducting stationed monitoring based on the wind direction and population density.

5.1.1 Monitoring Scope and Layout of Monitoring Points

Monitoring scope: a rectangular area of 1.5km×1.5km centered around the Plant

area

Layout of monitoring points: Based on the regional environmental characteristics (the wind angle range of the predominant wind direction in the planned area is ENE-

E-ESE), the distribution of sensitive points and the nature of the planned Project, 4 monitoring points have been deployed for conducting monitoring of the environmental quality. See in Table 5.1.1 and Figure 5.1.1.

Table 5.1.1 Data Sheet of Environmental Quality Monitoring Points

Layout

No. Name Position

Distance

from

Chimney (m)

Characteristic

G1 Jiaqu Village SE 600 Dominating upper

wind

G2 Plant area -- -- Inside the Plant

G3 Zhaojiashaofang W 900 Dominating lower

wind

G4 Taojiayingzi NW 1500 Dominating lower

wind

5.1.2 Monitoring Items

The basic monitoring items include TSP, PM10, SO2, NO2, NH3 and H2S, as well as the survey or collection of synchronous or quasi-synchronous data on meteorological conditions, including ground wind direction, wind speed, temperature and air pressure, etc.


172

5.1.3 Monitoring and Analysis Method

The sampling was conducted according to the method specified in the “Technical Standard for Environmental Monitoring” promulgated by SEPA; the monitoring activity was conducted according to the “Air and Waste Gas Monitoring and Analysis Method” (Version 4.0). Data on sampling device, analysis method and

lower detection limit are listed in Table 5.1.2.

Table 5.1.2 Data Sheet of Air Environment Quality Monitoring and Analysis Method

Monitoring

Item

Sampling

Method Analysis Method

Minimum

Detection Limit

(mg/m3)

Based On

SO2

Solution

absorpti

on

Formaldehyde

Absorption -

Pararosaniline

Spectrophotometri

c Method

0.009 (hourly

value)

0.005 (daily

average)

HJ482-2009

NO2

Solution

absorpti

on

Naphthyl

Ethylenediamine

Dihydrochloride

Spectrophotometri

c Method

0.009 (hourly

value)

0.003 (daily

average)

HJ479-2009

PM10

Filter

membra

ne

separati

Gravimetric

Analysis 0.001 GB6921-86

TSP Filter

membra

ne

Gravimetric

Analysis 0.001

GB6/T15432-

95

NH3

Solution

absorpti

on

Nessler

Spectrophotometri

c Method

0.03 GB/T14668-

93

H2S Solution

absorpti

Methylene Blue

Spectrometric 0.001 GB/T14678-

93

5.1.4 Monitoring Time and Frequency

1. General Pollutants

The Phase I monitoring involves 7 days of monitoring activities.

The monitored concentration values should meet the requirement for data validity as

specified in the “Quality Standard for Ambient Air” (GB3095-1996). The monitoring on daily average concentration of SO2 and NO2 should be 18 hours, the monitoring on daily average concentration of TSP and PM10 should be 12 hours. The monitoring activity on SO2 and NO2 concentration should be conducted four times a day, suggested time: 02:00, 08:00, 14:00 and 20:00, 45min for each. The meteorological parameters should also be recorded synchronously, including wind


173

direction, wind speed, temperature, air pressure and relative humidity.

2. Characteristic Pollutants

The fugitive emission factors monitored at the Plant boundary include NH3, H2S and TSP, the layout of monitoring points is based on each day’s dominating wind direction, including four times sampling of NH3 and H2S each day for a consecutive

two days, 45min sampling time and 1h monitoring of average concentration. The meteorological parameters should also be recorded synchronously, including wind direction, wind speed, temperature, air pressure and relative humidity,

5.1.5 Assessment Method

The assessment method includes standard index and over-standard rate.

In which: Monitored Value Standard Index = -------------------------

Standard Value Quantity of Over-Standard Points

Over-Standard Rate = ----------------------------------------------- ×100% Actual Number of Monitoring Points


174

Figure 5.1.1 Location Map of Environmental Monitoring Points

陶陶陶

陶陶陶

陶陶陶陶

陶陶陶陶

� �

��

��

��

陶陶陶

陶陶陶

陶陶陶

陶陶陶

陶陶陶

陶陶陶

0 200m


175

5.1.6 Assessment Standard

The assessment of general pollutants (TSP, PM10, SO2, NO2) shall be conducted based on the Level II standard as specified in the “Quality Standard for Ambient Air” (GB3095-1996); the assessment of fugitive pollutants (NH3, hydrogen sulfide) shall be conducted based on the Level II limits of fugitive emission as listed in Table 1 of

the “Stink Pollutants Discharge Standard” (GB14554-93). The standard values are listed in Table 5.1.3.

Table 5.1.3 Data Sheet of Assessment Standard

“Quality Standard for Ambient Air” (GB3095-1996) (Level II)

Concentration Limit (mg/m3)

Pollutant 1-hour Daily Mean

Annual

Mean

TSP -- 0.30 0.20

PM10 -- 0.15 0.10

SO2 0.50 0.15 0.06

NO2 0.24 0.12 0.08

Hygienic Standards for the Design of Industrial Enterprises (TJ36-79)

NH3 0.20

Hydrogen sulfide 0.01

5.1.7 Monitoring and Assessment Results

1. Conditions for on-site sampling of ambient air are listed in Table 5.1.4.

2. The monitoring and assessment results of ambient air quality are listed in Table 5.1.5 and Table 5.1.6 respectively.

Table 5.1.4 Data Sheet of Meteorological Conditions for Onsite Sampling of Ambient Air

Date Time Temperature

( )

Air Pressure

(Kpa)

Wind

Direction

Wind Speed

(m/s)

02:00-03:00 16.1 877.0 C 0.0

08:00-09:00 15.1 877.5 E 1.9

14:00-15:00 16.8 876.8 ESE 2.7 August 18

20:00-21:00 16.8 876.7 ESE 1.8

02:00-03:00 15.6 876.2 E 1.0

08:00-09:00 15.9 877.0 E 1.7

14:00-15:00 22.1 876.5 ENE 3.6 August 19

20:00-21:00 18.9 876.8 E 3.7

02:00-03:00 16.4 876.4 E 0.8

08:00-09:00 16.7 875.9 E 3.5

August 20

14:00-15:00 23.1 874.9 ESE 4.8


176

Date Time Temperature

( )

Air Pressure

(Kpa)

Wind

Direction

Wind Speed

(m/s)

20:00-21:00 21.1 875.6 NE 0.4

02:00-03:00 17.0 876.1 ENE 1.3

08:00-09:00 16.9 876.0 WNW 0.6

14:00-15:00 27.8 874.7 NE 1.0 August 21

20:00-21:00 24.9 872.9 C 0.2

02:00-03:00 17.1 874.5 C 0.2

08:00-09:00 17.5 874.9 NE 0.9

14:00-15:00 29.3 873.7 SW 1.4 August 22

20:00-21:00 22.8 873.8 WNW 1.4

02:00-03:00 15.8 873.5 NNE 1.0

08:00-09:00 16.9 874.0 E 1.0

14:00-15:00 29.8 872.4 ESE 2.3 August 23

20:00-21:00 22.1 875.1 W 9.2

02:00-03:00 17.5 876.8 C 0.0

08:00-09:00 17.4 877.0 C 0.0

14:00-15:00 27.2 875.3 SE 2.0 August 24

20:00-21:00 22.6 873.8 SW 0.6


177

Table 5.1.5 Monitoring and Assessment Results of Ambient Air Quality (General Pollutants) Unit: mg/m3

SO2 NO2 TSP PM10

Points Monitoring

Date Value Range

of Hourly

Concentration

Daily

Average

Standard

Index

Over-Standard

Rate (%)

Value Range

of Hourly

Concentration

Daily

Average

Standard

Index

Over-Standard

Rate (%)

Daily

Average

Standard

Index

Over-Standard

Rate (%)

Daily

Average

Standard

Index

Over-Standard

Rate (%)

August 18 0.009-0.025 0.020 0.13 0.009-0.013 0.012 0.10 0.24 0.80 0.18 1.20

August 19 0.011-0.032 0.015 0.10 0.009*-0.017 0.014 0.12 0.15 0.50 0.07 0.47

August 20 0.010-0.020 0.009 0.06 0.009*-0.013 0.010 0.08 0.11 0.37 0.07 0.47

August 21 0.015-0.019 0.018 0.12 0.010-0.017 0.019 0.16 0.20 0.67 0.12 0.80

August 22 0.020-0.036 0.025 0.17 0.009*-0.022 0.012 0.10 0.26 0.87 0.10 0.67

August 23 0.013-0.045 0.025 0.17 0.009*-0.028 0.025 0.21 0.19 0.63 0.09 0.60

1#

Jiaqu Village

August 24 0.011-0.025 0.029 0.19 0.016-0.025 0.024 0.20 0.23 0.77 0.11 0.73

August 18 0.014-0.035 0.030 0.20 0.012-0.023 0.016 0.13 0.20 0.67 0.10 0.67

August 19 0.024-0.037 0.027 0.18 0.012-0.018 0.012 0.10 0.21 0.70 0.10 0.67

August 20 0.026-0.038 0.029 0.19 0.010-0.030 0.024 0.20 0.27 0.90 0.16 1.07

August 21 0.019-0.031 0.025 0.17 0.013-0.026 0.019 0.16 0.25 0.83 0.16 1.07

August 22 0.015-0.031 0.015 0.10 0.009-0.013 0.012 0.10 0.53 1.77 0.33 2.20

August 23 0.014-0.031 0.031 0.21 0.012-0.027 0.014 0.12 0.29 0.97 0.14 0.93

2#

Plant area

August 24 0.014-0.033 0.020 0.13 0..10-0.030 0.010 0.08 0.27 0.90 0.13 0.87

August 18 0.019-0.031 0.022 0.15 0.009*-0.012 0.011 0.09 0.24 0.80 0.12 0.80

August 19 0.015-0.031 0.022 0.15 0.010-0.013 0.012 0.10 0.22 0.73 0.11 0.73

August 20 0.009-0.047 0.017 0.11 0.015-0.020 0.013 0.11 0.16 0.53 0.07 0.47

August 21 0.016-0.036 0.020 0.13 0.011-0.021 0.019 0.16 0.32 1.07 0.16 1.07

August 22 0.017-0.036 0.029 0.19 0.012-0.023 0.013 0.11 0.20 0.67 0.10 0.67

August 23 0.019-0.027 0.037 0.25 0.010-0.013 0.010 0.08 0.24 0.80 0.12 0.80

3#

Zhaojiashaofang

August 24 0.028-0.072 0.062 0.41 0.013-0.026 0.019 0.16 0.25 0.83 0.12 0.80

4#

August 18 0.011-0.031 0.025 0.17

0

0.013-0.022 0.013 0.11

0

0.26 0.87

31.25

0.12 0.80

50


178

August 19 0.016-0.031 0.025 0.17 0.011-0.022 0.012 0.10 0.14 0.47 0.07 0.47

August 20 0.015-0.028 0.029 0.19 0.015-0.019 0.018 0.15 0.21 0.70 0.10 0.67

August 21 0.013-0.035 0.022 0.15 0.014-0.024 0.019 0.16 0.37 1.23 0.18 1.20

August 22 0.014-0.061 0.022 0.15 0.016-0.029 0.025 0.21 0.37 1.23 0.18 1.20

August 23 0.011-0.031 0.021 0.14 0.013-0.022 0.022 0.18 0.32 1.07 0.16 1.07

August 24 0.012-0.073 0.066 0.44

0.010-0.022 0.010 0.08

0.30 1.00

0.15 1.00

Standard value 0.50 0.15 -- -- 0.24 0.12 -- -- 0.30 -- -- 0.15 -- --

Note: * means no detected value.

Table 5.1.6 Characteristic Pollutants Monitoring and Assessment Results Unit: mg/m3

NH3 H2S Points

Monitoring

Date Value Range of Hourly Concentration Standard Index Value Range of Hourly Concentration Standard Index

August

23 0.03*-0.034 0.002-0.003

Jiaqu Village August

24 0.03* 0.002-0.003

August

23 0.044-0.172 0.002-0.003

Plant area August

24 0.035-0.085 0.002-0.003

Zhaojiashaofang August

23 0.03*-0.033

0.075-0.86

0.002-0.003

0.2-0.3


179

August

24 0.03*-0.044 0.002-0.003

August

23 0.03*-0.056 0.002-0.003

Taojiayingzi August

24 0.033-0.045

0.002-0.003

Standard value 1.5 -- 0.06 --


180

The monitoring and assessment results listed in Table 5.1.5 showed that:

SO2: The hourly concentration range monitored at each point is 0.009-0.073mg/m

3, the range of daily average concentration is 0.009-0.066mg/m

3, having

met the Level II standard as specified in the “Quality Standard for Ambient Air” (GB3095-96), i.e., the limit value of hourly concentration and daily average

concentration at 0.50mg/m3 and 0.15mg/m

3 respectively. The maximum value of

hourly concentration (0.073mg/m3) was monitored at the point of Taojiayingzi on

August 24, according for 14.6% of the standard concentration; the maximum value of daily average concentration (0.066mg/m

3) was monitored at the point of Taojiayingzi

on August 24 as well, according for 44% of the standard concentration.

NO2: The hourly concentration range monitored at each point is 0.009-0.030mg/m

3, the range of daily average concentration is 0.010-0.025mg/m

3, having

met the Level II standard as specified in the “Quality Standard for Ambient Air” (GB3095-96), i.e., the limit value of hourly concentration and daily average concentration at 0.24mg/m

3 and 0.12mg/m

3 respectively. The maximum value of

hourly concentration (0.030mg/m3) was monitored at the point of the Plant area on

August 20 and 24, according for 12.5% of the standard concentration; the maximum value of daily average concentration (0.025mg/m

3) was monitored at the point of

Jiaqu Village on August 23 and the point of Taojiayingzi on August 22, according for 20.8% of the standard concentration.

TSP: The daily average concentration range monitored at each point is 0.11-0.53mg/m

3, the maximum daily average concentration (0.53mg/m

3) was monitored at

the point of the Plant area on August 22, having exceeded the Level II standard as specified in the “Quality Standard for Ambient Air” (GB3095-96), i.e., the limit value of daily average concentration at 0.30mg/m

3, the maximum value of over-standard

times is 0.767, and the rate of over standard is 20.8%.

PM10: The daily average concentration range monitored at each point is 0.07-0.33mg/m

3, the maximum daily average concentration (0.33mg/m

3) was monitored at

the point of the Plant area on August 22, having exceeded the Level II standard as specified in the “Quality Standard for Ambient Air” (GB3095-96), i.e., the limit value of daily average concentration at 0.15mg/m

3, the maximum value of over-standard

times is 12, and the rate of over standard is 50%.

The reasons for having caused the over-standard daily average concentration of TSP and PM10 are: Northwest location of the planned Project, scarce precipitation and strong evaporation, large number of sandy days, high content of suspended substances

in the air, plus the stockpile shelters temporarily built close to the point of Taojiayingzi, all of which has resulted in higher data on the monitored concentration of TSP and PM10.

The monitoring and assessment results listed in Table 5.1.6 showed that:

NH3: the concentration monitored at each point has met the limit value of the once maximum permited concentration (0.2mg/m

3)() of the “Hygienic Standards for

the Design of Industrial Enterprises ” (TJ36-79), the maximum concentration (0.172mg/m

3) was monitored on August 24, and the standard index is 0.86.

H2S: the concentration monitored at each point has met the limit value of the once maximum permited concentration (0.01mg/m

3) of the “Hygienic Standards for

the Design of Industrial Enterprises” (TJ36-79), the maximum concentration is 0.003mg/m

3), and the standard index is 0.3.


181

5.2 Quality Survey and Assessment of Surface Water Environment

5.2.1 Survey and Analysis of Yellow River’s Water Quality

The surface water close to the planned Project area is the Yellow River, the straight-line distance is 1.5km. Since the wastewater from the planned Project construction is not discharge to the Yellow River, the assessment on the Yellow River’s water quality is based on the monitoring results of the lower river bank monitored at the routine national-control section. Figure 5.2.1 is the location map of the monitoring sections and the Plant.

The routine monitoring and analysis results of the water quality monitored at the lower bank section of the Yellow River in 2010 and 2011 (first half) are listed in Table 5.2.1-5.2.2.

Data in Table 5.2.1-5.2.2 showed that the values of various factors monitored at the

national-control section of the lower bank of the Yellow River in 2010 and 2011 (first half) have all met the Level III standard limit as specified in the “Quality Standard for Surface Water Environment” (GB3838-2002).

5.2.2 Survey and Analysis of Yellow River’s Eco-environment Quality

The Yellow River traverses Yinchuan Plain from south to north, the 397km flow path has a watershed area of 56,500 km

2 that has brought abundant water sources for

Ningxia region, where the wide water is running smooth and slow with a wide surface. According tothe survey of the eco-environment quality of the Yellow River’s

water, study was conducted on the fishes, planktons, benthic aquatic invertebrates and aquatic plants, at the same time biological water quality assessment was conducted.

1. Fishes

According to historic documents, 21 fish species are living in the Yellow River Ningxia section, in the period 2002-2006, altogether 16 species (crpriniformers and siluriformes) were sampled; the economic fishes include silurus asotus, cyprinus carpio and carassivs auratus, etc., non-economic fishes include pseudorasbora parva,

etc. In recent years, due to the construction of the key water control project of Shapotou, the water storage in the reservoir has been increasing and the velocity of water flow has become slower, which has resulted in sediment accumulation and the formation of shallows and stagnant areas, where large amount of cyprinus carpio, carassivs auratus, silurus asotus and pseudorasbora parva, shrimps and snails have been breeding, the production has increased significantly compared to the period previous to the reservoir construction. After Qingtongxia Reservoir was approved as the nature reserve, the management has been improved and the fish resources have been under protection; through the rescue protection of coreius septentrionalis and squaliobarbus curriculus and the artificial breeding of Yellow River carp and Yellow

River catfish for rescue protection, more than 5,000,000 Yellow River carp and 1,000,000 Yellow River catfish are reproduced and released to the Yellow River, these species have been restored gradually. At present, the coreius septentrionalis that has disappeared for many years reappeared in the Yellow River Ningxia section, the germplasm resources of main economic fishes such as the Yellow River carp and Yellow River catfish have been restored, and the total number of germplasm resources has been increasing. Meanwhile, the Reservoir has become the foraging place for


182

aquatic birds, such as wild duck, egret, heron and snipe. The types of fishes are listed in Table 5.2.3.


183

Figure 5.2.1 Location Map of the Section of Lower River Bank and the Project Area


184

Table 5.2.1 Data Sheet of Water Quality Monitoring Results at the Section of Lower Bank of Yellow River (2010) Unit: mg/L

(excluding pH value)

Lower River Bank Section

Item

GB3838-2002

Level III Standard

Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec

pH 6~9 8.63 8.6 8.49 8.04 7.86 7.6 7.76 7.82 8.09 8.43 8.67 8.42

Permanganate index

6 1.9 1.9 2.5 2.25 1.9 2.16 2.79 2.5 2.3 2.3 2.1 2

BOD 4 2L 2.7 2L 2.4 2L 2.05 2L 2L 2L 2L 2L 2L

Ammonia nitrogen

1.0 0.283 0.264 0.221 0.216 0.266 0.273 0.261 0.222 0.28 0.284 0.216 0.167

Fluoride 1.0 0.28 0.22 0.32 0.22 0.2 0.25 0.25 0.33 0.3 0.23 0.22 0.29

Volatile

phenol 0.005 0.002L 0.002L 0.002L 0.002L 0.002L 0.002L 0.002L 0.002L 0.002L 0.002L 0.002L 0.002L

Oils 0.05 0.01L 0.01L 0.03 0.01L 0.02 0.01L 0.01L 0.01L 0.01L 0.01 0.01L 0.01L

Feces coli group

10000 5 13 23 1600 79 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600 33 1600

Total phosphor

0.2 0.052 0.029 0.03 0.08 0.05 0.07 0.1 0.14 0.14 0.16 0.12 0.1

Cr6+

0.05 0.004L 0.004L 0.004L 0.004L 0.004L 0.004L 0.004 0.004L 0.004L 0.004L 0.004L 0.004L

Cyanide 0.2 0.004L 0.004L 0.004L 0.004L 0.004L 0.004L 0.004L 0.004L 0.004L 0.004L 0.004L 0.004L


185

Cu 1.0 0.006L 0.006L 0.006L 0.006L 0.006L 0.006L 0.006L 0.006L 0.006L 0.006L 0.006L 0.006L

Pb 0.5 0.028L 0.028L 0.028L 0.028L 0.028L 0.028L 0.028L 0.005L 0.005L 0.005L 0.004L 0.004L

Cd 0.05 0.002L 0.002L 0.002L 0.002L 0.002L 0.002L 0.002L 0.002L 0.002L 0.002L 0.002L 0.002L

Zn 1.0 0.017 0.007L 0.007L 0.007L 0.007L 0.007L 0.007L 0.007L 0.007L 0.007L 0.007L 0.007L

Anion detergent

0.2 0.05L 0.06 0.06 0.05L 0.05L 0.05L 0.05L 0.05L 0.05L 0.05L 0.05L 0.05L


186

Table 5.2.2 Data Sheet of Water Quality Monitoring Results at the Section of Lower Bank of Yellow River (2011, 1st Half) Unit: mg/L

(excluding pH value)

Lower River Bank Section

Item

GB3838-2002 Level III

Standard Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Aug

pH 6~9 8.45 8.60 7.88 8.4 8.25 8.13 8.35

Permanganate index 6 1.8 1.90 2.10 2.6 2.4 2.4 3.0

BOD 4 2.1 3.60 2.40 2.3 2L 2L 2L

Ammonia nitrogen 1.0 0.193 0.168 0.119 0.146 0.301 0.291 0.238

Fluoride 1.0 0.46 0.30 0.25 0.27 0.23 0.39 0.39

Volatile phenol 0.005 0.002L 0.002L 0.002L 0.002L 0.002L 0.002L 0.001

Oils 0.05 0.01L 0.01L 0.03 0.01L 0.01 0.02 0.01L

Feces coli group 10000 ≤2 ≤130 ≤2L ≤9 ≤540 ≤1600 ≤1600

Total phosphor 0.2 0.06 0.12 0.05 0.09 0.07 0.071 0.180

Cr6+

0.05 0.004L 0.004L 0.004L 0.004L 0.004L 0.004L 0.004L

Cyanide 0.2 0.004L 0.004L 0.004L 0.004L 0.004L 0.004L 0.004L

Cu 1.0 0.006L 0.006L 0.006L 0.006L 0.006L 0.006L 0.006L


187

Pb 0.5 0.004L 0.004L 0.004L 0.004L 0.004L 0.004L 0.004L

Cd 0.05 0.002L 0.002L 0.002L 0.002L 0.002L 0.002L 0.002L

Zn 1.0 0.007L 0.007L 0.007L 0.007L 0.007L 0.007L 0.007L

Anion detergent 0.2 0.05L 0.05L 0.05L 0.05L 0.05L 0.05L 0.05L


188

Table 5.2.3 List of Fish Species in Yellow River

Fish

Catalogue

Economic

Value Life Habit Fauna

Opsariichthys

bidens

Small size,

normal

economic value

Ferocious, live in rapid flow on

shrimps and aquatic insects,

Leuciscus

walecrii

Delicious,

important

economic fish

Omnivorous and highly

reproductive, upper-and-middle

layer fish, keen on living in slow

waters

Palaearctic

Realm

Squaliobarbus

curriculus

High

production,

higher economic

value

Omnivorous and highly

reproductive, fast growing, upper-

and-middle layer fish

Palaearctic

Realm

Rhodeus

sinensis

Small size, no

economic value

Small fish living on algae in calm

bays and reservoirs

Megalobrama

amblycephala

Small and

economic fish

Enjoy still water, usually found in

waters with flourish weeds, live on

aquatic plants

Pseudorasbora

parva

Small size, no

economic value

Omnivorous, keen on scooping

eyes of baby hypophthalmichthys

molitrix seedlings, more harmful

than beneficial

Gobio

hwanghensis

Small size, as

livestock forage

High production and high

reproductivity, extensively

distributed

Palaearctic

Realm

Gobio

rivuloides

Small size,

small amount

Living in lower-and-middle layer

of waters on benthic fauna

Coreius

heteroaon

Delicious,

higher economic

value

Benthic and omnivorous, spawning

through anadromous migration,

quantity decreasing annually

Rhinogobio

cylindricus

Small size,

normal

economic value

Benthic and omnivorous


189

Rhino nasutus

Large size,

certain

economic value

Benthic and carnivorous Palaearctic

Realm

Abbottina

rivularis

Small size, no

economic value

Benthic and omnivorous, large

amount, easy to decompose

Saurogobio

dabryi

Small size,

normal

economic value

Benthic and carnivorous, large

amount, as livestock forage

Cyprinus

carpio

High economic

value

Omnivorous fish living in lower-

and-middle layer of waters,

delicious

Palaearctic

Realm

Carassivs

auratus

High economic

value

Living in water bottom, able to

survive in hostile environment,

large amount, extensively

distributed

Palaearctic

Realm

Silurus asotus High economic

value

Carnivorous fish living in lower

layer of waters, delicious

Palaearctic

Realm

2. Planktons

According to the monitoring results from the Environmental Monitoring Center of Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region (the upper reach of the monitoring section was at the Lower Bank and the lower reach of the monitoring section was at Yingu Road

Bridge on the Yellow River), features are as below:

Qualitative Monitoring Results

A. Monitoring Section at Left Bank: Having found 8 genera (species) that belong to 6 genera (families) of bacillariophyta, 1 genus of cyanophyta and 1 genus of pyrrhophyta, of which the advantageous species are navicula and oscillatoria. Having found 2 species of zooplanktons, including 1 species of rotifer and 1 species of protozoa. No evidence of cladocerans and copepods.

Directory of Planktons:

· Navicula sp

· Diatoma sp

· Meiosira granulate

· Gomphonema sp

· Synedra sp

· Cymbella sp.


190

· Ceratium hirundinella

· Oscillatoria sp.

· Keratella quadrata

· Difflugia sp.

B. Monitoring Section at Right Bank: Having found 7 genera (species) that

belong to 5 genera (species) of bacillariophyta, 1 genus of cyanophyta and 1 species of pyrrhophyta; having found only 2 species of zooplanktons, including 1 species of protozoa and 1 species of rotifer.


· Navicula sp

· Diatoma sp

· Synedra sp

· Gomphonema sp

· M sp


· Oscillatoria sp

· Lecane luma

· Difflugia sp.

C. Monitoring Point at Upper Left Bank: Having found 9 genera (species) that belong to 5 genera (species) of bacillariophyta, 2 genera (species) of chlorophyta, 1 species of pyrrhophyta and 1 genus of cyanophyta; having found two species of zooplanktons, including 1 species of protozoa and 1 species of rotifer. No evidence of cladocerans and copepods.


· Navicula sp

· Synedra acus

· Gyrosigma sp.

· Diatoma sp

· Cymbella sp.


· Oscillatoria sp

· Pediastrum SP

· Spirozyra sp

· Lecane luna

· Difflugia sp.

D. Monitoring Point at Upper Right Bank: Having found 8 genera (species) that belong to 5 genera (species) of bacillariophyta, 1 genera (species) of chlorophyta, 1 species of pyrrhophyta and 1 genus of cyanophyta; having


191

found only 2 species of zooplanktons, including 1 species of protozoa and 1 species of rotifer. No evidence of cladocerans and copepods.


· Cvclotella sp

· Navicula sp

· Synedra sp

· Cymbella sp

· M sp

· Nitzchia sp


· P sp

· Centropycis sp

· Brachionus urceus

Quantitative Monitoring Results

The monitoring results of planktons are shown in Table 5.2.4.

Table 5.2.4 Planktons Monitoring Results

Monitoring

Section

Upper Reach

Section

Item Monitoring Content

Left Right Left Right

Quantitative monitoring

(10,000p/l) 0.035 0.03 0.046 0.028

Biomass (mg/l) 0.0004 0.0004 0.0005 0.0003

Artificial base material

(p/cm2)

36 28 32 28 Phytoplankton

Qualitative

(Genera/species) 8 7 9 8

Quantitative monitoring

(p/l) 22 18 18 15

Biomass (mg/l) 0.06 0.05 0.043 0.041 Zooplankton

Qualitative

(Genera/species) 2 2 2 2

Analysis of Monitoring Results

A. There are only a dozen of planktons in upper and lower reaches of Yellow River, the density of phytoplankton is below 500p/L, the reason is that the monitoring was conducted during the flood season when the sediment charge is much higher;


192

B. The types and quantities of planktons monitored at the Monitoring Sections and the Section of Lower Bank of Upper Reach are basically similar, there is no big difference;

C. The upper reach plants monitored at the two sections are dominated by diatoms; the found zooplanktons are mainly rotifer and protozoa. No distribution of

cladocerans and copepods

3. Benthic Aquatic Invertebrates

By using bio-net and sediment sampler, 13 species of benthic fauna were sampled, including 5 species of oligochaeta, accounting for 39%, the bio-density is 2,652p/m

2, in which the aquatic insects account for 31%; in addition, 9 species of

benthic fauna were sampled by using artificial base material method, in which the 8 species of aquatic insects account for 89%.

Directory of Benthic Fauna Monitored:

· Gammarus sp

· Palaemon Sinicus

· Tabifex Sinicus

· Monopylephorus sp

· Monopylephorus sp

· Galba trumcatula sp.

· Eodyrus sp

· Hydropsyche sp.

· Polypedilum leucopus

· Limnodrilus claparedianus

· Limnodrilus udekemianus

· Auloarilus sp

· Aphelochirus sp

· Potamanthus sp

· Cloeon dipterum

· Agabus sp

Statistics of Monitoring Results from each Section

The statistics on the monitoring results of benthic fauna are shown in Table 5.2.5.

Table 5.2.5 Statistics of Monitoring Results of Yellow River Benthic Fauna

Sampling

Section

Sampling

Point

Quantitative

samples

(p/m2)

Artificial

Base

Material

(piece/box)

Qualitative

(species)

Advantageous

Species


193

Left 4400 233 4

Gammarus,

palaemon sinicus,

rh acodrilus

sinicus,

monopylephorus

Monitoring

section

Right 976 167 3 Gammarus,

monopylephorus

Left 832 192 6

Eodyrus,

gammarus,

polypedilum

leucopus,

monopylephorus

Lower

Bank of

Upper

Reach

Right 4880 162 6

Eodyrus, palaemon

sinicus,

monopylephorus,

gammarus

Conclusions

A. The benthic fauna in Yellow River are mainly branch water and light pollution species, such as eodyrus of ephemeroptera, gammarus and palaemon sinicus of crustacean, as well as hydropsyche of trichoptera.

B. The types and quantities of benthic fauna monitored at the Monitoring Sections and the Section of Lower Bank of Upper Reach are basically similar, there

is no big difference.

C. According to the comparative analysis on monitoring results of past decades, the types and quantities of benthic fauna have increased.

4. Aquatic Vascular Plants

According to the monitoring conducted at the sedimentation plains and shoal areas of Yellow River, 6 types of aquatic vascular plants have been found, including 3 types of emergent aquatic plants and 3 types of submerged plants.

Directory of Aquatic Vascular Plants:

· Scirpus tabernaemontani Gmel. (scirpus L. of sedge family)

· Phragmites australis

· Typha orientalis Presl (typhaceae)

· Potamogeton pectinatus L.

· Najas major (najadaceae family)

Aquatic plants are dominated by scirpus tabernaemontani Gmel, najas major and potamogeton pectinatus L.. Aquatic plants have provided habitat and food for fishes to lay eggs and forage, which is beneficial to improving the production of


194

economic fishes and ameliorating water quality. However, the large amount of emergent aquatic plants in sedimentation plains is a major obstacle to flood discharge and desilting.

5. Bio-assessment of Water Quality

According to the analysis on the types and density of aquatic fauna and flora,

benthic fauna in Yellow River are mainly branch water and light pollution species, such as eodyrus of ephemeroptera, gammarus and palaemon sinicus of crustacean, as well as hydropsyche of trichoptera, the types and density of planktons are comparatively lower; according to the assessment results based on biological indices, the water quality is classified as β–medium pollution.

5.3 Quality Survey and Assessment of Ground Water Environment

5.3.1 Layout of Monitoring Points

Principles for layout of monitoring points: based on the flow direction of ground water (north to south), the planned Project construction and the peripheral environment.

Layout of monitoring points: 3 quality monitoring points of ground water environment in total. The specific locations of the monitoring points are shown in Table 5.3.1 and Figure 5.1.1.

Table 5.3.1 Layout of Ground Water Monitoring Points

Monitoring Point Meaning of Establishment Direction

1# Shimiao Village Upstream of the planned Plant location N

2# Jiaqu Village Downstream of the planned Plant

location SE

3# Plant area Plant site --

5.3.2 Monitoring Items

According to the characteristics of industry pollution and the environmental conditions of the watershed where the planned Project is located, the defined items for ground water monitoring include: pH value, sulfate, total rigidity, ammonia

nitrogen, nitrate nitrogen, nitrite nitrogen, volatile phenol, permanganate index, fluoride, As, Hg, Cd, Cr

6+, Fe and Mn, 15 items in total.

5.3.3 Monitoring and Analysis Method

The quality monitoring and analysis on ground water environment was conducted as required in the “Water and Wastewater Monitoring and Analysis Method” (Version 4.0) promulgated by SEPA, see in Table 5.3.2.

Table 5.3.2 Data Sheet of Quality Monitoring and Analysis Methods for Ground Water

Environment

Monitoring Item Analysis Method

Minimum

Detection Limit

(mg/L)

Standard


195

pH Glass-electrodes Method -- GB 6920-86

As Atomic Fluorescence

Photometric Method 0.0005 SL327.1-2005

Fluoride Fluoreagent Spectrophotometric

Method 0.05 GB7483-87

Ammonia nitrogen Nessler’s Reagent Colorimetric

Method 5.0 GB7479-87

Total rigidity EDTA Complexometric Method 0.05 GB7477-87

Sulfate Barium Chromate

Spectrophotometric Method 1

GB/T5750.5-

2006

Cd Flame Atomic Absorption

Method 0.02

GB/T5750.6-

2006

Permanganate

index Acid Method 0.5 GB11892-89

Volatile phenol 4-Aminoantipyrene

Spectrophotometric Method 0.002 GB7490-87

Cr6+

Diphenylcarbazide

Spectrophotometric Method 0.004 GB 7467 87

Iron Flame Atomic Absorption

Spectrophotometric Method 0.03

GB/T5750.6-

2006

Nitrate (N) Phenoldisulfonic Acid

Spectrophotometric Method 0.02 GB7480-87

Nitrite (N) N-(1-Naphthyl)-Ethanediamine

Photometric Method 0.003 GB7493-87

Mn Flame Atomic Absorption

Spectrophotometric Method 0.01

GB/T5750.6-

2006

Hg Atomic Fluorescence

Photometric Method 0.00001 SL327.2-2005


The monitoring activities were conducted on August 11-12, 2011, one sampling for each of the two days.

5.3.5 Assessment Method

Single Factor Index Method was adopted in the assessment, the formula is same with that of surface water.


196


The assessment was conducted according to the Level standard as specified in the “Quality Standard for Ground Water Environment” (GB/T14848-93). See in Table 5.3.3.

Table 5.3.3 “Quality Standard for Ground Water Environment” (GB/T14848-93) (Level

III) Unit: mg/L

(excluding pH and total coli group)

Item pH As Fluoride Ammonia

Nitrogen

Total

Rigidity Sulfate Cd

Permanganate

index Fe

Standard

value 6.5-8.5 ≤0.05 ≤1.0 ≤0.2 ≤450 ≤250 ≤0.01

≤3.0 ≤0.3

Item Volatile

Phenol Cr

6+ Nitrate Nitrite Mn Hg

Standard

value ≤0.002 ≤0.05 ≤20 ≤0.02 ≤0.1 ≤0.001


The quality monitoring and assessment results of ground water environment are listed in Table 5.3.4.

Table 5.3.4 Quality Monitoring and Assessment Results of Ground Water Environment

1# 2# 3# Point

Item Aug

11 Aug 12 Aug 11 Aug 12 Aug 11 Aug 12

Standard

Value

(mg/L)

Monitoring

value 7.5 7.46 7.55 7.58 8.02 8.00

Standard

index 0.250 0.230 0.275 0.290 0.510 0.500

pH

Over-

standard

times

0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000

6.5-8.5

Monitoring

value 0.5L 0.5L 0.5L 0.5L 1.1 1.0

Standard

index 0.010 0.010 0.010 0.010 0.022 0.020 As

(ug/L) Over-

standard

times

0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000

≤0.05


197

Monitoring

value 0.46 0.45 0.32 0.30 0.22 0.22

Standard

index 0.460 0.450 0.320 0.300 0.220 0.220 Fluoride

(mg/L) Over-

standard

times

0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000

≤1.0

Monitoring

value 0.025L 0.025L 0.094 0.087 0.025L 0.025L

Standard

index 0.125 0.125 0.470 0.435 0.125 0.125

Ammonia

nitrogen

(mg/L) Over-

standard

times

0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000

≤0.2

Monitoring

value 436 434 232 230 245 249

Standard

index 0.969 0.964 0.516 0.511 0.544 0.553

Total rigidity

(CaCO3)

(mg/L) Over-

standard

times

0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000

≤450

Monitoring

value 147 151 84 80 102 103

Standard

index 0.588 0.604 0.336 0.320 0.408 0.412 Sulfate

(mg/L) Over-

standard

times

0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000

≤250

Monitoring

value 0.002L 0.002L 0.002L 0.002L 0.002L 0.002L

Standard

index 0.200 0.200 0.200 0.200 0.200 0.200 Cd

(mg/L) Over-

standard

times

0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000

≤0.01

Permanganate

index

Monitoring

value 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.6 10. 0.9 ≤3.0


198

Standard

index 0.200 0.200 0.233 0.200 3.333 0.300

(mg/L)

Over-

standard

times

0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000

Monitoring

value 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002

Standard

index 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000

Volatile

phenol

(phenol)

(mg/L) Over-

standard

times

0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000

≤0.002

Monitoring

value 0.004L 0.004L 0.004L 0.004L 0.005 0.005

Standard

index 0.080 0.080 0.080 0.080 0.100 0.100 Cr

6+

(mg/L) Over-

standard

times

0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000

≤0.05

Monitoring

value 4.50 4.33 2.32 2.37 1.06 1.11

Standard

index 0.225 0.217 0.116 0.119 0.053 0.056

Nitrate

(N)

(mg/L) Over-

standard

times

0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000

≤20

Monitoring

value 0.003L 0.003L 0.003L 0.003L 0.003L 0.003L

Standard

index 0.150 0.150 0.150 0.150 0.150 0.150

Nitrite

(N)

(mg/L) Over-

standard

times

0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000

≤0.02

Monitoring

value 0.023 0.026 0.082 0.079 0.013L 0.013L

Iron

(mg/L)

Standard

index 0.077 0.087 0.273 0.263 0.043 0.043

≤0.3


199

Over-

standard

times

0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000

Monitoring

value 0.01L 0.01L 0.01L 0.01L 0.01L 0.01L

Standard

index 0.010 0.010 0.010 0.010 0.010 0.010 Hg

(ug/L) Over-

standard

times

0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000

≤0.001

Monitoring

value 0.003L 0.003L 0.003L 0.003L 0.003L 0.003L

Standard

index 0.030 0.030 0.030 0.030 0.030 0.030 Mn

(mg/L) Over-

standard

times

0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000

≤0.1

Monitoring results listed in Table 5.3.4 showed that the water quality monitored at each well has met the Level III standard as specified in the “Quality Standard for Ground Water” (GB/T14848-93).

5.4 Quality Survey and Assessment of Noise Environment

On August 20-21, 2011, as consigned by Meili Paper Industry, Zhongwei Municipal Environmental Monitoring Center conducted a 2-day monitoring on the quality of the regional acoustic environment around the planned Project area.

5.4.1 Layout of Monitoring Points

Principles for layout of monitoring points: for conducting monitoring on the sensitive points inside the Plant area, at Plant boundary and within 100m around the Plant area, including Shimiao Village, Zhaojiashaofang (Shimiao Village) and Xiangjiazhuang (Jiaqu Village). The layout of the monitoring points was based on

the distribution characteristics of the noise sources and the environmental characteristics around the Plant area.

Layout of monitoring points: altogether 7 monitoring points were deployed inside the Plant area, at Plant boundary and the peripheral sensitive points for detecting the noise environment of the planned Project. The layout of the noise monitoring points is illustrated in Figure 5.1.1.


200

5.4.2 Monitoring Items and Method

The monitoring items are continuous equivalent Grade A Leq, the monitoring activities were conducted according to the “Emission Standard for Industrial Enterprises Noise at Boundary” (GB12348-2008). There was no rainfall during the monitoring period, and the wind speed was lower than 5m/s.


The monitoring activities were conducted on August 20-21, 2011, once during each

daytime and nighttime of the two days (08:00 12:00 and 22:00 24:00)


The assessment on the boundary noise was conducted according to the Level II standard as specified in the “Emission Standard for Industrial Enterprises Noise at Boundary” (GB12348-2008), and the noise assessment of the peripheral sensitive points was conducted according to the Level II standard as specified in the “Quality Standard for Acoustic Environment” (GB3096-2008). See in Table 5.4.1 and Table

5.4.2.

Table 5.4.1 “Emission Standard for Industrial Enterprises Noise at Boundary” (GB12348-

2008)

Standard Daytime [dB(A)] Nighttime [dB(A)]

Level II 60 50

Level IV

(Northen

boundary)

70 55

Table 5.4.2 “Quality Standard for Acoustic Environment” (GB3096-2008)

Standard Daytime [dB(A)] Nighttime [dB(A)]

Level II 60 50


The quality monitoring and assessment results of the acoustic environment are listed in Table 5.4.3.

Table 5.4.3 Quality Monitoring and Assessment Results of Acoustic Environment at Plant

Boundary and Peripheral Sensitive Points Unit: dB(A)

Monitoring

Time

Monitoring

Point

East

Boundary

South

Boundary

West

Boundary

North

Boundary

Shimiao

Village

Zhaojiashaofang

(Shimiao

Village)

Xiangjiazhuang

(Jiaqu Village)

Monitoring

value 58.3 58.7 59.6 67.5 45.7 44.8 42.5

Aug

20 Daytime

Standard

value 60 70 60


201

Up to

standard Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Monitoring

value 48.2 49.3 48.7 63.2 43.6 42.9 41.6

Standard

value 50 55 50

Nighttime

Up to

standard Yes Yes Yes

Over


Monitoring

value 56.5 58.2 49.6 68.2 46.8 44.1 43.8

Standard

value 60 70 60 Daytime

Up to

standard Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Monitoring

value 47.7 49.4 46.8 64.9 45.1 43.2 42.3

Standard

value 50 55 50

Aug

21

Nighttime

Up to


Over


The monitoring results listed in Table 5.4.3 showed that: the value range of daytime noise monitored inside the Plant area and at Plant boundary is 56.5dB(A)-67.5dB(A), the value range of nighttime noise is 46.8dB(A)-64.9dB(A), in which the values of both daytime and nighttime noise monitored at north boundary have exceeded the Level II standard as specified in the “Emission Standard for Industrial Enterprises Noise at Boundary” (GB12348-2008), mainly because the north boundary is close to S201 Wei-Ning Road where the traffic noise is big, the values at the other three boundaries have all met the Level II standard as specified in the “Emission Standard for Industrial Enterprises Noise at Boundary” (GB12348-2008); the value range of daytime noise monitored at each sensitive point is 43.8dB(A)-

46.8dB(A), the value range of nighttime noise is 41.6dB(A)-45.1dB(A), all of which have met the Level II standard as specified in the “Quality Standard for Acoustic Environment” (GB3096-2008).

5.5 Quality Survey and Assessment of Soil Environment

According to the report of the monitoring on two soil samples from the Plant area

conducted on September 11, 2009 by the Agricultural Products Quality Monitoring Center of Ningxia Academy of Agriculture and Forestry, the results show that:

1. Monitoring items: pH, Pb, As, Cr, Hg.


202

2. Monitoring frequency: once.

3. Assessment method: Single Standard Index Method, i.e.:

Iij = Cij/Csj

In which: Iij 陶 Standard index of pollutant “i” at point “j”;

Cij 陶 Monitoring value of pollutant “i” at point “j”, mg/kg;

Csj 陶 Assessment standard for pollutant “i”, mg/kg.

4. Assessment standard: “Quality Standard for Soil Environment” (GB15618-1995), Level III.

5. The statistics and analysis on the assessment results are shown in Table 5.5.1.

Table 5.5.1 Statistics on Soil Monitoring Results

No. Monitoring

Point Item

pH Cr

mg/kg

As

mg/kg

Pb

mg/kg

Hg

mg/kg

Standard (Level II: pH 7.5) / 300 40 500 1.5

Monitoring

value

8.26 46.1 15.9 18.8 0.084

1 Pollution

index

/ 15.37 39.75 3.76 5.60

Monitoring

value

8.21 29.8 14.0 5.18 0.054

2

Plant area

Pollution

index

/ 9.93 35.00 1.04 3.60

Data listed in Table 5.5.1 showed that all soil values have met the standard, the quality of the soil environment inside the Plant area is good.

5.6 Brief Summary

1. Quality of atmospheric environment: Among the 6 monitoring factors of TSP, PM10, SO2, NO2, NH3 and hydrogen sulfide, the values of TSP and PM10 have exceeded the standard, in specific, the maximum over-standard times of TSP is

0.767, the rate of over standard is 31.25%, the maximum over-standard times of PM10 is 1.2, the rate of over standard is 50%. The reasons include: Northwest location of the planned Project, scarce precipitation and strong evaporation, large number of sandy days, high content of suspended substances. The values of the other monitoring factors have all met the standard.

2. Quality of surface water – Yellow River water: the monitoring results of water quality for 2010 and first half of 2011 showed that the values of each monitoring factors at national-control section of the Lower Bank of Yellow River have met the Level III standard as specified in the “Quality Standard for Surface Water Environment” (GB3838-2002).


203

3. Quality of ground water environment: The monitoring results showed that the water quality of each well has met the Level III standard as specified in the “Quality Standard for Ground Water” (GB/T14848-93).

4. Quality of acoustic environment: the values of both daytime and nighttime noise monitored at north boundary have exceeded the Level II standard as

specified in the “Emission Standard for Industrial Enterprises Noise at Boundary” (GB12348-2008), mainly because the north boundary is close to S201 Wei-Ning Road where the traffic noise is big, the values at the other three boundaries have all met the Level II standard as specified in the “Emission Standard for Industrial Enterprises Noise at Boundary” (GB12348-2008); the values of noise at each sensitive point have met the Level II standard as specified in the “Quality Standard for Acoustic Environment” (GB3096-2008).

5. Quality of soil environment: According to the report of the monitoring on two soil samples from the Plant area conducted on September 11, 2009 by the Agricultural Products Quality Monitoring Center of Ningxia Academy of

Agriculture and Forestry, all soil values have met the standard, the quality of the soil environment inside the Plant area is good.

6. Environmental Impact Analysis in the Period of

Construction

The proposed project will be constructed in the northeast part of the construction

area of MCC Meili Paper Industry Co. Ltd. in Zhongwei City. The project is located

in a plain zone. The construction period will be about 18 months. The main

construction works of the project include dismantling and removing of the old and

useless facilities and equipment of the existing project, civil engineering of the

proposed project, construction, installment and debugging of new facilities and

equipment. In construction period, pollutants like exhaust gas, noise, wastewater and

solid wastes will be generated. At the same time, the construction will also exert

certain adverse effect to the ecological environment and traffic status in the

neighboring areas as well as the workers’ safety. The main environmental impact

factors in the construction period are listed in Table 6.1.1.

The old and useless facilities and equipment of the existing project to be dismantled

and removed include facilities and equipment of the existing pulp-making line 1#

and 3#, microporous pressure filtering screen, drum vacuum washer, self-washing

vibrating screen, decker thickener, centrifugal screen, basification tower,

chlorination tower of pulp-making line 2#, facilities and equipment with relation to

1575/60 decker paper machine of the first process of the paper making system,

related facilities of the second, third and fourth processes of the paper making

system and one set of five-part/five-effect evaporator composed of two plates and

three pipes of the alkali recovery system.

Table 6.1.1 Main Environmental Effect Factors in the Period of Construction

Type Main effect factors Main environmental impact


204

Exhaust gas

Flying dust, vehicle tail gas, volatile gas Regional atmosphere pollution

Noise Construction, equipment installation and

maintenance, transportation vehicles Adverse effect to regional acoustic

environment

wastewater Sanitary wastewater, construction wastewater Regional water environmental

pollution

Solid

waste Building rubbish, sanitary rubbish Regional environmental pollution

Ecology

Change of natural landform, destruction of surface vegetation, water losses and soil erosion, drop of soil fertility, damage of

natural landscape

Adverse effect to regional ecological environment

Traffic Traffic jam Adverse effect to the outgoing of

the people in the neighboring areas

Risks Physical harm and mechanical safety

problems etc. Harm to the health of the

construction workers

6.1 Analysis on the Impact on Atmosphere Environment in the Construction

Period

6.1.1 Analysis on the Source of Atmosphere Pollution in the Construction Period

Atmosphere pollution in the construction period mainly include various kinds of

flying dust, tail gas of machinery equipment and transportation vehicles and volatile

gas etc.

6.1.1.1Flying dust

In construction period, the most serious impact on the atmosphere environment would be flying dust mainly generated by dismantlement and remove of the old and useless equipment and facilities, land leveling and cleaning of the construction site, piling, earth and stone excavation and backfill, road building, concrete mixing, machinery operation, loading, unloading and transport of building materials and material piling. Characteristics of construction flying dust are summarized as follows:

1. Dismantlement and remove of the old and useless equipment and facilities, road building and concrete mixing are three major sources of construction

flying dust. Other construction flying dust sources include building material loading and unloading, material piling and some construction operations etc.

2. Flying dusts are discharged mainly in the form of disorganization and intermittence, which generation would be influenced by various kinds of factors such as the climate conditions like wind direction, wind speed and air humidity, construction mode, open ground area of excavation, loading mode of material transport vehicles, driving speed of the vehicle and road condition of the construction site.

3. The TSP concentration with 30m around the dust source is 2 times that of the windward contrast point, which influence sphere will extend 50m around the

dismantled equipment and facilities and both side of the road.

4. Flying dust pollution would be extremely serious in front of the concrete mixing shed, which would exceed 27mg/m

3, 26 times over the standard. The more


205

the distance is away from the shed, the sharp the TSP concentration will drop. In the site 50m away from the shed, the average concentration will be 1.144mg/m

3, similar

to the concentration limit value of the disorganized discharge outside the shed. So, the impact of concrete mixing is mainly within 50m around the mixing shed.

5. The impact of the construction site flying dust on environmental TSP

concentration is mostly within 100m outside the bounding wall. On the leeward side, heavy pollution belt is within 0-50m, comparatively heavy pollution belt is within 50-100m and light pollution belt is beyond 100m.

6.1.1.2Tail gas

Another factor of atmospheric environmental impact in the period of construction is

the tail gas of various kinds of machineries and transport vehicles.

The tail gas of various kinds of machineries and transport vehicles is mainly

composed of TSP, SO2, NO2, CO and THC. Most of these machineries and vehicles

are giant ones with high coefficient of single exhaust, but they are in small number

and dispersed, so the pollution caused by them is comparatively light.

6.1.1.3Volatile Gas

Volatile gas generated by painting and coating materials used in the construction

period will bring about adverse affect to the atmospheric environment.

Since most of these materials are used inside the buildings in the period of

decoration, the impact of volatile gas on the atmospheric environment is

comparatively light in the period of construction.

6.1.2 Measures to prevent and control atmospheric pollution in the period of

construction

The proposed project is located in an arid area of the middle temperate zone with

distinct character of continental climate and average relative humidity at about 57%.

The objective condition would increase the adverse affect of the flying dust to the

environment. The southeast border of the project site neighbors on Xiangjiazhuang

of Jiaqu Village, the west border is just 45m away from Zhaojiayaofang of Shimiao

Village and the north border is just 25m away from Shimiao Village. This is to say

that there are a lot of sensitive spots of resident areas within 100m around the

project site. The problem of disturbing resident may be serious. The area affected by

the flying dust is generally larger than the area of construction site. If necessary

control measures are not adopted, the neighboring environment would be affected

adversely. In order to reduce the adverse affect of the flying dust to the neighboring

atmospheric environment to the most degree, it is necessary for the project

constructor to adopt following measures.

1. Sprinkle water on the dry land where old and useless equipment and

facilities are dismantled and removed and where ground is excavated and drilled so

as to keep humidity of the operation surface. When backfilling, it is necessary to

sprinkle water on the dry surface to prevent flying dust.


206

2. Carry away the waste clay and debris in time, ram the road surface timely

and sprinkle water regularly.

3. All the vehicles transporting building materials and demolished wastes

including lime, cement, soil, stone, building rubbish and other waste materials liable

to generate flying dust should be kept in good condition and covered tightly with

canvas and should not be overloaded to ensure there would be no fallout. Try

cement should be transported by tightly closed tank car to the warehouse through

closed transportation system.

4. Prohibit overload and reduce or limit the speed of transport vehicles

coming into the construction site so as to reduce flying dust. Clean and wash the

transportation channel inside the construction site timely.

5. Clean and wash out the clay on the wheels and chassis of the transport

vehicles regularly to reduce their fallout. Clean the clay scattered on the road to

prevent its accumulation from generating flying dust in traffic.

6. Try the best to use brand name semi-manufactured or manufactured

concrete products or materials, brand name (wet) cement and cement precast

components, decreasing use and storage of dry cement and rough raw materials

(sands and cement etc.) liable to generate flying dust.

7. Don’t pile raw materials liable to generate flying dust on open field. Set

concrete mixing station inside work shed. Store cement and other dust generating

fine-grain materials in warehouse or cover them tightly.

8. It is suggested to adopt isolated construction method and set barriers

around the border of the construction site, preventing unrelated people from coming

into the site, insulating against sound, proofing dust and reducing vision pollution.

9. Stop dismantlement and excavation operation when wind force exceeds

4.

10. Enhance maintenance of machinery and vehicles and don’t use inferior

fuel, ensuring not to emission black smoke and the exhaust be within standard.

11. The organizer and constructor should be staff with full-time or part-time

environmental supervision persons to take responsibility for the implementation of

atmospheric pollution prevention and control measures in the process of

construction and dealing with any problem appropriately once it occurs.

Once the construction finished, the adverse affect of construction to the atmospheric

environment will be eliminated.

6.2 Analysis on the Acoustic Environmental Impact in the Period of Construction

6.2.1 Noise Source Analysis

The architectural construction is usually divided into five phases: dismantlement

phase, earth and stone excavation phase, foundation phase, structure phase and decoration phase. Different phases use different machineries and generate acoustic


207

pollution in different degrees. The propose project in located in a plain place. Some existing old and useless facilities and equipment had to be dismantled. The acoustic pollution source would be the noise generated by the machines, equipment and transportation vehicles in the phases of dismantlement, earth and stone excavation, foundation, structure and decoration.

Noises generated by machines and equipment will be the main source of acoustic

pollution and most of them are in discontinuity. Vehicle noises are mainly occur in

the phase of dismantlement and earth and stone excavation. According to analogous

investment, the noise intensity of each kind of single equipment and vehicle in the

construction period is listed in Table 6.2.1.

Table 6.2.1 Noise Intensity of Main Equipment and Vehicles in the

Construction Period

Phase of construction

Equipment Noise intensity

dB(A)

transportation vehicle 86

tip lorry 87

Dismantlement, earth and stone

excavation loading machine 86

bulldozer 91

excavator 85 Earth and stone

excavation pile driver 103

land leveler 89

air compressor 93 Foundation

air pick 95

vibrator 79

electric saw 95

concrete pump 90 Structure

moulding board installation and reinforcing steel bar binding (tapping sound)

65

crane 68

electric drill 85

woodworker plane 85

marble cutter 90

Decoration

polisher 95

The noise intensity in Table 6.2.1 has given consideration to the sound insulation

against the decoration machines for decoration inside the buildings (electric drill,

woodworker plane, marble cutter and polisher etc.) accounted as 15dB(A). It can be

seen that the construction equipment belong to strong sound sources with rather

serious impact on the environment of the project site because most of them are

operated outdoors,

6.2.2 Noise Prediction and Analysis

In the period of construction, noise will mostly come from point sources. The

distance attenuation of the noise in construction period is calculated on acoustic


208

source attenuation mode. The formula of attenuation is as follows:

( ) LrrLL ∆+−= 1212 lg20

In above formula陶

L1 and L2—— acoustic values (dB(A)) respective in distance r1 and r2 of

the acoustic source陶

r1 and r2—— distance from the point acoustic source (m)陶

∆L—— other attenuation factor and acoustic value (dB(A))陶

See Table 6.2.2 for the calculation results.

Table 6.2.2 Prediction of Noise Impact on Environment in Construction Period

Unit: dB(A)

Acoustic Values in Different Distances from the Sources Phases of

Construction

Maximum Intensity of

Acoustic Sources

10m 25m 30m 45m 100m 120m 150m

Dismantlement 87 67 59 57 54 47 45 43

Soil and stone

excavation 91 71 63 61 58 51 49 47

(piling) 103 83 75 73 70 63 61 59

Foundation 95 75 67 65 62 55 53 51

Structure 95 75 67 65 62 55 53 51

Decoration 95 75 67 65 62 55 53 51

GB12523-90, Noise Limits for Construction Sites, will be carried out in construction

period. See Table 6.2.3 for detail.

Table 6.2.3 Noise Limits in Construction Period

Noise Limits Phases of

Construction Main Noise Sources Day

time陶leq[dB(A)]陶 Night陶leq[dB(A)]陶

Dismantlement, earth and stone

excavation

bulldozers, excavators, loading machines etc.

75 55

Piling various kinds of pile drivers

etc. 85

Construction prohibited

Structure concrete mixers, electric saws and vibrators etc.

70 55

Decoration cranes and lifters etc. 65 55

Note: Because the noise intensity of the acoustic source of machines and equipment used in

dismantlement operation is the same as in earth and stone excavation, the noise limits for

dismantlement will be calculated at the same value of earth and stone excavation.

As we can see from Table 6.2.1, Table 6.2.2 and Table 6.2.3, the noise source of a

single set of equipment or vehicle running 30m away at day time or 100m away at


209

night would be within the limit, so the noise in the construction period would not

bring about evidently adverse affect on the residents 100m around the construction

site. Sensitive points within 100m away from the construction site include

neighboring Xiangjiazhuang of Jiaqu Village on the southeast border,

Zhaojiashaofang of Shimiao Village about 45m away from the west border and

Shimiao Village about 25m away from the north border.

For Xiangjiazhuang of Jiaqu Village, the noise value of single set of equipment or

vehicle running at daytime and night will exceed the limit up to about 48dB(A). For

Zhaojiashaofang of Shimiao Village, the noise value of single set of equipment or

vehicle running at daytime will be within the limit, but the value of single set of

equipment or vehicle running at night in other phases except the dismantlement

phase will exceed the limit up to about 7dB(A). For Shimiao Village about 25m

away from the north border, the noise value of single set of equipment or vehicle

running at daytime in other phases except the dismantlement phase will be within

the limit, but the value of single set of equipment or vehicle running at night will

exceed the limit up to about 12dB(A).

Since the equipment and vehicles as noise sources would be running at the same

time, the noise intensity would be accumulated to bring about even more adverse

impact to the acoustic environment of the construction site. Without any prevention

and control measures, the noise value would have already exceeded the limits at the

sensitive points within 100m around the construction site, so, it is necessary to adopt

noise prevention and control measures in the construction period of this project.

6.2.3 Noise Prevention and Control Measures

Noise control measures in construction period are summarized as follows:

1. Set the fixed acoustic sources like air compressors and electric saws with

noise intensity over 80dB(A) indoors where the acoustic insulation effect is over

15dB(A). For the equipment that must be set indoors, temporary acoustic insulation

room or barriers should be set up.

2. Building material and building rubbish transport, earth and stone

excavation, pile driving, land leveling and air picking operation should be arranged

at daytime. 6-8m-high barriers should be built up around the construction site to

reduce noise. The peripheral barriers should be built with hard materials.

3. Only low-noise construction operations like hoisting can be arranged at

night. Pile drivers, bulldozers and excavators etc will be prohibited to operate. If

continuous construction must be arranged for special reasons, advance approval of

local government must be got.

4. It should be avoided to arrange large number of dynamic machines and

equipment at a same construction spot for fear of generating too high acoustic

intensity at a single spot.

5. If condition permits, the high-noise equipment should be set away from

the sensitive districts as far as possible (especially Xiangjiazhuang of Jiaqu Village


210

closely neighboring the project site).

6. Try the best to use the finished buildings at the site as acoustic barriers to

alleviate the noise.

7. Choose low-noise equipment as much as possible, for example, replacing

fuel equipment with hydraulic equipment, using high frequency vibrators and so on.

8. The noises of the fixed machines and equipment as well as excavators

and bulldozers can be reduced by installing exhaust pipe muffles and insulating the

vibrating parts of the engines.

9. Since vibration of loose parts and damage of muffles would usually raise

noise intensity of the equipment in operation, it is necessary to check and maintain

the dynamic machines and equipment regularly.

10. Idle equipment should be closed timely to shorten the time of their noise

generation.

11. Coming into the construction site, transportation vehicles should

decelerate and reduce whistling.

12. All kinds of noise-generating machines and equipment should be

operated strictly according to regulations so as to reduce noises caused by irregular

operations like collision.

13. Use whistles, bells and flutes as less as possible in command of

operations and replace them with modernized communication devices as much as

possible.

14. Set up acoustic barriers on the northwest side of Xiangjiazhuang of Jiaqu

Village, east side of Zhaojiashaofang of Shimiao Village and south side of Shimiao

Village on the north border of the project site to minimize the adverse impact of the

construction noise on the sensitive points around the project site.

15. Optimize the construction plan and schedule the construction time

rationally to minimize the noise impact on the environment. In bid invitation for the

project, the measures to prevent and control noise pollution to the environment

should be listed as the content of construction organization and design and define

them in the contract.

16. The project sponsor and constructor should be staffed with full-time or

part-time environmental supervision persons as necessary to take charge of

implementing the noise prevention and control measures in the process of

construction, dealing with dispute on environmental issues and helping local

environmental protection departments enforce laws on environment.

Environmental impact of the construction will occurs just in small local area in short

time. Once the construction finished, the impact would disappear.


211

6.3 Analysis on the Impact on Water Environment in Construction Period

6.3.1 Analysis on the Impact on Water Environmental Impact

In construction period, the wastewater mainly includes sanitary wastewater and the

construction wastewater.

1. Sanitary wastewater generated by the construction workers is the main

wastewater source in quantity in the construction period. The main pollutants

included in the sanitary wastewater are organic and suspend substances. The specific

pollutant components include COD, BOD5 and SS etc.

2. Construction wastewater mainly include sludge wastewater from

washing of transportation vehicles, sludge wastewater from rainwater erosion of

building materials, oily wastewater from washing of machines and equipment, oily

wastewater from emission or leakage of construction machinery and oily wastewater

from rainwater washing of machinery in open field. The main pollutants are sludge

and sand suspend substances and mineral oil specifically composed of COD, BOD5,

SS and mineral oil etc.

6.3.2 Measures to Prevent and Control Wastewater Pollution

Following measures to prevent and control wastewater pollution should be adopted

in the period of construction:

1. Sewer pipes should be laid in advance before the construction started.

The sanitary wastewater produced by the construction workers should be treated

through cesspool and the construction wastewater should be treated through

sedimentation tank and then be discharged through the sewer pipes to wastewater

treatment plant inside the construction site for treatment. All the wastewater should

not be allowed to overflow randomly. It should be strictly prohibited to discharge

the wastewater into the water body nearby the construction site like the Yellow

River.

2. The construction machines, equipment and vehicles should not be

washed inside the construction site. All of them should be covered with canvas on

rainy days.

3. The machines and equipment should be maintained regularly to minimize

the phenomena of oily wastewater dropping and leakage.

4. The project sponsor and constructors should be staffed with full-time or

part-time environmental supervision persons to supervise the implementation of the

wastewater pollution prevention and control measures.

Since the wastewater discharge is temporary and in small quantity in the

construction period, the adverse impact on the water environment in the project site

would not be remarkable after treatment and strict preventative measures are

adopted.


212

6.4 Analysis on Solid Waste Impact on the Environment in Construction Period

6.4.1 Analysis on the Sources of Solid Waste Pollution

In the process of construction, certain amount of construction and sanitary rubbish

would be produced. Among them, the construction rubbish mainly includes solid

wastes like disused earth and stones produced in the process of dismantlement and

civil engineering, metal wastes abandoned in the process of installation and disused

cement, tiles, lime, sands and rocks produced in the process of construction. Most of

the sanitary rubbish are the wastes cast off by the construction workers in their daily

life, including eat-beyond rubbish, abandoned mineral water bottles and office

wastes in small quantity.

According to related data, building rubbish produced by unit building area will be

50-200kg. The total building area of the proposed project is 24362m2. The main and

auxiliary projects of the material preparation section, cooking section, extracting and

screening section and bleaching section of the pulp making system, the closed

screening technical transformation section of 2# pulp making system, the

evaporating section of alkali recovery furnace and the chlorine dioxide preparation

system will mainly use reinforced concrete frame structure and brick masonry

structure. About 50% of the building rubbish produced in above construction can be

recovered, and the remaining 50%, about 6,000t, need to be treated, which would be

transported to the treatment plant appointed by local municipal construction

administration department for disposal to avoid them from causing impact on the

environment.

The sanitary rubbish produced in the construction period is accounted on 0.5kg per

capita. The yield of sanitary rubbish is about 250kg/d. the sanitary rubbish will be

collected, removed and disposed by local environmental protection department.

6.4.2 Measures to Prevent and Control Solid Waste Pollution

Powder waste materials produced in the process of dismantlement, civil engineering,

installation and building construction would come into the drains along with surface

runoff formed by rainfall to increase the content of suspend substances in the water,

leading temporary pollution and deposition of the drains. Without proper treatment,

the solid wastes scattered in the process of dismantlement would bring about

tangible adverse affect to the environment alongside the transport lines around the

construction site. Moreover, if not timely cleaned up or if scattered in the process of

transportation, above solid wastes would bring about adverse affect to the public

health and road traffic. Therefore, the project sponsor and the constructor need to

adopt following measures against the solid wastes:

1. The earth and stones excavated should be backfilled as equally as

possible in earthworks. The abandoned earth and stones can be buried at site or used

for road building.

2. The building rubbish and sanitary rubbish should be cleaned up timely.

Random castoff and stacking should be strictly prohibited.


213

3. Temporary closed rubbish station should be set in the construction site to

collect rubbish. The rubbish collected in the station should be cleaned up regularly.

4. The waste metals, cement, tiles, lime, sands, stone and packaging

materials produced in the process of dismantlement, installation and construction

can be delivered to related departments for reclamation.

5. The sanitary rubbish produced in the process of construction should be

delivered to environmental sanitary department for treatment respectively and

should not be fixed with building rubbish.

6. The cesspool should be cleaned up regularly to prevent it from

polluting the environment.

7. Best effort also should be made to reduce waste oil pollution to the soil.

8. The project sponsor and constructors should be staffed with full-time or

part-time environmental supervision persons to supervise the implementation of the

solid waste pollution prevention and control measures.

The period of construction is rather short and the solid waste pollution is transient.

As long as the management is strengthened and the prevention and control measures

are strictly implemented, the solid wastes produced in the process of construction

would not exert notable adverse affect to the environment.

6.5 Analysis on the Impact on Ecological Environment in the Construction Period

6.5.1 Factors of the Impact on Ecological Environment

The impact of the project construction on the ecological environment mainly include

change of natural landform caused by earth and stone excavation, damage of surface

natural of artificial vegetation, soil and water losses, drop of soil fertility and

destruction of natural landscape etc.

In workshop and building construction in the project site, there will be operations of

ground excavation, mechanical compaction, and earth peeling off and storing up.

These operations will destruct the original landform and vegetation at the proposed

construction site and disturb top soil structure, reducing erosion resistance of the soil

and aggravating soil erosion. Bare soil is liable to be scoured by rainfall runoff,

leading losses of soil and water, drop of soil fertility, change of local ecological

structure in certain degree and impacting the stability of terrestrial ecosystem.

According the related data, the erosion coefficient of completely bare soil is 0.5-1,

even worse the erosion of soil scored by rainfall runoff.

6.5.2 Measures for Ecological Environmental Protection

1. Strictly abide by the system of designing, constructing and completing

both the water and soil conservation facilities and the main project simultaneously as

provided by the Water and Soil Conservation Law.

2. Enhance protection of the earth surface, vegetation and soil and water

conservation facilities and don’t pour debris waste residues and abandoned earth at


214

random.

3. Close and beautify the construction site as much as possible and enclose

the buildings in structural construction so as to reduce people’s visual perception on

them.

4. Try the best to refrain from excavation operation in rainy days so as to

reduce earth and water losses.

5. Green the construction site as soon as the project completed to recover

the landscape.

In summary, the project site is located in a plain area and the open area beside the

inside roads and between the buildings will be greened and beautified with flowers

and plants as planed. So, if above measures are properly adopted, the construction

operation would not bring about notable adverse affect to the ecological

environment around the project site.

6.6 Analysis on Traffic Impact in the Construction Period

6.6.1 Analysis on Traffic Road Impact

Provincial Rd 201 to the north of the project site will be the key transportation line

for the construction. The solid wastes produced in the process of dismantling the old

and useless equipment and facilities need to be transported out of the site by

vehicles, and the building materials like cement, stone, lime, earth and bricks need

to be transported into the site also by vehicles. All these transportation operations

will increase traffic flow of the road. Especially the large vehicles may make all the

vehicles running on the road sections near the construction site slower their velocity.

If vehicles cannot be properly dispersed, traffic jam would occur, impacting

outgoing of the residents in the villages around the construction site.

6.6.2 Measures for Traffic Impact Prevention and Control

1. Schedule transport time of the vehicles properly and refrain from large

scale transport operations in rush hours.

2. Set special entrance for the transport vehicles at the construction site and

assign special persons to direct and disperse the traffic.

6.7 Analysis on Security Risk in Construction Period

6.7.1 Analysis on Security Risk Impact

The security risk impacts of the construction mainly include the physical hazards

and mechanical troubles that maybe occur in the process of dismantling and

removing the oil and useless equipment and facilities, civil engineering of the

proposed project, equipment installation and debugging etc., concretely including

falloff, dislocation, overturning and breaking up of the dismantled old and useless

equipment and facilities or the equipment and facilities used in the construction and

collision, slip and fall of the workers that maybe happen when they remove the old


215

and useless equipment and facilities or operate the construction-used equipment and

facilities.

6.7.2 Measures for Security Risk Impact Prevention and Control

1. Install after-falling platforms under conveyors that run across passages or

roads.

2. Adopt anti-skid and drainage measures on the passage surface of the

construction site.

3. Install handrail near the construction equipment and facilities or at the

higher places and clearly mark the traffic lines respectively for vehicles and people.

4. Adopt anti-overturn measures for the mobile equipment.

5. Establish operation system to prohibit crane from lifting heavy things

over people.

6. Install safety protection or chain devices to prevent workers from

touching mobile parts of equipment (such as engulfing spot between the chain and

sprocket of conveyor, roller, belt, pulley and shaft of conveyer, roller of paper

machine and feeding belt of pulverizer etc.

7. Turn off the equipment and rock it in the process of maintenance,

cleaning and repair.

8. Train the construction workers on safety use of construction equipment.

9. Schedule the dismantlement procedures properly to reduce debris’

damage to person.

10. Check and maintain the construction equipment regularly to prevent

trouble occurring.

11. Clearly define the traffic line for transport of the dismantled

equipment and facilities and closely supervise the vehicles transporting them.

12. Set barriers, chains and other devices around the temporary stacking

site of the dismantled equipment and facilities to prevent their rolling down.

6.8 EIA of remove the equipment during construction period

During the planned project construction, some part of the project will be

reconstructed, and it is inevitable to remove the old equipment. In terms of this

project, the removing equipment and facilities include: The equipments and facilities

of 1 #, 3 # pulping line; the screening equipments of 2 # pulping line, such as:

Pressure filter screen machine, Drum Vacuum Washer, Self cleaning Vibration box

sieve; the equipments and facilities of 1 #, 2 #, 3 #,4 #, 5 #, 6 #, 7 #papermaking

system; A five-effect evaporator of Alkali recovery system; the equipments and

facilities need to be replaced in wastewater treatment improvement project.


216

The waste as asbestos and transformer, are not included, during the removing

process. The major environment impacts are:

(1) Atomosphere environmental impact

Dust is the primary atomosphere impact during the old equipment removing process.

The impact will be minimized on the basis of better sprinkling, proper construction

period arrangement and better preventive works.

(2) Water environmental impact

The waste rinse water will be existed during the equipment removing process.

Collect the waste water, and discharge the water after the sewage treatment.

(3) Noise environment impact

The noise impact is existed during the equipment removing, just like other

constructions. Besides of proper construction period arrangement and night

construction forbidden, it is efficient to reduce the noise impact to sensitive target

aound by installing baffle at the boundary.

(4) Solid waste impact

Waste machinery is separated recycling during the waste equipment removing, some

factories could recycle the value part, and the non-value and disuse part will be

treated by the professional units. It is forbiddened to sell the disused equipment to

other factories. The harzadous waste should be collected properly and commissioned

to professional units under safety treatment.

Therefore, it will be put an end to the secondary environmental pollutant by

equipment removing during the project technological upgrading, and meet the

requirement of “Announcement of Environmental Pollution Prevention and

Treatment during the enterprises relocation” (Ministry of Environmental Protection

of the People’s Republic of China, Environment Department, No.[2004]47)

6.8 Brief Summary

As above mentioned, the wastewater, waste gas, noise and solid wastes would exert

impact to the environment in certain degree in the construction period and the

construction operation also would bring about some adverse affect to the ecological

environment of the project site, the traffic of the neighboring areas and the safety of

the construction workers. But these impacts are just in short period. As long as the

constructor seriously organize the construction operation (including workforce

organization, time planning and engineering management etc.), strictly carry out

above mentioned preventative measures and enhance protection to the residents of

the villages around the project site, the construction would not exert notable adverse

affect to the environment and traffic of the project site.


217

7 Atmospheric Environmental Impact Forecast and

Assessment

7.1 Grade and Scope of Assessment

Only one production line of continuous cooking is to be built in the project. Pollutants produced by burning of black liquor solids are to be discharged under control through the funnel of existing alkali recovery furnace in planned project. Use main pollutants, i.e. nitric oxide (calculate by NO2), sulfur dioxide and fume, to calculate percentage standard rate at maximum ground concentration Pi and downwind distance at a 10% of percentage standard rate separately. See table 7.1.1 for emission at pollutant source and table 7.1.2 for parameter list of point source

investigation.

Table 7.1.1 Emission of Atmospheric Pollution Source of the Project

Parameters Funnel of the Alkali

recovery furnace

Amount of Fume陶1陶m

3/h陶 31985

Source intensity陶kg/h陶 4.62 Nitric oxide

Emission concentration陶mg/m3陶 144

Source intensity陶kg/h陶 3.47 Sulfur dioxide


Source intensity陶kg/h陶 3.81 Fume


Note陶 1陶Nm3/h has been converted into m

3/h and the same below.

Table 7.1.2 Parameter List of Point Source Investigation

Code Unit Data

Point source No. Code / 1

Point source name Name / Funnel of the alkali

recovery furnace

Coordinate X Px m 0

Coordinate Y Py m 0

Height above sea level of

exhaust funnel bottom H0 m 1225.7

Height of the exhaust funnel H m 80

Diameter of the exhaust funnel D m 1.2

Flue gas velocity V m/s 7.86

Flue gas temperature T K 378

Annual emission hours Hr h 8160

Emission conditions Cond / Normal

Nitric oxide QNO2陶

kg/h 4.62×0.9=4.158

Sulfur dioxide QSO2 kg/h 3.47

Source intensity

of evaluation

factors Fume Q陶陶 kg/h 3.81

Note陶 Calculate average concentration per hour in estimation mode, regard

NO2/NOX=0.9 when calculating the source intensity of nitric oxide.


218

Since it is less than 50% in the industrial area, commercial area, residential area

where the pollution source locates, and the average population of the area is三三750

persons/km2, it selects “rural area” in the calculation. See table 7.1.3 for calculation results using mode SCREEN 3. It is concluded that the atmospheric pollution source

of alkali recovery furnace Pmax=3.856%<10%. In consideration of there is Projects under Construction within the boundary (pollution source of boiler under construction in existing project 5#) and project of reducing atmospheric pollution source (by alkali recovery furnaces in existing project 2#, 3#, pulping line No.1, No.3 in suspended production, wet desulphurization reconstruction of boiler), the atmospheric environmental impact of the project is assessed as grade II. The assessment scope is a rectangle with the central point of alkali recovery furnace’s funnel base as the center and with a length of a side of 5 km.

Table 7.1.3 Calculation Results of Atmospheric Pollution Source of Alkali

Recovery Furnace Funnel in Emission Estimation Mode

NO2 SO2 PM10 Downwind distance from the pollution source

center (m)

Predicted Concentration

(µg/m3)

Percentage standard rate (%)


(µg/m3)



(µg/m3)


10 0 0 0 0 0 0

100 0 0 0 0 0 0

200 0.14 0.06 0.12 0.02 0.13 0.03

300 2.62 1.09 2.19 0.44 2.40 0.53

400 5.94 2.47 4.96 0.99 5.44 1.21

500 8.49 3.54 7.09 1.42 7.78 1.73

600 9.09 3.79 7.59 1.52 8.33 1.85

700 8.09 3.37 6.75 1.35 7.41 1.65

800 7.20 3.00 6.01 1.20 6.60 1.47

900 6.50 2.71 5.42 1.08 5.96 1.32

1000 6.59 2.75 5.50 1.10 6.04 1.34

1100 6.61 2.75 5.51 1.10 6.05 1.35

1200 6.44 2.68 5.38 1.08 5.90 1.31

1300 6.18 2.57 5.16 1.03 5.66 1.26

1400 5.88 2.45 4.90 0.98 5.39 1.20

1500 5.57 2.32 4.65 0.93 5.11 1.13

2000 5.48 2.28 4.58 0.92 5.02 1.12

2500 4.92 2.05 4.11 0.82 4.51 1.00

Maximum downwind

concentration (562m)

9.255 3.856 7.724 1.545 8.481 1.885

Farthest distance from the pollution

source at a percentage

standard rate of

10%

/ / /


219

7.2 Analysis on Conventional Meteorology Features

The land in Zhongwei City, Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region where the project locates is flat, which can be took as a simple landform. It uses the meteorological data provided by Zhongwei Meteorological Station in the forecast and assessment of atmospheric environmental impact. The Station locates at Wangjiayingzi, northern

suburb, Zhongwei City (37°32’N 105°11’E, with a height of observation site

above sea level of 1225.7m, 9 km away from SSE), within 50 km from the project site and with similar geographic environment conditions of the project. The

meteorological data on pollution of the Station is quite appropriate.

7.2.1 Primary Analysis on Main Conventional Meteorological Data

See table 7.2.1 for long term ground meteorological data (1991 - 2010) in Zhongwei City where the research project locates, including annual temperature, maximum temperature, minimum temperature, average wind speed, maximum wind speed, average relative humidity, average precipitation, maximum precipitation, minimum precipitation, and sunshine duration etc.

Table 7.2.1 Long Term Ground Meteorological Data of Zhongwei City where

the Project Locates (1991 - 2010)

Average temperature陶陶陶 8.8 Average relative humidity 陶%陶 55

Maximum temperature陶陶陶 37.6 Average precipitation (mm) 179.3

Minimum temperature 陶陶陶

-29.1 Maximum precipitation 陶mm陶 283.4

Average wind speed陶m/s陶 2.7 Minimum precipitation 陶mm陶 56.8

Maximum wind

speed陶m/s陶 20.3 Average sunshine duration陶h陶 2992.2

7.2.2 Further Analysis on Part of Conventional Meteorological Data

7.2.2.1 Temperature

See table 7.2.2 for monthly change of average temperature and Figure 7.2.1 for curve of change in statistical year of the project area (2010).

Table 7.2.2 Monthly Change of the Average Temperature in the

Statistical Year

Month 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Yearly

Average temperature

陶 -4.4 -1.8 4.8 10.0 17.5 22.4 24.8 22.0 16.9 10.3 3.8 -3.6 10.2


220

Figure 7.2.1 Curve of the Monthly Change of Average Temperature in the Statistical

Year

It is observed from table 7.2.2 and figure 7.2.1 that the average temperature of the

statistical year in project area focus on -4.4~24.8 with the highest monthly

temperature appearing in July and lowest monthly temperature appearing in January,

and there is a overall rising tendency in months between the two month with highest and lowest monthly temperature. In addition, the annual temperature of the

statistical year (2010) is 10.2 , which is 1.4 higher than the average of many

year (1991 - 2010). There is no much differences.

7.2.2.2 Wind Speed

1 Monthly change of annual wind speed

See table 7.2.3 for monthly change of average wind speed and Figure 7.2.2 for curve of change in statistical year of the project area (2010).

Table 7.2.3 Monthly Change of Annual Wind Speed in the Statistical Year

Month 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Yearly

Average wind

speed m/s 2.2 2.0 3.4 3.1 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.5 2.2 1.8 2.1 2.5 2.6

-

0

5

废

废

2

2

废 2 总 4 5 6 7 无月废废废

Mont

Average temperature per month in the statistical


221

Figure 7.2.2 Curve of Month Change of Average Wind Speed in the Statistical Year

It is observed from table 7.2.3 and Figure 7.2.2 that the monthly wind speed in the statistical of project area focus on 1.8~3.4m/s, with the highest wind speed appearing in March and lowest in October.

2 Daily change of average hourly wind speed per season

See table 7.2.4 for daily change of average hourly wind speed per season and Figure 7.2.3 for curve of change in statistical year of the project area (2010).

Table 7.2.4 Daily Change of Average Hourly Wind Speed per Season Unit:

M/S

hour Wind speed

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Spring 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.2 2.1 1.9 1.9 2 2.1 2.2 2.4 2.6

Summer 2.8 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.1 2 1.9 2 2 1.9 2 2

Autumn 1.6 1.7 1.6 1.5 1.4 1.4 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.4

Winter 2 2 2 1.9 1.8 2 1.8 1.9 1.8 1.8 1.9 1.8

Hour Wind Speed

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

Spring 3.2 3.7 3.8 4 4.3 4.4 4.3 4.5 4.2 4 3.4 3.1

Summer 2.5 2.8 3 3.3 3.5 3.8 3.9 3.8 3.8 3.7 3.3 2.9

Autumn 1.7 2.2 2.4 2.7 2.8 3 3 2.7 2.4 1.9 1.8 1.8

Winter 2 2.5 2.9 3.2 3.5 3.8 3.9 3.8 3.4 2.6 2.2 2

废

2

总

4

废 2 总 4 5 6 7 无月废废废

Month

Monthly wind speed in the statistical year陶m/s陶


222

Figure 7.2.3 Daily Change of Average Hourly Wind Speed per Season

It is observed from table 7.2.4 and figure 7.2.3 that daily change of average hourly wind speed in Spring in the statistical year of the project area is 1.9~4.5m/s with comparatively stronger wind speed at 13~24 o’clock (more than 3m/s); daily change of average hourly wind speed in Summer is 1.9~3.9m/s with comparatively stronger wind speed at 15~23 o’clock (more than 3m/s); daily change of average hourly wind speed in Autumn is 1.2~3 m/s with comparatively stronger wind speed at 18~19

o’clock (more than 3m/s); daily change of average hourly wind speed in Winter is 1.8~3.9m/s with comparatively stronger wind speed at 16~21 o’clock (more than 3m/s).

7.2.2.3 Wind Frequency

1 Monthly change of annual wind frequency and annual wind frequency

See table 7.2.5 for monthly change of average wind frequency and Figure 7.2.4 for wind direction rose diagram in statistical year of the project area (2010).

Table 7.2.5 Monthly Change of Average Wind Frequency and Annual Wind

Frequency of the Statistical Year Unit: % Wind

direction Month

N NNE NE ENE E ESE SE SSE S SSW SW WSW W WNW NW NNW C

January 7.12 3.49 2.82 4.44 9.68 4.44 1.34 0.54 0.54 0.27 3.09 9.14 16.13 15.05 11.42 6.05 4.44

February 7.59 4.61 3.42 4.46 11.16 6.40 2.38 0.74 0.89 1.19 2.68 6.40 12.20 13.99 11.16 5.21 5.52

March 3.76 4.17 3.63 5.24 11.29 4.97 2.28 1.21 0.13 0.94 2.42 8.06 10.89 18.68 12.10 7.66 2.57

April 7.36 5.28 4.86 7.64 10.97 5.14 2.08 2.64 1.81 0.83 1.81 5.00 7.50 15.00 10.97 8.06 3.05

May 4.57 3.36 5.91 9.68 21.24 9.54 3.09 1.88 1.08 1.88 2.42 3.63 9.01 10.08 6.59 2.55 3.49

June 3.61 3.19 2.64 10.00 30.28 13.06 9.31 4.72 0.97 0.56 1.25 2.50 5.28 5.00 2.64 3.19 1.80

July 2.55 3.09 3.49 11.29 28.23 15.59 7.53 1.88 1.34 1.08 3.76 4.70 5.65 3.76 2.02 1.48 2.56

August 4.03 3.36 4.03 11.29 32.80 11.02 3.23 1.08 1.34 0.54 2.96 6.45 5.78 3.76 4.17 2.15 2.01

September 4.03 3.19 4.86 10.97 25.42 9.31 2.50 0.83 0.42 0.28 1.25 5.56 8.89 8.47 5.97 3.06 4.99

废

废.

2

2.

总

总.

4

4.

废 2 总 4 5 6 7 无月废废废废废废废废废废 2 2 2 2 2

Hou

Wind

Sprin

g

Summ Autum Wint


223

October 6.05 3.90 5.51 8.33 13.58 6.85 3.49 1.48 1.88 1.61 2.55 4.84 7.93 9.95 7.12 5.24 9.69

November 4.03 2.78 3.19 5.42 5.14 2.36 1.11 0.83 0.28 0.56 4.03 12.92 19.03 17.08 9.58 4.86 6.80

December 5.11 2.28 3.63 3.90 3.36 3.49 0.67 0.67 0.00 0.40 2.28 10.75 26.48 19.89 10.48 3.23 3.38

Yearly 4.97 3.55 4.01 7.74 16.96 7.69 3.25 1.54 0.89 0.84 2.55 6.67 11.23 11.71 7.83 4.38 4.19

, 4.44%

N

NE

E

SE

S

SW

W

NW

, 5.52%

N

NE

E

SE

S

SW

W

NW

, 2.57%

N

NE

E

SE

S

SW

W

NW

, 总.05%

N

NE

E

SE

S

SW

W

NW

, 总.4月%

N

NE

E

SE

S

SW

W

NW

, 废.无0%

N

NE

E

SE

S

SW

W

NW

, 2.56%

N

NE

E

SE

S

SW

W

NW

, 2.0废%

N

NE

E

SE

S

SW

W

NW

, 4.月月%

N

NE

E

SE

S

SW

W

NW

, 月.6月%

N

NE

E

SE

S

SW

W

NW

, 6.无0%

N

NE

E

SE

S

SW

W

NW

, 总.总无%

N

NE

E

SE

S

SW

W

NW

, 4.废月%

N

NE

E

SE

S

SW

W

NW

(%图

N

E

S

W

10.0

20.0

30.0

Figure 7.2.4 Wind Direction Rose Diagram of Every Month and the Whole Year in the

Statistical Year

It is observed from Table 7.2.5 and Figure 7.2.4 that, in average wind frequency of every direction of the whole statistical year in project area, the sum of wind frequency in three wind directions, ENE, E, ESE, is 32.39%, sum of W, WNW and NW is 30.77%, both are bigger than 30%. It is thus clear that the scope of wind

direction angle of the dominant wind direction is ENE-E-ESE and the scope of secondary wind direction is W-WNW-NW. The angle of biggest annual wind frequency in project area is E with annual wind frequency of 16.96%; the angle of second biggest annual wind frequency is WNW with an annual wind frequency of


224

11.71%.

Corresponding angles in most of months and biggest average wind frequency of the year in project area are E. Corresponding angle of the biggest average wind frequency in February, March and April is WNW, and in January, November and December is W.

2 Seasonal change of annual wind frequency and annual wind frequency

See table 7.2.6 for seasonal wind frequency change and annual wind frequency and see Figure 7.2.5 for wind direction rose diagram of every season in the statistical year in 2010 in project area.

Table 7.2.6 Seasonal Change of Average Wind Frequency and Annual Wind

Frequency in the Statistical Year Unit: % Wind

direction

Season

N NNE NE ENE E ESE SE SSE S SSW SW WSW W WNW NW NNW C

Spring 5.21 4.26 4.80 7.52 14.54 6.57 2.49 1.90 1.00 1.22 2.22 5.57 9.15 14.58 9.87 6.07 3.03

Summer 3.40 3.22 3.40 10.87 30.43 13.22 6.66 2.54 1.22 0.72 2.67 4.57 5.57 4.17 2.94 2.26 2.14

Autumn 4.72 3.30 4.53 8.24 14.70 6.18 2.38 1.05 0.87 0.82 2.61 7.74 11.90 11.81 7.55 4.40 7.20

Winter 6.57 3.43 3.29 4.26 7.96 4.72 1.44 0.65 0.46 0.60 2.69 8.84 18.47 16.39 11.02 4.81 4.40

Yearly 4.97 3.55 4.01 7.74 16.96 7.69 3.25 1.54 0.89 0.84 2.55 6.67 11.23 11.71 7.83 4.38 4.19

Figure 7.2.5 Wind direction rose diagram of every season in the statistical year

It is observed from table 7.2.6 and figure 7.2.5 that corresponding angle of

biggest average wind frequency in summer, autumn, the whole year in project area

are E; the corresponding angle in spring is WNW, and in winter is W.

7.2.2.4 Coefficient of Pollution

The dilution and diffusion of air pollutants are influenced by wind direction and

speed. In order to indicate the extent of impact of wind direction, speed on pollution


225

of downwind area, coefficient of pollution is cited. The following equation is used to

calculate coefficient of pollution: f (wind direction frequency)/u (average wind

speed of the direction). See Table 7.2.7 for coefficient of pollution of every month

and the whole year, and see Figure 7.2.6 for the rose diagram of every month and

the whole year in project area in the statistical year (2010).

Table 7.2.7 Statistics of Coefficient of Pollution in Every Wind Direction

Dimension: % s/m

Wind direction Month

N NNE NE ENE E ESE SE SSE S SSW SW WSW W WNWNW NNW

January 18.85 5.06 5.11 5.50 6.92 2.81 1.291.08 1.63 0.36 3.60 9.00 14.77 9.02 8.88 6.11

February 15.57 5.65 4.90 4.94 10.07 4.78 2.230.91 1.37 1.72 3.71 8.15 11.66 8.88 9.58 5.87

March 8.87 6.84 8.22 10.07 9.63 4.33 2.641.31 0.46 2.01 2.24 8.77 10.65 10.24 6.83 6.87

April 9.49 6.51 8.90 9.31 8.74 5.03 3.023.99 2.63 1.49 2.39 6.94 6.40 8.89 7.79 8.49

May 9.73 8.13 10.83 12.6515.40 7.05 2.712.74 1.06 2.36 3.40 2.97 6.70 6.35 4.11 3.82

June 9.82 7.38 4.58 11.3224.65 9.73 5.342.67 0.71 1.07 1.66 3.23 6.45 4.83 2.80 3.77

July 5.57 5.27 6.03 14.5521.2611.20 5.201.44 1.33 2.04 5.15 6.64 5.31 3.97 2.57 2.48

August 9.17 5.24 6.76 11.6021.83 7.29 2.421.42 1.79 0.98 6.00 8.17 7.28 3.38 4.56 2.12

September11.22 6.52 8.32 11.8217.94 6.78 2.621.06 0.74 0.75 1.03 6.59 8.65 5.44 5.75 4.75

October 20.38 6.05 7.93 8.85 9.35 4.78 3.212.15 2.71 2.50 3.42 6.90 5.68 6.88 5.01 4.19

November 10.38 5.96 4.94 7.60 6.20 3.26 2.121.51 0.46 1.04 4.09 13.03 16.42 8.97 7.11 6.91

December 9.90 3.62 7.41 6.41 4.68 3.18 1.031.60 0.00 0.81 3.98 10.11 19.84 13.18 9.58 4.67

Yearly 11.10 5.93 7.32 9.69 13.08 5.84 2.511.42 1.12 1.42 3.42 7.89 10.49 7.65 6.18 4.94


226

, 6.25

N

NE

E

SE

S

SW

W

NW

, 6.25

N

NE

E

SE

S

SW

W

NW

, 6.25

N

NE

E

SE

S

SW

W

NW

, 6.25

N

NE

E

SE

S

SW

W

NW

, 6.25

N

NE

E

SE

S

SW

W

NW

, 6.25

N

NE

E

SE

S

SW

W

NW

, 6.25

N

NE

E

SE

S

SW

W

NW

, 6.25

N

NE

E

SE

S

SW

W

NW

, 6.25

N

NE

E

SE

S

SW

W

NW

, 6.25

N

NE

E

SE

S

SW

W

NW

, 6.25

N

NE

E

SE

S

SW

W

NW

, 6.25

N

NE

E

SE

S

SW

W

NW

, 6.25

N

NE

E

SE

S

SW

W

NW

(图

N

E

S

W

5.010.015.020.0

Figure 7.2.6 Rose Diagram of Coefficient of Pollution of Every Month and the

Whole Year for Long Term

It is observed from Table 7.2.7 and Figure 7.2.6 that the wind directions with the most serious pollution of the whole year in project area concentrate on E, N and W. In addition, there are also heavy pollution in ENE (March, May, June, July, August and September), WSW (November, December), WNW (December), NE (May) and

ESE (July).

7.2.2.5 Joint Frequency

Wind direction, speed and joint frequency of stability in project area in the statistical year reflect frequencies appearing in every wind direction, wind speed scope and stability. See Table 7.2.8 for details.


227

Table 7.2.8 Wind Direction, Wind Speed And Joint Frequency of Stability

(Frequencies in Blank Are 0) Dimension: %

Stability Grade Wind

direction

Wind speed

scope陶m/s陶 A B B-C C C-D D E F

陶1.5 0.13 1.35 0.30 0.58 1.47

1.5-3.0 0.15 0.01 0.06 0.21 0.33

3.0-5.0 0.01 0.13 0.14

5.0-7.0 0.09

N

≥7.0 0.02

陶1.5 0.23 0.87 0.16 0.34 0.67

1.5-3.0 0.26 0.09 0.14 0.18 0.34

3.0-5.0 0.01 0.02 0.01 0.05 0.10

5.0-7.0 0.06

NNE

≥7.0 0.01

陶1.5 0.15 0.90 0.24 0.45 0.95

1.5-3.0 0.07 0.32 0.09 0.10 0.18 0.45

3.0-5.0 0.01 0.01 0.06 0.03

5.0-7.0

NE

≥7.0

陶1.5 0.15 1.23 0.26 0.64 1.16

1.5-3.0 0.10 0.94 0.17 0.38 0.58 0.97

3.0-5.0 0.09 0.23 0.15 0.31 0.10

5.0-7.0 0.01 0.23

ENE

≥7.0 0.03

陶1.5 0.23 0.81 0.21 0.40 1.22

1.5-3.0 0.08 1.85 0.46 0.57 1.10 2.43

3.0-5.0 0.50 0.80 0.43 1.44 1.67

5.0-7.0 0.10 0.33 1.79

E

≥7.0 0.55

陶1.5 0.05 0.38 0.05 0.18 0.59

1.5-3.0 0.05 0.57 0.19 0.18 0.41 1.19

3.0-5.0 0.17 0.56 0.32 0.70 1.12

5.0-7.0 0.03 0.11 0.65

ESE

≥7.0 0.19

陶1.5 0.03 0.26 0.07 0.14 0.27

1.5-3.0 0.01 0.23 0.06 0.11 0.22 0.50

3.0-5.0 0.03 0.09 0.05 0.17 0.33

5.0-7.0 0.01 0.06 0.37

SE

≥7.0 0.24

陶1.5 0.02 0.16 0.05 0.17 0.23

1.5-3.0 0.09 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.26

3.0-5.0 0.01 0.01 0.05 0.13 SSE

5.0-7.0 0.01 0.02 0.14

≥7.0 0.09

陶1.5 0.08 0.07 0.07 0.19

1.5-3.0 0.01 0.03 0.01 0.08 0.18

S

3.0-5.0 0.01 0.01 0.03 0.07


228

Stability Grade Wind direction

Wind speed scope陶m/s陶 A B B-C C C-D D E F

5.0-7.0 0.02

≥7.0 0.01

陶1.5 0.08 0.03 0.11 0.31

1.5-3.0 0.05 0.05 0.03 0.13

3.0-5.0 0.03 0.01

5.0-7.0 0.01

SSW

≥7.0

陶1.5 0.01 0.33 0.09 0.30 0.63

1.5-3.0 0.02 0.09 0.03 0.07 0.17 0.37

3.0-5.0 0.01 0.06 0.08 0.13 0.11

5.0-7.0 0.01 0.03

SW

≥7.0

陶1.5 0.06 0.94 0.19 0.45 1.19

1.5-3.0 0.02 0.50 0.15 0.37 0.34 1.12

3.0-5.0 0.02 0.27 0.11 0.25 0.43

5.0-7.0 0.02 0.02 0.17

WSW

≥7.0 0.03

陶1.5 0.13 1.31 0.24 0.49 1.32

1.5-3.0 0.06 1.22 0.26 0.39 0.56 1.51

3.0-5.0 0.03 0.72 0.30 0.73 0.89

5.0-7.0 0.02 0.08 0.68

W

≥7.0 0.29

陶1.5 0.05 0.99 0.23 0.54 0.92

1.5-3.0 0.03 0.75 0.32 0.32 0.46 0.87

3.0-5.0 0.13 0.55 0.56 1.22 0.57

5.0-7.0 0.02 0.11 1.74

WNW

≥7.0 1.34

陶1.5 0.09 0.95 0.17 0.39 0.89

1.5-3.0 0.05 0.38 0.16 0.15 0.63 0.57

3.0-5.0 0.02 0.27 0.30 0.88 0.39

5.0-7.0 0.07 0.99

NW

≥7.0 0.49

陶1.5 0.02 0.66 0.16 0.48 0.74

1.5-3.0 0.01 0.23 0.08 0.11 0.34 0.45

3.0-5.0 0.14 0.13 0.31 0.17

5.0-7.0 0.01 0.31

NNW

≥7.0 0.03

C =0 0.08 1.53 0.27 0.58 1.71

7.3 Atmospheric Environmental Impact Forecast and Assessment

The atmospheric environmental impact forecast and assessment mainly concerns

new pollution sources of planned project (hereinafter referred to as “new pollution sources”), related pollution sources in other Projects under Construction that has been approved through EIA within the project assessment scope (hereinafter referred to as “pollution sources in Projects under Construction”), and related pollution sources about to be reduced within the project assessment scope (hereinafter referred


229

to as “reduced pollution sources”).

“New pollution sources” include sources discharged under control by existing alkali recovery furnace funnel in planned project;

“Pollution sources in Projects under Construction” include sources discharged under control by boiler under construction in project 5#;

“Reduced pollution sources” include reduced sources discharged under control by alkali recovery fumaces by suspending production of the pulping line No.1 and No.3, and wet desulpherization reconstruction of the existing boiler 1-4#.

7.3.1 Forecast Factors

The forecast factors are defined as NO2 SO2 PM10 according to air pollutants

mainly discharged by new pollution sources, pollution sources in Projects under Construction and reduced pollution sources. See Table 7.3.1 for specific forecast plan.

Table 7.3.1 List of Forecast Plan for Assessment

Type of pollution sources

Conventional Forecast SO2 NO2 PM10

Maximum average ground concentration per hour under

a guarantee rate of 100%

Alkali Recovery Furnace

√ √

Maximum average ground concentration per day under a

guarantee rate of 100%


√ √ √

Average annual concentration


√ √ √

New pollution sources

Maximum average ground concentration per hour under a guarantee rate of 100% at

abnormal conditions


√

Maximum average ground concentration per day under a

guarantee rate of 100% Boiler √ √ √

Pollution sources in

Projects under Construction

Average annual concentration

Boiler √ √ √


√ √ √ Maximum average ground

concentration per day under a guarantee rate of 100% Boiler √ √ √


√ √ √

Reduced pollution sources Average annual

concentration Boiler √ √ √

Note: “√” indicates that a calculation is required, blank indicates no calculation is required.

7.3.2 Forecast Scope

Forecast scope selected in the project is the same with assessment scope, i.e. a rectangle with the central point of alkali recovery furnace’s funnel base as the center

and with a length of a side of 5 km.


230

7.3.3 Calculation Point

7.3.3.1 Ambient Air Protection Target

See Table 7.3.2 for main ambient air protection targets within the assessment scope.

Table 7.3.2 List of Main Ambient Air Protection Targets

No. Ambient air

protection targets Coordinate X

m Coordinate Y

m Direction Distance m

Functional description

1 Xiangjiazhuang (Jiaqu Village) 220 -140 SE 0 Residential

area

2 Zhaojiashaofang (Shimiao Village) -550 80 W 45 Residential

area

3 Shaqu Village -1270 1260 NW 1370 Residential

area

4 Rouyuan Village -1010 240 WNW 520 Residential

area

5 Government of Rouyuan Town -1620 270 WNW 1010 Office

6 Fanmiao Primary School 2030 1100 NE 1970 School

7 Shimiao Primary School 740 230 ENE 490 School

8 Jiaqu Village -820 -380 SW 290 Residential

area

9 Shimiao Village 410 220 N 25 Residential

area

Note: Coordinates are indicated with the center of atmospheric assessment scope as the base

point; direction and distance are indicated according to factory boundary of the project.

7.3.3.2 Mesh Point

With the center of pollution source as a base point (0km, 0km), coordinates of the four corners in mesh area of the assessment scope are (2.5km, 2.5km), (5km, -2.5km), (-2.5km, -2.5km), (-2.5km, 2.5 km) separately. Within the mesh area of

assessment scope, take a mesh distance of 50 m within 1 km from the center of pollution source, and take a mesh distance of 300 m outside 1 km from the center of

the pollution source. There are 51×51 mesh points in total.

7.3.3.3 Maximum Ground Concentration Point in the Area

Under normal and abnormal conditions of new pollution sources of project, select maximum ground Concentration point in the area to forecast.

7.3.4 Calculation List of Pollution Sources

It mainly concerns the following aspects in calculation list of pollution sources within the assessment scope.

1 New pollution sources

New alkali recovery furnace; 1 funnel, calculate according to normal emission;

New alkali recovery furnace; 1 funnel, calculate according to abnormal emission;

2 Pollution sources in Projects under Construction that need to be repeated in


231

the forecast

Boiler under construction in existing project 5#; 1 funnel, calculate according to normal emission;

3 Reduced pollution sources need to have a reduced forecast

(a) Alkali recovery furnaces in existing projects, 1 funnel, calculate according to normal emission;

(b) Wet desulphurization reconstruction of boiler 1-4#, 1 funnel, calculate according to normal emission.

See Table 7.3.3 and Table 7.3. for calculation list of main pollution sources.

Table 7.3.3 Calculation List of Parameters in New Pollution Sources and

Pollution Sources in Projects under Construction

Data

Items Code Unit New pollution sources

Pollution sources in Projects under Construction

Point source No. Code / 1 2 3

Point source Name Name / Alkali

Recovery Furnace


Boiler

Coordinate X Px m 0 0 40

Coordinate Y Py m 0 0 -150

Height above sea level of exhaust funnel

bottom H0 m 1225.7

Height of the exhaust funnel

H m 80 80 120

Diameter of the exhaust funnel

D m 1.2 1.2 3

Flue gas velocity V m/s 7.86 7.86 10.3

Flue gas temperature T K 378 378 328

Annual emission hours Hr h 8160 8160 8160

Emission conditions Cond / Normal Abnormal Normal

Dust removal efficiency ηc % 99 90 99.5

Amount of fume Q m3/h 31985 31985 261919

NOX QNO2陶

kg/h 4.158 3.465

4.158 3.465

49.05 40.875

SO2 QSO2 kg/h 3.47 3.47 11.1

Source intensity of evaluation

factors PM10 QPM10 kg/h 3.81 38.1 5.2

Note: Take source intensity of nitric oxide as NO2/NOX=0.75 when calculating

Average annual concentration, and take NO2/NOX=0.9 when calculating average

daily, hourly concentration.

Table 7.3.4 Calculation List of Parameters of Reduced Pollution Sources


232

Code Unit Data

Point source No. Code / 1 2

Point source Name Name / Alkali

Recovery Furnace

Boiler

Coordinate X Px m 0 40

Coordinate Y Py m 0 -150

Height above sea level of exhaust funnel bottom

H0 m 1225.7 1225.7

Height of the exhaust funnel H m 80 120

Diameter of the exhaust funnel D m 1.2 3

Flue gas velocity V m/s 9.9 28.0

Flue gas temperature T K 378 423

Amount of fume # Q m3/h 40292 712747

Annual emission hours Hr h 8160 8160

Emission conditions Cond / Normal Normal

NOX QNO2 kg/h / /

SO2 QSO2 kg/h 4.1 114.8

Source intensity of evaluation

factors PM10 Q陶陶 kg/h 4.8 10.6

7.3.5 Meteorological Conditions Used for Forecasting

Select conventional ground meteorological material (day-by-day, successive and every hour) of the whole year in Zhongwei Meteorological Station in 2010 to calculate and select average hourly, daily meteorological conditions with the most serious pollution (for all calculation points) as the maximum hourly ground and maximum average daily ground concentrations.

7.3.6 Terrain Data Used for Forecasting

The land in forecast area is flat. Therefore, it does not take terrain into account in the forecast.

7.3.7 Main Forecasting Contents and Forecast Circumstances

Set forecast circumstances according to forecasting contents. Generally, it considers the following five aspects: type of pollution source, emission plan, forecast factor, meteorological conditions and calculation point.

The forecast contents are as follows:

1 Average hourly concentration

Ground concentration of ambient air protection target, mesh points and the maximum hourly ground concentration within the assessment scope under hourly meteorological conditions of the whole year

2 Average daily concentration

Ground concentration of ambient air protection target, mesh points and the maximum average daily ground concentration within the assessment scope under daily meteorological conditions of the whole year


233

3 Average annual concentration

Ground concentration of ambient air protection target, mesh points and the maximum annual ground concentration within the assessment scope under long term meteorological conditions (it forecasts the annual ground concentration of ambient

air protection target, mesh points under meteorological conditions of the whole year in the secondary assessment)

4 Average hourly concentration at abnormal emission conditions

In case of malfunction in dust removal, at hourly meteorological conditions of the whole year, the maximum hourly ground concentration of ambient air protection target and maximum hourly ground concentration within the assessment scope.

5 Average daily concentration at normal emission conditions of overlapped

pollution sources in Projects under Construction

Ground concentration of ambient air protection target at daily meteorological conditions of the whole year

6 Average annual concentration at normal emission of overlapped pollution

sources in Projects under Construction

Ground concentration of ambient air protection target at long term meteorological conditions (it forecasts the annual ground concentration of ambient air protect under the meteorological conditions of the whole year in the secondary assessment)

7 Average daily concentration of reduced pollution sources at normal emission

conditions

Ground concentration of ambient air protection target at the daily meteorological conditions of maximum ground concentration of ambient air protection target in overlapped pollution sources in Projects under Construction

8 Average annual concentration of reduced pollution sources at normal emission

conditions

Ground concentration of ambient air protection target at long term meteorological conditions (it forecasts the annual ground concentration of ambient air protect under

the meteorological conditions of the whole year in the secondary assessment)

According to requirements of the Guidance and specific circumstances of the project, see Table 7.3.5 for the forecast circumstances of ambient air in the project.

Table 7.3.5 Conventional Forecasting Circumstances

No. Type of pollution sources

Emission plan

Forecast factors

Calculation point Conventional

Forecast

1 New pollution

sources (normal emission)

Existing plan

NO2 SO2

PM10

Ambient air protection target

Mesh points Maximum ground

concentration pint in the area

Average hourly

concentration Average

daily concentration

Average

annual


234

No. Type of pollution sources

Emission plan

Forecast factors

Calculation point Conventional

Forecast

concentration

2

New pollution sources

(abnormal emission)

Existing plan

SO2 PM10

Ambient air

protection target Maximum ground

concentration pint in the area

Average hourly

concentration

3

Overlapped pollution sources in

Projects under Construction

(abnormal emission)

Existing plan

NO2 SO2

PM10


Average daily

concentration Average

annual concentration

4

Reduced

pollution sources (normal

emission)

Existing plan

NO2 SO2

PM10


Average daily

concentration Average annual

concentration

7.3.8 Forecast Mode and Related Parameters

IT uses ADMS-Industrial air pollution model certified by the Assessment Center of the Ministry of Environmental Protection and developed by Cambridge Environmental Research Consultants (CREC) to forecast maximum Average hourly concentration, maximum Average daily concentration and Average annual concentration of pollutants under a guaranteed rate of 100% in the project.

1 Theory on ADMS Atmospheric Boundary Layer

ADMS model is used to calculate the pollution concentration resulted by point source, linear source, surface source and body source, and characterized by

pretreatment meteorological model, dry and wet sedimentation, impact of complex terrain, impact of buildings and coastline, plume visibility, radioactivity and chemical module. ADMS-Industrial air pollution model is designed for calculating the impact of one or more industrial pollution sources on air quality.

ADMS-Industrial model is a three dimensional Gaussian model, which calculate pollution concentration through Gaussian distribution formula mainly, but it uses inclined Gaussian model in vertical diffusion under instable conditions. Parameters of local boundary layer are used in the calculation of plume diffusion.

1 Parameterization of Boundary Layer

The boundary layer of ADMS-Industrial atmospheric diffusion model is characterized by the height of layer h and the lengthen of Monin-obukhov LMO. It does not use the sorting method of Pasquill-Grifford stability in the model. The definition of boundary layer stability of ADMS-Industrial atmospheric diffusion model is superior to the stability sorting of Pasquill-Grifford, which includes the


235

change of boundary layer features along with height. The stability of Pasquill-Grifford is similarly corresponding to h/LMO scope.

Length of Monin-obukhov:

)/( 0

3

*

TckgF

uL

p

MO ρθ

−=

In it: u*—— surface friction speed

k——Von Karman constant

g—— acceleration of gravity

Fθ—— Surface heat flux

ρ cp—— Air density and specific heat at constant pressure

T0—— Earth surface temperature.

Stable condition: h/LMO≥1

Neutral condition: -0.3≤h/LMO 1

Convection current condition: h/LMO -0.3

2 Structure of the boundary layer

a. Stable and neutral boundary layer

All turbulences are produced by mechanical friction under stable conditions, i.e.

there is no turbulences produced by convection motion.

Coefficient of vertical diffusion:

21

2

22

2 21

1−

++=

Nt

tN

btwZ γ

σσ

In it: N σw U(z)—— Buoyancy frequency, vertical wind speed and average wind speed

at a height of z;

γ—— Mixing ratio of plume and environment.

b—— Inclination factor.


236

b. Convective boundary layer

Vertical distribution: vertical speed shows as probability density distribution in convection boundary layer. Therefore, concentration distribution is non-Gaussian distribution, corresponding to high elevation pollution source. When the plume moves at downwind direction, the height with maximum concentration lowers, and average height of plume increases. The plume may rise again due to the reflex of ground when the height with maximum concentration reaches the ground.

Transverse diffusion: transverse diffusion is composed by convection diffusion and mechanical friction diffusion in convection boundary layer.

2 Main ADMS calculation formula

ADMS diffusion model recommended by atmosphere guidance is used to forecast. It can simulate the instant (minutes), short term (hourly, daily) and long term (annual) concentration distribution of pollutants discharged by point source, surface source, linear source and body source pollutions through ADMS model.

1 PDF Mode

Use PDF mode of weil (1984) to calculate ground concentration for low buoyant plume under unstable conditions, i.e.

])(2

1exp[

2

2

τσπσF

Y

Y YYCC

−−=

In it: Yσ - diffusion parameters in direction Y, m is to be defined by following

formula:

<>

≥>

<+

=

)2/,1.0(8.0

)2/.1.0(6.1

)1.0()]/(5.01/[)/(

3/23/1

3/23/1

2/1

mmimm

mmimm

mxrv

wuFZXF

wuFZXF

FuTxuxσ

σ

In it: YC — Integrated concentration of across-wind direction at ground,

mg/m3

defined by the following formula:

)2

exp(2

2)

2exp(

2

2*

2*

2

*

2

*

2*

1

*

1

21

11

zzzz

Y hFhF

Q

uhC

σπσσπσ−+−=

2 Small scale convection model

Use small scale convection model of briggs (1985) for high buoyant plume under

unstable conditions, i.e. if x<10F/W *3

])(2

1exp[)(021.0 23/43/13

*

y

p

i

YYZFxQwC

σ

−−=

iy ZXF3/2

*

3/1

*6.1=σ


237

If: 3

*/10 wFx ≥

])(2

1exp[])

7(exp[)]/([ 22/3

3

*

*

y

pYY

zw

FxhwQC

σ

−−−=

iy ZX *6.0=σ

3 Loft Mode三三

Use Loft mode Weil (1991) for high buoyant plume under nearly neutral conditions, i.e.:

])(2

1exp[)](1[

2

2

1 y

p

y

YYerf

uZ

QC

σσπ

−−⊄−=

<>

≥<>=

−

−

)2/,0(8.0

)2/0L0L(6.1

*

13/23/1

*3

13/23/1

wuLXF

wuXF

u

u

yσ

4 ATDL Mode

In common Gaussian model system, it uses ATDL model with surface source height to calculate pollutants concentration produced by surface source pollution. It divides surface sources into multiple boxes according to actual distribution of urban pollution sources and assumes that the source intensity has a balanced space distribution, and pollution diffusion follows the narrow plume rules. It calculate the ground concentration of Point A through:

}]2

exp[1

]2

exp[1

0{)2

(22

2

1

)2

1(

)2

1(

22

22/

0 dxqxb

h

bxQdx

qxb

h

bxQ

u

LK

N

i

Li

Liqfq

Ly

Az −+−= ∑ ∫∫

=

+

−π

In it: K— calculate the ground concentration of Point A, mg/m3

Q0 Calculate the source intensity of source block where the point locates, mg/s·m2

Qr— Source intensity of No. i source block at upwind direction, mg/s·m2

L— Length of a side of the mesh, m

u— Average wind speed, m/s

b,q— Parameters for determining vertical air diffusion standard σz, which take different

values according to different stability types, and satisfy the relationship of σz=bxq;

h— Average height of the surface source, m

N— Mesh point number of upwind direction

5 Average daily concentration

Calculate Average hourly concentration by observed successive meteorological data,


238

and then calculate the average value to conclude the Average daily concentration.

6 Average concentration for long term

Calculate Average daily concentration by observed daily meteorological data, and then calculate the average value to conclude the Average annual concentration.

7.3.9 Related Parameters in the Mode

It takes no account of SO2 conversion when calculating the hourly SO2 concentration of forecast factors. It takes a half-life period of 4h for SO2 conversion when calculating daily and Average annual concentration.

It takes NO2/NOX = 0.9 when calculating hourly and Average daily concentration of forecast factor NO2. And it takes NO2/NOX = 0.75 when calculating Average annual concentration.

Calculate surface parameter as “Park, Open suburbs” in the mode and select surface

roughness as 0.5m.

7.3.10 Atmospheric Environmental Impact Forecast and Assessment on New Pollution

Sources, Pollution Sources in Projects under Construction, Reduced Pollution

Sources

7.3.10.1 Average hourly concentration of New Pollution Sources at Normal

Emission Conditions

According to further forecast in the forecast mode, see Table 7.3.6 for forecast statistics of maximum hourly ground concentration of mesh points in new pollution sources at normal emission conditions, and see Figure 7.3.1~7.3.2 for isoline distribution of corresponding maximum hourly ground concentration.

Table 7.3.6 Forecast Results of Maximum Hourly Ground

Concentration

Forecast factor

Time of Maximum

hourly

ground concentration

Mesh point position with

the

maximum concentration

Maximum hourly

contribution mg/m

3

Monitored background

value mg/m

3

Overlapped concentration

mg/m3

Percentage standard

rate of the

contribution %

Percentage standard

rate of the

overlapped value %

NO2 11 o’clock at the 84

th day

陶-50陶-100陶

0.014 0.016 0.030 5.8 12.5

SO2 11 o’clock at the 84

th day

陶-50陶-100陶

0.012 0.024 0.036 2.4 7.2

Note: Monitored background value - - Average hourly concentration at the

monitoring site. Standard threshold: NO20.24mg/m3, SO20.50mg/m

3陶

It is observed from Table 7.3.6 that, under normal production, contributions of

Average hourly concentration of NO2 SO2 discharged after production are lower

than standard concentration threshold. The maximum contribution of Average

hourly concentration of NO2 SO2 are 0.014mg/m3

0.012mg/m3

separately,

accounting for 5.8%, 2.4% of the standard threshold. The percentage standard rate of

NO2 SO2 after overlapped with background value are 12.5% 7.2% with no


239

-2500 -2000 -1500 -1000 -500 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500

-1500

-1000

-500

0

500

1000

1500

2000

2500

exceeding of standard.

See Table 7.3.7~7.3.8 for forecast results of maximum hourly NO2 and SO2

concentration of main ambient air protection targets.

Figure 7.3.1 Isoline Distribution of Maximum Hourly NO2 Concentration of New Pollution

Sources under Normal Emission


240

-2500 -2000 -1500 -1000 -500 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500

-1500

-1000

-500

0

500

1000

1500

2000

2500

Figure 7.3.2 Isoline Distribution of Maximum Hourly SO2 Concentration of New Pollution

Sources under Normal Emission

Table 7.3.7 Maximum Hourly NO2 Concentration of Main Ambient Air

Protection Targets

No. Name Maximum

Contribution mg/m

3

Monitoring Background

Value mg/m

3

Overlapped value

mg/m3

Percentage standard

rate of the contribution

%

Percentage standard

rate of the overlapped

value %

1 Xiangjiazhuang (Jiaqu Village)

0.0099 0.028 0.0379 4.1 15.8

2 Zhaojiashaofang

(Shimiao

Village)

0.0058 0.030 0.0358 2.4 14.9

3 Shaqu Village 0.0035 0.029 0.0325 1.5 13.5

4 Rouyuan Village 0.0037 / / 1.5 /

5 Government of Rouyuan Town

0.0033 / / 1.4 /


241

No. Name Maximum

Contribution mg/m

3

Monitoring Background

Value mg/m

3

Overlapped value

mg/m3

Percentage standard


%

Percentage standard


value %

6 Fanmiao

Primary School 0.0024 / / 1.0 /

7 Shimiao Primary

School 0.0059 / / 2.4 /

8 Jiaqu Village 0.0063 / / 2.6 /

9 Shimiao Village 0.0062 / / 2.6 /

Note: Monitoring background value ——Maximum Average hourly concentration of all

monitoring points Standard threshold: 0.24mg/m3

Table 7.3.8 Maximum Hourly SO2 Concentration of Main Ambient Air

Protection Targets

No. Name Maximum

Contribution mg/m

3

Monitoring background

value mg/m

3

Overlapped value

mg/m3

Percentage standard


%

Percentage standard


value %


0.0082 0.045 0.0532 1.6 10.6

2 Zhaojiashaofang

(Shimiao Village)

0.0048 0.072 0.0768 1.0 15.4

3 Shaqu Village 0.0029 0.061 0.0639 0.6 12.8



0.0027 / / 0.5 /

6 Fanmiao Primary

School 0.0020 / / 0.4 /

7 Shimiao Primary

School 0.0049 / / 1.0 /

8 Jiaqu Village 0.0052 / / 1.0 /


Note: Monitoring background value ——Maximum Average hourly

concentration of all monitoring points陶Standard threshold: 0.5mg/m3陶

It is observed from Table 7.3.7 that the maximum contribution of hourly NO2

concentration of new pollution sources under normal emission on ambient air protection targets is 0.0099mg/m

3, with a percentage standard rate of 4.1%. The

maximum value after overlapping with the background value is 0.0379mg/m3, with

a percentage standard rate of 15.8%. There is no standard exceeding and no much

impact.

It is observed from Table 7.3.8 that the maximum contribution of hourly SO2

concentration of new pollution sources under normal emission on ambient air protection targets is 0.0082mg/m




242

500

1000

1500

2000

2500

a percentage standard rate of 15.4%. There is no standard exceeding and no much impact.

7.3.10.2 Average daily concentration of new pollution sources under normal

emission conditions

According to further forecast in the forecast mode, see Table 7.3.9 for forecast

statistics of maximum daily ground concentration of mesh points in new pollution sources at normal emission conditions, and see Figure 7.3.3~7.3.5 for isoline distribution of corresponding maximum daily ground concentration.

Table 7.3.9 Forecast Results of Maximum Daily Ground Concentration

Forecast factor

Time of

Maximum Daily ground concentration

Mesh point position with

the maximum

concentration

Maximum

daily contribution

mg/m3

Monitored

background value

mg/m3

Overlapped concentration

mg/m3

Percentage standard


%

Percentage standard


value%

NO2 The 185

th

day in 2010 陶300陶50陶 0.0026 0.016 0.0186 2.2 15.5

SO2 The 185

th

day in 2010 陶300陶50陶 0.0021 0.026 0.0281 1.4 18.7

PM10 The 185

th

day in 2010 陶300陶50陶 0.0023 0.013 0.0153 1.5 10.2

Note: Monitoring background value —— Average daily concentration of all monitoring points.

Standard threshold: NO2 0.12mg/m3

SO2 0.15mg/m3

PM10 0.15 mg/m3

It is observed from Table 7.3.9 that, under normal production, contributions of

average daily concentration of NO2 SO2 PM10 discharged after production are

lower than standard concentration threshold. The maximum contribution of average

daily concentration of NO2 SO2 and PM10 are 0.0026mg/m3

0.0021mg/m3 and

0.0023mg/m3

separately, accounting for 15.5% 18.7% and 10.2% of the standard

threshold, lower than standard concentration threshold.

See Table 7.3.10~7.3.12 for forecast results of maximum daily NO2, SO2 and PM10 concentration of main ambient air protection targets.


243

Figure 7.3.3 Isoline Distribution of Maximum Average Daily NO2 Concentration of New

Pollution Sources Under Normal Emission Conditions


244

-2500 -2000 -1500 -1000 -500 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500

-1500

-1000

-500

0

500

1000

1500

2000

2500

Figure 7.3.4 Isoline Distribution of Maximum Average Daily SO2 Concentration of New



245

-2500 -2000 -1500 -1000 -500 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500

-1500

-1000

-500

0

500

1000

1500

2000

2500

Figure 7.3.5 Isoline Distribution of Maximum Daily Average PM10 Concentration of New


Table 7.3.10 Maximum Average Daily NO2 Concentration of Main Ambient Air

Protection Target

No. Name Maximum

Contribution mg/m

3


value mg/m

3

Overlapped value

mg/m3

Percentage standard


%

Percentage standard


value %


0.0014 0.025 0.0264 1.2 22.0

2 Zhaojiashaofang

(Shimiao

Village)

0.0014 0.019 0.0204 1.1 17.0

3 Shaqu Village 0.0003 0.025 0.0253 0.3 21.1



0.0007 / / 0.5 /


246

No. Name Maximum

Contribution mg/m

3


value mg/m

3

Overlapped value

mg/m3

Percentage standard


%

Percentage standard


value %

6 Fanmiao Primary

School 0.0002 / / 0.2 /

7 Shimiao Primary

School 0.0011 / / 0.9 /

8 Jiaqu Village 0.0008 / / 0.7 /


Note: Take current maximum monitoring value at the monitoring point as the background

concentration. Standard threshold: 0.12mg/m3

Table 7.3.11 Maximum Average Daily SO2 Concentration of Main Ambient

Air Protection Target

No. Name Maximum

Contribution mg/m

3


value mg/m

3

Overlapped value

mg/m3

Percentage standard


%

Percentage standard


value %


0.0011 0.029 0.0301 0.8 20.1

2 Zhaojiashaofang

(Shimiao Village)

0.0011 0.062 0.0631 0.8 42.1

3 Shaqu Village 0.0003 0.066 0.0663 0.2 44.2


5 Government of

Rouyuan Town 0.0005 / / 0.4 /

6 Fanmiao Primary

School 0.0002 / / 0.1 /

7 Shimiao Primary

School 0.0009 / / 0.6 /

8 Jiaqu Village 0.0007 / / 0.5 /




Table 7.3.12 Maximum Average Daily PM10 Concentration of Main Ambient

Air Protection Target

No. Name Maximum

Contribution mg/m

3


value mg/m

3

Overlapped value

mg/m3

Percentage standard


%

Percentage standard


value %

1 Xiangjiazhuang 0.0013 0.18 0.1813 0.8 120.8


247

No. Name Maximum

Contribution mg/m

3


value mg/m

3

Overlapped value

mg/m3

Percentage standard


%

Percentage standard


value %

(Jiaqu Village)

2 Zhaojiashaofang

(Shimiao Village)

0.0012 0.16 0.1612 0.8 107.5

3 Shaqu Village 0.0003 0.18 0.1803 0.2 120.2



0.0006 / / 0.4 /

6 Fanmiao Primary

School 0.0002 / / 0.1 /

7 Shimiao Primary

School 0.0010 / / 0.7 /

8 Jiaqu Village 0.0008 / / 0.5 /




It is observed from Table 7.3.10 that the maximum contribution of daily average

NO2 concentration of new pollution sources under normal emission on ambient air protection targets is 0.0017mg/m



a percentage standard rate of 22.0%. There is no standard exceeding and no much impact.

It is observed from Table 7.3.11 that the maximum contribution of daily average SO2 concentration of new pollution sources under normal emission on ambient air protection targets is 0.0014 mg/m


maximum value after overlapping with the background value is 0.0663 mg/m3, with

a percentage standard rate of 44.2 %. There is no standard exceeding and no much impact.

It is observed from Table 7.3.12 that the maximum contribution of daily average PM10 concentration of new pollution sources under normal emission on ambient air protection targets is 0.0015 mg/m


maximum value after overlapping with the background value is 0.1813 mg/m3, with

a percentage standard rate of 120.8%. The background value of PM10 exceeds standard is mainly because that the area locates at the edge of Tenger Desert, where is dry and windiness, with low vegetation cover and impacted much by road dust.

7.3.10.3 Annual average concentration of new pollution sources under normal

emission conditions

According to further forecast in the forecast mode, see Table 7.3.13~7.3.15 for average annual concentration forecast of mesh points in new pollution sources at normal emission conditions, and see Figure 7.3.6~7.3.8 for isoline distribution of corresponding average annual concentration.


248

Table 7.3.13 Main Ambient Air Protection Targets and Maximum

Annual Average NO2Concentration

No. Name Maximum

Contributionmg/m3

Percentage standard rate of the contribution

%

1 Xiangjiazhuang (Jiaqu

Village) 0.00025 0.31

2 Zhaojiashaofang (Shimiao

Village) 0.00033 0.41

3 Shaqu Village 0.00002 0.03

4 Rouyuan Village 0.00018 0.23

5 Government of Rouyuan

Town 0.00012 0.15

6 Fanmiao Primary School 0.00003 0.03

7 Shimiao Primary School 0.00014 0.18

8 Jiaqu Village 0.00015 0.19

9 Shimiao Village 0.00015 0.19

Note: Standard threshold: 0.08mg/m3


Annual Average SO2Concentration

No. Name Maximum

Contributionmg/m3


%


Village) 0.00021 0.35


Village) 0.00027 0.46




Town 0.00010 0.17







Annual Average PM10 Concentration

No. Name Maximum

Contributionmg/m3


%


Village) 0.00023 0.23


Village) 0.00030 0.30




249

-2500 -2000 -1500 -1000 -500 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500

-1500

-1000

-500

0

500

1000

1500

2000

2500

500

1000

1500

2000

2500

No. Name Maximum

Contributionmg/m3


%


Town 0.00011 0.11






Figure 7.3.6 Isoline Distribution of Maximum Annual Average NO2 Concentration of New



250

Figure 7.3.7 Isoline Distribution of Maximum Annual Average SO2 Concentration of New



251

-2500 -2000 -1500 -1000 -500 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500

-1500

-1000

-500

0

500

1000

1500

2000

2500

Figure 7.3.8 Isoline Distribution of Maximum Annual Average PM10 Concentration of

New Pollution Sources Under Normal Emission Conditions

It is observed from Table 7.3.13 that the maximum contribution of annual average NO2 concentration of new pollution sources under normal emission on ambient air protection targets is 0.00033mg/m

3, with a percentage standard rate of 0.41%. There

is no standard exceeding and no much impact.

It is observed from Table 7.3.14 that the maximum contribution of annual average SO2 concentration of new pollution sources under normal emission on ambient air protection targets is 0.00027mg/m



It is observed from Table 7.3.15 that the maximum contribution of annual average PM10 concentration of new pollution sources under normal emission on ambient air protection targets is 0.00030 mg/m




252

7.3.10.4 Hourly Concentration of New Pollution Sources under Abnormal Emission

Conditions

If there is abnormal emission, take dust removal efficiency of alkali recovery furnace as 90% and the successive meteorological data of the whole year in the forecast. See Table 7.3.16 for the calculation results.

Table 7.3.16 Main Ambient Air Protection Targets and Maximum Hourly PM10 Concentration

No. Name Maximum

Contributionmg/m3

Percentage standard rate of the contribution %

1 Xiangjiazhuang (Jiaqu Village) 0.091 20.2


Village) 0.053 11.7



5 Government of Rouyuan Town 0.030 6.7





Maximum value at the mesh point 0.13 28.9

Note: Take triple daily average PM10 concentration in the assessment. Standard threshold:

0.45mg/m3

It is observed from Table 7.3.16, if there is a malefaction of dust removal equipment, the maximum hourly concentration of PM10 at mesh point within the assessment area is 0.13mg/m

3, with a percentage standard rate of 28.9%.

7.3.10.5 Daily average concentration of overlapped pollution sources in Projects

under Construction

Have an overlapped calculation on forecasted daily average concentration of new pollution sources at ambient air protection targets and forecasted daily average concentration of pollution sources at boiler under construction (see related information on source intensity in Table 7.3.3) at corresponding ambient air protection targets to conclude forecasted results of daily average concentration of ambient air protection targets after overlapped calculation as listed in Table 7.3.17~7.3.19.


253

TabTabTabTable三le三le三le三7.3.17 Impact of Overlapped Pollution Sources in Projects under

Construction on the Maximum Daily Average NO2 Concentration at Ambient Air

Protection Targets

No. Name Maximum

Contribution mg/m

3


value

Overlapped value

mg/m3

Percentage standard

rate of the

Percentage standard

rate of the


0.0033 0.025 0.0283 2.7 23.5

2 Zhaojiashaofang

(Shimiao Village)

0.0054 0.019 0.0244 4.5 20.3

3 Shaqu Village 0.0023 0.025 0.0273 1.9 22.8



0.0045 / / 3.7 /

6 Fanmiao Primary

School 0.0022 / / 1.9 /

7 Shimiao Primary

School 0.0072 / / 6.0 /

8 Jiaqu Village 0.0064 / / 5.3 /


Note: Take current maximum monitoring value at the monitoring site as the background


Table 7.3.18 Impact of Overlapped Pollution Sources in Projects under Construction on

the Maximum Daily Average SO2 Concentration at Ambient Air Protection Targets

No. Name Maximum

Contribution mg/m

3


value

Overlapped value

mg/m3

Percentage standard

rate of the

Percentage standard

rate of the


0.0015 0.029 0.0305 1.0 20.3

2 Zhaojiashaofang

(Shimiao Village)

0.0020 0.062 0.0640 1.3 42.7

3 Shaqu Village 0.0007 0.066 0.0667 0.5 44.5



0.0014 / / 0.9 /

6 Fanmiao Primary

School 0.0006 / / 0.4 /

7 Shimiao Primary

School 0.0022 / / 1.4 /

8 Jiaqu Village 0.0018 / / 1.2 /


Note: Take current maximum monitoring value at the monitoring site as the background concentration.

Standard threshold: 0.15mg/m3


the Maximum Daily Average PM10 Concentration at Ambient Air Protection Targets


254

No. Name Maximum

Contribution mg/m

3


value

Overlapped value

mg/m3

Percentage standard

rate of the

Percentage standard

rate of the


0.0014 0.18 0.1814 1.0 121.0

2

Zhaojiashaofang

(Shimiao Village)

0.0017 0.16 0.1617 1.1 107.8

3 Shaqu Village 0.0005 0.18 0.1805 0.3 120.3



0.0010 / / 0.6 /

6 Fanmiao Primary

School 0.0004 / / 0.3 /

7 Shimiao Primary

School 0.0016 / / 1.0 /

8 Jiaqu Village 0.0013 / / 0.9 /


Note: Take current maximum monitoring value at the monitoring site as the background concentration.


It is observed from Table 7.3.17 that the maximum contribution of daily average overlapped NO2 concentration of pollution sources in Projects under Construction under normal emission on ambient air protection targets is 0.0093mg/m

3, with a

percentage standard rate of 7.7%. The maximum value after overlapping with the background value is 0.0283 mg/m



It is observed from Table 7.3.18 that the maximum contribution of daily average overlapped SO2 concentration of pollution sources in Projects under Construction under normal emission on ambient air protection targets is 0.0031 mg/m

3, with a

percentage standard rate of 2.1%. The maximum value after overlapping with the background value is 0.0667mg/m

3, with a percentage standard rate of 44.5 %. There


It is observed from Table 7.3.19 that the maximum contribution of daily average overlapped PM10 concentration of pollution sources in Projects under Construction under normal emission on ambient air protection targets is 0.0023 mg/m

3, with a

percentage standard rate of 1.6%. The maximum value after overlapping with the background value is 0.1814 mg/m


background value of PM10 exceeds standard is mainly because that the area locates at the edge of Tenger Desert, where is dry and windiness, with low vegetation cover and impacted much by road dust.

7.3.10.6 Annual Average Concentration of Overlapped Pollution Sources in Projects

under Construction

Have an overlapped calculation on forecasted annual average concentration of new pollution sources at ambient air protection targets and forecasted annual average concentration of pollution sources at boiler under construction at corresponding


255

ambient air protection targets to conclude forecasted results of annual average concentration of ambient air protection targets after overlapped calculation as listed in Table 7.3.20~7.3.22.


the Annual Average NO2 Concentration at Ambient Air Protection Targets

No. Name Maximum Contributionmg/m3



0.00043 0.5

2 Zhaojiashaofang

(Shimiao Village) 0.00117 1.5




0.00080 1.0

6 Fanmiao Primary

School 0.00018 0.2

7 Shimiao Primary

School 0.00060 0.8





the Annual Average SO2 Concentration at Ambient Air Protection Targets




0.00025 0.4

2 Zhaojiashaofang





0.00025 0.4

6 Fanmiao Primary

School 0.00006 0.1

7 Shimiao Primary

School 0.00022 0.4





the Annual Average PM10 Concentration at Ambient Air Protection Targets




256




0.00025 0.2

2 Zhaojiashaofang





0.00018 0.2

6 Fanmiao Primary

School 0.00004 0.1

7 Shimiao Primary

School 0.00018 0.2




It is observed from Table 7.3.20 that the maximum contribution of annual average overlapped NO2 concentration of pollution sources in Projects under Construction

under normal emission on ambient air protection targets is 0.00135mg/m3, with a

percentage standard rate of 1.7%. There is no standard exceeding and no much impact.

It is observed from Table 7.3.21 that the maximum contribution of annual average overlapped SO2 concentration of pollution sources in Projects under Construction under normal emission on ambient air protection targets is 0.00046 mg/m

3, with a


It is observed from Table 7.3.22 that the maximum contribution of annual average

overlapped PM10 concentration of pollution sources in Projects under Construction under normal emission on ambient air protection targets is 0.00039 mg/m

3, with a


7.3.10.7 Daily Average Concentration of “Negative Overlapped” Reduced Pollution

Sources

According to the meteorological data on the day with the maximum daily average ground concentration of new pollution sources overlapped with pollution sources in

projects under construction (take concentrations of SO2 PM10 on the 223 th day in

2010), have a negative overlapped calculation by subtracting the forecasted daily average concentration of overlapped pollution sources at ambient air protection targets by forecasted daily average concentration of reduced pollution sources at ambient air protection targets at corresponding date to conclude forecasted results of daily average concentration of ambient air protection targets after negative overlapped calculation as listed in Table 7.3.23~7.3.24.

Table 7.3.23 Overlapped Impact of Reduced Pollution Sources on the Maximum Daily

Average SO2Concentration of Ambient Air Protection Targets



257

Name

Contribution of overlapped

pollution sources mg/m

3

Contribution of reduced


3

Contribution of negative

overlapped pollution sources

mg/m3

Percentage standard rate of

negative overlapped pollution sources

%

Xiangjiazhuang (Jiaqu Village)

0.00025 -0.0003 -0.0001 -0.03

Zhaojiashaofang (Shimiao Village)

0.00046 0 0.0005 0.31

Shaqu Village 0.00005 0 0.0001 0.03

Rouyuan Village 0.00032 0 0.0003 0.21

Government of Rouyuan Town

0.00025 0 0.0003 0.17

Fanmiao Primary School

0.00006 -0.0033 -0.0032 -2.16

Shimiao Primary School

0.00022 -0.0050 -0.0048 -3.19

Jiaqu Village 0.00040 0 0.0004 0.27

Shimiao Village 0.00019 -0.0055 -0.0053 -3.54


Average PM10 Concentration of Ambient Air Protection Targets


Name

Contribution of overlapped


3

Contribution of reduced


3


overlapped pollution source

mg/m3

Percentage standard rate of

negative overlapped pollution sources

%


0.0014 -0.0002 0.0012 0.80


0.0017 0 0.0017 1.13

Shaqu Village 0.0005 0 0.0005 0.33

Rouyuan Village 0.0014 0 0.0014 0.93


0.0010 0 0.0010 0.67


0.0004 -0.0005 -0.0001 -0.07


0.0016 -0.0013 0.0003 0.20

Jiaqu Village 0.0013 0 0.0013 0.87

Shimiao Village 0.0023 -0.0021 0.0002 0.13


258

It is observed from Table 7.3.23 that there are both positive and negative SO2

contributions after “negative overlapped” calculation of ambient air protection targets, which indicates that the background value of SO2 contributions of some ambient air protection targets are reduced, and ambient air quality is improved due to the combined impacts of new pollution sources, pollution sources in projects

under construction and reduced pollution sources. The maximum contribution after “negative overlapped” calculation is 0.0005mg/m

3, with a percentage standard rate

of 0.31%. There is no standard exceeding and no much impact.

It is observed from Table 7.3.24 that there are both positive and negative PM10

contributions after “negative overlapped” calculation of ambient air protection targets, which indicates that the background value of absorbable particles contributions of some ambient air protection targets are reduced, and ambient air quality is improved due to the combined impacts of new pollution sources, pollution sources in projects under construction and reduced pollution sources. The maximum contribution after “negative overlapped” calculation is 0.0017mg/m3, with a


7.3.10.8 Annual Concentration of “Negative Overlapped” Reduced Pollution Sources

Have a negative overlapped calculation by subtracting the forecasted annual average concentration of new pollution sources at ambient air protection targets by forecasted annual average concentration of pollution sources in projects under construction at ambient air protection targets to conclude forecasted results of annual average concentration of ambient air protection targets after negative

overlapped calculation as listed in Table 7.3.25~7.3.26.


Average SO2 Concentration of Ambient Air Protection Targets


Name

Contribution of overlapped pollution

sources mg/m3

Contribution of reduced pollution

sources mg/m3


overlapped pollution

source mg/m

3

Percentage standard rate of negative overlapped pollution sources

%


0.00025 -0.0002 0.0001 0.08

Zhaojiashaofang

(Shimiao Village) 0.00046 -0.0008 -0.0003 -0.57

Shaqu Village 0.00005 -0.0002 -0.0002 -0.25

Rouyuan Village 0.00032 -0.0008 -0.0005 -0.80


0.00025 -0.0009 -0.0007 -1.08


0.00006 -0.0002 -0.0001 -0.23


0.00022 -0.0004 -0.0002 -0.30

Jiaqu Village 0.00040 -0.0010 -0.0006 -1.00


259

Shimiao Village 0.00019 -0.0002 0 0

Table 7.3.26 Overlapped Impact of Reduced Pollution Sources on the Maximum Annual

Average PM10 Concentration of Ambient Air Protection Targets


Name

Contribution of overlapped pollution

sources mg/m3

Contribution of reduced pollution

sources mg/m3


overlapped pollution

source mg/m3

Percentage standard rate of negative overlapped pollution sources

%


0.00025 -0.0003 -0.00005 -0.05


0.00039 -0.0004 -0.00001 -0.01

Shaqu Village 0.00004 0 0.00004 0.04

Rouyuan Village 0.00025 -0.0003 -0.00005 -0.05


0.00018 -0.0002 -0.00002 -0.02


0.00004 0 0.00004 0.04


0.00018 -0.0002 -0.00002 -0.02

Jiaqu Village 0.00027 -0.0002 0.00007 0.07

Shimiao Village 0.00017 -0.0002 -0.00003 -0.03

It is observed from Table 7.3.25~7.3.26 that, after the completion of planned project,

the SO2陶PM10 contribution of most ambient air protection targets after “negative

overlapped” calculation on annual average concentration within the assessment

scope are negative, which indicates that the background value of annual average

concentrations of air pollutants at some ambient air protection targets are reduced,

and ambient air quality is improved due to the combined impacts of new pollution

sources, pollution sources in projects under construction and reduced pollution

sources. There is no standard exceeding in annual average contribution and no much

impact.

7.4 Protection Distance for Fugitive Emission

7.4.1 Definition of Protection Distance in Atmospheric Environment

Calculate the protection distance of fugitive emission at wastewater treatment station of the project according to standard calculation method released by the Laboratory

of Assessment Center, Ministry of Environmental Protection to conclude the results as listed in Table 7.4.1.

Table 7.4.1 Calculation Results of Protection Distance in Atmospheric Environment

Unit Adjustment Sludge Dewatering


260

pool Workshop

Length of the surface source (diameter)

m 34 17

Width of the surface source (diameter)

m 34 17

Effective height of the surface source

m 6.5 3

H2S kg/h 0.0054 0.012 Pollutants emission ratio NH3 kg/h 0.015 0.0059

H2S mg/m3 0.01 0.01 Hourly assessment

standard NH3 mg/m3 0.20 0.20

Protection distance in atmospheric environment

m With no point

exceeding

standard

With no point exceeding standard

It is observed from Table 7.4.1 that it does not need to set a protection distance in atmospheric environment for fugitive emission in the project.

7.4.2 Definition of Sanitation Protection Distance

Fugitive emission is calculated as follows:

Qc/cm=1/A(BLC+0.25r

2)0.50

LD

In it: cm—— Standard concentration threshold, mg/m3陶

L—— Sanitation protection distance required by industrial enterprises, m陶

r—— equivalent diameter of the production unit where there is fugitive emission

of hazardous gas, m [calculate according to the floor area of the production unit

S陶m2陶, r =陶S/π陶0.5

]陶

A陶B陶C陶D—— Calculation coefficient of the sanitation protection distance;

Qc—— fugitive emission of hazardous gas in industrial enterprises can reach a

controlled level, kg/h陶

It is observed from 7.2.2.2 that the monthly average wind speed within the statistical year in project area focuses on 2.6m/s, which falls in the section of 2~4m/s. As for

fugitive emission of H2S NH3, there is no funnel discharging similar type of

hazardous gases, and the acceptable concentration of hazardous substances under fugitive emission is determined by chronic reaction index. Therefore, the pollution sources with fugitive emission are classified as Type III. See Table 7.4.2 for calculated sanitation protection distance and related parameters under fugitive emission.

7.4.2 Calculation Sheet Of Sanitation Protection Distance

Unit Adjustment pool Sludge Dewatering

Workshop


261

H2S kg/h 0.0054 0.012 Qc

NH3 kg/h 0.015 0.0059

H2S mg/m3 0.01 0.01

cm NH3 mg/m

3 0.20 0.20

A / 350 350

B / 0.021 0.021

C / 1.85 1.85

D / 0.84 0.84

r m 17 8.5

H2S m 41 94 L

NH3 m 4.5 3.4

Sanitation protection distance

m 100 100

7.4.3 Summary of Protection Distance under Fugitive Emission

It does not need to set a protection distance in atmospheric environment for fugitive emission in the project. The sanitation protection distance in adjustment pool and sludge dewatering workshop for fugitive emission are both 100 m. There is no residential area and other sensitive sites within corresponding protection area and there shall be no residential areas, markets and schools within the protection distance.

7.5 Conclusion of Atmospheric Environmental Impact Assessment

1 After it put into production, the maximum contribution of hourly NO2 SO2

concentration of new pollution sources at mesh points under maximum hourly

ground meteorological conditions account for 5.8% and 2.4% of the standard threshold respectively. Overlapped values of hourly NO2 and SO2 concentration at ambient air protection targets account for 15.8%, 15.4% of the standard threshold. There is no standard exceeding in overlapped background value.

2 After it put into production, the contribution of maximum ground

concentration at mesh points of new pollution sources at the meteorological conditions of maximum daily average NO2, SO2 and PM10 ground concentration

account for 2.2% 1.4% 1.5% of the standard threshold respectively with no

standard exceeding. The overlapped values of daily NO2, SO2 and PM10

concentrations at ambient air protection targets account for 22.0%, 44.2% and 120.8% of the standard threshold respectively. The background value of PM10 exceeds standard is mainly because that the area locates at the edge of Tenger Desert, where is dry and windiness, with low vegetation cover and impacted much by road dust.

3 After it put into production, the contribution of maximum annual average

NO2 SO2 and PM10 concentration on ambient air protection targets account for

0.41% 0.46% 0.30% of the standard threshold with no standard exceeding.

4 If there is a malfunction of dust removal equipment of alkali recovery furnace

in the project, take triple of the daily average PM10 concentration in the assessment. The maximum concentration contribution at mesh points is 28.9%. The maximum


262

contribution of hourly PM10 concentration on ambient air protection targets accounts for 20.2% of the percentage standard rate with no standard exceeding.

5 The maximum contribution of daily average NO2 SO2 and PM10

concentration of pollution sources in projects under construction on ambient air

protection targets after overlapped calculation accounts for 7.7% 2.1% 1.6% of

the standard threshold. The maximum value of daily average NO2 SO2 and PM10

concentration after overlapping with background values at ambient air protection

targets account for 23.5% 44.5% 121.0% of the standard threshold. The

background value of PM10 exceeds standard is mainly because that the area locates at the edge of Tenger Desert, where is dry and windiness, with low vegetation cover and impacted much by road dust.

6 The maximum contribution of annual average NO2 SO2 and PM10

concentration at ambient air protection targets after overlapping with pollution

sources in projects under construction account for 1.7% 0.8% 0.4% of the

standard threshold with no standard exceeding.

7 There are both positive and negative SO2 contributions after overlapping with

pollution sources in projects under construction and “negative overlapping” with reduced pollution sources, which indicates that the background value of SO2

contributions of some ambient air protection targets are reduced, and ambient air quality is improved due to the combined impacts of new pollution sources, pollution sources in projects under construction and reduced pollution sources. The maximum contribution after “negative overlapped” calculation is 0.0005mg/m

3, with a


8 There are both positive and negative PM10 contributions after overlapping

with pollution sources in projects under construction and “negative overlapping”

with reduced pollution sources, which indicates that the background value of PM10

contributions of some ambient air protection targets are reduced, and ambient air quality is improved due to the combined impacts of new pollution sources, pollution sources in projects under construction and reduced pollution sources. The maximum contribution after “negative overlapped” calculation is 0.0017mg/m

3, with a


9 It does not need to set a protection distance in atmospheric environment for

fugitive emission in the project. The sanitation protection distance in adjustment pool and sludge dewatering workshop for fugitive emission are both 100 m. There is no residential area and other sensitive sites within corresponding protection area and there shall be no residential areas, markets and schools within the protection distance.

In a word, there is no much impact on assessment area and the air quality in sensitive areas of air pollutants discharged after the planned project is put into production.


263

8 Analysis of Impact on Water Environment

8.1 Analysis of Wastewater Quality

8.1.1 Wastewater Production in Existing and Planned Projects

Wastewater in existing project is mainly produced in selection by washing in

pulping workshop, middle stage effluent in bleaching process, remaining white

water in papermaking workshop, workshop washing water, domestic wastewater,

part of sewage discharged from circulating cooling water and sewage discharged by

chemical water workshop of boiler. Wastewater to be produced in planned project

include middle stage effluent in extracting, selecting and bleaching processes,

contaminated condensate in alkali recovery workshop and domestic water.

The wastewater is to be discharged into existing self-wastewater treatment station,

after the planned project has been completed, for disposal. The designed capacity of

self-wastewater treatment station is 60000m3/d, now it can handle 52096m

3/d of

wastewater. The wastewater produced by the whole factory is to be 45511m3/d. It

means that existing self-wastewater treatment station is capable of handling the

wastewater produced in planned project. See Table 3.4.2 for wastewater amount and

quality of inlet and outlet water in wastewater station of existing project, planned

project and the whole factory.

8.1.2 Wastewater Discharge Direction

It applies a sewage treatment plan for water outlet after treatment in primary sedimentation tank + regulating reservoir + selection tank + aeration tank + secondary sedimentation tank + coagulating sedimentation, which is to be discharged into oxidation pond when meeting the Standard of Joint Production Enterprise for Paper Pulp and Papermaking as stated in Table 2 of Discharge

Standard of Water Pollutants for Paper Industry (GB3544 - 2008) to be filled into oxidation pond,which is to be used for irrigation of forest base and shall not be discharged into surface water. See Chapter 8.2.7.2 for seepage proofing measures applied in the oxidation pond.

See chapter on wastewater prevention measures (14.2.1) for the standard conformance feasibility of wastewater quality after treatment.

Under normal working conditions, wastewater produced in the factory shall be used for irrigation of forest base after reaching standard through treatment in oxidation pond.

If there is accident in wastewater treatment station, it cannot treat the inlet sewage or the treatment efficiency shall be reduced greatly. The wastewater produced in the project shall be discharged into oxidation pond directly at that time, which shall certainly produce serious impact on the soil and groundwater in forest base, thus

impacts local groundwater quality. Therefore, if there is a malfunction of supporting wastewater treatment system of planned project, it shall stop production in order to reduce the impact of outlet wastewater into the minimum level.


264

8.1.3 Qualification Analysis on Dioxin and AOX

1. Analysis on AOX qualification feasibility at outlet of pulping line

All exiting pulping lines apply liquid chlorine bleaching technology. According to actual monitoring, AOX in wastewater discharged at outlet of supporting pulping line 2# and stage 4 bleaching workshop, supporting pulping line 3# and new stage 3

bleaching workshop reaches 72mg/L, 17.7 mg/L separately, which exceeds the standard threshold of 12 mg/L as stated in the Discharge Standard of Water

Pollutants for Paper Industry (GB3544 - 2008). With the implementation of planned project, pulping line 3# is to be stopped, line 2# is to be reconstructed for enclosed selection and the it shall also apply element chlorine free ClO2 for bleaching, which can reduce AOX emission greatly in the pulping process.

Comparing with AOX production in similar domestic and foreign pulping factories, the production of AOX in wastewater is also different with the difference of bleaching technology. If it applies a four-stage bleaching technology of A/D0-EOP-D1-D2, the production of AOX is about 0.37kg/ADt.

It also applies a four-stage ECF bleaching technology of D0-EOP-D1-D2 in the planned project. It applies the same bleaching process in Hainan Jinhai Pump and Papermaking Co., Ltd with the planned project. Both apply chlorine dioxide (D1) for bleaching in stage III and the last stage. The AOX concentration in wastewater is 10.47陶11.67mg/L. Therefore, it plans to apply a four-stage ECF bleaching technology of D0-EOP-D1-D2 in the bleaching process of the project, which can satisfy AOX control requirement for wastewater discharged by pulping line as stated in the Discharge Standard of Water Pollutants for Paper Industry (GB3544 - 2008) (i.e. AOX≤12mg/L).

2. Qualification feasibility analysis on dioxin at outlet of pulping line

It plans to apply a four-stage ECF bleaching technology of D0-EOP-D1-D2 in the bleaching process of the planned project. Among chemicals as listed in appendix C of Convention of Stockholm, only PCDD and PCDF are determined as produced in bleaching with element chlorine. Among 17 PCDD/PCDF derivatives replaced by chlorine in 2, 3, 7, 8 valent, only two, 2,3,7,8-TCDD and 2,3,7,8-TCDF are determined as produced in bleaching with chlorine gas in chemical pumping process.

Therefore, US EPA recommends replacing chlorine gas by chlorine dioxide in bleaching and combing the use of modern pumping technology, including oxygen delignification and fine unbleaching pump washing technology.

It issues an emission standard of dioxin in wastewater produced by bleaching

workshop by US EPA in 1998, which requires 2,3,7,8- TCDD to be less than 10 pg/L, 2,3,7,8 – TCDF less than 31.9 pq/L. According to the toxic equivalent factor amended by WHO, the dioxin emission threshold in wastewater produced in bleaching workshop is 13.19 pqTEQ/L. That is the strictest threshold requirement on dioxin in wastewater produced in pumping and bleaching processes in the world. With the application of ECF bleaching and modernized pulping technology, the pulping industry in US has satisfied the requirement completely.

According to U.S. experiences and other similar domestic and foreign enterprises, dioxin in wastewater produced in pulping line shall be ≤20 pg TEQ /L, which can satisfy the controlled threshold requirement of 30 pqTEQ/L on dioxin as stated in the

Discharge Standard of Water Pollutants for Paper Industry (GB3544 - 2008).


265

8.2 Analysis of Impact on Groundwater Environment

According to the drilling data of Meili Paper Company (See Figure 8.2.1: Drilling

Stratum Column of Well 3# as One of Water Intake Wells of Enterprise), the surface

layer of stratum is 19 – 23 meters of sand gravel, and the next is 5 – 7meters of clay

bed with good contamination prevention function, and it is far from the protection

area for local drinking water. With a small water intake of 19046m3/d, so the

groundwater in the project is classified as Grade III in the assessment according to

the Technical Guidelines for Environmental Impact Assessment – Groundwater

Environment (HJ610-2011).

The planned project is in the east of the water resources protection area of Shapotou

District (about 6 km away). Both the planned project and the protection area locate

at the left bank of the Yellow River and are about 2 km away from the Yellow

River. Therefore, there is no much difference between the hydro geological

conditions of the two sites. It quotes related parts in Hydro-geological Assessment

Report of Shapotou District, Zhongwei City in the Chapter to illustrate the hydro-

geological conditions in planned project site.

8.2.1 Terrain Features

The project site locates above the first, second level terrace of Yellow River alluvial

plains in Zhongwei City. With uniform landform, the Quaternary system is quite

thick. It belongs to an accumulated type, an alluvial plain, with a high terrain in

northwest and low in southeast direction, gently slope to the Yellow River and about

1.5‰ of ground sloping. The land is flat and open with a relative altitude difference

of about 27 m and average altitude of 1200 meters. There are criss-cross irrigation

and drainage channels all through the area with no obvious terraces except artificial

barriers along the bank of Yellow River.

With an upland landform in oxidation pond area, the general altitude is 1270陶1285

meters. Due to the long term cutting of surface runoff, “U”-shape valleys have been

formed. The valleys are mainly distributed from north to south. There are no

landslide and other harmful geological conditions through survey in the area.

8.2.2 Aquifer Distribution, Structure and Hydro-geological Features

With relatively simple hydro-geological conditions, the storage of groundwater

around the factory boundary is mainly controlled by factors like stratum, landform,

hydrology, meteorology and structure, which can be classified as the same

geological unit. The Yellow River runs from Shanpopo District to Zhongwei fault

basin through Heishanxia Valley, which is relatively broad, thus sediments

accumulate due to lowered carrying capacity of the Yellow River and forms

Zhongwei Plain during long term geological changes and evolution. Under the

control of geology and structure, in addition to 1.4-4.6m of clay in plain surface,

there is thick gravel layer under it with holes filled by silts and fine sand and no

stable water resisting layer. The aquifer is characterized by loose, gap and thick

structure. Meanwhile, it also features in stable aquifer, shallow groundwater level,


266

and good water quality and water richness with a general depth of water level of 3 –

4 meters in dry season. However, there is potential danger on ground water pollution

due to human activities.

With an upland landform in oxidation pond area, the valleys are mainly distributed

from north to south. With surface covered by medium sand, fine sand, the lower part

is composed of sandstone, shaly sand, sand mudstone and mudstones formed in

Hongliugou form in Miocene Series of tertiary system (N1h). In terms of

lithological characters, it is a relative impermeable layer. It does not find neighbor

valleys lower than reservoir water level in the terrain map of the area. Set three

geological cross sections, one ring geological section along periphery of oxidation

pond in reservoir area, and have a comprehensive analysis according to water

pressure test of drilling hole and indoor penetration test on the dam site of oxidation

pond 4#, left reservoir bank of oxidation pond 4#, right reservoir bank of oxidation

pond 1#, medium permeable layer distributed at the downstream stratum of

oxidation pond 4# with a rock soil permeable rate of q＞10Lu (K＞10-4m/s), it

found that there are different extents of penetration.


267

Figure 8.2.1 Column of the Drilling Stratum


268

8.2.3 Groundwater Supply, Runoff and Discharge

There are 12,100,000 m3

of ground water resources in Shapotou District (quoted from

Development and Utilization of Water Resources and Ecological Environment

Assessment in Ningxia issued by Ningxia Hydrology Water Resources Survey Bureau

in September 2005). According to Hydrology Survey Report on Water Supply of

Water Resources in Zhongwei Ningxia, the ground water dynamics of the area has

close relationship with water running and irrigation of canals for farmland. The depth

of water level in dry seal from January to March is 3 – 4 meters, while, it increases

rapidly to 1 – meters in irrigation period by the end of April, in the middle of

November with an annual change of water level between 1.62-3.77 meters.

The main supply of ground water in the area comes from the infiltration of water

running of canals and farmland irrigation in irrigated area with Yellow River, and

then is the lateral runoff supply of ground water and infiltration supply of rainfall.

Among them, farmland irrigation supply accounts for 34%, infiltration supply of

canal system accounts for 37%, rainfall supply accounts for 2%, and lateral runoff

supply accounts for 27%. The overall running direction of ground water is from

northwest to southeast with a hydraulic gradient of 1.5‰ approximately, which is

discharged into the Yellow River finally. The groundwater is discharged by drainage

ditch, evaporation from phreatic water and artificial exploitation.

8.2.4 Status-quo Quality of Ground Water

On August 11 to 12, 2011, it took a status-quo monitoring on ground water quality at three points at the factory boundary and upstream, downstream of it (factory boundary, Shimiao Village at upstream of it and Jiaqu Village at the downstream of it) by Zhongwei Environmental Monitoring Central Station. According to the monitoring results, the maximum standard index is 0.969, which is the overall harness factor and locates at the monitoring point in Shimiao Village. It has the underground water feature in north. In a word, water of every monitoring well meets the standard

requirements of type III as stated in GB/T14848-93 Groundwater Standard (see Table 5.3.4 for details).

8.2.5 Drinking Water Protection Area in Shapotou District, Zhongwei City

The scope of protection area at every level in drinking water protection area at Shapotou District, Zhongwei are as follows. See Figure 8.2.2 for details.

Scope of Level 1 protection area: With south boundary at the left bank of the

Yellow River, west boundary at Niutan Road, North boundary at main street from east

to west in Shapotou District and east boundary at Yingli Road, the level 1 protection

area (including the scope of 6 square kilometers for planned second water resources

site) is 8.2 kilometers long from east to west and 3.9 kilometers wide from south to

north. The total area is 25.5 square kilometers.

Scope of Level 2 protection area: It considers that the main supply of

groundwater comes from northwest in the boundary division of level 2 protection

area. Therefore, it enlarges in the west and north appropriately and reduces in the east

and south correspondingly. With the south boundary of the left bank of the Yellow


269

River, west boundary of the west wall of water resistance troop, north boundary of

Miaoqu – Wupu road and east boundary of Huaiyuan Road, the level 2 protection area

is 9.6 kilometers long from east to west and 5.3 kilometers wide from south to north.

The total area is 38 square kilometers.

Scope of the quasi protection area：：：： According to the distribution range of

aquifer in Quaternary system in Shapotou District, groundwater runoff direction and location of the secondary water resource, it sets quasi protection area at northwest outside the level 1 and level 2 protection areas in order to guarantee the water quality. With the east boundary of Hanzha Road – Beigan canal – Xiangshan Road – Ningmeng, south boundary of the north boundary of level 2 protection area, west boundary of Xiaheyan ferry – Railway Wild Grass Lake – Diaopoliang – Ningmeng and north boundary of Ningmeng provincial boundary, the total area of quasi protection area is 119 square kilometers.

It is observed from the division of protection area that the planned project is at the

east of the protection area (6 kilometers away), which is outside the protection area

and the direction of groundwater flow is runoff from northwest to southeast, i.e. the

planned project locates outside the supply and drainage scope of the protection area

and has no impact on the protection area.


270

Figure 8.2.2 Division of the Water Resources Protection Area

Project location


271

8.2.6 Analysis of Impact on Groundwater Environment

Main supply for phreatic water in planned project area: farmland irrigation, 34%;

infiltration of canal system, 37%; infiltration of rainfall, 2%; lateral runoff, 27%.

There is a fourth drainage ditch running across the factory boundary of planned

project. Now, it has been required by Meili Paper Company to stop discharge into

the ditch under the instruction of environmental protection authority. All sewage and

wastewater are to be discharged into oxidation pond after treatment in wastewater

treatment station, and send to forest base for irrigation finally.

It is concluded from analysis that the main impact on phreatic water of the planned

project is supply pollution on groundwater by rainfall filtration and main pollution

on pressure water is indirect pollution resulted by leakage-releasing water

complement to pressure water by contaminated phereatic water.

According to above analysis, the main impacts on ground water of the planned

project are as follows.

1. Pollutants brought about by rainfall to sludge, leaching solution of

ash scatted in factory boundary and water seepage are COD, SS with no toxic

constituents.

For this pollution way, if there is continuous and high intensity of seepage due to

ground surface pollution discharge, it may lead to the pollution of shallow

groundwater, and impact groundwater quality indirectly under the close hydraulic

relationship of water-bearing zones. Therefore, it shall pay special attention to the

protection of ground water environment in project area during project construction

and operation. The construction party of project shall apply active measures for

seepage, leakage prevention, wastewater and waste residues collection and disposal

to eliminate bad impact on groundwater environment to its best.

2. Seepage resulted by accidental burst, ooze, drip and leak during the

transportation of chemicals and effluents;

If there is accident resulted by improper handling of wastewater discharged in

project production, and result that water unqualified for emission, it will have an

impact on the treatment efficiency of oxidation pond, and then impact the

underground water quality by irrigation seepage during forest base irrigation.

3. Foundation seepage of oxidation pond

According to drilling pressure water test and indoor seepage test, the soil layers in

the dam site are in the following sequence.

(a) Filling of dam foundation in the surface, it is mainly fine sand and grits, with a osmotic coefficient of K=4.0×10

-4 cm /s. The inside of dam body is

cement protected slope. The filling of dam body is determined as medium permeable formation.

(b) Sand and round gravel: alluvial deposits with a osmotic coefficient of K=6.0×10

-2 ~3.0×10

-3cm /s, which is determined as medium ~ strong

permeable formation.


272

(c) Interbedding of shaly sand and sand mudstone: light red, layer structure, argillaceous cement, mud-granule structure, with less cement degree and can be crumbed by hand. The core of rock shows as discrete, column forms with a permeable rate of q=1.6~20lu陶K=1.6×10

-5~2.0×10

-4cm /s陶,

which is determined as medium ~ weak permeable formation.

(d) Sand mudstone: light red, thick layer, with no development of joint fissure, small development of weathered fissure and with complete rock mass and a permeable rate of q陶5.0lu陶K陶5.0×10

-5cm /s陶, which is

determined as weak permeable formation.

Since there is no effective seepage proof for dam foundation at the earlier stage, there is obvious seepage in oxidation 4#, and there is water seepage in downstream lowland of the dam foundation. Effective seepage proof measures are required.

8.2.7 Control Measures for Prevention of Ground Water Pollution

8.2.7.1 Active Control Measures

It takes into account of related control measures in design on production technology, equipment and general drawing in order to reduce accidental burst, ooze, drip and leak during production process and prevent groundwater pollution. The specific measures are as follows.

1. Measures on Process Control 三

(a) Have a centralized layout for materials according to their physical properties as far as possible in equipment easy to be leaked in area where production equipments installed, such as in chemical preparation process, temporary pilling site of white mud. Set floor drains within the coffer and the coffer surface shall be paved with impermeable materials.

(b) Install double valves for equipments and pipelines for storage and transportation of toxic and hazardous media, establish special liquid waste collection system for various liquids containing toxic and hazardous medias discharged by equipments and pipes and install within the equipment boundaries.

(c) In addition to set fire dike for chemical storage tank area according to requirements of Code for Design of Fire-dike in Storage Tank Farm (GB50351-2005), it shall apply seepage proof measures for ground and dike of the fire dike.

2. Prevention Measures for Equipment 三

Improve sealing levels of various pumps transporting chemical materials used in process; provide integrated catch tray or basin type catch base for all rotating equipments (including lubricant system) and the catch tray or catch basin at base must be sloped to the drove end at least in a slope of 1陶120; the based shall be extended under assembling unit of droved equipment and driving system; the screw hole used for liquor drainage must be 2 inches (2NPS) wide at lest and all catch liquor shall be collected and discharged together.


273

3. Prevention and Control Measures of Building Structure 三

(a) Apply seepage prevention measures for all structures for storage of sewage and drainage (including wastewater treatment facilities, inlet for storm water and inspection wells) according to zones.

(b) The maximum alkali content in concrete shall be conformed to the

regulations as stated in Standard for Maximum Alkali Content in Concrete CECS53 and chlorine salts are forbidden to be used as additive for freeze proofing and early strength in concrete.

8.2.7.2 Passive Control Measures

1. Seepage proofing measures for warehouse of wheat straw clippings

Apply C30 impermeable concrete to integral cast the ground in enclosed warehouse

storing wheat straw clippings and dust. It shall not produce leachate due to rainfall

in enclosed environment, and the wheat straw clippings and dust are to be removed

by neighboring farmers for composting.

2. Prevention measures for white mud (including small amount of green

mud) storage warehouse

White mud produced in factory (including small amount of green mud) is

temporarily stored in semi-enclosed warehouse. Apply C30 impermeable concrete to

integral cast the ground in enclosed warehouse and pave anti-permeate film at the

bottom of it. The sequence of clay layers are as follows: concrete cushion (200 mm),

isolated layer, leveling layer (20 mm), under layer (150 mm), gravel layer (500

mm), and packed soil. The osmotic coefficient shall be guaranteed less than 1.0×10-

7cm/s and add a coffer at periphery (with a height of 500 mm).

3. Prevention measures for white mud piling yard

The solid wastes landfill site of Meili Paper Company locates at Mopanshan

Mountain, which is 12 km away to the north of Zhenluo Town and 20 km away

from Meilin Paper Company. There are a drainage ditch for flood of 2 meters long

and 2 meters wide at both south and north sides of the landfill field, which are

cyclopean rubble masonry. A flood dam of cyclopean rubble masonry is to be

constructed at the west side of piling field for drying of causticizing white mud. A

vertical impermeable layer is to be constructed at the field: construct a 300 mm thick

of clay layer after leveling the bottom; then a 300g/m2 thick of geotextile above it

and then a 300 mm thick of clay layer. Therefore, the osmotic coefficient is less than

1.0×10-7

cm/s, which meets the requirement as stated in Standard for Pollution

Control on the Storage and Disposal Site for General Industrial Solid Wastes

(GB18599-2001).

4.Seepage prevention measures for workshops

Rainfall collection ditches are distributed outside every workshop and sewer ditches

are constructed inside every workshop. Collected wastewater and sewage are to be

delivered to wastewater treatment station to be discharged after qualifying for safe

emission.


274

5. Seepage prevention measures for oxidation pond

According to the drilling data, it shows that the surface of oxidation pond area is a shallow layer of residual sand, and then inter-bedding distribution of sandstones, gravels, muddy sandstones, sandy mudstones and mudstones of Tertiary system, which are all argillaceous cement with weak argillaceous degree and thick structure of layers. According to pressurized water test, the permeable rate is q=1.8~41 Lu and osmotic coefficient is K=4.1×10

-4~1.8×10

-5.

According to the requirement on national environmental standard as stated in the Technical Specification of Constructed Wetlands for Wastewater Treatment

Engineering (HJ 2005-2010) of the People’s Republic of China, seepage prevention measures are required at the bottom and side of constructed wetlands and the osmotic coefficient of the impermeable layer is not to be more than 10

-6cm/s. since the

osmotic coefficient of natural rock (soil) mass is more than 10-6

cm/s, it suggests applying seepage prevention measures of horizontal seepage proofing by geomembrane + vertical seepage proofing by soil engineering geomembrane around it at the oxidation pond area.

8.2.7.3 Monitoring on Groundwater Pollution

A groundwater monitoring system shall be established in order to know the

environmental pollution control on groundwater at the project site in time and accurately, including perfect monitoring system, equipping with advanced detecting instruments and devices, setting monitoring wells on pollution of ground water reasonably and scientifically. So it can find pollution and apply control measures for it in time.

Monitoring on groundwater in production area shall be executed according to requirement as stated in Technical Specifications for Environmental Monitoring of

Groundwater (HJ/T164-2004). The pollution monitoring system and management system on groundwater shall be integrated into the environmental management and monitoring system of the whole factory, which include perfect monitoring and

management system, advanced monitoring instruments, scientific monitoring plan to satisfy the need for monitoring on groundwater pollution.

8.2.7.4 Emergency Measures for Groundwater Pollution Accident

Activate emergency treatment plan according to monitoring data and feedback from online monitoring well for groundwater pollution, monitoring well for water quality, thus find groundwater pollution accident and the scope and extent of impact in time in order to provide information for activating emergency measures on groundwater.

8.3 Summary

1. Analysis of Impact on Surface Water Environment

The self-wastewater treatment station is designed to handle 60,000 m3 of wastewater

per day. Now it is 55830m3/d. It can reduce the production of wastewater 43496

m3/d after the planned project put into production, and 33177m

3/d of wastewater

will be added. The wastewater produced by the whole factory is to be 45511m3/d. It

means that wastewater produced in planned project is to be disposed in existing self-

wastewater treatment station, which is to be discharged into oxidation pond after satisfying the Standard of Joint Production Enterprise for Paper Pulp and


275

Papermaking as stated in Table 2 of Discharge Standard of Water Pollutants for

Paper Industry (GB3544 - 2008) to be filled into oxidation pond,which is to be used for irrigation of forest base finally and shall not be discharged into the surface water. Thus the resulted virtuous circle not only alleviates water resources shortage of the Yellow River, but also avoids discharge pollution on Yellow River water and

improves the economic benefits of enterprises.

2. Analysis of Impact on Groundwater Environment

According to the analysis, the factory site of planned project locates at the outlet

area of groundwater. With good contamination prevention function and it is far from

the protection area for local drinking water. With a small water intake of 19046m3/d,

the construction party applied prevention and emergency plans strictly according to

related standards and technical requirements of the country and constructed by

strictly following design requirements, which can control the adverse impact on

groundwater quality within the assessment area basically.

9. Forecast and Assessment of Impact on Noise

Environment

It applies the Class II standard as stated in Environmental Quality Standard for

Noise in project area. There are three sensitive sites within 100 m around the project,

i.e. Zhaojiashaofang, Shimiao Village which is 45 meters away outside the west

boundary (30 persons in total of 6 households), Shimiao Village 25 meters outside

the north boundary (2071 persons in total of 691 households) and Xiangjiazhuang,

Jiaqu Village neighboring the east boundary (100 persons in total of 20 households).

According to the forecast analysis, the noise increase at the three sensitive sites after

the planned project has put into production are all 0dB(A), which means that the

planned project has no impact on the noise environment at those sensitive sites. The

noise environment quanity in the project area is mainly Level II. Therefore, the

assessment work for impact on noise environment is classified as Class II in the

assessment.

9.1 Source Intensity of Noise

Main noise sources produced in planned project: equipments running in production

workshop. See Table 9.1.1 for main equipments producing noise and noise level of

them in planned project.

Table 9.1.1 List of Main Equipments Producing Noise and Noise Level of Equipment

in Planned Project

Type No. Name Noise level

dB(A) Scope of Coordinate

1 Straw cutter 85-90 Feed preparing

workshop 2 Shredder 85-90

x: 102077-102144 y: -56580- -56533


276

3 Circulating

pump 85.0-90.0 Continuous cooking

workshop 4 Water pump 85.0-90.0

x: 102099- 102138 y: -56658- -56637

5 Black liquor

pump 84.0-88.0

6 Pulp pump 84.0-88.0

7 Knotter 85.0-90.0 Screening workshop for black liquor extraction

8 Pressure screening machine

85.0-90.0

x: 102068-102098 y: -56590- -56588

Bleaching workshop 9 Pulp pump 84.0-88.0 x: 102054-102076 y: -56650- -56611

10 Ice water pump 84.0-88.0 Chlorine三dioxide三

preparation三plant三 11 ClO2

Circulating pump

84.0-88.0

x: 101935-101953

y:三-5656月-三-56527三

9.2 Assessment Factor and Assessment Standard

1. The assessment factor is equivalent continuous A-weighted sound

pressure level;

2. It applies the Class IV standard as stated in Emission Standard for

Industrial Enterprises Noise at Boundary (GB 12348—2008) within the Northern

boundary, and applies the Class II standard as stated in Emission Standard for

Industrial Enterprises Noise at Boundary (GB 12348—2008) within other

boundaries, i.e. 60dB(A) at day time and 50dB(A) at night time. It applies Class II

standard as stated in Environmental Quality Standard for Noise (GB3096-2008)

within the boundary, i.e. 60dB(A) at day time and 50dB(A) at night time.

9.3 Forecast Scope and Amount

1. The forecast scope for noise environment is within 100 m outside the

factory boundary of planned project;

2. It is a new project and select contribution according to Guidelines as

forecast amount. There are three sensitive sites within 100m distance around the

project and select the noise sources with maximum contribution on boundary and the

contribution on sensitive sites as forecast amount.

9.4 Sensitive Targets

See Table 9.4.1 for sensitive targets within the assessment scope. It plans to take the

maximum value in current monitoring as the background value for noise forecast.

Table 9.4.1 Sensitive Targets

Background noise value

dB(A) No. Name Direction Distance

m Day Night

1 Zhaojiashaofang, Shimiao Village

W 45 44.8 43.2


277

2 Shimiao Village N 25 46.8 45.1

3 Xiangjiazhuang, Jiaqu

Village E Very close to 43.8 42.3

9.5 Forecast Contents

1. Noise forecast

(a) Forecast the distribution of noise contribution within the assessment

scope and provide maximum noise and location within the boundary;

(b) Overlapped value of noise contribution and background value at sensitive

sites

2. Draw a contour map

Provide a contour map within the assessment scope.

9.6 Time Aeriod for Assessment

The noise source in operation period of the project is fixed. So, it takes the period

after fixed noise sources has put into production as the time period for assessment on

environmental impact. At normal conditions, the equipments in planned project run

continuously from day to night, so it takes the whole day as time period for

assessment.

9.7 Forecast Mode

It applies a mode of equidistance attenuation from point source. The sound energy

attenuates gradually when it is transmitted from source to the impacted point under

the influence of transmission distance, air absorption, and obstacle reflection and

shielding.

The calculation of noise impact on environment is as follows:

1 Fundamental formula for geometrical attenuation of non-directional point

source:

)lg(20)()( 00 rrrLrL PP −=

In it: )(rLP — Acoustic pressure level 1 meter away from point source r

dB(A);

)( 0rLP — Acoustic pressure level 2 meters away from point source

r dB(A).

2 Calculation formula for contribution (Leqg) of equivalent sound level produced

by sound source at the forecast point


278

AiL

eqg i

i

L 10lg tT

= ∑ 0. 11 10

In it: Leqg— Contribution of equivalent sound level produced by sound

source in construction project at the forecast point, dB(A)

LAi— Sound level A produced by sound source i at the forecast point,

dB(A)

T— Time period for calculation in the forecast s

ti— operation time of sound source i in time period T, s

3 Calculation formula for equivalent sound level forecast at the forecast

point (Leq):

Leqg Leqb

eqL 10lg= 0. 1 0. 110 +10

In it: Leqg— Contribution of equivalent sound level produced by sound

source in construction project at the forecast point,三dB(A图;

Leqb— Background value of the forecast point, dB(A).

4 Generalization of multiple indoor sound sources

陶 i octave band pressure level overlapping formula for all indoor sound

sources:

10.1

p1

1

L ( ) 10lg( 10 )P ij

NL

i

j

T=

= ∑

In it: p1L ( )i T— overlapped acoustic pressure level of i octave band of N

indoor sound sources near the building envelop structure, dB

p1L i j — Acoustic pressure level of i octave band of indoor sound source

j, dB;

陶 Calculation formula for sound power level of outdoor sound sources

equivalent to indoor sources

p2 p1L ( ) L ( ) ( 6)i iT T TLi= − +

In it p2L ( )i T—o verlapped acoustic pressure level of i octave band of N

outdoor sound sources near the building envelop structure, dB

TLi — Sound reduction factor of i octave band in building envelop

structure, dB

陶 Acoustic power level of octave band of equivalent sound source at sound


279

entrance area (s) in central position

2 ( ) 10w P

L L T Lgs= +

9.8 Analysis on Forecast Results

• See Figure 9.8.1 for Contour Layout of Noise Contribution after the planned

project has put into production.

• See Table 9.8.1 for the maximum value and coordinates of position by

planned project on factory boundaries

• See Table 9.8.2 for noise contribution and forecast value overlapped with

background value of planned project on sensitive sites.


280

Figure 9.8.1 Contour L版西ou蒸 o目彩o程营e 后 L版西ou蒸 o目彩o程营e 后 L版西ou蒸 o目彩o程营e 后 L版西ou蒸 o目彩o程营e 后oooo网蒸草程bu蒸程o网版目蒸e草蒸磅e 脱絮版网网e电脱草o筛e理蒸磅版营脱u蒸程网蒸o 脱草o电u理蒸程o网、网蒸草程bu蒸程o网版目蒸e草蒸磅e 脱絮版网网e电脱草o筛e理蒸磅版营脱u蒸程网蒸o 脱草o电u理蒸程o网、网蒸草程bu蒸程o网版目蒸e草蒸磅e 脱絮版网网e电脱草o筛e理蒸磅版营脱u蒸程网蒸o 脱草o电u理蒸程o网、网蒸草程bu蒸程o网版目蒸e草蒸磅e 脱絮版网网e电脱草o筛e理蒸磅版营脱u蒸程网蒸o 脱草o电u理蒸程o网、


281

Table 9.8.1 Maximum Noise Value and Position at Boundaries

Coordinates (m) Direction

Maximum contribution dB(A) x y

Day East boundary Night

40 102155 -56600

Day West boundary Night

15 101200 -56570

Day South boundary Night

27 102095 -56775

Day

MCC MEILI PAPER INDUSTRY CO., LTD

North boundary Night

30 102075 -56495

According to predicted assessment results in Figure 9.8.1 and Table 9.8.1, the

maximum noise contribution comes from the east factory boundary (40 dB(A))

within the whole factory after the planned project has been completed, i.e. feed

preparation workshop is the biggest noise source. Since the monitoring point for

current status at the east boundary matches with the maximum contribution of the

east boundary, it can conclude the noise value at east boundary after overlapping

with the background value (apply maximum status-quo monitoring value: day

58.3dB(A), night 48.2dB(A)): day 58.4dB(A), night 48.8dB(A), which conforms to

the Class II standard as stated in Emission Standard for Industrial Enterprises

Environment Noise at Boundary (GB 12348—2008) within the boundary, i.e.

60dB(A) at day time and 50dB(A) at night time.

Table 9.8.2 Noise Contribution and Forecast Value at Sensitive Sites

Current background

value

Assessment results

Assessment standard

Qualification conditions Name of the

forecast point

Day Night

Noise contribution

Day Night Day Night Day Night

Zhaojiashaofang, Shimiao Village

44.8 43.2 5 44.8 43.2 60 50 Qualified Qualified

Shimiao Village 46.8 45.1 17 46.8 45.1 60 50 Qualified Qualified

Xiangjiazhuang, Jiaqu Village

43.8 42.3 18 43.8 42.3 60 50 Qualified Qualified

It is observed from Table 9.8.2 that the sound level increases by 0 dB(A) at various

sensitive sites in planned project, i.e. there is no impact for those sensitive sites.

Sensitive sites within the assessment scope after the completion of planned project

can meet requirements of Class II standard as stated in Environmental Quality

Standard for Noise (GB3096-2008), i.e. 60dB(A) at day time and 50dB(A) at night

time.


282

9.9 Summary

According to above analysis, the maximum noise contribution comes from the east

factory boundary (47 dB(A)) within the whole factory, i.e. feed preparation

workshop is the biggest noise source. After the planned project has put into

production, the sound environment within boundary can meet the Class II standard

as stated in Emission Standard for Industrial Enterprises Environment Noise at

Boundary (GB 12348—2008), i.e. 60dB(A) at day time and 50dB(A) at night time.

And sound environment at every sensitive site can meet the Class II standard as

stated in Environmental Quality Standard for Noise (GB3096-2008), i.e. 60dB(A) at

day time and 50dB(A) at night time.

In order to reduce road noise impact, it suggests that construction party arrange

transportation vehicles appropriately and reduce night driving as far as possible, restrict the driving speed, reduce horn, and adverse impact of noises resulted by

transportation vehicles on residents around it.

10 Analysis on Disposal and Impact of Solid Wastes

It strictly follows related regulations for treatment and disposal of solid wastes

produced in planned project as stated in Law of the Peoples Republic of China on

Prevention of Environmental Pollution Caused by Solid Waste, Standard for

Pollution Control on the Storage and Disposal Site for General Industrial Solid

Wastes (GB18599-2001), National Hazardous Waste Inventory (Huafa [2008] No.

1) and follows requirements as stated in related identification standards. Based on

the principle of solid waste recycle and comprehensive utilization, it shall realize

safe disposal and eradicate secondary pollution.

10.1 Emission Features and Emission statistics of Solid Wastes

10.1.1 Analysis on Features of Solid Wastes

Solid wastes produced in planned project mainly include wheat straw clippings and

dust in feed preparation workshop, pulp residues in pulping process, white mud in

alkali recovery process, green slime and small amount of lime mud, house refuse

and sludge produced by wastewater treatment plant.

Wheat straw clippings are mainly composed of small fibers, knots, dust; pulp

residues are mainly composed of vegetable fibers; sludge is mainly inorganic

characterized by small organic content, rough particles, high density and high water

content, with hydrophobic properties generally, easy to be dewatered and light odor

after dewatering. According to monitoring data of similar industries within the

country, above materials are classified as Class I general solid wastes. The white

mud has a water content of 50% after pretreatment at the factory, with a pH=11.2 of

leachate, which is classified as Class II general solid wastes.

There are no dangerous wastes in solid wastes produced in planned project.


283

10.1.2 Statistics on Emission of Solid Wastes

See Table 10.1.1 for features and statistics on emission of solid wastes produced in

planned project.

Table 10.1.1 Production and Disposal of Solid Wastes Produced in Workshops

Type Source Amount of emission

(t/a) Disposal measures Remark

Wheat straw clippings and dust

Feed preparation process

9861.6 Compost in forest base and

used as fertilizer

Pulp residues Pulping line 4800 Recycle in paper room in the

factory

Water Ratio 70%

White mud Causticization

process for alkali recovery

14899.6 Storage yard for solid wastes,

planning to be used as desulfurizing agent

Water Ratio 50%

Green lime, lime mud

Alkali recovery process

680 Landfill Water Ratio 50%

House refuse Staff living 200 Delivery away by

environmental protection department

Sludge produced by wastewater treatment plant

Wastewater treatment plant

39030 Fertilizer for forest base Water Ratio 75%

Total 69471.2 /

10.2 Components and Treatment & Disposal Measures for Solid Wastes

10.2.1 Wheat Straw Clippings and Dust

Wheat straw clippings mainly come from feed preparation workshop, which are

produced during preparation of wheat straw. The wheat straw clippings are mainly

composed of small fibers, knots and dust, with certain heat value, good soil

compatibility and an annual production of 9860 tons. With an annual production of

1.6 tons, dust produced in wheat straw preparation workshop is to be removed by

railroad duster. Wheat straw clippings and dust of it shall be collected in dust

chamber for temporary storage, and then delivered to the forest base of MCC MEILI

PAPER INDUSTRY CO., LTD for comprehensive utilization.

10.2.2 Pulp Residues

About 4800 tons of pulp residues are to be produced in planned project, which

mainly comes from the pulping workshop. The pulp residues are mainly composed

of celluloses, which is planned to be delivered to paper rooms for comprehensive

utilization and shall not produce secondary pollution for peripheral environment.

10.2.3 White Mud

White mud produced in planned project mainly comes from the Causticization process

for alkali recovery. With a main component of calcium carbonate, it also includes


284

calcium silicate, organics and small amount of alkali. The annual production is

14899.6 tons.

It contains 50% of water in white mud produced in production after pretreatment in

the factory. According to analysis results of leaching-out toxicity test, indexes do not

exceed the standard as stated in Identification Standard for Hazardous Wastes —

Identification for Extraction Toxicity (GB5085.3-1996), Identification Standard for

Hazardous Wastes —Identification for Corrosivity (GB5085.1-2007). But the pH of

leachate is 11.2, which exceed the scope of 6 – 9 and is classified as Class II general

solid waste.

All white mud produced in project shall be delivered to Mopanshan Landfill site for

landfill, which is 12 km away in the north of Zhenluo Town . It has been issued

environmental assessment approval by Environmental Protection Agency of Wuzhong

City for the solid waste storage yard on February 13, 2004. It emphasizes in the

approval that it should strengthen environmental protection on natural ecological

vegetation in occupied land without official reasons around project area during

operation period. On April 5, 2004, the storage year was approved by Environmental

Protection Agency of Wuzhong City in the check and acceptance of the environment

protection. It emphasizes that it shall apply timely and effective measures on

secondary dust in the storage yard. The deisgn lifespan of the white sludge landfill is

20 years.

There are many ways for comprehensive utilization of white mud, such as to be used

as papermaking filling, cement, coating for inside and outside wall, building

waterproofing coating and filling in plastic industry, desulfurizer in power plant.

According to the plan of Meili Paper Co., Ltd, the white mud is planned to be used

as wet desulfurizer in power plant for comprehensive utilization. It can produce

35381 tons per year of white mud after the project in whole factory has been

completed. The remaining white mud shall be delivered to Mopanshan Landfill site

for landfill. It means that the white mud can be disposed safety at present, which

shall be used as desulfurizer in power plant in comprehensive utilization of

resources according to enterprise plan in the future.

10.2.4 Green Mud, Lime Mud

The green mud mainly comes from the causticization process in alkali recovery

workshop. After evaporation, concentration and burning of black liquor resulted by

pulping, the melt dissolves in water to form green liquid, and the sediment of green

liquid is white mud with a concentration of 25.0%. As a main waste produced in alkali

recovery workshop, green mud mainly comes from sediment in green liquid in

causticization, which is composed of calcium oxide, organics and small amount of

alkali. See Table 10.2.1 for main components of green mud.

Table 10.2.1 Main Components of Green Mud

Water content

LOSS SiO2 Al2O3 Fe2O3 CaO MgO Total

43.05 40.84 2.71 0.88 0.61 45.04 1.67 91.75


285

According to analysis results of leaching-out toxicity test, indexes of green mud, lime

mud do not exceed the standard as stated in Identification Standard for Hazardous

Wastes — Identification for Extraction Toxicity (GB5085.3-2007), Identification

Standard for Hazardous Wastes —Identification for Corrosivity (GB5085.1-2007).

Thus the green mud is classified as general industrial solid waste. But the pH of it is

outside the scope of 6 – 9. Therefore the green mud and lime mud are classified as

Class II general industrial solid waste.

The lime mud is mainly composed of gravels and insufficiently burnt calcium

carbonate.

The green mud can replace part of limestone to produce cement in the comprehensive

utilization. However, there is no much green mud production in the project, 680 tons

of green mud and lime mud produced by planned project every year are to be

delivered to Mopanshan Landfill Site for landfill 12 km away in the north of Zhenluo

Town.

10.2.5 Sludge Produced in Wastewater Treatment Plant

Sludge produced in wastewater treatment plant is the end product of wastewater

produced in pulping and papermaking after treatment. The wastewater discharged

into the treatment station mainly include fibers, dissolvable organics and small

amount of chemical agent for pulping, which shall be added small amount of

nutritive salt, flocculating agent during wastewater treatment process.

It produced 39030 tons of sludge every year in wastewater treatment plant of

planned project. The sludge mainly comes from the primary sedimentation tank and

secondary sedimentation tank, which is composed for fine fibers, activated sludge

and organisms of bio-membrane with high fertilizer efficiency. There is no

temporary storage year in the factory and sludge produced in wastewater treatment

plant is to be delivered away by refuse collection trucks after concentration and send

to forest base for comprehensive utilization as fertilizer. It means that sludge can

achieve resource utilization and shall not produced adverse impact on peripheral

environment.

According to the environmental monitoring conducted by environmental

engineering evaluation center of MEP and Ningxia Agriculatural and Forestry

Academy, there is no evidence that soil quality has been contaminted. The nitrogen,

phosphours and organic content is slightly increased.

10.2.6 House Refuse

With an annual production of 200 tons, the house refuses produced in enterprise is to

be delivered and disposed by environmental protection authority for urban life waste

in Zhongwei City. It means that the house refuses produced in planned project can

achieve safe disposal and has less impact on peripheral environment.

10.3 Seepage Proof Measures

Wheat straw clippings and dust produced by it are stored in enclosed warehouse;

white mud (including small amount of green mud) is stored in semi-enclosed


286

warehouse, which are delivered to solid waste landfill site periodically. The sludge

is delivered to forest base directly and there is no temporary storage yard for it.

House refuse is stored in enclosed garbage cans.

1. Wheat straw clippings warehouse

Wheat straw clippings and dust are stored in enclosed warehouse. Apply C30

impermeable concrete to integral cast the ground in the warehouse. It shall not

produce leachate due to rainfall in enclosed environment, and the wheat straw

clippings and dust are to be delivered to forest base for composting periodically.

2. Temporary storage for white mud and green mud

The white mud and green mud in the factory are temporarily stored in semi-enclosed

warehouse. Apply C30 impermeable concrete to integral cast the ground in enclosed

warehouse and pave anti-permeate film at the bottom of it. The sequence of clay

layers are as follows: concrete cushion (200 mm), isolated layer, leveling layer (20

mm), under layer (150 mm), gravel layer (500 mm), and packed soil. The osmotic

coefficient shall be guaranteed less than 1.0×10-7

cm/s and add a coffer at periphery

(with a height of 500 mm) to prevent overflow.

3 White mud piling yard

The solid wastes landfill site of Meili Paper Company locates at Mopanshan

Mountain, which is 12 km away to the north of Zhenluo Town and 20 km away

from Meilin Paper Company. There are a drainage ditch for flood of 2 meters long

and 2 meters wide at both south and north sides of the landfill field, which are

cyclopean rubble masonry. A flood dam of cyclopean rubble masonry is to be

constructed at the west side of piling field for drying of causticizing white mud. A

vertical impermeable layer is to be constructed at the field: construct a 300 mm thick

of clay layer after leveling the bottom; then a 300g/m2 thick of geotextile above it

and then a 300 mm thick of clay layer. Therefore, the osmotic coefficient is less than

1.0×10-7

cm/s, which meets the requirement as stated in Standard for Pollution

Control on the Storage and Disposal Site for General Industrial Solid Wastes

(GB18599-2001). The white mud, green mud and lime mud send to the landfill site

can be disposed safely.

4 Workshops

Rainfall collection ditches are distributed outside every workshop and sewer ditches

are constructed inside every workshop. Collected wastewater and sewage are to be

delivered to wastewater treatment station to be discharged after qualifying for safe

emission.

10.4 Analysis of Impact on Transportation Environment

Wheat straw clippings and dust of it, sludge, green mud, lime mud, white mud and

house refuses are to be delivered away by vehicles. The vehicles are enclosed to

prevent scattering and production of secondary escape dust along the way in

transportation. Meanwhile, the transportation vehicles shall be cleaned in time and


287

the road surface shall be sprayed regularly by special spray truck. The main

environmental impacts come from noises produced by new vehicles for transporting

solid wastes and secondary escape dust. The following management measures can

be applied.

1. Night transportation are strictly forbidden to avoid disturbance on

residents;

2. Strengthen road surface maintenance, keep road surface flat, and no horn

at road section near residential area;

3. Wash vehicle body and wheels when driving away from the boundary of

power plant and slag field;

4. Slag removal shall be suspended at windy weather (wind speed三三

8m/s).

Under the precondition of strictly following management rules, there is little impact

on solid waste transportation on peripheral environment, which is acceptable.

10.5 Summary

Solid wastes produced in planned project mainly include wheat straw clippings and

dust of it produced in feed preparation workshop, pulp residues in pulping process,

white mud and green mud produced in alkali recovery process, sludge produced in

wastewater treatment plant and house refuse. The wheat straw clippings and dust of it

are to be used for composting in forest base, pulp residues are to be delivered to paper

room for resource utilization. All white mud produced in current project shall be

delivered for landfill and is planned to be used as desulfurizer in the future. All sludge

is to be delivered to forest base for comprehensive utilization as fertilizer and house

refuses are to be disposed by environmental protection authority of the city.

Apply C30 impermeable concrete to integral cast the ground in temporary storage

warehouse of white mud (including small amount of green mud), white mud piling

yard in planned project and pave anti-permeate film at the bottom of it. The osmotic

coefficient shall be guaranteed less than 1.0×10-7

cm/s, which meets requirements at

stated in Standard for Pollution Control on the Storage and Disposal Site for

General Industrial Solid Wastes (GB18599-2001). Apply C30 impermeable

concrete to integral cast the ground in enclosed warehouse of wheat straw clippings.

In conclusion, 69471.2 tons of solid wastes are to be produced per day in planned

project. It is to apply appropriate and feasible ways for treatment and disposal of solid

wastes, which has no adverse impact on environment and no secondary pollution.

11 Environmental Risk Assessment

11.1 Risk Identification

11.1.1 Identification on Hazardous Substances and Production Unit

Risk factors of the project mainly include hazardous chemical leakage during

production, accidental release of pollutants, fire and explosion of inflammable,


288

explosive substances and equipments. See Table 11.1.1 for detailed analysis of risk

factors. According to analysis of planned project structure, physical properties of

main hazardous substances during project production are listed as in Table 11.1.2

and risk analysis on main functional unit of production are listed as in Table 11.1.3.

Table 11.1.1 Analysis of Risk Factors in Planned Project

Type of the Risk Sources

Detailed Risks Possible Causes

Leakage of hazardous chemicals

Leakage of chlorine dioxide, methanol, sulfuric

acid, sodium hydroxide, hydrogen peroxide and

other hazardous chemicals

Break up of storage tanks, pipeline leakage and possible transportation

accidents

Wastewater treatment system

Lowered treatment efficiency due to malfunction in wastewater treatment

system

Fume treatment system Lowered treatment efficiency due to

malfunction of fume treatment equipment

Accidental release of pollutants

Alkali recovery system Black liquor overflow from storage tank,

breakup of pipelines and valves.

Raw material yard Fire resulted by poor management

Chemical warehouse Explosion resulted by explosive

substances like chlorine dioxide, sodium chlorate, methanol

Chlorine dioxide preparation workshop

Explosion resulted by explosive substances like chlorine dioxide, sodium

chlorate, methanol

Alkali recovery furnace

Explosion resulted by mechanical

failure, improper maintenance of

equipments

(Heavy oil storage) * Fire resulted by breakup of storage tanks,

leakage

Fire, explosion

(Finished product storage) *

Fire resulted by poor management

Note陶* means risks existing in current project, but not to be existed in planned

project.


289

Table 11.1.2 Dangerous Features of Main Chemicals

Physical properties

Name

Classification in Hazardous

Chemical Inventory

Risk factors Form

Melting Point

Boiling Point

Descriptions on Danger

Chlorine dioxide

/ Toxicity, explosion

Helvolus gas -59陶 11陶

Unstable, toxic, explosive and strong oxidability. Have adverse impact on human health when the concentration >500mg/L. It may cause respiratory irritation by inhaling chlorine dioxide gas, such as cough, short of breath and difficulty in breathing, chemical tracheobronchitis, pneumonia or even pulmonary edema. It may have explosive reaction with many chemical substances, and is quite sensitive to heating, shock, strike, friction and extremely easy to resolve and thus lead to an explosion.

Sodium chlorate

Oxidant 51030

Fire, explosion

Colorless orthogonal or

trigonal crystal system

248 261陶 Resolve Resolve to release oxygen when exceeding the melting point (248-261 ),

have strong oxidability, cannot be mixed with inflammables. Easy to burn or explode when mixing with phosphorus, sulfur and organics or stroke.

Methanol Reducing

agent 32058

Toxicity, Flammability

Colorless clear liquid

-97.8 64.7

Toxic and flammability. With strong toxicity, methanol has biggest impact on the nerve system and blood system of human. It has the following acute poisoning symptom: headache, nausea, stomachache, weary, blurred vision or even blind, and difficult breathing, may lead to death finally due to respiratory center paralysis. Chronic poisoning symptom: giddiness, lethargy, headache, tinnitus, hypopsia, gastricism. Acceptable methanol concentration in air is 50mg/m

3. Gas musk must be worn when working on

site with methanol existence. With a permissible methanol concentration of less than 200mg/L, the wastewater of it cannot be discharged without treatment. If its vapor mixes with air, explosive mixture will be formed with

an explosion limit of 6.0% 36.5% (volume).

Sulfuric acid

Acid Corrosive Substances

81007

Corrosion, toxicity

Colorless, odorless,

transparent oil liquid

10.35陶 338陶

Strong corrosion on skin and strong irritation on respiratory system. The lethal dose for oral intake of concentrated sulfuric acid is 5ml. Though it is non-inflammable, many reactions of it may lead to fire or explosion. For example, it may produce flammable gas when mixing with metal and large amount of heat when mixing with water.

Sodium Alkaline Corrosion, White opaque 318.4陶 1390陶 Has irritation on nose, throat and lung when inhaling due to corrosion. There


290

hydroxide corrosive substance

82001

irritation solid, deliquescent

is serious corrosion when contacting with eyes and results in serious burn; serious corrosion when contacting with skin; serious ache, burn on mouth, throat and esophagus, vomit, diarrhea, collapse or even death after oral intake.

Hydrogen peroxide

Oxidant 51001

Strong oxidability

Colorless transparent liquid

-

2

158 no

water

Inflammable, release large amount of heat and oxygen when reacting with flammables and thus lead to fire and explosion; has strong irritation on respiratory tract when inhaling the steam or smoke of it. Directly contact with eyes may lead to irreversible damage or even blindness.

Heavy oil / Flammability Yellow green

liquid / / Flammable liquid

Table 11.1.3 Risk identification of Main Functional Production Unit

Dangerous production unit Hazard identification Danger analysis

Production unit in wastewater treatment station

Accidental wastewater discharge

Accidental wastewater discharge resulted by wastewater treatment system malfunction may have a impact on receiving water body. It suggests equipping with accidental tank to minimize risks in order to strengthen maintenance management.

Production unit in steam power plant

Accidental waste gas discharge

It may have a impact on peripheral air in case of malfunction in desulfuration and dust removal system. Apply appropriate measures in time on reducing boiler load, activating burner etc. may minimize consequences of accident.

Unit in alkali recovery workshop

Black liquor leakage and explosion of alkali recovery furnace

A huge impact on wastewater treatment system may appear when there is leakage of black liquor, which may lead to a breakdown of wastewater treatment system. Strengthen management and built black liquor tank can avoid direct entry of black liquor into water body effectively. The explosion of alkali recovery furnace does not have an impact of environmental pollution, but may lead to human casualties.

Unit in chlorine dioxide preparation workshop

Leakage of chlorine dioxide, methanol and other toxic gases, chlorine dioxide, sodium chlorate,

methanol etc. may lead to explosion

There will be environmental pollution and human casualties in case of accident. It needs to strengthen equipment maintenance and establish corresponding emergency plan at daily production to minimize risk of accident.

Chemical storage Chlorine dioxide, sodium chlorate, methanol etc. may lead to explosion

There will be environmental pollution and human casualties in case of accident. It needs to strengthen equipment maintenance and establish corresponding emergency plan at daily production to minimize risk of


291

accident.

Raw material yard Fire

(Finished product storage)* Fire The impact of fire can be controlled within the factory. It shall minimize the hazard of fire based on strengthening self management and assurance of fire prevention equipments.

(Heavy oil storage)* Fire May lead to fire.

陶陶* means risks existing in current project, but not to be existed in planned project.


292

11.1.2 Analysis of Source Items

In consideration of accidental pollutants discharge referred to in the project, it

suggests equipping with accidental pond for wastewater treatment system,

strengthening maintenance management, which can minimize the environmental

risks. If there is malfunction in desulfuration and dust removal system, measures are

to be applied in time to reduce load of boiler, activate burner to minimize consequences resulted by accident; equip alkali recovery system with black liquor

tank to avoid direct entry of black liquor into water body effectively.

Based on strengthening management, equipment of sufficient fire fighting apparatus,

the impact resulted by fires, explosions involved in the project, material units easy to

lead to fires like raw material yard, chemicals warehouse, chlorine dioxide

preparation workshop, alkali recovery furnace, and heavy oil storage, finished

products storage in existing project can be controlled with the boundary.

In case of leakage of hazardous chemicals involved in the project, such as sulfuric

acid, sodium hydroxide, hydrogen peroxide, it will corrode and burn the human

body when contacting with them. But it does not have an impact on peripheral environmental pollution. If large amount of leakage flow into accidental wastewater

pool, it shall make a control on pH value of chemicals first and then discharge into

wastewater treatment station and there is no much impact on peripheral

environment. The impact may be reduced further after establishing the accidental

pond. In terms of leakage of water solution of chlorine dioxide, construct overflow

dam for storage tank and spray with water after it flows into the overflow dam, then

discharge the leakage solution into accidental pond of wastewater treatment station,

neutralize it by adding alkali liquid, and discharge it into wastewater treatment

station after dilution for safe discharge intermittently; in terms of leakage of water

solution of methanol, since there is small storage of methanol, there is no much leakage, which can be absorbed by sand or other non-inflammable materials and can

also be washed by large quantities of water.

There are three storage areas for liquid caustic soda (sodium hydroxide) in existing

project, which locates in pulping workshop 1#, pulping workshop 2#, and

continuous cooking workshop with a storage capacity of 27.37m3

(volume

70m3 Φ5m×3.57m), 15.3m

3 (volume 35m

3 Φ4m×2.78m), 35.1m3

(volume

90m3 Φ6m×3.15m), separately. The total storage capacity is 120t. The storage

tanks are in column shape and made of stainless steel.

In addition, it involves in environmental risks resulted by liquid chlorine in existing

project. Now there are 5 liquid chlorine storage warehouses, with liquid chlorine

stored in steel cylinder and a storage pressure of 1.0Mpa. After the planned project

has been completed, it shall apply chlorine dioxide as bleaching agent in processes of existing and planned project. There will be no production and storage of liquid

chlorine and no concern on environmental risks of liquid chlorine any more.

11.1.3 Classification and Scope of the Risk Assessment

See Table 11.1.4 for online and storage amount of main hazardous chemicals at

production and storage sites in planned project. According to calculation and

analysis on online and storage amount of main hazardous chemicals, the sum of

ratios between actual amount and corresponding critical quantity of every hazardous

chemical at production and storage sties is 0.066 1. The functional units where


293

hazardous chemicals exist in project are not major hazard installations. According to

Technical Guidelines for Environmental Risk Assessment on Projects ( HJ/T

169 2004) and comparing with Table 11.1.5. Classification of Risk Assessment,

the classification of risk assessment of the project is classified as II. The assessment

scope is within 3 km around chlorine dioxide preparation workshop. See Table

11.1.6 for main sensitive sites within the assessment scope.

Table 11.1.4 Quantities of Main Hazardous Chemicals

Production site

t Storage site t

Name of substances

Process/unit Actual amount

Critical value

Actual amount

Critical value

Chlorine dioxide

Chlorine dioxide preparation process, chemicals warehouse

0.028 50 0.083 50

Sodium chlorate

Chlorine dioxide preparation process, chemicals warehouse

0.044 100 6.3 100

Methanol Chlorine dioxide preparation process, chemicals warehouse

0.002 500 0.32 500

Note: the actual amount at production site is calculated by online amount within 10min.

Table 11.1.5 Determination of Assessment Classifications on Environmental Risks

Highly toxic hazardous substance

General toxic hazardous substance

Flammable hazardous substance

Explosive hazardous substance

Major hazard source

Non-major hazard source

Environmental sensitive area

Table 11.1.6 Distribution of Main Sensitive Sites within Assessment Scope for

Environmental Risks

No

.

Ambient Air

Protection Target

Coordinate

X

m

Coordinate

Y

M

Directio

n

Distanc

e

m

Population

1 Rouyuan Village -1110 190 WNW 520 653 households, 1959 persons

2 Government of

Rouyuan Town -1720 220 WNW 1010 45 persons

3 Shaqu Village -1370 1210 NW 1370 135 households, 405 persons

4 Fanmiao Primary

School 1930 1050 NE 1970

47 persons

5 Shimiao Primary

School 640 180 ENE 490 71 persons

6 Jiaqu Village -920 -430 SW 290 698 households, 2094 persons

7 Zhaojiashaofang

(Shimiao Village) -650 30 W 45

6 households, 30 persons

8 Shimiao Village 310 170 N 25 691

households,


294

No

.

Ambient Air

Protection Target

Coordinate

X

m

Coordinate

Y

M

Directio

n

Distanc

e

m

Population

households,

2073 persons


Village) 120 -190 SE 0

20

households,

100 persons

Note: Coordinates are indicated with the center of risk assessment scope as base point; direction

and distance are indicated corresponding to the boundary of whole factory.

11.2 Environmental Risk Analysis

11.2.1 Leakage of Main Hazardous Chemicals

Main hazardous chemicals that may lead to leakage include online and stored

chlorine dioxide, methanol, sulfuric acid, sodium hydroxide, hydrogen peroxide in

chlorine dioxide preparation workshop, chemicals warehouse and other units.

11.2.1.1 Leakage of chlorine dioxide

With a production of 4t/d and a concentration of 10g/L, chlorine dioxide prepared in

chlorine dioxide preparation workshop is kept in an enclosed titanium generator in solution form. In case of water solution leakage of chlorine dioxide, it will flow into

the overflow dam of storage tank, which can be sprayed by water to prevent from

chlorine gas release due to chlorine dioxide decomposition and prevent the spread of

chlorine gas. Discharge the leakage solution into accidental pond of wastewater

treatment station, neutralize it by adding alkali liquid, and discharge it into

wastewater treatment station after dilution for safe discharge intermittently.

11.2.1.2 Leakage of methanol

As one of raw materials for preparation chlorine dioxide in preparation workshop,

and with a usage amount of 0.32t/d, methanol is stored in chemicals warehouse in

solution form. In case of leakage of water solution of methanol, it can be absorbed

by sand or other non-inflammable materials and can also be washed by large

quantities of water.

11.2.1.3 Leakage of other hazardous chemicals

It involves hazardous chemicals like concentrated sulfuric acid, sodium hydroxide,

hydrogen peroxide in project. In case of leakage of them, it will corrode and burn

the human body when contacting with them. But it does not have an impact on

peripheral environmental pollution. The leakage solution is to be discharged into

wastewater treatment station after a pH value control by neutralization in accident

pool in the factory, which has no much impact on wastewater treatment station and

the environment.

11.2.2 Fires and Explosions

11.2.2.1 Explosion of chlorine dioxide, sodium chlorate

Reactant and product in chlorine dioxide preparation workshop, i.e. sodium chlorate


295

and chlorine dioxide, may lead to fires and explosions. The current technological

process of it is quite mature and reasonable measures for fire, explosion prevention

are required based on related regulations. Establish lighting protection, anti-static

installations, static electricity guiding devices and safety signs at inlet and outlet of

sodium chlorate, chlorine dioxide devices, and pipeline systems; strengthen safety

education and strictly following safety operation rules and technological procedures; formulate emergency plan for explosion accident and have regular exercises.

11.2.2.2 Fires and explosions at raw material yard, alkali recovery furnace, finished

product storage, heavy oil storage

There may be fire and explosion accidents at raw material yard, alkali recovery

furnace involved in production of planned project, and finished product storage and

heavy oil involved in existing project.

The raw material, wheat straw, is stacked up in raw material year and finished paper

products are stored in finished product warehouse of existing project. In case of a

fire in raw material yard, finished product storage and other unit wit ha high fire

risk, the wheat straw and finished paper products are to be burned to produce main

pollutants like carbon dioxide and TSP, which produces impact on atmospheric

environment within short term, but with no long term pollution.

Alkali furnace explosion is in physical nature, which is resulted by breakage at weak

points of some parts in pressure elements for exceeding its ultimate strength. In case

of the breakage, steam stored in furnace tube and steam drum rush out from the

break immediately, and pressure inside the drum is reduced to ambient atmospheric

pressure instantly. Steam is to be discharged into ambient air after explosion of

furnace, which has no obvious adverse impact on the air.

The heavy oil is stored in storage tank and kept at the heavy oil warehouse, which

may lead to fire in case of leakage and threaten personal safety of operators in the

factory. SO2 is to be produced mainly after burning, which has certain impact on

peripheral environment. However, if it applies perfect fire protection measures and establish accidental dam, there will be less impact on peripheral environment.

11.2.3 Accidental Release of Pollutants

11.2.3.1 Wastewater treatment station

Wastewater produced in planned project is to be disposed in wastewater treatment

station of existing project. In case of accident in the station, the influent wastewater

cannot be treated. If the wastewater is to be discharged into oxidation pond directly

without treatment, serious impact is certainly to be produced on soil and

groundwater at forest base, thus a further impact on regional groundwater. In order

to minimize the impact of effluent wastewater, it suggests equipping with accident

pool at wastewater treatment station to minimize environmental risks brought about

by accidental wastewater effluent. To satisfy 8 hours water stotage under accident condition, the volume of the pool is 12000m

3.

11.2.3.2 Exhaust emission

If there is a malfunction of dust removal equipment of alkali recovery furnace in the

project, take triple of the daily average PM10 concentration in the assessment. The


296

maximum concentration contribution at mesh points is 28.9%. The maximum

contribution of hourly PM10 concentration on ambient air protection targets accounts

for 20.2% of the percentage standard rate with no standard exceeding.

11.2.3.3 Black liquor produced in alkali recovery furnace

According to an incomplete statistics, there were more than 100 major accidents

concerning alkali recovery furnace in domestic and foreign factories for last scores

of years, and many more small accidents and emergencies. There were also some

serious accidents in some paper plants within the country, which results in losses at

different extents.

It shall apply modernized low odor alkali recovery furnace and 4 black liquor tanks

are to be built in alkali recovery furnace workshop in planned project. At general

conditions, leakage black liquor from alkali recovery furnace due to flanges, valves

breakage has no impact on environment. However, if there are large quantities of

leakage, it may lead to overload of wastewater treatment station, further result in

wastewater treatment system collapse and thus a pollution accident will appear. In

case of a temporary malfunction in alkali recovery system, black liquor can be

collected in black liquor tank temporarily, which shall be disposed continuously

after restoration of system operation. If it cannot solve the problem within a short

period, it must stop the production of pulping system and black liquor is strictly

forbidden to be discharged into wastewater treatment station or into water body

directly.

11.3 Risk Prevention Measures

11.3.1 Risk Prevention Measures on Hazardous Chemicals

Chemical risks existing in project are mainly generated during storage,

transportation and usage of hazardous chemicals. The construction party shall design

chemicals warehouse according to requirements as stated in GBJ16-87 Code for

Fire Protection Design of Buildings (2001 version) and GB50187-93 Code for

Design of General Plan of Industrial Enterprises, establish automatic switch system

at pumps valves that may burst, ooze, drip and leak in order to reduce and avoid

environmental pollution and human casualties due to accidents. Apply anti-corrosion

measures at acid, alkali and chemicals warehouses according to Code for

Anticorrosion Design of Industrial Constructions. Regulations on the Safety

Administration of Dangerous Chemicals (promulgated in 2002, No. 344 of Decrees

of the State Council) shall be strictly followed during storage, transportation and

usage of chemicals. See Table 11.3.1 for requirements and safety disposal plan on

production and storage of hazardous chemicals.

Table 11.3.1 List of Requirements on Storage and Transportation and Safety Disposal

Measures of Hazardous Chemicals

Name Storage

requirements

Transportation

Requirements Safety Disposal

Chlorine

dioxide

Apply anti-

corrosion building

materials at storage

area; no use of

woody, flammable

Apply waterproof and

rainproof measures for

transportation vehicles,

and handle chemicals

gently during

Evacuate personnel at pollution area

due to leakage to upwind direction

and keep isolation until chlorine gas

diffused completely; emergency

response personnel shall be


297

Name Storage

requirements

Transportation


and plastics

materials as floor;

good ventilation at

storage and working

area; post alarming

signs at appropriate

position; strictly

forbidden to

approach storage

area; backup of

firefighting

equipments and

sands at storage

area and around it;

build overflow dam

for chlorine dioxide

solution storage

facilities; regular

check on storage

facilities for defects

like damage or

spilling.

transportation;

transportation with

acids, organics,

flammable and

explosive substances

are strictly forbidden.

equipped with self - supported

respirator and chemical protective

clothing; cut off fire sources, avoid

contact between leakage and

flammables (wood, paper, oil etc.),

cut off gas and spray water to dilute,

ventilate through pumping (indoor)

and compulsory way (outdoor);

leakage containers cannot be used

any more and remaining gas shall be

eliminated through technical way.

Sodium

chlorate

Keep at cool

environment with

good ventilation,

away from fire, heat

sources; Keep in

sealed package and

separately from

flammables,

reducing agent and

alcohols; mixed

storage are strictly

forbidden and

prepare appropriate

devices in storage

area to collect

leakage.

Load and discharge

gently, prevent

packages and

containers from

damaging; shock, strike

and frictions are strictly

forbidden; equip with

firefighting apparatus

of corresponding type

and quantities and

emergency treatment

devices for leakage.

Quarantine the leakage pollution

area, control of access; emergency

response personnel shall be

equipped with self-supported

respirator and general work clothes;

do not contact with leakage directly,

and no contact between leakage and

organics, reducing agent and

flammables.

Methanol

Keep at cool

environment in

completely

enclosed container,

avoid contact with

ignition device;

grounding,

ventilation and

steam diffusion

control are required

Keep storage devices

enclosed during

transportation; avoid

routes with sunshine

and fire risks; avoid

mixed transportation

with incompatible

substances.

Leakage: evacuate personnel in

leakage pollution area to safe site

rapidly and quarantine them, strictly

control of access; cut off fire

sources; it suggests emergency

response personnel equip with self-

supported respirator and gas

protection suit; do not contact with

leakage directly and cut off leakage

sources as far as possible to prevent


298

Name Storage

requirements

Transportation


for storage devices;

avoid storage with

incompatible

substances together.

from release into sewer, drainage

channel and other restricted spaces.

Small amount of leakage: can be

absorbed by sand or other non-

inflammable materials and can also

be washed by large quantities of

water. Large amount of leakage:

construct coffer dam or pit to take

in; cover with foam, reduce steam

hazard; transfer to tank car or

special collector by anti-explosion

pump to be recycled or delivered to

refuse storage site for disposal.

Sulfuric

acid

Keep separately

from flammable, reductive and strong

alkali substances.

Keep separately from

flammables, reductive substances and strong

alkali.

Pay attention to the control of

sulfuric acid mist, strengthen

ventilation and exhaust, there shall

be convenient washing apparatus in

workshop.

Sodium

hydroxide

Keep moisture and

rain proof; and keep

separately from

flammables and

acids.

Handle gently during

transportation; prevent

packages and

containers from

damaging; no

transportation at rainy

weather.

Collect in dry, clean, covered

container with clean shovel. It can

also be washed with large quantities

of water and discharged into

wastewater system after washing

and dilution.

Hydrogen

peroxide

Avoid direct

sunshine at the

storage site; provide

sufficient water

sources, fire hoses

and sprayer units;

with no fuels,

oxidant, organics at

site and keep the

site clean.

20%陶60% of

hydrogen peroxide are

stored in polyethylene

drum or pure aluminum drum during

transportation, gas vent

shall be reserved in

container; more than

60% of hydrogen

peroxide are to be

stored in containers

made of pure

aluminum (more than

99.6%),

tetrachloroethylene and

triclene; iron, rust or

dust are strictly

forbidden to be

included in.

Evacuate personnel in leakage

pollution area to safe site rapidly

and quarantine them, strictly control

of access; it suggests emergency

response personnel equip with self-

supported respirator and acid &

alkali protection suit; cut off leakage

sources as far as possible to prevent

from release into sewer, drainage

channel and other restricted spaces.

Heavy oil

Design fire

separation distance

according to storage

tank for the third

Water and impurities

are strictly forbidden to

be mixed during

transportation.

Cut off leakage sources as far as

possible to prevent from release into

sewer, drainage channel and other

restricted spaces; small amount of


299

Name Storage

requirements

Transportation


type. leakage can be absorbed by sand,

roseite or other inert materials; large

amount of leakage can be

transferred to tank car or special

collector by pump.

It proposes the following measures according to features of this project.

1. It shall conform to requirements on fire safety at storage site. And the site

selection for chemical production units, chemicals warehouse, storage tank, storage

yards, building structure, electrical apparatus, anti-explosion and pressure release

facilities, extinguishment facilities shall conform to requirements on fire safety.

Chemical storage shall be kept away from wheat straw storage yard that easy to lead

a fire, and heavy oil warehouse in existing project. The placement of storage tank shall conform to safety requirement and be stored at dry and clean room. Pay

attention to moisture proof and rain proof, keep separately from flammables and

acids and take care of personal protection during sub-packaging and transportation.

2. Hazardous chemicals must be managed by designated person and keep a

record of usage of it. Provide training for warehouse workers, who must get

certificate before working. Workers responsible for storage must implement three

inspection a day, i.e. after going on duty, on duty and before getting off duty to

check whether the stacking is stable, package is leaking, power is safe or not. It shall

apply appropriate measures in time in case of problems.

3. Establish monitoring and management system on industrial sanitation,

environment. Have administration on normal operation in factory and provide emergency gas defense monitoring, guidance and rescue for poisoning of person in

case of accident.

11.3.2 Risk Prevention Measures on Chlorine Preparation Workshop and Chemicals

Warehouse

According to features of chlorine dioxide preparation workshop and chemicals

warehouse, anti-corrosion measures are required on ground, walls, equipment

foundation in working sites of chlorine dioxide, sulfuric acid, sodium hydroxide and

other strong alkali media and seepage proofing measures on ground. Devices for

accidental treatment – alkali liquid spraying device – are to be installed in chlorine

dioxide preparation workshop to treat chlorine dioxide that may leak. Back up emergency power shall be standby at chlorine dioxide preparation workshop to

assure power supply in case of accident. Designated cabinets for gas protection

equipment equipped with sufficient emergency rescue apparatus are to be installed

at working site of chlorine dioxide, methanol and other hazardous substances and

designate personnel to management it. Emergency rescue apparatus shall be assured

in standby at any conditions.

The maintenance of storage devices of chlorine dioxide, sodium chlorate and

methanol are to be strengthened to forbid burst, ooze, drip and leak during

production. Based on following related design rules, establish related reasonable fire

proofing and anti-explosion measures according to above flammable and explosive


300

chemicals.

Have an overhaul on pipelines, valves and equipments every year to assure the safe

running of equipments. Problems found in production are to be solved and potential

safety hazards are to be reformed in time. Have regular maintenance on equipments

to assure the material and processing quality of flanges, gaskets, connecting bolts

and pipelines for valve. Submit maintenance report immediately under abnormal conditions to assure normal running of related equipments.

Chlorine dioxide preparation workshop shall be located at the downwind side of

prevailing wind directions of project area all through the year (the maximum

frequency of the prevailing wind all through the year is E in planned project.

Chlorine dioxide preparation workshop is planned to be built in the west of planned

project boundary). Chlorine dioxide preparation workshop shall be kept more than

50m away from the edge of assembly place (chlorine dioxide preparation workshop

shall be kept more than 400m away from the nearest office area in planned project).

11.3.3 Risk Prevention Measures on Alkali Recovery Workshop

It must focus on selection, installation, usage, maintenance, repairing of alkali recovery furnace in order to prevent explosion effectively and must strictly abide by

related national laws, regulations and standards.

1. Strict requirements are required on selection of alkali recovery furnace

The construction party shall have strict requirements on the selection of complete set

of equipments in alkali recovery workshop. For selected furnace, there must be a

comparatively weak part in the middle of it, from which the huge impact force can

be released as soon as possible in case of accidental explosion, thus it can minimize

the losses.

2. It must meet related requirements on the installation of furnace

The installation quality of furnace has direct relationship with its safe running. The installation party must have a specialized contracting enterprise qualification higher

than level 3 (including level 3) on installation project of thermal power equipment.

Before furnace installation, every part of it must be checked and it can refuse

installation in case of unqualified conditions. Apply advanced welding technology

based on argon arc welding for all jointed seams to assure their quality.

3. Strengthen safety management and maintenance during employment

The safety management of furnace must be strengthened to prevent from accident of

alkali recovery furnace. The party using furnace shall made a job of operation and

management, repairing and maintenance, regular check of alkali recovery furnace

according to requirements as stated in Steam Boiler Safety & Technology

Supervisory Specification. There shall be specially designed personnel responsible

for technological management of equipment, rules and regulations focusing on post

responsibility system are to be established, detailed rules on anti-explosion, fire

proof and gas defense are to be worked out, tour monitoring system and regular

check and service system of automatic instruments are also to be established. The

boiler worker cannot operate until acquiring a Certificate of Special Equipment

Operators through examination. On-duty personnel responsible for the operation of

alkali recovery furnace shall observe the waste liquid supply and burning

uninterruptedly. It shall make a report immediately in case of abnormal conditions in


301

order to apply related anti-explosion measures.

4. Establish sound fire fighting and fire alarming system

Perfect safe firefighting measures and perfect fire fighting system are to be

established, fixed foam fire-fighting system and cooling water spraying system are

to be installed. Automatic control system and perfect interlock alarming system are

to be installed in devices at key parts and strict operation system shall also be worked out.

11.3.4 Risk Prevention Measures on Fire and Explosion

Fire hydrants are installed around wheat straw piling yard and finished product

warehouse in existing project from space to space to avoid or reduce fires. The fire

water supply is stored in upper pool for production and fire fighting, and technical

facilities for no use of other purposes are also installed to assure water safety.

Firefighting wastewater cannot be discharged directly, which shall be treated to meet

necessary standard before emission.

Automatic sprinkler systems are to be installed at finished product warehouse and

workshops with higher fire fighting requirements in existing project, and alarming,

smoke detecting and flow indication devices are also to be installed. Meanwhile,

indoor hydrant and extinguisher are to be installed in workshops, and alarming

valves are to be installed on indoor hydrants according to Code of Design on

Building Fire Protection and Prevention (2001 version) and Code for Design of

Extinguisher Distribution in Buildings (GBJ140-90).

Refer subsection on risk prevention measures on alkali recovery workshop to apply

risk prevention measures on alkali recovery furnace.

Storage tanks and other devices used for storage of hazardous chemicals (such as

chlorine dioxide, methanol, sodium chlorate) are to be arranged at low lying

position, and kept with certain fire fighting distance from peripheral workshops and

other storage devices. With buffer zone around it, the heavy oil storage tank is to be

placed separately in existing project, and managed by designated person. In addition,

coffer dam is to be constructed around the heavy oil storage tank in existing project

to avoid fire resulted by leakage diffusion. Foam fire fighting and automatic

sprinkler system are to be installed in tank area, and grounding devices are to be

installed to prevent fires resulted by static electricity.

In addition, fire fighting and anti-explosion measures required on chlorine dioxide,

sodium chlorate, methanol and other hazardous chemicals include management on

pressure containers by strictly following related regulations; regular check on wall

thickness, welded joints and connected parts; installation of lighting protection and

antistatic facilities, static electricity guiding devices and safety signs at sodium

chlorate, chlorine dioxide, methanol equipments and inlet and outlet of pipelines;

strengthening of safety education, strictly abiding by safe operation rules and

process procedures; establishment of emergency rescue plan for explosion and

regular exercises.


302

11.3.5 Risk Prevention Measures on Accidental Release

11.3.5.1. Accidental release from wastewater treatment station

1. Collection and disposal of accidental wastewater

Wastewater produced in planned project is to be disposed in wastewater treatment

station of existing project. In case of accident in the station, the influent wastewater

cannot be treated. If the wastewater is to be discharged into oxidation pond directly

without treatment, serious impact is certainly to be produced on soil and

groundwater at forest base, thus a further impact on regional groundwater. In order

to minimize the impact of effluent wastewater, the supporting wastewater treatment

systems of planned project are to be stopped in case of malfunction. It suggests

equipping with accident pool at wastewater treatment station to minimize

environmental risks brought about by accidental wastewater effluent.

It suggests no storage of wastewater or other water in accidental pool and within

coffer dam of storage tanks at normal conditions, draining collected rain water,

assuring rapid and safe collection of wastewater of leakage, fire fighting and

washing into accidental pool in case of accident that may lead to water pollution,

and then discharging into wastewater treatment facilities for necessary treatment to

avoid accidental release and environmental pollution. See Figure 11.3.1 for

wastewater collection system under accidental conditions in project.

Fire fighting

wastewater

Accidental wastewater in

wastewater treatment station

Accidental wastewater

in storage tank area

Within the buffer

dam

Accidental pool

Wastewater treatment station

After regulation

Safe discharge after treatment

Figure 11.3.1 Collection System for Accidental Wastewater

1. Apply standby equipment

It may lead to accident during wastewater treatment in case of malfunction of

pumps, valves, electrical equipments and instruments used in wastewater treatment

station. Prevention measures are required to reduce rate of accident, i.e. preparing

standby equipments for wearing ones, and regular petrol inspection during

operation, in time repairing and maintenance to reduce failure rate of equipments.


303

2. Strengthening of accident monitoring

Operation, regular patrol inspection, regulation and service, repairing and

replacement must be executed by on-duty operators strictly according to rules and

regulations of wastewater treatment station. Abnormal phenomenon that may lead to

malfunction of wastewater treatment must be identified in time and be eliminated

with coordination of related personnel. The following measures are to be applied on

accidents that may happen.

(a) Jam in trash rack: in case of overflow resulted by jam for high waste

residue content in wastewater, on-duty operators must report to head of

emergency team immediately and apply manual cleaning measures for

the jam at the same time. Members in emergency team shall arrive at the

site immediately. Onsite clearance decisions are to be made according to

possible impact scope of wastewater leakage and report to superior

authority. Related production departments shall also be contacted to

propose requirement on water quality improvement.

(b) Water leakage in pump room of regulation reservoir: in case of

malfunction of all pumps, on-duty personnel shall report to head of

emergency team and supreme director of the department immediately to

contact with related maintenance party and organize emergency

maintenance, and the supreme director shall make an order to stop

production.

(c) In case of scum overflow in primary and secondary sedimentation, on-

duty personnel shall report to head of emergency team and activate

scum pump immediately. Head of emergency team shall organize

personnel to clean up overflowed scum on the ground.

(d) In case of overflow in sludge well, on-duty personnel shall report to

head of emergency team and activate dewaterer as more as possible to

increase processing capability and reduce sludge discharged into sludge

well from primary and secondary sedimentation pools. Head of

emergency team shall organize personnel to clean up overflowed scum

on the ground.

(e) In case of leakage in wastewater pump and sludge pump, on-duty

personnel shall report to head of emergency team immediately. Head of

emergency team shall organize personnel to replace or maintain

equipments and clean up overflowed waste water or sludge on the

ground.

3. Guarantee operation effect of wastewater treatment station

Online monitoring instruments on flow, water quality are to be installed in primary

process units and supplemented by regular manual sampling at wastewater treatment

station. Signals of analysis instrument related to wastewater treatment both inside

and outside the factory must be analyzed synchronously with data of wastewater

treatment station for reference of operators and adjusting operations in time.

11.3.5.2 Accidental release of black liquor

It is a quite effective way to solve black liquor through alkali recovery. SS, COD and BOD5 in black liquor can be eliminated in the four processes, black liquor extraction,


304

evaporation, burning and causticization, through which alkali can be recovered and

secondary steam (energy) can be produced. Black liquor tank and overflow alarming

and control system are to be installed at black liquor storage tank to avoid the

overflow impact on wastewater treatment station. The overflow is to be disposed

continuously after operation restoration of system. In case of large amount of leakage,

it shall stop operation immediately until system restoration. Leakage black liquor is to be sent to wastewater treatment station for disposal.

11.3.5.2 Risk prevention measures on groundwater pollution

Burst, ooze, drip and leak pollution on groundwater environment are to be avoided

during technological process, load and discharge of products at area of main

production equipments; involved surfaces are to be hardened in the area. In case of

wastewater and chemical leakage, emergency measures are to be applied to wash the

surface immediately and pollutants are to be discharged into wastewater treatment

station for disposal. Seepage proof measures are to be applied in emergency pool for

wastewater accident to meet requirements on seepage proofing level with osmotic

coefficient三no greater than 10-7

cm/s as stated in Standard for Pollution Control on

the Storage and Disposal Site for General Industrial Solid Wastes (GB 18599-2001)

to prevent groundwater pollution due to infiltration of wastewater. Apply a strict

quality standard on sewage conduit and good corrosion resistant pipelines.

Monitoring measures are to be applied on pipeline discharge. In case of abnormal

conditions of influent in the station, leakage of sewage conduit, the pipelines are to

be inspected and repaired immediately, restore it within the shortest time. If there is

large amount of leakage, the production is to be stopped immediately to stop sewage

discharge and the production cannot be restored until repairing.

In terms of regular monitoring on groundwater at project area, the problems are to

be identified and solved immediately in case of exceeding standard. See Table

11.3.2 for monitoring plan.

Table 11.3.2 Monitoring Plan on Groundwater

Monitoring Points Monitoring Frequency Monitoring Index

Install groundwater

monitoring well at Shimiao

village at upstream of the

factory, and Jiaqu village at

downstream of the factory,

solid wastes piling yard,

oxidation pond and forest

base for raw materials.

Have a monitor every half

year. In case of pipeline

leakage or wastewater

leakage due to damage of

productions facilities,

emergency monitoring is to

be activated immediately.

pH, sulfate, total hardness, total

dissolved solids, ammonia

nitrogen, nitrate nitrogen, nitrite

nitrogen, volatile phenol,

permanganate index, fluoride,

arsenic, mercury, cadmium,

hexavalent chrome, lead etc.

11.3.5.3 Accidental release of fume

Arrange daily maintenance of electrostatic dust collector well, repairing of electrical

equipment in case of damage and malfunction. Standby circuit is to be installed to

assure normal operation of dust collection in case of circuit malfunction. Online

monitoring devices for flue gas from furnace are to be installed according to

requirements to monitor pollutants emission at all times and apply appropriate

measures in case of emission risks.


305

11.4 Risk Emergency Plan

Risk emergency plan is to be worked out according to project features and risk

accident that may happen. See Table 11.4.1 for risk emergency plan in case of

accident.

Table 11.4.1 Frame of Risk Emergency Plan

No. Items Contents and requirements

1 General principle

It is an environmental risk emergency plan for technological reconstruction project on cooking, cleaning and bleaching of extended delignification of 68,000 t/y wheat straw pulp of Zhongzhi Meili Paper Company, which states related contents and requirements and is to be implemented in post design and construction and states inspection contents falling in the scope of Three Simultaneities for environmental risks acceptance.

2 Profile of major hazards Detailed description of type, quantity and distribution of major hazards.

3 Emergency plan area Factory boundary, neighboring area

4 Emergency organization

Factory: Risk emergency command within boundary: responsible for onsite command Specialized aid team: responsible for accident control, aid, post processing.

Area: Emergency command: responsible for command, support, regulation and evacuation in neighboring area Specialized aid team: responsible for aid to specialized aid team within the factory

5 Classification of emergency

status and emergency response procedures

Apply emergency classification management program for related accidents according to accident level.

6 Emergency facilities,

equipments and materials

Emergency facilities, equipments and materials for fire fighting and explosion prevention, mainly focusing on related fire fighting equipments; Main equipments for leakage prevention of toxic and hazardous substances, mainly focusing on related spraying devices, equipments and materials; Emission prevention of accidental pollutants, mainly focusing on normal employment of related storage devices.

7 Emergency communication,

notice and transportation

Communication mode, notification mode and measures for traffic regulation under accident risks, Communication mode: telephone, interphone, computer network Notification mode: telephone, interphone, computer network Transportation guarantee: focusing on automobile Regulation: inside the boundary and traffic roads at neighboring area

8 Emergency environment

monitoring and post accident assessment

Emergency monitoring on accidental impact by specialized team to make assessment on nature, parameter and consequences of accident and provide support for decision of commanding department

9

Emergency protective measures, leakage

elimination measures and equipments

Site of accident: control accident, prevent the spread and chain reaction of accident, eliminate onsite leakage, reduce hazard and provide corresponding equipment facilities. Neighboring area: control fire fighting area, prevent chain accident, control and eliminate pollution and provide corresponding equipment facilities.

10

Emergency dose control, evacuation organization and plan, medical aid and public

health

Site of accident: control of emergency dose for accident, organization and plan for onsite evacuation and aid by responding personnel Neighboring area: emergency dose regulation on toxic, evacuation organization and plan, aid for neighboring personnel at impacted area

11 Termination and restoration

measures of emergency status

Cancel accident alert, post processing at site of accident, restoration measures

12 Personnel training and

exercise Organize training and exercise for personnel within boundary after establishment of emergency plan


306

No. Items Contents and requirements

13 Public education and

information Provide public education, training and publish related information at neighboring area of boundary

14 Records and report Establish special records, files and special report system for emergency accident

15 Appendix Various appendix related to emergency accidents

11.4.1 General principles

11.4.1.1 Objectives

The emergency plan are worked out according to related laws and regulations and in

combination with actual project conditions to respond to emergency environmental accidents effectively, improve enterprise capability to respond to emergency

environmental accidents, minimize damage of environmental accidents on human,

property and environment and guarantee the life and property safety of human, and

environmental safety to maximum extent, which needs to be detailed further in

actual implementation at later stage of project.

11.4.1.2 Basis of Compilation

1. Technical Guidelines for Environmental Risk Assessment on Projects

(HJ/T169-2004, State Environmental Protection Administration, 2004);

2. Emergency Notice on Further Strengthening of Environmental

Supervision and Management to Prevent Pollution Accidents (Huanfa [2005] No.

130, State Environmental Protection Administration, 2005);

3. Notice on Strengthening of Management on Environmental Impact

Assessment to Prevent Environmental Risks (Huanfa [2005] No. 152, State

Environmental Protection Administration, 2005)

11.4.1.3 Scope of Application

The emergency plan is applicable for foreseeable environmental pollution and

accidental environmental pollution resulted by other accidents in technological

reconstruction project on cooking, cleaning and bleaching of extended

delignification of 68,000 t/y wheat straw pulp of Zhongzhi Meili Paper Company. It

may lead to the following risk accidents in the project, i.e. leakage of chlorine

dioxide, methanol, sodium chlorate and other hazardous chemicals; fire and

explosion, accidental release of waste gas, waste water and other pollutants that may happen.

11.4.2 Organization and Responsibility

Primary requirements on emergency organization system, command organization

and responsibility must be defined in emergency plan. The emergency plan can only

be implemented effectively with perfect plan and clear responsibility. Corresponding

leading group is to be established according to emergency plan. See Figure 11.4.1

for emergency organization system of the plan. The following technical departments

are to be included in leading groups established according to emergency plan. The

responsibilities of every department are as follows.


307

General command: (Deputy) General Manager

Emergency command center: management department

otice and liaison group:

afety and environmental

protection department

roduction technology

department

Rescue crew:

Equipment department

Staff hospital

Fire fighting department

Assistance and support

group:

Supplies department

Accident investigation group:

Safety and environmental

protection department

Equipment department

Evacuation and guiding

group:

Security department

Accident department

Figure 11.4.1 Organization System of Emergency plan

1. General director: responsible for issuance and cancel emergency plan,

authorizing emergency commanding center for implementation of emergency aid

activities;

2. Production technology department: responsible accident alarming, report

and processing;

3. Equipment department: responsible for assisting general director to

handle the accident, organizing establishment of emergency rescue team and

commanding for onsite repairing;

4. Safety and environmental protection department: responsible for

handling accident and arranging safety, environmental protection measures,

reporting to corresponding government authorities and onsite emergency

supervising;

5. Security department: responsible for public order, guarding, evacuating

of people and onsite security;

6. Staff hospital: responsible for commanding all medical staff to rescue hurt and poisoned patients;

7. Fire fighting department: responsible for identifying nature of toxic gas,

proposing prevention measures; rescuing of poisoned patients in poisoning area and

commanding evacuation of people and extinguishment;

8. Supplies department: responsible for the supply of rescue materials and

necessities for production guarantee.

11.4.3 Information Report and Notice

In case of risk accident, it must report to emergency command department and

superior competent authority and local people’s government immediately according

to regulations as stated in Emergency Plan on Sudden Environmental Pollution Accident of the Country, Method on Information Report for Sudden Environmental

Accident of Competent Administrative Environmental Protection Authority (on


308

trial) and related national regulations to assure communication and contact with

related departments in 24 hours in order to apply corresponding rescue measures.

11.4.4 Emergency response and recue measures

11.4.4.1 Emergency Response

1. Emergency response at early period

During the early period of accident, the emergency command shall be assumed by

on-duty directors and the monitoring room shall be activated as emergency commanding center for rescue to apply response activities according to the type and

position of emergencies. Meanwhile, primary notice is to be delivered to agencies

and government authorities outside the boundary by responsible person of

communication. The emergency shall be classified as onsite emergency or overall

emergency by manager of the company after receiving the notice. See Figure 11.4.2

for specific operation procedures.

General emergency

command

On-duty director

Responsible person

of communication

Monitoring room

operator Onsite operation command

Operation director

Emergency response team

Process operator Figure 11.4.2 Agencies for Emergency Aid at Early Period

2. Overall emergency

Once the accident is classified or upgraded, the general command of emergency aid

shall notify government authorities outside the boundary immediately, and activate emergency command center, convene related emergency aid response agencies. The

designated contact person shall keep contact with onsite emergency team at early

period until onsite command is replaced by onsite aid and agencies outside the

company. Onsite security personnel is responsible for check the number of all

person originally onsite. Once the emergency is under control, the general

emergency command can reduce the rank of accident, command to restart and

resume emergency activities. See Figure 11.4.3 for specific operation procedures.


309

General emergency command

On-duty director

Responsible person

of communication Monitoring room

operator

Command for

emergency operation

Director of production department

Onsite command of accident

On-duty production director

Responsible person

of communication

Monitoring room

operator

Technical service

manager

Safety director

Losses control

team

Medical

team

Security

team

Fire fighting

team

Onsite

survey team

Leakage

team Figure 11.4.3 Flow Chart at Overall Emergency Conditions

11.4.4.2 Technical plan for emergency aid

1. Emergency aid for leakage of hazardous chemicals

In case of chemicals leakage that cannot be disposed properly by oneself, on-duty

personnel shall report to the superior and director to contact with related department

and have proper dispose of leakage accident.

Corrosive or toxic chemicals like acid, alkali

In case of leakage in storage tanks and pipelines, leakage valves shall be closed to

stop leaking immediately by protection articles, and persons are to be evacuated to

avoid impact of corrosive liquid and irritating gas; organize workers to transfer

goods and movable equipments that may be corroded to safe; meanwhile, transfer

chemicals that may have reaction with leakage to safe and post warning signs at

leakage area. In case of leakage in pipelines connecting storage tanks, valves of

drums and tanks shall be closed immediately to cut off pollution source and dispose

remaining chemicals in pipelines properly. In case of leakage in pumps transferring

acids, alkalis and other chemicals, pumps are to be stopped and inlet valves closest

to the pump are to be closed to cut of pollution source. In case of leakage in tank cars transferring chemicals before arriving at its destination within the boundary,

doorkeeper, staff within the boundary, patrol person within the boundary or raw

material receiving person shall require driver of concerning car parking at

comparatively safe place (far from storm drain and piling yard) immediately, and

apply effective prevention measures in advance. If it cannot be disposed properly by

oneself, the materials receiving department shall be contacted in time. The receiving

department shall organize emergency tem to leakage onsite immediately after

receiving notice. In case of leakage in pipelines connecting storage tanks, tank

bodies and transfer pumps, it shall be disposed according to above measures. If there

is large amount of leakage that cannot be controlled, effective measures are to be applied to block off nearly storm drain, warehouse to control leakage within a

certain scope and prevent them flowing out through storm drain or flowing into

warehouse, and thus pollute water resources and goods. Fine sand is to be prepared

in every laboratory in order to dispose small amount of leakage of acid, alkali. In


310

case of leakage of acid, alkali and other chemicals, it shall consider how to recover

and recycle it at first, and then apply safe disposal measures. If there is small amount

of leakage, it shall dilute the leakage with water at first and then wash chemicals

within the coffer dam or on the ground into waste ditch and send to wastewater

treatment plant for disposal. If there is large amount of leakage, it shall be

neutralized firstly before disposal and cover chemicals that cannot be washed out by water with sand.

Heavy oil leakage in existing project

(a) Cut off leakage sources to prevent leakage from discharging into sewer,

drainage channel and other limited spaces. Small amount of leakage can be absorbed

by sand, roseite or other inert materials; large amount of leakage can be transferred

to tank car or special collector by pump.

(b) Liquid leakage are to be diluted by water, gas chemicals are to be

eliminated through natural or forced ventilation. Waste water shall be delivered to

wastewater treatment plant for disposal and then achieve safe discharge. In case of

large amount of leakage of general chemicals, nearby storm drains are to be blocked

off at first to prevent diffusion and then apply measures to dispose leakage.

(c) In case of human contact with hazardous chemicals, corresponding

measures shall be applied immediately, look for nearby water resources or washing

devices to wash the contact skin by large amount of water. If acid liquid is splashed

into eyes, it shall be washed with water or 3% of sodium bicarbonate solution or

saline water; if alkali liquid is splashed into eyes, it shall be washed by large amount

of water and then send to hospital.

(d) In case of leakage of hazardous chemicals, related personnel shall arrive

at onsite immediately and make a decision whether to evacuate person or stop

production according to leakage amount, extent of toxicity and scope of impact of

hazardous chemicals.

(e) Concerning departments shall organize to clean and recover sites

polluted by chemical leakage to meet sanitation requirements for working place and

assure normal operation of factory. The wastewater shall be discharged into

wastewater treatment plant for disposal finally.

(f) The reason for chemical leakage shall be identified after onsite treatment.

It can only resume operation after applying corresponding measures in order to

assure no similar accidents in the future. Related departments are responsible for the

repairing of leakage tanks, pipelines and other equipments; repairing of coffer dams

at tank foundation; summary and record on the reform are to be provided by on-duty

personnel during leakage after resume normal operation, which shall be filed after tracking check.

2. Chlorine dioxide preparation workshop

Water solution of chlorine dioxide

Onsite personnel shall make accident notice immediately, evacuate unconcerned

person, close other valves without leakage after wearing protection suit and check

the leakage parts, stop reactors and use firefighting water to spray to resolve gas at

necessary conditions in order to assure workers safety. If there is leakage in pipeline

or valve, related devices shall be replaced in time and if there is leakage in storage

tank, it shall transfer the tank and apply further measures to dispose leakage of


311

chlorine dioxide solution.

Water solution of methanol

Evacuate personnel in leakage pollution area to safe place immediately; apply

quarantine and strict access limitation measures. Cut off fire sources. It suggests

emergency response personnel wearing self-supported respirator and antistatic work

suit. Do not contact with leakage directly and cut off leakage sources to prevent

from discharging into sewers, drainage channel and other limited spaces. Small amount of leakage can be absorbed by sand or other inflammable materials and can

also be washed with large amount of water. The resulted wastewater is to be

discharged into wastewater system after dilution. Large amount of leakage is to be

collected in coffer dam or pit; covered by foam to reduce steam hazard; transferred

to tank car or special collector by anti-explosion pump to be recycled or delivered to

waste treatment sites for disposal.

3. Emergency aid for fire and explosion

Accident site

In case of fire or explosion of chlorine dioxide, sodium chlorate, methanol or alkali

furnace or facilities, it shall cut of related switches and make a report immediately.

Emergent repairing team is to be established. Emergency repairing personnel, protection articles, vehicles, equipments and communication devices are to be

equipped. And emergency repairing plan for various emergent accidents are to be

worked out in advance, thus it can organize emergent repairing rapidly after an

accident.

Once a fire is identified by production operators, it shall apply corresponding

measures decisively according to fire size. Small fire is to be extinguished with

nearby fire fighting equipments. Big fire that cannot be controlled is to be reported

to fire brigade (119) immediately and send an alarm to dispatching department of

the company. Necessary measures are to be applied at the same time to strive for

time before arriving of special fire brigade.

In case of fire in storage tanks, pipelines and roads, it had better apply a remote

extinguishing measure or remedy with remote control water jet and water cooling

containers with large capacity until the fire is extinguished.

Emergency aid department

The dispatching department shall notify head of concerning department to identify

causes immediately after receiving alarm, issue instructions on activating emergency

aid plan, and notify command members, fire brigade, and medical aid group to go to

accident site.

Fire brigade shall extinguish the fire in time after arriving, search and rescue onsite

poisoned and injured people with emergency squad of concerning department and

evacuate them away at the fastest speed. Seriously injured shall be send to hospital for medical treatment immediately. Wastewater produced by onsite firefighting

cannot be discharged directly, which shall be stored in emergency accident pool and

discharged after achieving safe emission standard.

Emergency plan on accident wastewater discharge


312

(a) Jam in trash rack: in case of overflow resulted by jam for high waste

residue content in wastewater, on-duty operators must report to head of

on-duty operators immediately and apply manual cleaning measures for

the jam at the same time. Head of on-duty operators shall arrive at the site

immediately. Onsite clearance decisions are to be made according to

possible impact scope of wastewater leakage and report to superior

authority. Related production departments shall also be contacted to

propose requirement on water quality improvement.

(b) Water leakage in pump room of regulation reservoir: in case of

malfunction of all pumps, on-duty personnel shall report to head of on-

duty operators and supreme director of the department immediately to

contact with related maintenance party and organize emergency

maintenance, and the supreme director shall make an order to stop

production.

(c) In case of scum overflow in primary and secondary sedimentation, on-

duty personnel shall report to head of on-duty operators and activate scum

pump immediately. Head of on-duty operators shall organize personnel to

clean up overflowed scum on the ground.

(d) In case of overflow in sludge well, on-duty personnel shall report to head

of on-duty operators and activate dewaterer as more as possible to

increase processing capability and reduce sludge discharged into sludge

well from primary and secondary sedimentation pools. Head of on-duty

operators shall organize personnel to clean up overflowed scum on the

ground.

(e) In case of leakage in wastewater pump and sludge pump, on-duty

personnel shall report to head of on-duty operators immediately. Head of

on-duty operators shall organize personnel to replace or maintain

equipments and clean up overflowed waste water or sludge on the ground.

(f) In case of malfunction in wastewater treatment system and abnormal

conditions in production line of wastewater treatment, on-duty personnel

shall report to head of on-duty operators. The head of on-duty operators

shall report to supreme director of the department immediately and

contact with related maintenance party to organize emergency

maintenance. The wastewater treatment system can only resume operation

after the malfunction has been eliminated. During emergency repairing,

wastewater produced during production is suggested to be discharged into

planned emergency accident pool. If it the malfunction problem cannot be

solved within short time, the production shall be stopped, which can only

be restored after wastewater treatment facilities have been repaired and

wastewater in accident pool has been disposed. It shall also report to

superior director and the order for stop production of pulping shall be

made by supreme director. The production can only be resumed after the

restoration of wastewater treatment system.

(g) Overflow in pulp tank, pulp pump, waste water pump and damaged pulp

tank: in case of overflow in pulp tank or damaged pulp tank due to

malfunction of alarm or human negligence, it shall report to head of on-

duty operators, look for reasons and stop the overflow in time at the same


313

time. Wash pulp overflowing on ground into waste water ditch and send

to wastewater treatment site with other wastewater together for disposal.

Meanwhile, it shall notify the wastewater treatment site. Serious overflow

is to be reported to supreme director of the department to make a decision

whether stop production or not. And it shall contact with related

department for filing at the same time.

(h) In case of wastewater leakage that may flow into rainwater system, or lead

to small flow or replacement of maintenance equipments due to big flow

in chlorine dioxide preparation workshop or pump malfunction, it shall

clean the wastewater overflowed into the ground, which shall be washed

into wastewater discharge system, thus into wastewater treatment station

for disposal. And it shall also report to the supreme director of the

department and be filed at the same time.

5. Emergency aid for other accidental release

Accidental waste gas discharge

If there is malfunction in electrostatic precipitator of furnace, it results in over

emission of TSP in gas. In this case, the furnace load is to be reduced immediately.

If the over emission still exists, then activate the burner to reduce coal used for burning. If all electrostatic precipitation trip, activate the burner immediately. If it

can be restored within short time, then continue use the burning of fuel and kerosene

to assure a safe discharge of dust, and organize emergency repairing. If it cannot

achieve a safe discharge, it shall stop the operation of furnace.

Accidental black liquor discharge

It suggests installation of control system for overflow alarm at storage tank of black

liquor to avoid impact on wastewater treatment station due to black liquor overflow

and solve the problem after system restoration. In case of large amount of leakage, it

shall stop production immediately until system restoration. Blacked liquor being

leaked out shall be send to wastewater treatment station for disposal.

11.4.4.3 Medical aid and public health

In case of a risk accident, a judgment shall be made according to extent of accident and nearby mass shall be evacuated with the coordination of medical aid

departments. Poisoned and injured people shall be provided with medical aid in time

to assure their life safety.

11.4.4.4 Emergency environment monitoring

In case of an accident, it must implement monitoring on corresponding pollutants

with existing monitoring equipments and in active coordination with local

environmental monitoring authority, analyze impact on peripheral environment and

propose feasible control measures. For atmospheric environment impact resulted by

leakage of toxic substances, it shall monitor the concentration of corresponding

pollutants, analyze the scope and extent of impact and propose feasible measures;

water that is hazardous to water body and wastewater must be collected in accident pool, which can only be discharged after the pollution has been under control within

the boundary and meeting related standard.


314

11.4.4.5 Emergency stop and restoration measures

Working conditions for assuring entirely completion of emergency aid: all fires have

been extinguished; all possible pollutant leakages have been controlled in isolation

with no impact on peripheral environment. Then it can notify related departments of

concerning party, peripheral communities and persons that the danger has been

eliminated and can terminate the emergency procedures.

After emergency procedures of accident have been terminated, it shall organize restoration according to emergency plan, including overhaul, installation and

commission of equipments. Accident report is to be drawn to indicate the causes and

losses of it, to conclude a summary in order to avoid similar accident. For losses

resulted by accident, provide reasonable arrangement and compensation for infected

people. Organize experts to make an assessment on medium and long term impact of

environmental pollution accident and propose suggestions on compensation and

restoration of infected ecological environment.

11.4.4.6 Training and exercise

It shall provide emergency education for staff of the whole factory, training on

safety and accident treatment for staff in dangerous post and implement post

examination by emergency command department. In addition, have exercise on emergency plan for risks in time. It requires providing a theory training every month

and organizing an exercise every half a year. Heads of every emergency aid team

shall take professional training provided by firefighting department, supervision and

management department for safety production and other related departments.

11.4.4.7 Guarantee of emergency aid

Once there is risk accident, it must assure timely activation of related emergency aid

plan to keep pollution under control within the first time and minimize the impact of

accident. Therefore, related guarantee for emergency aid must be implemented in

daily work.

1. Emergency communication security

Make clear of communication way and method with related departments or personnel concerning emergency response and provide backup plan. Establish

information communication system and maintenance plan to secure smooth

communication during emergency.

2. Emergency response team security

Make clear of human resources for emergency response, including the organization

and security plan of specialized and part time emergency response teams.

3. Emergency supplies and equipments security

Allocate some emergency fund for pollution accident for purchasing, management

and maintenance of daily emergency supplies and equipments, which is mainly use

for check of fire fighting equipments, spraying devices for control pollutants diffusion and supporting devices. These devices and equipments shall be kept by

designated person.

4. Funds security

A fixed sum of funds is guaranteed to be allocated by party to be used for fixed


315

purpose – risk prevention. The emergency fund shall be guaranteed in place in time

under emergency conditions.

5. Other securities

Other related securities need to be defined according to requirements on emergency

work in the project, such as technical security, transportation security, public

security, medical security, logistic security.

11.4 Conclusion

According to risk identification, risk factors included in the project are leakage of

hazardous chemicals during production, accidental release of pollutants, fire and

explosion of flammables, explosive substances and units.

Incidence of various risks, extent of hazards can be reduced greatly through

establishment of perfect environmental management and risk management measures

(plans), equipment of sufficient facilities and equipments, strengthening training on related person and applying appropriate risk prevention measures and emergency

measures. It shall focus on prevention of accident risks and in combination with self

assistance and society assistance. Daily risk investigation shall be implemented

within enterprise and response according to emergency plan when there is risk

accident to minimize harm on human and environmental pollution resulted by risk

accident.

12 Analysis and Assessment on Cleaner Production

Cleaner production is an important move to carry out the strategy of sustainable

development. The aim of cleaner production is to apply the pollution prevention

strategy to the whole process of production sustainably, raise resource utilization by constantly improving management and pushing technical advancement, reduce

pollutant emission and decrease pollution harm to the human and the environment.

The core strategy of cleaner production is starting from the source and giving

priority to prevention so as to realize unification of economic benefits and

environmental benefits through whole process control.

The State Environmental Protection Administration (today’s Ministry of

Environmental Protection) pointed out in its Document EC [1997] 232: the

environmental impact assessment on a construction project should include the

content with relation to cleaner production to assess whether the technology and

product accord with the requirements for cleaner production. Therefore, this will be a qualitative assessment on the level of cleaner production of the proposed

production line from different aspects including technology and equipment level,

sources and energy utilization index, pollutant generating index, wastes recovery

and recycling index, product index and environmental management. This qualitative

assessment will be made in light of the wastewater and waste gas management

guideline/sources utilization standards provided in “Cleaner Production Standard —

— Papermaking Industry (Production of Bleached Soda Straw Pulp) (HJ/T339-

2007)” and “Papermaking Industry Environment, Health and Safety Guide” .


316

12.1 Factor of Papermaking Industry Cleaner Production

The decisive factor for pollution control in the project implementation is applying

cleaner production according to following principles:

1. Adopting advanced technologies and equipment;

2. Strengthening comprehensive utilization of sources and energy and using

cleaner energy and raw materials;

3. Producing high grade products;

4. Controlling emission of pollutants;

5. Improving comprehensive utilization efficiency of the wastes;

6. Raising environmental management level.

Application of cleaner production technology is not only beneficial to the

environment, but also can improve product quality, reduce production cost and raise

labor productivity.

12.2 Analysis on Cleaner Production of the Project

12.2.1 Technology and Equipment Level

1. Dry and wet stocking

The project will adopt dry and wet stock preparation, which would remove more

non-fiber impurity, effectively reducing consumption of cooling chemical drugs,

improving pulp quality and reducing silicon content in the black liquor. The mature

and reliable equipment and high quality pulp can the efficiency of black liquor extraction and alkali recovery and reduce pollutant emission.

2. Continuous cooking

Continuous cooking adopted in the technical renovation project is a well accepted

production method at home and abroad. Continuous cooking technology has

following advantages: covering small space, lowering labor intensity, ensuring

steady pulp quality, balancing steam utilization and reducing pollutant emission. The

fine pulp yield would be 2-4% higher than that of steam sphere. Full automation

control can be realized.

3. Full-closed pressure screening

This project will adopt one-section twin-roll pulp washer + three-section series vacuum countercurrent washing + closed screening technology to treat the

wastewater produced in the process of pulp making, raising the black liquor

extraction rate from current 80% to about 90% and reducing discharge of pollutants.

4. Elemental chlorine free bleaching

The proposed project will adopt chlorine dioxide as bleaching agent with elemental

chlorine free bleaching technology. The yield of AOX after bleaching will drop

significantly in comparison with the existing project, fully meeting the limit of 12

mg/l stipulated in GB3544-2008 – “Discharge Standard of Water Pollutants for Pulp

and Paper Industry”.


317

12.2.2 Capacity of Comprehensive Use of Sources and Energy

This project will establish the electric transformer, water supply station, circulating

water station, refrigerating plant and air compressor station as close as to the main

users so as to reduce transport energy consumption and process losses. Heat

insulation and preservation measures will be improved for the control of steam

consumption. By adopting advanced technology process, the indexes of power, steam and coal consumption will remarkably drop. Comprehensive energy

consumption per ton of product will be under 1.0t standard coal, material

consumption under 2.46t and fresh water under 80m3, all meeting the advanced

national or international standards.

12.2.3 Raw Materials and Products

1. Clean materials

The proposed project will mainly adopt wheat straw as raw materials. These kinds of

materials are free of poison with less impact on ecological environment and high

renewability.

2. Clean products

The main product of the project will be wheat straw pulp and the end product will be

paper products. All the chemicals used are free of poison and harmless or just have

low poison and harm, basically without impact on the environment and human

health.

12.2.4 Indexes of Pollutants Yield

1. Wastewater pollutants will be control in full process. The wastewater

produced in the process of production will be recycled as much as possible. The

discharged wastewater will be finallyfilled into oxidation pond for irrigation of the

forests. Through these measures, the impact on the outside environment will be

minimized.

2. The alkali recovery furnace of this project will adopt electrostatic

precipitation technology. The emission of treated flue and smoke pollutant with

meet the requirements of Table 2 of GB9078-1996 – “Emission Standard of Air

Pollutants for Industrial Kiln and Furnace”. Moreover, treatment measures like

water cooling will be adopted to deal with the powder emitted randomly from the

coal yard.

3. All the solid wastes in main process will be treated properly to realize

safety treatment and comprehensive utilization by recycling, reusing and reducing.

4. The best will be tried to select high-precision, well-assemble and low-

noise equipment. Install mufflers on the high-noise equipment like blowers and air compressors etc. In building design of the plant, the doors and windows of the main

control room and duty office will be double glazed, the equipment generating higher

noise like wind duct will be covered with noise-reducing materials.

5 This project will use advanced technologies and select advanced

equipment and devices with stable performance in the country at present so as to

control and reduce the pollutants from the original sources.


318

12.2.5 Comprehensive Use of Waste Materials

.1 Comprehensive use of wastewater

The wastewater generated by the proposed project will be treated and discharged

into the oxidation pond but not other outside water bodies. The treated water will be

filled into oxidation pond will be used to irrigate the forests. Reduction and

comprehensive use of the wastewater thus can be realized.

2. Comprehensive use of solid wastes

Various kinds of solid wastes generated by the proposed project will be treated and

used safely and effectively. The wheat straw scraps will be composted as fertilizer;

the pulp dregs will be used in the paper making workshop; the white mud will be

used as agent for furnace wet desulfurizing; the green mud and lime dregs will be

buries and the sludge of the wastewater treatment plant will be comprehensively

used as fertilizer for the forest land.

12.2.6 Environmental Management

In order to build up excellent image of the company and realize sustainable

development, Ningxia Meili Paper Industrial Co. Ltd. has established a special department to take charge of daily environmental management according to relative

laws and regulations of the state and related documents issued by the environmental

protection departments at provincial, municipal or county levels. After the proposed

project completed, the environmental management system will be further improved

under the current basis to raise the capacity of environmental management and meet

the requirements of sustainable development.

12.3 Assessment on Capacity of Cleaner Production

12.3.1 Source of Cleaner Production Indexes

Cleaner production indexes are defined according to HJ/T339-2007 - “Cleaner

Production Standard —— Papermaking Industry (Production of Bleached Soda

Straw Pulp)” and “Papermaking Industry Environment, Health and Safety Guide”.

See Table 13.3.1 for the specific requirements of HJ/T339-2007 and Table 13.3.2 for

specific requirements of the wastewater and waste gas management

guideline/sources utilization standards stipulated in the “Environment, Health and

Safety Guide for Paper Industry”.

Table 12.3.1 Schedule of Cleaner Production Indexes Grades of cleaner

production indexes Grade I Grade II Grade III

I. Requirements to technology and equipment

1. Stocking Dry and wet stocking, recycling of washing water

2. Cooking Horizontal piping continuous cooking, batch displacement cooking, cold blow

Batch cooking

3. Washing Multi-section countercurrent washing

4. Screening Total-closed pressure

screening Pressure screening

Improving traditional

screening process


319

Grades of cleaner production indexes

Grade I Grade II Grade III

5. Bleaching Oxygen delignification, ECF or TCF bleaching

Oxygen delignification, ECF, ClO2 or

hydrogen peroxide replacing some

chlorine bleaching

Hydrogen peroxide

replacing some chlorine or multi-section bleaching

6 Alkali recovery Multi-effective falling film or rising and falling film combined evaporator, precast filter, heat

and power combined production

Complete set of alkali recovery

facilities in normal operation

II. Indexes of sources and energy utilization

1. Water

consumption m3/Adt 100 110 130

2 Composite energy

consumption (outsourced energy) kg (standard

coal)/Adt

950 1000 1150

3 Consumption of fiber

materials (absolutely dry) t/Adt

2.4 2.5 2.5

III. Indexes of pollutants yield (before end process, not including the pollution load of water discharge in wet stocking process)

1. wastewater

yield m3/Adt 90 100 120

2.CODCr yield kg/Adt 160 200 250

3. BOD5 yield kg/Adt 45 60 75

4. SS yield kg/Adt 60 80 100

5. AOX yield kg/Adt 1.5 2.5 3.0

IV. Indexes of wastes recycling

1. Water recycling % 80 70 60

2. White mud alkali

residues Na2O % 1.0 1.2 1.5

3. Black liquor

abstraction % 88 85 80

4. Alkali recovery % 78 75 70

5. Mud comprehensive

utilization % 100 100 100

V. Environmental management requirements

1. Laws, regulations and standards on environment

According with the state and local laws and regulations on environment, discharging pollutants within the state and local

limits, meeting the requirements of control in total and pollutant discharge license management.

2. Examination and verification of cleaner

production

Implementing cleaner production examination and verification according to the requirement of the SEPA (MEP of today) in

“Temporary Methods for Examination and Verification of Cleaner Production, and fully carrying out waste free or law waste

scheme.

3. Environmental management system

Establishing and implementing environmental

management system

Pperfect environmental management system and complete original records

and statistic data.


320

Grades of cleaner production indexes

Grade I Grade II Grade III

according to ISO14001 and perfecting environmental

management manual as well as procedure

and operation documents

4. Management the consumption of water, power and stream in the process of

production

Installing measuring instructions and

establishing strict quantitative

examination system.

Measuring the consumption in

main sections and establishing quantitative examination

system

Measuring the water, power and

steam consumption in

the main sections.

5. Solid wastes treatment and disposal

Properly treating the common wastes and making harmless disposal of the hazardous wastes according to the requirements

related.

A mill specific compliance anlaysis and a comparison between applicable Chinese

standards and EHS guidelines is elaborated in below.

(1) Wastewater

The Meili Paper mill uses wheat as raw materials, to which the EHS

Guidelines’ Annex B Table l non-wood effluent guidelines apply. The EIA

carried out mill specific analysis of the effluent quality compared with the

EHS effluent guidelines and domestic standards, as shown in the table

below.

Table 12.3.1a Before and after project effluent quality of Meili

Paramete

rs Unit EHS

Domestic

Standard

Before the

project Prediction

Flow m3/t陶AD陶 50 54 78.2 44.4

pH / 6陶9 6陶9 6陶9 6陶9

TSS kg/t陶AD陶 2.0 1.62 4.67 1.11

COD kg/t陶AD陶 30 4.86 27.36 3.60

BOD5 kg/t陶AD陶 2.0 1.08 7.5 0.80

Total

nitrogen kg/t陶AD陶 0.5 0.65

0.62 0.36

Total

phosphor kg/t陶AD陶 0.05 0.04

0.06 0.01

AOX kg/t陶AD陶 0.65 0.94

0.53

According to the analysis, before the technical upgrading, most of the

parameters do not meet the new national standards (GB3544-2008, Table

2), as well as EHS guidelines. After the project, Meili can meet the national

standards universally, and the EHS effluent guidelines as well.

(2) Air emissions


321

The main point air emission sources in the mill are the alkali furnace and

boiler. Different standards and guidelines apply to those different sources,

as discussed in below.

(a) Alkali furnace

The alkali furnace air emissions belong to process gases that are

different from steam boilers or power plants. Therefore, the emission

values give in Table 2 of the WBG EHS Guidelines for Pulp and Paper

Mills is used. Domestically, the GB9078-1996 applies. The analysis

uses the monitoring data provided by Zhongwei Environmental

Monitoring Stations who conducted the supervision monitoring in

accordance with relevant regulations. It is noted that the said EHS

guidelines are mostly refer to wood-pulp Kraft process, while this

project uses non-wood materials. Due to the different quality of the raw

materials and needed chemicals, the comparison is only for reference.

See Table 12.3.1b.

Table 12.3.1b Alkali Furnace air emissions comparison analysis

2010-2011 year actual air emission monitoring data

EHS pulp and paer, Annex B, Table 2

Paramter Unit Values Values Unit Parameter

s PM Kg/ADt 1.28 0.5 Kg/ADt TSP

SO2 Kg/ADt 1.11 / Kg/ADt SO2

SO2 as S Kg/ADt 0.56 0.4 Kg/ADt SO2 as S

NOx Kg/ADt / 1.5 Kg/ADt NOx

0.2 Kg/ADt TRS

According to the Table, the SO2 emission from the alkali recovery furnace is

very close to meet EHS emission guidelines, while the dust surpass the EHS values.

Since the applicable GB9078-1996 has no requirement on NOx, the Zhongwei

Environmental Monitoring Station, when conducting supervision monitoring, has

not included the NOx parameter either. Therefore the NOx emission is not available

for comparison.

(b) Boiler

The boiler is analyzed using EHS guidelines forthermal power plants.

Domestic applicable standards is the GB13223-2003. The analysis uses

the monitoring data provided by Zhongwei Environmental Monitoring

Stations who conducted the supervision monitoring in accordance with

relevant regulations

Table 12.3.1c 75t/h boiler air emission compararison analysis

2010-2011 year actual air emission

monitoring data

EHS Thermal Plant Guidelines(P20, Table

6

Paramter Unit Values Values Unit Parameters PM mg/m3 46.30 50 mg/m3 PM

SO2 mg/m3 374 900~1500 mg/m3 SO2

NOx mg/m3 209 510-1100 mg/m3 NOx


322

According to Table 81c, the EHS emission guidelines values are all met.

The above comparison analysis indicate that the air emissions from the

mill’s alkali recovery furnace and boiler have all met national

standards. It also meets the applicable EHS emission guidelines value

except the PM from the alkali recovery furnace. The proposed technical

upgrade will eliminate old cooking process that will be replaced by a

new one. The total capacity will decrease accordingly which will result

in further reduction of air emissions.

陶3陶Noise

Applicable domestic acoustic standards include GB12348-2008. The

EHS General Guidelines is taken for analysis. According to the noise

monitoring conducted during EA stage, the noise level at the mill

boundary and noise sensitive receptors meet the domestic nationa

standards, and the EHS Guidelines values as well.

Table 12.3.1.d Noise level comparision analysis

GB12348-2008 WB General Guidelines Table 1.7.1

Period Daytime Nighttime Daytime Nighttime

Time 06:00-22:00 22:00-06:00 07:00-22:00 22:00-07:00

Level 1 =Residential, Education, Cultural

55 45 55 45

Monitoring Values 43.8-44.8 41.6 43.2 三三

12.3.2 Assessment and Analysis on Cleaner Production Indexes

See Table 13.3.3 for the capacity of cleaner production of the proposed project

Table 12.3.3 Estimation of Cleaner Production Level

Grades of cleaner production indexes Grade

I Grade

II Grade

III Proposed project

Analysis on cleaner production

level

Indexes of sources and energy utilization

1. Wter consumption m3/Adt 100 110 130 80 Grade I

2 Composite energy consumption

(outsourced energy) kg (standard coal)/Adt 950 1000 1150 1000 Grade II

3 Consumption of fiber materials

(absolutely dry) t/Adt 2.4 2.5 2.5 2.46 Grade II

Indexes of pollutants yield (before end process, not including the pollution load of water discharge in wet stocking process)

1. Wastewater yield m3/Adt 90 100 120 44.45 Grade I

2.CODCr yield kg/Adt 160 200 250 60.31 Grade I

3. BOD5 yield kg/Adt 45 60 75 15.74 Grade I


323

Grades of cleaner production indexes Grade

I Grade

II Grade

III Proposed project

Analysis on cleaner production

level

4. SS yield kg/Adt 60 80 100 17.88 Grade I

5. AOX yield kg/Adt 1.5 2.5 3.0 0.45 Grade I

Indexes of wastes recycling

1. Water recycling % 80 70 60 71 Grade III

2. White mud alkali residues Na2O % 1.0 1.2 1.5 1.2 Grade II

3.Black liquor abstraction % 88 85 80 85 Grade II

4. Alkali recovery % 78 75 70 77 Grade II

5. Mud comprehensive utilization % 100 100 100 100 Grade I

As shown by above analysis, all the indexes of the proposed project will reach

national or international advanced level and the first grade except some of them just

at national level.

Please see Table 13.3.4 for the cleaner production level of the project and related index requirements of wastewater and waste gas management guideline/sources

utilization standards stipulated in the “Environment, Health and Safety Guide for

Paper Industry”.

Table 12.3.4 Comparison between the Cleaner Production Level of the Project

and the Indexes Stipulated in the “Environment, Health and Safety Guide for

Paper Industry”

1. Wastewater management guideline/sources utilization standards

Indexes Unit Guideline This project

Flow a m3/t AD 55 53.8

pH value 6 9 6 9

TSS kg/t AD 2.0 1.35

COD kg/t AD 30 4.36

BOD5 kg/t AD 2.0 0.97

AOX kg/t AD 0.005 0.6

Total nitrogen kg/t AD 0.5 0.43

Total phosphor kg/t AD 0.05 0.043

2. Waste gas management guideline/sources utilization standards

Indexes Unit Guideline This project

SO2 as S kg/t AD 1.0 0.41

NOx as NO2 kg/t AD 2.0 0.55

TRS as S kg/t AD 0.2 0.2

In comparison the cleaner production level of this project with relative indexes

stipulated in the “Environment, Health and Safety Guide for Paper Industry”, all the

indexes of this project can meet the standards except water discharge per ton of

pulp, TSS and BOD5.

12.4Conclusion

In the light of the advancement of above mentioned technical equipment adopted by


324

this project, clean products to be produced by this project and the analysis and

comparison of technical equipment, production cost and environmental impact

between this project and other sectors according to the requirements of cleaner

production, we can say that the cleaner production of this project will exceed

domestic advanced level and meet the national advanced level.

It is the foundation of cleaner production of the project for the workers of the enterprises as the main players to renew their ideas and foster awareness of cleaner

production. Enterprise’s engineers, technicians and managers are the backbone to

implement cleaner production. To implement cleaner production, it is critical for the

leading people at different levels of the enterprise, especially the chief leaders, to

change traditional production concept and enhance their awareness of cleaner

production.

13. Pollution Control Measures and Feasibility Analysis

13.1 Environmental Protection Measures during Construction Period and

Feasibility Analysis

13.1.1 Measures to Control the Impact on Ambient Environment during Construction

Period

The main pollutants in ambient air during construction period are air-borne dust and

the emissions form automobiles, and towards the pollution caused by the emissions

form automobiles, the requirement of the attainment of the emissions form all

automobiles usually does not cause serious impact; towards the air-borne dust generated in constructions and operations, the following to mitigate pollution

measures should be taken:

1. During the operating hours and operating segments, which are easy to

generate air-borne dust, the approach of sprinkling water should be adopted to

mitigate the pollution caused by total suspended particulates, as long as the

frequency of sprinkling water increases, the concentration of total suspended

particulates in air can be greatly reduced.

2. The vehicles that transport sands, stones and other building materials shall not be

filled to a level which will cause overflow of material or secondary air-borne dust.

3. In case of heavy winds, building materials that are easy to generate air-borne dust should be covered during transportation.

4. The vehicles that transport materials must be checked regularly, the

broken carriages shall be promptly repaired, and the leakage of building materials

from the vehicles should be prohibited while driving.

5. When the vehicles is moving out of the construction site, the soil on the

body, especially the tires, should be washed up, a shallow pool can be built up for

the vehicles out of the construction site to pass slowly across it, thus most of the soil

on the ties can be washed up, and then according to the specific conditions, the

method of high-pressure spray wash can be adopted to wash up the soil remaining

on the body and the tires, so a to effectively prevent the vehicles from taking the soil from the construction site to the urban roads and avoid serious localized secondary

air-borne dust pollution.


325

6. Environmentally friendly decoration materials should be used, so as to

mitigate the environmental pollution caused by toxic and hazardous gases from the

source.

7. Towards the construction sites with the paint and other materials that generated

toxic and hazardous gases, the ventilation should be increased and the construction time should be controlled.

13.1.2 Measures to Control the Impact on Water Environment during Construction

Period

The oil-separating tank, grit chamber and sedimentation tank should be set up for the

waste water during construction period, after the waste water is left to stand for a

certain period, it can be used in the watering for dust suppression and the washing of

vehicle tires.

If during the construction period, the construction personal can be caclated as 1,000

persons on average, the volume of domestic sewage can be caclated as 80L / person

• day, thus the volume of domestic sewage generated by the construction personal

shall be 80m3/d, and the domestic sewage shall be discharged into the company's

existing waste water treatment plant via temporary pipes and the treated domestic

sewage shall be discharged after attains the standard.

13.1.3 Measures to Control the Impact on Noise Environment during Construction

Period

Effective ways to control noise pollution are: reduction of the noise at source,

limitation of sound transmission and blockage of sound reception.

1. Noise control for on-site construction personnel

Control of noise sources: low-noise equipments should be chosen as construction

machineries; mufflers should be installed on fixed equipments and the intake and

exhaust of excavator, truck and other machineries; equipments with great vibration

shall be equipped with damping devices, and damping materials also can be used;

the care and maintenance of equipments shall be strengthened.

Transmission control: noise barriers, acoustic enclosures and sound insulation rooms

with porous sound-absorbing materials should be established in the vicinity of

concrete mixer and other major noise sources with high sound level; temporary

sound barriers should be established on the border of the construction site or the

areas with relative concentration of noise equipments.

Receptor protection: the impact of construction machineries on the construction

personnel within the construction site is inevitable, thus the soundproof helmets, ear

muffs and ear plugs should be distributed to the construction personnel.

2. Precausions within office area, utility area and residential area

From the above analytical results, it can be seen that nearby villages and other

sensitive targets will be affected by the construction, thus the construction time should be strictly controlled, excepting for the requirement of special process in the

construction, continuous construction around the clock shall be avoided, and the

construction time should be controlled in 8:00 ~ 12:00 and 14:00 ~ 22:00. If the

special needs of the construction process require any construction at night, relevant

procedures must be conducted in environmental protection departments, and

surrounding villagers must be informed of the reason for the construction,


326

construction date and the length of construction time via announcement.

13.1.4 Solid Waste Pollution Prevention and Control Measures

In order to take measures to prevent and control the pollution caused by construction

waste, man-made debris and domestic refuse on the construction site, the following

two points should be conducted:

1. The approvals for the disposal should be obtained from relevant departments in accordance with requirements before the construction, and the wastes

should be disposed in the areas specified in the approval and shall not be stacked in

the farmlands, forests, river courses and other places. Protective measures must be

taken around the specified disposal sites, the wastes shall not be stacked and

discarded carelessly, and meanwhile, the protective measures for drainage must be

conducted, so as to avoid water and soil erosion.

2. The domestic refuse caused by the constructioin personnel should be

collected the same day and be sent to the municipal refuse disposal area by the

environmental sanityary department for treatment, so as to avoid the impact on the

environment that surrounds the construction site.

13.2 Countermeasures and Measures to Prevent and Control Pollution during

Operation Period

13.2.1 Countermeasures and Measures to Prevent and Control Pollutants in Waste

Water

13.2.1.1 Analysis of wastewater characteristics

The waste water of the proposed project mainly consists of the grey water in

screening section and bleaching section, the dirt condensate from alkali recovery

workshop and domestic sewage, and the above-mentioned waste water shall be

discharged into the self-built oxidation pond of the enterprise after the attained

treatment in the company’s waste water treatment plant.

13.2.1.2 Waste water treatment program for existing project

1. Wastewater treatment process

The waste water treatment program for existing project adopts primary

sedimentation tank + regulating tank + selecting tank + aeration tank + secondary

sedimentation tank + the final effluent from coagulation sedimentation, and the

waste water treatment capacity is 60000 m3/d,

The process flow diagram of existing waste water treatment program is shown in

Figure 13.2.1, and the situation of major structures and equipments is shown in

Table 13.2.1.


327

Bar screen

Collecting tank

Waste water

Primary sedimentation tank

Regulating tank

Selecting tank

Aeration tank

Secondary sedimentation tank

Forest base

Sludge

Coagulating basin

Oxidation pond

P N

Solid Waste

Attained waste water

Sludge

Sludge storage tank Flocculant

Dewatering thickener

Comprehensive utilization of sludge

Figure 13.2.1 Flow diagram of existing engineering waste water treatment

Table 13.2.1 Major Structures and Equipments in the Existing Waste Water

Treatment Plant

No. Name of facility

Parameters Structure

specifications

Quantity

Residence time

1 Primary

sedimentation

tank

φ47.5m q=1.0m3/m2h H=4.5m Bottom gradient i=8%

Volume 8000M3 1 4.5h

2 Regulating

tank V effective =5500m3 T=3.1h H=6.5m φ=34m Volume 5500M3 1 3.1h

3 Selecting tank Length 13.5m×2 width 52.4m×2 Veffective

=6500m3 T=3.8h H=5.8m Volume 6500M3 2 3.8h

4 Aeration tank Length 80.5m×2 width 52.4m×2 Veffective

=40500m3 T=23h H=5.8m Water depth 4.8m

Volume 40500M3

2 23h

5 Secondary

sedimentation tank

φ=62m q=0.59m3/m2h H=4.8m Volume

15000M3 1 8h


328

No. Name of facility

Parameters Structure

specifications

Quantity

Residence time

6 Mixed

reaction pond Veffective =240m3 T=8min H=4.0m Volume 240M3 2 8min

7 Flocculation

tank φ=47.5m H=4.8m Volume 8500M3 1 4.8h

8 Sludge storage

tank φ=17m Veffective =680m3 H=3m Volume 680M3 1 三

9 Air Supply

System Q(air flow)=150m3/min P=49Kpa n=1250r/min 三 4 三

10 Deslimer

Integrative concentrated pressure filter (BSD2500)

4sets Bandwidth 2500mm Power pressure

filter (4.4KW) pre-dewaterer (1.5KW)

三 4 三

11 1# oxidation

pond

Crest elevation 1301.0m design water level

1299.5m design dam height 15.5m

Total capacity

1,969,400 m3 1 15.1d

12 2# oxidation

pond


1299.5m design dam height15.6m

Total capacity 2,043,000m3

1 14.6d

13 3# oxidation

pond



Total capacity 116,400 m3

1 0.83d

14 4# oxidation

pond



Total capacity 1,841,200 m3

1 15.2d

2. The attainment of existing treatment in the waste water treatment plant

After the waste water in the Plant has been treated via the above process in the waste

water treatment plant, the routine monitoring data of he enterprise show that the

efflux can meet the limitations required by the GB3544-2001 "Discharge Standard

of Pollutants for Paper Industry", after the efflux goes into the oxidation pond for

further treatment to be used for the Forest Base irrigation, and the details can be seen

in Table 13.2.2. The removal rate in each section of the existing waste water

treatment can be seen in Table 13.2.3.

Table 13.2.3 Removal Rate in Each Section of the Existing Waste Water

Treatment

Treatment section

Relevant indicators COD mg/L BOD5 mg/L SS mg/L

Afflux 1447 497 470

Efflux 791.52 225.4 178

Primary sedimentation

tank +

regulating tank Removal rate (%) 52 51 60

Afflux 791.52 225.4 178

Efflux 395.76 108.192 142.4

Aeration tank + secondary

sedimentation

tank Removal rate (%) 50 52 20

Afflux 395.76 108.192 142.4

Efflux 349 96 60

Flocculation sedimentation


Total removal efficiency in

the plant

Removal rate (%) 78.88 79.30 86.56


329


330

13.2.1.3 Feasibility analysis of the attainment of the waste water treatment of the

proposed project

1. Treatment processes in the waste water treatment workshop after the

completion of the proposed project

After transformation of the original waste water treatment plant, the waste water of

the proposed project shall be sent to the waste water treatment plant, because the 1# pulp production line, 3# pulp production line, part of the paper-making workshop will

be shut down, the pollution load at the inlet of the waste water treatment plant will be

reduced, in addition, the treatment processes will also be transformed into the primary

sedimentation tank + hydrolytic acidification + regulating tank + selecting aeration tank + secondary sedimentation tank + coagulation sedimentation + filter + the final effluent

from biological aerated filter, after the efflux meets the GB3544-2008 "Discharge Standard

of Pollutants for Paper Industry", the efflux shall go into the oxidation pond for the Forest

Base irrigation, the waste water treatment process after the transformation can be seen in

Figure 14.2.2. The pollution load of the waste water treatment plant after completion

of the proposed can be seen in Table 14.2.4.


331

Bar screen

Collecting tank

Waste water


Regulating tank

Selecting tank

Aeration tank

Secondary sedimentation tank

Forest base

Sludge

Coagulating basin

Oxidation pond

P N

Solid Waste

Attained waste water

Sludge

Sludge storage tank Flocculant

Dewatering thickener

Comprehensive utilization of sludge

Hydrolytic acidification tank

Filter

BAF

Figure 13.2.2 Flow diagram of the waste water treatment plant after transformation


332


275

2. Feasibility analysis of the attainment of the waste water treatment

After transformation, the waste water treatment process shall adopt primary

sedimentation tank + hydrolytic acidification + regulating tank + selecting aeration

tank + secondary sedimentation tank + coagulation sedimentation + filter +

biological aerated filter, and the plan for the transformation of each existing section

and the major processes are as follows:


The existing primary sedimentation tank has a volume of 8000 m3, the waste water

shall go into the primary sedimentation tank after the impurities have been removed

via the coarse bar screen, and the residence time is 4.5h. Currently, the pretreatment

of waste water is conducted by adding PAC and PAM in the primary sedimentation

section for flocculation and sedimentation, after the treatment, the COD removal

efficiency can reach about 50%, but the large amount of existing dosing and the

aging and broken individual components of mud scraper in the primary

sedimentation tank have resulted in poor overall effect of the primary sedimentation

tank. For the above shortcomings, after the implementation of this project, the existing primary settling tank will be transformed, the afflux and effluent weir plates

shall be updated, and the mud scraper shall be maitained, so as to improve its

capacity and effectiveness, and due to the process improvement at later stage, the

dosage in the front part is reduced by about 30%, and after the completion of the

transformation, the removal efficiency can be stabilized at about 30%, thus the

pollution load can be effectively reduced.

Regulating tank

The existing regulating tank has a volume of 5500 m3, the residence time is 3.1h,

after the waste water from various workshops and domestic sewage are collected via

the sewer net, the pumping station is set up in the collecting well. However, due to the unstable quality and quantity of waste water, a regulating tank is set up, so as to

ensure the normal operation of the subsequent biological reaction.

Selecting aeration tank

Select the volume of the existing pool of 6500 m3, the residence time 3.8h, and then

the waste water goes into the biological aeration tank, which has a volume of 40500

m3 and a residence time of 23h, and the biological aeration tank adopts suspended

chain aeration, thus the COD removal efficiency can reach 48% after the treatment

in the biological aerated filter.

The insufficient air flow of the current aeration system and the broken aeration tube

result in insufficient capacity of the system, uneven aeration, inefficient oxygenation efficiency of the aeration system and anoxic condition within the aeration tank. In

addition, this waste water treatment system was established in 2002, the aeration

system consists of suspended chain aeration devices using biolak technology, and

the useful lifetime of the aeration devices with rubber membrane will expire soon,

thus the situation also contributes to the current inefficient treatment.

Towards this situation, the proposed project will adopt the following measures to

conduct the improvement:

After the completion of the proposed project, part of the aeration tank shall be

transformed into hydrolytic acidification tank, so as to favour the latter waste water

treatment in the plant, and the submersible propeller mixer and combined packing


276

shall be added, so as to increase the treatment efficiency;

The existing aeration system shall be updated, the flow fan for aeration shall be

added, and the aeration devices with rubber membrane shall be replaced, so as to

meet the oxygen demand of the aerobic processes of the project wastewater in the

whole plant;

The imported obligate bacteria for increasing efficiency shall be added in the aerobic aeration tank (waste water in papermaking), so as to increase biological efficiency

and improve the capacity of the aerobic tank.

BI-CHEM® 1005 PP is added in the aerobic section, so as to improve biological

efficiency and effectively improve the pollutant removal efficiency. BI-CHEM®

1005 PP is a synergistic blend consisting of domesticated speciy with specificity,

which is used exclusively for the treatment of the water of productive use in pulp

and paper mill. As the organic load in the treatment system changes, the water

quality usually also responds to the changes. This speciy has the following

characteristics:

It responds to the significant increase of black liquor discharge. The strains contained in it have strong tolerance to a variety of aromatic structure and fatty

acids;

Through the measurement of BOD and COD, it can be seen that this product can

improve the removal efficiency of organic matter, thus the stability can be enhanced;

When the treatment is suffered to the negative effects caused by a variety of organic

load, it can improve the settleability of solids, which can be measured via the

discharged TSS and SVI or the depth of clarifier fluidized bed and other indicators;

It can minimize the impact of the sudden load of toxic substances;

It can speed up the restart after periodical shut-down;

It contains vegetative strain and the strainthat produces spores, thus it can utilize aerobic, facultative and fermentative environmental conditions for its growth and

metabolism;

The germination and growth of strain that produces spores are fast;

The bacteria can grow and reproduce under various environmental conditions and

produce long-term effects.

In May 2011, towards the waste water in the plant, Sichuan Provincial Water

Treatment and Resource Exploitation Engineering Technology Research Center and

Novozymes Biotechnology Co., Ltd. carried out a pilot test by using this bacteria

strain with enhanced biological efficiency, through the actual pilot test, it can be

seen that the COD removal efficiency can remain stable at 80% after the aerobic treatment using of this bacteria strain, the removal efficiency can be greatly

improved compared to the existing bacteria strain found in he plant, and the details

can be seen in Table 13.2.5.


277

Table 13.2.5 Pilot Test Study of Removal Efficiency of Enhanced Bacteria

Strainand Common Bacteria Strain

Bucket A Bucket B Remarks

Experimental content Date COD with

imported bacteria COD mg/L

Bacterial activation 2010-10-1 14:30

Aeration starts (COD without imported bacteria is 627)

Aeration starts

Take 300g bacteria strain

and dilute with 600ml sewage from aeration tank and 1700ml purified water, and the mixed contents are

aerated for 24 hours for activation

2010-10-2 14:30 2605 608

2010-10-3 14:30 1316 563

COD removal after 24 hours 1289 45

24h removal rate 49.48% 7.40%

2010-10-4 14:30 905 571

COD removal after 48 hours 411 -8

48h removal rate 31.23% -1.42%

2010-10-5 14:30 769 489

COD removal after 72 hours 136 82

72h removal rate 15.03% 14.36%

Total removal 1836 119

Continuous aeration experiment

Total removal rate in

continuous aeration 70.48% 19.57%

2010-10-5 15:00 1321 824

Pour out each half of supernatant, then add 50%

of effluent from the primary sedimentation tank

2010-10-6 14:00 Stop aeration at 10 am

COD in supernatant 878 551

COD removal 443 273

Removal rate in 20h aeration 33.54% 33.13%



COD removal 668 171

Removal rate in 20h aeration 50.57% 20.75% Based on Data V

COD with half effluent from the primary

sedimentation tank 1119 1134



COD removal 534 462


Simulated aeration tank experiment

Average removal rate 43.94% 31.54%

Take 100g bacteria strain and dilute with 60ml effluent from primary sedimentation tank

+1000 ml deionized water for activation at 15:00 on the 7th, stop the aeration at 12 o'clock on the 8th, Take 550ml supernatant with bacteria strain at 14:30 on the 8th.

Complete simulation

of aeration tank

1500ml conventional activated sludge shall be added in Barrel A, and then the effluent from primary sedimentation tank shall be added to 20L


278

1500ml conventional activated sludge shall be added in Barrel B, 550ml mixture with bacteria strain shall be added, and then the effluent

from primary sedimentation tank shall be added to 20L

2010-10-8 14:00

COD in mixture 1177 845



COD removal 467 490




COD removal 612 189


Total removal rate in 40h aeration

91.67% 80.36%

Flocculation tank

The existing flocculation tank has a volume of 8500 m3 and a residence time of 4.8h,

the purpose of coagulation and sedimentation can be achieved by adding PAM and

PAC into the flocculation tank, and the COD removal efficiency can reach 10%. In

the completion of the proposed project, firstly the weir tank for the afflux and efflux

in the flocculation sedimentation tank is replaced and repaired, so as to prevent

hydraulic short-circuiting and play an effective role; second, a new filter is added

after the process, so as to effectively remove micro flocs brought out after

coagulation and sedimentation, the specifications of the newly-added filter can be

seen in Table 13.2.6, and COD removal efficiency can reach 15% or more steadily

after the transformation.

Table 13.2.6 Specifications of the newly-added filter

No. Category Specification

1 Quantity 1 set (4 frames)

2 Structure Steel structure

3 Structure size 9×9×4 m

4 Single-frame size 4×4×4 m

5 Matching filter material Combination of hard inorganic filter material

6 Quantity of filter material 160m3

Biological aerated filter

After the completion of the proposed project, a biological aerated filter will be added

in subsequent treatment processes, so as to conduct advanced waste water treatment.

Biological aerated filter can be called BAF for short, BAF is the integration of

lagoon, filter material and the gas and water distributing system, the principle of

BAF technology is to fill the filter with granular biological filter material, thus a biofilm can be formed on the particle surface, the waste water goes through the filter

material layer, and the aeration is generated at the bottom, so as to result in the

degradation of organic matter in wastewater.


279

Its feature is the combination of biological oxidation and retention of suspended

solids, so a to save the follow-up secondary sedimentation tank, the volume load of

organic matte is high, the hydraulic load is great, the hydraulic retention time is

short, the land use and the investment in infrastructure are small, the water quality of

the efflux is good, it can not only be used in the treatment of eutrophic water, but

also can be widely used in the tertiary treatment of industrial waste water and domestic sewage, it has the features of low energy consumption and low operating

costs, and according to the pilot test results concerning grey water of one of the pulp

and paper companies in Zhejiang Province, the COD in afflux reduces from 129mg /

L down to 77.7mg / L after BAF treatment, and the removal efficiency can reach

40% or so. The main specifications of the newly-added BAF in the proposed project

are shown in Table 13.2.7.

Table 13.2.7 Main specifications of the newly-added BAF

No. Category Specification

1 Quantity 1set (2 cell)

2 Structure Reinforced concrete structure

3 Structure size 30×50×5.5 m

4 Single-frame size 15×50×5.5 m

5 Matching filter material Hard volcanic rock filter material

6 Quantity of filter material 2000m3

7 Flow fan D100-1.6

8 Microporous aerator D225×4500

Oxidation pond

At present, the project has set up 4 oxidation ponds, and the volume of 4 oxidation

ponds is 1,969,400 m3, 2,043,000 m

3, 116,400 m

3 and 1,841,200m

3 respectively.

After the treatment in the oxidation ponds, the COD removal efficiency can reach about 20%.

Economic analysis of the waste water treatment plan

1. Newly-added electricity consumption

The newly-added electricity consumption of the waste water treatment facilities after

transformation can be seen in Table 13.2.8.

Table 13.2.8 Newly-Added Electricity Consumption of the Waste Water

Treatment Facilities After Transformation No. Equipment Quantity Installed capacity Electricity

consumption

1 Submersible water

impeller 6 sets 4.0Kw 24 Kw

2 Submersible water impeller

4 sets 2.2Kw 8.8Kw

3 Blower 4 sets 160Kw 640Kw

4 Bioactor 3 sets 1.5Kw 4.5Kw

5

If the power charge can be calculated according to 0.45 yuan / kWh, the newly-

added cost per ton of water is 0.136 yuan.

2. Current running costs


280

Current running cost is: 1.1 yuan / ton of water, current agent cost is: 0.7 yuan / tons

of water.

у 3.уAgent cost after transformation

On the premise of normal aerobic effect; the normal agent cost for the primary

sedimentation tank and the coagulant sedimentation is: 0.45 yuan / ton of water. The

dosage of high-efficient strain in daily running is: 15Kg, and the daily cost for the

input of high-efficient strain is 0.20 yuan / ton of water.

4. Newly-added cost after transformation

After transformation, the newly-added electricity cost is 0.136 yuan / ton of water,

and the reduction of ordinary agent is 0.25 yuan / ton of water; the daily cost for the

input of high-efficient strain is 0.2 yuan / ton of water, on the premise of meeting the

effluent COD ≤ 90mg / L, the annual operating costs are 847,500 yuan.

5. Feasibility analysis of the attainment of the project’s waste water

After the transformation of each waste water treatment section is completed, the

attainment of the waste water discharged from the whole plant can be seen in Table

13.2.9.

Table 13.2.9 Removal Efficiency of Each Waste Water Treatment Section

Treatment section Relevant indicator COD mg/L BOD5 mg/L SS mg/L

Afflux 1228 478 481

Efflux 860 335 192

Primary sedimentation


Afflux 860 335 192

Efflux 731 284 154 Hydrolytic

acidification tank Removal rate (%) 15 15 20

Afflux 731 284 154

Efflux 161 40 123 Aeration tank

Removal rate (%) 78 86 20

Afflux 161 40 123

Efflux 137 34 43

Flocculation sedimentation tank + filter Removal rate (%) 15 15 64

Afflux 137 34 43

Efflux 81 18 25 BAF

Removal rate (%) 40 46 40

Total removal efficiency

Removal rate (%) 93.32 96.18 94.62

Control standards mg/L 90 20 30

From the analysis in the above Table, it can be seen that after the above-mentioned waste water

treatment process, the effluent both inside and outside the plant meets the GB3544-2008

"Discharge Standard of Pollutants for Paper Industry", and then the efflux goes into the

oxidation pond for the Forest Base irrigation. Attainment Analysis of AOX and dioxin

Feasibility analysis of the attainment of AOX at pulp production line outlet

Due to the chlorine bleaching process used in the pulp production line the existing

project, based on actual monitoring results, AOX in the waste water at the outlets of

the supporting four-section bleaching workshop of 2# pulp production line and the

three-section bleaching workshop of 3# pulp production line reaches 72mg / L and

17.7 mg / L respectively, far more than the standard limit of 12 mg / L specified in


281

the GB3544-2008 "Discharge Standard of Pollutants for Paper Industry". With the

implementation of the proposed project, 3# pulp production line will be stopped, #

pulp production line will adopt closed screening transformation, and the bleaching

method will also be changed to elemental chlorine-free bleaching with ClO2, thus

the AOX emission in pulping process will be greatly reduced.

Compared with the AOX generated in existing pulp mills of the same type in China, the bleaching process used is different from one another, thus the AOX amount in

waste water different. The bleaching section uses using A/D0-EOP-D1-D2 four-

section ECF bleaching, and the AOX amount is about 0.37kg/ADt.

The proposed project shall adopt the D0-EOP-D1-D2 four- section ECF bleaching

process, compared to the Hainan Jinhai Pulp & Paper Industries Co., Ltd that has the

same bleaching section as the proposed project, the third and final section are used

ClO2 bleaching (D1), and the AOX concentration range in waste water is 10.47 ~

11.67mg / L.陶陶AOX≤12mg/L陶陶Therefore, the project intends to use the D0-EOP-

D1-D2 four- section ECF bleaching in its bleaching section, which can meet the AOX

limit required in the GB3544-2008 "Discharge Standard of Water Pollutants for Pulp

and Paper Industry" (i.e. AOX ≤ 12mg / L).

陶 Feasibility analysis of the attainment of dioxin at pulp production line outlet

The project intends to use the D0-EOP-D1-D2 four- section ECF bleaching in its

bleaching section, among the chemicals listed in Annex C of the Stockholm

Convention, only polychlorinated dibenzo dioxins (PCDD) and polychlorinated

dibenzofurans (PCDF) are regarded as the pollutants generated in the elemental

chlorine bleaching process, and among the 17 kinds of PCDD / PCDF derivatives

generated by the replacement in the 2,3,7,8 position by chlorine, only two derivatives,

namely2,3,7,8-TCDD and 2, 3,7,8-TCDF, are considered to be generated in the use of

chlorine bleach of the chemical pulping processes.

Therefore, the technical approach recommended by the U.S. Environmental

Protection Agency is: the replacement of chlorine bleach by chlorine dioxide

bleaching, combining with modern pulping technology, including: the oxygen

delignification and the unbleached pulp washing technology.

In 1998, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency issued the dioxin emission

standard concerning the waste water discharged by the bleaching workshop, which

requires that the 2,3,7,8 - TCDD shall be less than 10 pg / L, and the 2,3,7,8 – TCDF

shall be less than 31.9 pq / L. According to the toxic equivalency factors revised by

the World Health Organization, the limit for dioxin in the waste water discharged by

the bleaching workshop shall be 13.19 pqTEQ / L. This is the most stringent

requirement concerning the dioxin limits in the waste water generated in pulping and

papermaking in the whole world. With the application of ECF bleaching and the

adoption of modern pulp technology, the U.S. pulp industry has fully met the

requirements.

According to the experiences of the U.S. and other foreign companies of the same

type, the dioxin in the waste water of the pulp production line of this project will be

less than or equal to 20 pg TEQ / L, which can meet the dioxin control limit of 30

pqTEQ / L specified in China's GB3544-2008 “Discharge Standard of Water

Pollutants for Pulp and Paper Industry".


282

13.2.1.4Abnormal discharge

The attainment discharge of waste water by the waste water treatment station can be

achieved under normal conditions, while the treatment effect will be a sharp decline

or even collapse under abnormal conditions, thus effective measures should be

taken, so as to avoid or reduce the occurrence of abnormal conditions, and the

concrete analysis is as follows:

The abnormal conditions of waste water treatment station include the following:

1. The biological treatment is adversely affected by harmful substances,

such as: acid, alkali, and reduced oxygen to the biological reaction tank that results

in inhibited microbial growth and leads to a significant decline in the efficiency of biological

treatment;

2. Great changes in waste water quality and quantity will also lead to low-

efficient treatment.

Prevention countermeasures

1. Try to ensure the stability of water quality and quantity in each

workshop;

2. The accident collecting pool should be used to regulate the water quality

and quantity, so as to prevent the impact on the system, and after the normal

conditions can be maintained, this volume should be gradually added into the waste

water treatment system in small amounts;

3. The online pH meter and pH adjustment system should be set up in the

regulating tank, so a to avoid the impact on the aeration tank by acid or alkali;

4. In the design, the accident pool should have a volume large enough;

5. The overflow tank should be set up at each production section, so as to

collect the waste water and the waste liquid generated by various leaking problems,

and the collection should be sent to the same section for recycling, so as to reduce

the treatment load of the waste water treatment station.

13.2.2Waste gas pollutants control measures

The waste gas pollution sources of the proposed project mainly come from the

combustion of black liquor in the alkali recovery boiler and other unorganized gas

emissions.

13.2.2.1Flue gas of the alkali recovery boiler

The existing alkali recovery system is equipped with three alkaline liquor

combustion furnaces, 1# and 2# alkali recovery furnace adopts two-field electrostatic dust removal method, and the 3# alkali recovery furnace adopts the

spraying washing water film dust collecting method, in accordance with the

monitoring report of the environmental protection acceptance after completion, the

dust removal efficiency of 1# alkali recovery system can reach 98.4%, the dust

removal efficiency of 2# alkali recovery system can reach 98.2%, the dust removal

efficiency of 3# alkali recovery system can reach 99%, the smoke and dust and SO2

at the gas outlet can meet the standards of level II required bin the GB9078-1996

"Emission Standard of Air Pollutants for Industrial Kiln and Furnace", i.e. the

smoke and dust is 200 mg/Nm3, SO2 is 850 mg/Nm

3. The details can be seen in


283

Table 13.2.10.

Table 13.2.10 Pollutant emissions of existing alkali recovery

Smoke and dust SO2 NOx Item

Flue gas volume

(×104Nm3/h) mg/Nm3 Kg/h mg/Nm3 Kg/h mg/Nm3 Kg/h

1# alkali recovery boiler 2.36 160.1 3.8 149.7 3.5 三三

2# alkali recovery boiler 1.43 176 2.5 138.1 2.0 三三

3# alkali recovery boiler 1.48 157.1 2.3 139.7 2.1 三三

Total 5.27 163.6 8.6 143.7 7.6 三三

Standard value of performance 三 / 200 三 / 850 /三三 /

The alkali recovery only add evaporation section, the amount of solids generated by

the project is about 300t / d, at the same time, due to the shutdown of 1# and 3#

pulp production lines, the existing amount of black liquor solids will be reduced ,

according to the current treatment efficiency of the alkali recovery boiler, the final

emissions of air pollutants generated by the alkali recovery boiler can be seen in

Table 13.2.11.

Table 13.2.11 Pollutant Emissions Generated by the Alkali Recovery Boiler

after the Completion of the Proposed Project

Sources Flue gas

volume Smoke and dust SO2 NOx

alkali recovery

boiler

Flue gas volume

(×104Nm3/h)

Emissions (kg/h)

Concentration

(mg/Nm3)

Emissions (kg/h)

Concentration

(mg/Nm3)

Emissions

(kg/h)

Concentration

(mg/Nm3)

Normal (new volume)

2.31 3.81 165 3.47 150 4.62 200

Final emissions

4.71 7.77 165 7.07 150 9.42 200

Accident 4.71 77.72 1650 7.07 150 9.42 200

The smoke and dust and SO2 at the gas outlet can meet the standards of level II

required bin the GB9078-1996 "Emission Standard of Air Pollutants for Industrial

Kiln and Furnace", i.e. the smoke and dust is 200 mg/Nm3, SO2 is 850 mg/Nm

3.

13.2.2.2Boiler flue gas

Currently, there are 4 sets of 75t / h circulating fluidized bed boilers, and the 5#

boiler under construction is also the in a 75t / h circulating fluidized bed boiler. All of the boiler flue gases are emitted from a chimney of 120m × 3.0m, the way of

adding limestone in furnace has been adopted in the flue gas desulfurization, and the

desulfurization efficiency is about 75%, three-field electrostatic devices (4 sets of

ZC5400) are used in all of the dust removals, and the dust removal efficiency is 98%

or more. According to the environmental protection acceptance after completion and

the routine monitoring data, it can be seen that the smoke and dust emission and SO2

emission in the boiler flue gas can meet the third time standards required in the

GB13271-2001 "Emission Standard of Air Pollutants for Thermal Power Plants".

The air pollutant emissions of existing boiler can be seen in Table 13.2.12.


284

Table 13.2.12 Emissions of Major Air Pollutants Generated by the Existing

Boiler

Smoke and dust SO2 NOx Item

Flue gas volume


1# boiler 11.1 44.8 5.0 380.2 42.2 248 27.5

2#boiler 11.7 45.5 5.3 369.5 43.2 212 24.8

3#boiler 11.6 48.2 5.6 374.5 43.4 237 27.5

4#boiler 11.6 46.7 5.4 375.3 43.5 138 16.0

Total 46.0 46.3 21.3 374.8 172.4 208 95.8

Currently, 5# circulating fluidized bed boiler is under construction within the plant,

while the transformation of the wet desulphurization of the boiler is carried out, the

"limestone - gypsum" wet desulphurization shall be adopted finally, and the final

emissions of air pollutants generated by the boiler can be seen in Table 13.2.13.

Table 13.2.13 Emissions of Major Air Pollutants Generated by the Boiler after

the Completion of the Desulphurization Transformation Smoke and dust SO2 NOx

Item Flue gas volume


1#boiler 11.1 22.4 2.5 126.7 14.1 248 27.5

2#boiler 11.7 22.8 2.7 123.2 14.4 212 24.8

3#boiler 11.6 24.1 2.8 124.8 14.5 237 27.5

4#boiler 11.6 23.4 2.7 125.1 14.5 138 16.0

陶陶Total 46.0 23.2 10.7 124.9 57.5 208.3 95.8

5#boiler陶Under construction陶 21.8 23.9 5.2 50.9 11.1 250.0 54.5

Total 67.8 23.4 15.9 101.1 68.6 221.7 150.3

Standard value of performance / 50 / 400 / 450 /

Note: After the implementation of wet desulphurization technology, the desulfurization efficiency

shall increase to 95%, and the dust removal efficiency shall be calculated in accordance with 50%.

According to analysis, it can be seen that the emissions of smoke and dust, sulfur

dioxide, nitrogen oxide generated by the boiler can meet the third time standards

required in the GB13271-2001 "Emission Standard of Air Pollutants for Thermal

Power Plants".

13.2.2.3Tail gas of the chlorine dioxide workshop

The technological transformation project uses the R8 method in chlorine dioxide

production, the R8 method has features of simple technological process, mature

equipments, easy operation and convenient adjustment, and the emission of tail gas generated by the chlorine dioxide absorber is very little after alkali washing, thus

generally the preparation process does not produce pollutants.

Wheat straw clipping dust

Straw through After the dust removal via railroad duster in wheat straw preparation

workshop, thewheat straw clippings and dust shall be temporarily stored in the dust

collection chamber, and then they shall be sent to the forest base of the MCC Meili

Forestry Development Co., Ltd. Fro comprehensive utilization.

13.2.2.4Waste gases generated by cooking process and other processes

In the cooking process, the pulp may produce a small volume of odor, towards the

generation of such gases, the relevant measures shall be changed, through adding

waste heat recovery devices in the blow tank, the collection of waste wate can go


285

directly into the pulp system, and with the fall of temperature, the impact of

blowing odor can be effectively reduced.

13.2.2.5Unorganized dust emissions

In the operating process of the proposed project, the pollution sources of

unorganized dust emissions are odors from the coal yard and the waste water

treatment plant.

The coal yard of the existing project is stacked in the open. The way of spaying water can reduce the dust pollution.

Generally, when the waste water treatment station is running, due to the biochemical

decomposition of organic matter in the waste water, a certain amount of NH3, H2S,

methyl mercaptan and other odors will be generated in the biochemical

decomposition, and the structures result in these substances are aeration tank,

cooling tower, sludge tank, sludge pressure filtration room and so on.

Due to the suspended chain aeration adopted in the waste water treatment station of

the proposed project, the sludge generation is less than that using traditional method

and tends to be aerobic stability, and therefore the activated sludge releases very

little odor, and relatively large volume of odor is generated in the sludge dewatering process. The management of the proposed project will be strengthened and the

disposal of sludge will be conducted in a timely manner, so as to avoid the odors

generated in the anaerobic reaction caused by the long-time stacking of sludge. In

addition, good ventilation shall be maintained in the sludge dewatering room, so as

to avoid anaerobic odor as much as possible. Meanwhile, the space in the plant will

be fully utilized for trees and flowers planting, so as to reduce the impact of odors

on the external environment.

13.2.3Noise pollution prevention and control measures

The major noise devices of the proposed project are the grass cutting machine and

grinder in the preparation workshop, the pulp pump in the cooking workshop, the pressure screening in the closed screening workshop and the pulp pump and water

pump in the bleaching workshop, the main noise devices shall be set up indoors, and

the general structure of the workshop is the brick-and-concrete composite structure,

thus the noise level can be reduced by 15dB. All of the noise devices use damping

bases, and flexible connections shall be adpted as air hose couplings, so as to

mitigate the noise intensity. Therefore, after the proposed project has adopted some

control measures, the noise in the production workshop can be controlled under

80dB (A), which complies with the noise limits required in the "Specifications for

the Design of Noise Control System in Industrial Enterprises" (GBJ87-85).

The measures to control and prevent noises in this project are as follows:

1. Try to use low-noise equipments, completely separate the noise area and

other production areas, and control the noise within a certain range.

2. The duty room to observe the operation of production shall be set up, so

as to prevent the workers from working continuously for 8 hours in high-noise areas.

3. The sound-absorbing material shall be used in the construction (the noise

elimination is up to 8 ~ 15dB).

4. Effective damping measures shall be used on the grinder.


286

5. All of the large fans are equipped with high-efficient mufflers (the noise

elimination is up to 10 ~ 30dB).

6. No gear speed reducer is set up on the steam turbine unit, and the choice

of the unit directly connected with the electric generator, so a to reduce noise in

operating, and in order to reduce the noise caused by exhausting vaporous wastes

when starting up the boiler and the steam turbine, exhaust mufflers shall be installed on the vent pipes of the superheater boiler and the steam turbine.

7. Take automatic production, remote operation and other means as much

as possible, so as to reduce the workers’ exposure to noise sources.

8. Take acoustic treatment on the buildings as much as possible. In the

general layout, the reduction of the environmental impact of noise on the office area

and living area shall be considered, and a certain protective distance should be

maintained.

9. The transportation routes and the transportation time should be planned

in a rational manner, so as to avoid residential areas, schools, hospitals and other

noise sensitive points and the residents’ rest time at noon and in the evening.

10. The repair and maintenance of motor vehicles must be strengthened, so

as to maintain good technical performance and prevent and control environmental

noise pollution.

11. If the major noise sensitive points can not avoided, coordination with the

local relevant authorities should be conducted, so as to set up noise-deafening walls

or take other noise control measures in the vicinity of noise sensitive points.

13.2.4Solid waste treatment / disposal measures

The main solid wastes of the proposed project include: wheat straw clippings and

dust in the preparation workshop, pulp residue in the pulping workshop, white mud

in alkali recovery workshop, lime mud and a small amount of green mud, as well as the sludge of the waste water treatment plant and the employees’ domestic refuse.

The generation and treatment of solid wastes in each production workshop of the

proposed project can be seen in Table 13.2.14.

Table 13.2.14 The Generation and Treatment of Solid Wastes in Each

Production Workshop of the Proposed Project

Type Source Amount (t/a) Treatment measures

Emissions Remarks

Wheat straw clippings

Preparation section 9861.6 Compost as

fertilizer 0

Pulp residue Pulp production line 4800

Used in the papermaking

workshop of in the plant

0

White mud Alkali recovery

causticizing section 14899.6

Solid waste yard, planned as a

desulfurization

agent

0 Dry basis

Green mud, lime dust

Alkali recovery causticizing section

680 Landfill Dry basis

Domestic refuse Lives of the workers 200 Transported by environmental

sanitary department

0


287

Sludge in waste water treatment plant

Waste water treatment section

39030

Total 69471.2

1 Wheat straw clippings

Wheat straw clippings and dust mainly come from the preparation workshop, and

they are generated in the process of wheat straw preparation. The main contents of

wheat straw clippings are fine wheat fiber, knot, dust and other substances, which

have a calorific value and a good compatibility with the soil. After the proposed

project begins its production, The wheat straw clippings generated in the production

are temporarily stacked in a warehouse and are carried away timely by the farmers

around the plant for composting of fertilizer.

2. Pulp residue

The proposed project shall produce 6600 t of pulp residues, which mainly come

from the pulping workshop. The main contents of pulp residues are fibres, which

shall be sent to the plant’s papermaking workshop for utilization, so as to achieve

resources utilization, and no secondary pollution to the surrounding environment

shall occur.

3. White mud

According to the result analysis of the extraction toxicity test of the white mud, allof

the indicators comply with the "Identification standard for hazardous wastes -

Identification standard for extraction procedure toxicity of solid waste" (GB5085.3-

2007) and the "Identification standard for hazardous wastes ——Identification for carrosirity" (GB5085.1-2007 ), but its pH value is outside the range from 6 to 9, so it

belongs to Class general industrial solid waste. The main contents of white mud

are calcium carbonate, in addition, it also consists of small amounts of the oxides of

magnesium, iron, aluminum. It can be used as boiler desulfurization agent for

utilization.

4. Sludge

The waste water treatment plant produces sludge with an amount of 39030 tons.

Sludge mainly consists of the inorganic sludge from the primary sedimentation tank

and the secondary sedimentation tank, mainly including small fiber materials and

activated sludge and the organisms in biofilm, which have some fertilizer effects.

There is no temporary storage area within the plant site, the sludge generated by the waste water treatment plant shall be transported directly by the removal vehicles

after concentration to the forest base and be used as fertilizer in a comprehensive

manner, thus such a resources utilization will not result in any adverse impact on the

surrounding environment.

5. Green mud and lime dust

Green mud and lime mud mainly come from the causticizing section in the alkali

recovery workshop, after the evaporation, concentration and combustion of black

liquor in pulping, its molten material can be dissolved in water and from green liquid,

and the sediments in green liquid is regarded as green mud, which has a general

concentration of 25.0%. It mainly consists of calcium oxide, organic matter, a small

amount of alkali, etc. (the chemical composition of green mud is shown in Table


288

13.2.15); the lime dust generated by the continuous lime slaker consists of gravel,

part-burned calcium carbonate and other debris.

Table 13.2.15 Main Contents In Green Mud

Water LOSS SiO2 Al2O3 Fe2O3 CaO MgO Sum

43.05 40.84 2.71 0.88 0.61 45.04 1.67 91.75

Green mud and lime dust are the primary wastes generated by the alkali recovery

workshop. The main contents of green mud and lime dust are calcium carbonate and

calcium silicate, and a certain amount of organic matter and alkaline substances, and

its pH value is in the range between 10.97-11.90. Therefore, the green mud and

white mud residues belong to the Class general industrial waste specified in the

"Standard for pollution on the storage and disposal site for general industrial solid

wastes" (GB18599-2001), so it does not belong to hazardous solid waste, and at

present, the is no channel for the comprehensive utilization of them, and they are stored in the Mopanshan yard, which is 12km north of the Zhenluo Town.

6. Overview of landfill

In 2004, because the white mud comprehensive utilization project failed to be

implemented as schedule, the enterprise built a white mud yard and landfill with a

handling capacity of 40,000 tons in the Mopanshan, which was 12km north of the

Zhenluo Town, Zhongwei City and 20km away from the plant site, and this project

covered an area of about 3km2.

According to its environmental protection acceptance after completion, the project’s

seepage control measures meet the requirements specified in the "Standard for

pollution on the storage and disposal site for general industrial solid wastes" (GB18599-2001), and all of the white mud generated by the existing project is

transported to the landfill for disposal.

13.3 Compliance with the pollution prevention measures in the “Guidance to

Environment, Health and Safety in Paper Industry”

In the implementation process of this project, a series of pollution prevention measures have been adopted, and compared to the pollution prevention measures

mentioned in the “Guidance to Environment, Health and Safety in Paper Industry”,

the compliance can be seen in Table 13.3.1.

Table 13.3.1 Compliance of the Pollution Control Measures of the Proposed

Project with the “Guidance to Environment, Health and Safety in Paper

Industry”

No. “Guidance to Environment, Health

and Safety in Paper Industry”

Prevention and control measures

of this project

Oxygen delignification before

bleaching

Oxygen delignification is added

before the bleaching workshop

Effective pulp washing before

bleaching (sulfate and sulfite pulp

mills)

Adopt closed washing and screening

process

1.1. Waste water management

Replace ECF with ECF or TCF

bleaching

ECF bleaching is achieved through

the transformation, the potential

impact of AOX and dioxin can be

greatly reduced


289

Reduce the use of elemental chlorine

by reducing the multiple use of

chlorine or increasing alternative of

chlorine dioxide for molecular

chlorine

Achieve the replacement of chlorine

dioxide by chlorine through the

transformation

Minimize the dioxin dioxins and

dibenzofurans into the bleaching

process by using no-precursor

additives and thorough washing and

other measures

Use closed filtering to minimize

the dioxin dioxins and dibenzofurans

into the bleaching process

Use the material contaminated by

polychlorinated phenols in pulping

The aforementioned materials are not

used

Collection and recycling of the

spilled cooking liquid

In production process, take measures

to minimize the leaking phenomenon

in the cooking process, develop

emergency plans for the possible

cooking waste liquid accident, so as

to minimize the harm

Extraction and reuse of

condensate in digester evaporation,

so as to reduce the smell of total

reduced sulfur (TRS) compounds

(sulfate and sulfite pulp mills)

Production process, using waste heat

recovery technology Blow to

minimize the exhaust emissions

Chemical recycling in sulfate and

sulfite pulp mills

Use alkali recovery process for

chemical recycling

Recycle and utilize the white water,

recycle fiber with disc filter, drum

filter or micro-flotation device, to

minimize the number of afflux points

of fresh water into white water

system

Recycle and utilize all the white

water in papermaking workshop,

minimize the use of fresh water

1.2. Waste water treatment

Preliminary mechanical treatment:

usually use mechanical treatment

tanks or sedimentation pond to

remove suspended solids in

wastewater. Sometimes chemical

flocculation is used as a mean to

remove suspended solids; secondary

treatment: pulp and paper mills with

relatively high organic matter

emissions usually use biological

waste water treatment technology to

remove most of the resin acids and

chlorinated organics and other toxic

compounds. Specific applications

include a variety of different types

and configurations of biological

treatment technologies. The most

commonly used systems include

activated sludge treatment method;

oxidation pond treatment method;

various types of biological filtration

methods that are usually associated

with other methods; anaerobic

treatment method in preprocessing

phase prior to use of anaerobic

biological treatment; Comprehensive

After transformation, the proposed

project’s waste water shall go into the

waste water treatment plant for

treatment, using the primary

sedimentation tank + hydrolytic

acidification + regulating tank +

selecting aeration tank + secondary

sedimentation tank + coagulation

sedimentation + filter + the final

efflux from the BAF tank, and then

the efflux goes into the oxidation

pond for the Forest Base irrigation.


290

utilization of different methods in the

case of the need of efficient

treatment. In addition, sometimes

extended aeration time is needed for

the oxidation of toxic compounds

such as resin and fatty acids, so as to

reduce the generation of biological

sludge, and help to ensure a high-

level treatment;

Anaerobic biological treatment

method is suitable for handling some

low-toxic substances emissions with

high biochemical oxygen demand /

chemical oxygen demand, such as the

condensate in sulfite pulping and the

emissions in mechanical pulping and

recycling of paper, then the

remaining purified condensate shall

be used, so as to reduce total water

consumption and waste water

discharge

Towards all of the odor, dirt brown

pulp, part of the washing brown pulp,

unbleached pulp and condensate from

the outlets of each section in the

black liquor treatment process within

bleached and unbleached sulfate pulp

mills shall be collected and burned,

so as to realize the complete

oxidation of total reduced sulfur

Due to the smaller total pulp

production, waste heat recovery

device is used in the pulp cooking

and blowing section, so as to

minimize the emissions of TRS gases

In sensitive situations (such as near

residential areas), backup

incineration device should be

considered, with a specified

alternative incineration point for the

treatment of low-concentrations total

reduced sulfur. Recovery boiler is the

preferred point of incineration

Because of their lower pulp yield,

TRS recovery combustion measure

has not be taken currently

2. Waste gas management

When the odor from waste water

treatment plant causes problems,

oxygen activated sludge should be

considered in the capturing, and then

the waste gas can be emitted after

incineration

Due to the adoption of alkali

recovery, the content of organic

matter in waste water treatment

section is significantly lower, for

major source sites that produce odor,

such as sludge dewatering workshop,

the wastes shall be clean up at the

same day, so as to minimize the

impact of odors

Waste gas control measures for alkali

recovery boiler

Prior to incineration in the recovery

boiler, use a evaporator with dry

solids higher than 75% (sulfate pulp

mills) to concentrate black liquor and

reduce emissions of sulfur

Through the evaporation section of

alkali recovery boiler, the

concentration of black liquor is

effectively improved and the

emissions of sulfur dioxide is reduced

Control combustion parameters of

recovery boiler, including the furnace

temperature, gas supply, injection

rate and boiler load of black liquid

(sulfate pulp mills), so as to reduce

By controlling the combustion

parameters of recovery boiler, based

on the past results of routine

monitoring, the relevant dust and SO2

emission indicators of recovery


291

sulfur emissions; boilers can meet the Level II

standards in the B9078-1996

"Emission standard of air pollutants

for industrial kiln and furnace"

Improve sludge dewatering rate, and

promote the burning of sludge

(usually in the auxiliary boilers with

the use of auxiliary fuel)

Through dewatering, sludge shall be

sent to forest base as fertilizer

Lime sludge (sulfate pulp mills) is

usually recovered by the plant’s

recovery system, but the excess can

be used to improve acidic soil and

also for self-buried

After completion of the

proposed project, white mud will be

used as wet desulfurizer in the plant

After dehydration, green liquor

sludge (sulfate pulp mills) can be

used as the cover on solid waste

landfill, and in some cases, it can be

used as fertilizer (based on the

analysis of nutrients and the potential

impact of land use), it also can be

used as composite material in acidic

waste water

A small amount of green mud and

lime dust shall be sent to landfill for

safe disposal

3. Solid waste

Biological sludge can be incinerated

together with fiber sludge, or be

dewatered or incinerated in sulfate

pulp mills, it can also be mixed with

other organic materials for soil

improvement

Through dewatering, sludge can be

transported to forest base and used as

fertilizer

13.3 Environmental Protection Investment

The emission reduction effect of the proposed project is significant, all the existing

environmental protection facilities can be used, the construction institution shall

strengthen environmental management on the basis of normal and stable operation

of existing environmental protection facilities, actively carry out energy

conservation and emission reduction, as well as cleaner production, so as to achieve

further energy-saving and emission reduction effects.

The environmental protection investment of the proposed project in construction

period and operation period can be seen in Table 13.4.1 and Table 13.4.2.

Table 13.4.1 Estimate Sheet Of Investment In Environmental Protection During

Construction Period

No. Item Amount (10 thousand

yuan)

1 Air-borne dust control facilities 10

2 Waste water treatment system 20

3 Noise reduction facilities 10

4 Underground gutter facilities 10

5 Risk prevention facilities in the removal process of waste and old

equipments and facilities, 20

6 solid waste collecting and transferring facilities 20

7 Greening on construction site 10

Total 100


292

Table 14.4.2 Estimate Sheet of Investment in Environmental Protection during

Operation Period

No. Item Amount (10 thousand

yuan)

Roller-type dust collector, hydraulic grass chopper 50

Shower waste gas recovery device 100

Flue gas treatment of alkali recovery boiler 150 1 Waste gas treatment

Tail gas scrubber system in chemical preparation workshop

and risk prevention facilities

30

Grass-wash water processing facility 200

Straw washing water treatment facilities 200

Black liquor accident pool 10 2 Waste water treatment

Transformation of waste water treatment system 1800

3 Solid treatment Closed temporary disposal site for green mud, etc. 10

4 Noise treatment Vibration reduction, sound insulation 20

5 Greening on plant site 20

6 Environmental protection laboratory and environmental monitoring

instruments and equipments 100

陶陶Total 2490

14 Analysis of Total Pollutant Control

14.1 Principles of total pollutant control

1. In accordance with the principle of "energy conservation and clean

production", on the premise of practical pollution control measures, the project shall

achieve the attainment discharge under normal operating conditions, and the total

pollutant shall be calculated according to production facilities.

2. Integrated with the local environmental functions of the construction

project, the five-year total pollution reduction plan and the requirements of

allowable total emission limit, the proposed pollutant emission control indicators

shall be recommended.

3. Sulfur dioxide, COD and other total emission control factor shall be

selected, so as to calculate the value of controlled total emission and get approval

from the competent department of environmental protection.

4. Combined with the local total emission reduction plan, the rationality of

the source of total emission indicators shall be pointed out.

14.2 Total Emission Control Factor

According to the “Guide to Programming Total Emission Control of Major

Pollutants Planning in the ’Twelfth Five-Year Plan’ Period”, based on two major

pollutants, namely chemical oxygen demand (COD) and sulfur dioxide (SO2), in the

Eleventh Five-year Plan, China has incorporated the ammonia nitrogen and nitrogen

oxides (NOx) into the total control indicator system during the Twelfth Five-Year

Plan period, so a to carry out national control on the above-mentioned four major


293

pollutants in accordance with common requirements and common assessment

contents.

The total emission control factors of this technological transformation project in

2011are: SO2, NO2, COD and NH3-N.

14.3 Total Emission Control Indicators and their Sources

According to the calculations in the engineering part, after the completion of the

proposed project, the emissions of major pollutants are shown in Table 14.3.1~

Table 14.3.2:

Table 14.3.1 Summary of Pollutants in Waste Water after the Completion Of Proposed

Project in the Whole Plant

Water

displacement CODcr BOD5 SS

Ammonia

nitrogen

Emission

source

×104m

3/a mg/L t/a mg/L t/a mg/L t/a mg/L t/a

Existing

and

construction

in progress

1244.71 / 3954.69 / 1151.16 / 762.98 44.93

Proposed

project 302.23 / 244.80 / 54.40 / 75.56 10.91

Reduction

caused by

old

facilities

with new

facilities

451.45 / 3312.09 / 1008.36 / 563.14 15.04

After the

completion

of proposed

project

1095.48 / 887.40 / 197.20 / 275.40 40.80

Table 14.3.2 Summary of Pollutants in Waste Gases after the Completion Of Proposed

Project in the Whole Plant

Emission

source

Flue gas

volume SO2

Smoke and

dust NOx


294

陶×104Nm3/

a陶

mg/N

m3

t/a mg/N

m3

t/a mg/N

m3

t/a

Existing and

construction in

progress

596251.20 / 199.6

9 /

621.3

6 /

1312.7

2

Proposed

project 18849.60 / 31.09 / 28.32 / 37.70

Reduction

caused by

existing project

with new

facilities

23419.20 / 38.03 / 32.44 / 46.84

After the

completion of

proposed project

591681.60 / 192.7

5 /

617.2

3 /

1303.5

8

Analysis showed that after the completion of proposed project, all the pollutant

emissions in the whole plant are less than the emissions of existing project, and the

emission reduction of major pollutants can be achieved through the implementation

of the project.

15 Analysis of Conformity to Relevant Policies and

Plans

15.1 Analysis of Conformity to Relevant Policies

15.1.1"Guiding Catalogue of Industrial Structure Adjustment" (2011 version)

“The development and application of elemental chlorine free (ECF) and totally

chlorine free (TCF) chemical pulp bleaching processes” have been mentioned as

encouraged projects in the "Guiding Catalogue of Industrial Structure Adjustment"

(2011 version).

The proposed project with an annual output of 68,000 tons straw pulp has adopted

the elemental chlorine free (ECF) chemical pulp bleaching process, which is

mentioned as an encouraged project in the "Guiding Catalogue of Industrial

Structure Adjustment" (2011 version).

15.1.2 “Provisions Concerning the Development of Heat-power Cogeneration”

The “Provisions Concerning the Development of Heat-power Cogeneration” (the

State Development Planning Commission, the State Economic and Trade

Commission, the Ministry of Construction, the State Environmental Protection

Administration, accrual basis [2000] No. 1268) has pointed out that: "The average

total thermal efficiency is greater than 45%, the single-unit capacity of thermal


295

power unit is less than 50MW and the average annual heat-to-electric ratio should be

greater than 100%.”

The proposed project is supported by the existing engineering thermal power plant

with a heat-to-electric ratio of 546.7%, an average annual total thermal efficiency of

65.84% and a single-unit capacity of 12MW, and all the conditions comply with the

relevant requirements set out by the regulations.

15.1.3 Policy on Technologies for Prevention and Control of SO2 Emissions from

Coal-Burning”

The “Policy on Technologies for Prevention and Control of SO2 Emissions from

Coal-Burning” (the State Environmental Protection Administration, the State

Economic and Trade Commission and the Ministry of Science and Technology

(January 30, 2002) Environment Issue [2002] No. 26) has pointed out that: "5.2.2

Large and medium-sized coal-fired industrial boilers (heat production ≥ 14MW) can

adopt the replacement of low sulfur content coal, the Circulating Fluidized-Bed

Combustion( CFBC) boilers (with sulfur-capturing agent) or flue gas desulfurization

technology according to the specific conditions".

The flue gas generated by the boilers of this project has been treated via three-field

electrostatic precipitator, and the dust removal efficiency is greater than 98%; it is

proposed to carry out wet desulphurization transformation to the existing method of

desulphurization that adds limestone into the engineering boilers, and the

desulfurization efficiency shall be more than 96% after the transformation. And this

condition will comply with the relevant requirements of the policy.

15.2 Analysis of Conformity to Relevant Plans

15.2.1"‘Eleventh Five-Year’ Plan for the Development of the Industry in Ningxia"

The "‘Eleventh Five-Year’ Plan for the Development of the Industry in Ningxia" has

pointed out that: "Meili Paper Industry Group should be regarded as the backbone,

so as to fully support the forestry-paper integration project of Meili Paper Industry

and promote the concentration of paper industry in two paper industry function

areas, namely Zhongwei Meili and Wuzhong Niushoushan".

The Plan also points out that: "the straw pulp production facilities with a production

capacity lower than 34,000 tons and the chemical pulp production lines with a

production capacity lower than 17,000 tons should be eliminated by the end of

2007."

The proposed project is bleached wheat straw pulp project of the MCC Meili Paper

Industry Co. Ltd., which has an annual output of 68,000 tons and complies with the

relevant requirements of the Plan.


296

15.2.2"Planning for Strategic Development of Paper Industry in Ningxia"

The "Planning for Strategic Development of Paper Industry in Ningxia" has pointed

out that: "Ningxia is located in the areas irrigated by the Yellow River, thus the

irrigated agriculture is developed, the region's annual output of wheat straw is about

800,000 tons, and in accordance with the calculation at an utilization rate of 50%,

the quantity of wheat straws that can be used for papermaking is about 400,000 tons,

which provides the paper industry with a wealth of grass fiber materials."

The Plan has also pointed out that: "The wheat straw resource should be further

made good use of, the fast-growing forests and desert shrubs should be developed

and expanded as raw material bases for papermaking, the waste paper recycling

shall be expanded in a modest manner, and new plant materials for papermaking

should be developed and cultivated."

The proposed project adopts wheat straws as raw materials, and the annual

production capacity is 68,000 tons of bleached wheat straw pulp, thus this project

complies with the relevant requirements of the Plan.

15.2.3 "Eleventh Five-Year Plan for National Economic and Social Development of

Zhongwei City"

The "Eleventh Five-Year Plan for National Economic and Social Development of

Zhongwei City" has pointed out that: “The opportunity of the gradual westward drift

of the labor-intensive industries along the eastern coast region shall be firmly seized,

the pace of attracting merchants and luring investments should be accelerated, and

the construction of northern part and southern part of the Meili Industrial Park, the

Shaking Industrial Park and the Kingpin Industrial Park should be accelerated."

The Plan has also pointed out that: "The concentration of the paper industry and the

paper product processing industry is mainly supported by the Meili Paper Industry

Group, priority will be given to the development of newsprint paper and decoration

paper, such as coated card board and copper plate paper, foreign investments should

be actively attracted to develop the deep processing project of paper products and

the high-end printing paper and packaging paper project, the construction of fast-

growing forest base and the recycling and comprehensive treatment of the waste

water and waste residue generated in papermaking should be emphasized."

The construction institution of the proposed project is the MCC Meili Paper Industry

Co., Ltd., the project has an annual output of 68,000 tons of bleached wheat straw

pulp, which provide raw materials for papermaking and complies with the relevant

requirements of the Plan.

15.2.4 "Overall City Plan of Zhongwei City (2009-2025)"

The "Overall City Plan of Zhongwei City (2009-2025)" has pointed out that:

"Priority will be given to the development of fine chemicals and new materials,

agricultural and sideline product processing, paper industry and other industrial

clusters with local advantages."


297

The proposed project has an annual output of 68,000 tons of bleached wheat straw

pulp, which provide raw materials for papermaking and complies with the relevant

requirements of the Plan.

15.2.5 "‘Eleventh Five-Year’ Plan for Environmental Protection in Zhongwei City"

The” ‘Eleventh Five-Year’ Plan for Environmental Protection in Zhongwei City"

has pointed out that the environmental protection goals in Zhongwei City are: "Our

city is a newly built city, the industrial structure mainly includes building materials,

paper, chemical, metallurgical industry and coal, which have high energy

consumption, heavy pollution and large amount of pollutant emissions, and in the

preliminary stage of the construction of these enterprises, there was no strict

enforcement of environmental protection policy, the supporting pollution prevention

facilities took a small proportion, the treatment of old pollution sources is very

difficult to succeed, and in order to build our city into medium garden city and a

tourist city, the treatment of pollution and the improvement of environment shall

take precedence of other issues. Therefore, in the next decade, the treatment of the

old pollution sources, the prevention of the generation of new pollution sources and

the strengthening of ecological construction shall be the central part of

environmental protection works in our city, we must seize the favorable

opportunities of the large-scale development of China's western region and the

replacement of Zhongwei County by Zhongwei City, correctly handle the

relationship between development and environmental protection, take the path of

recycling economy, create a harmonious society, and achieve environmental

protection goals in the development."

After the operation of the proposed project, via control measures, the waste water

discharge, waste gas emissions and noise of the proposed project has little effect on

the environmental quality of the surrounding area, the requirements on

environmental quality for corresponding function areas can be attained, and the

environmental protection objectives of the Plan can be achieved.

15.2.6 "2011-2015 Development Plan of MCC Meili Paper Industry Group, ("Twelfth

Five-Year" Plan)"

According to the "2011-2015 Development Plan of MCC Meili Paper Industry

Group, ("Twelfth Five-Year" Plan)", the approved projects of the construction

institution of this project, namely the MCC Meili Paper Industry Group, during the

"Eleventh Five-Year Plan" period include the forest base construction with an area

of 50 mu, the poplar chemical mechanical pulp project with an annual output of

300,000 tons, the expansion of coated card board project with an annual production

capacity of 260,000 tons, the coated printing paper project with an annual output of

150,000 tons, and the supporting thermal power plant project with a capacity of 2 ×

50MW. According to the company's actual situation, the construction of this project

has been divided into two phases, including: the Phase 1 project includes the forest

base construction with an area of 50 mu, the poplar chemical mechanical pulp

project with an annual output of 100,000 tons, the coated card board project with an


298

annual production capacity of 100,000 tons, the supporting cogeneration project

with a capacity of 2 × 50MW in the thermal power plant, the waste water treatment

project with a daily capacity of 120,000 tons, as well as the supporting water supply

project; the Phase 2 project includes the poplar chemical mechanical pulp project

with an annual output of 200,000 tons and the coated card board project with an

annual production capacity of 150,000 tons.

In the "2011-2015 Development Plan of MCC Meili Paper Industry Group,

("Twelfth Five-Year" Plan)", it has been pointed out that the corporate objectives in

development plan during the Twelfth Five-Year Plan period are: Taking the

development of pulping and papermaking as the dominant industries, based on the

development and construction of raw material resources as the basis, regarding

reform and innovation as the driving force, play the overall advantages of MCC

Meili Paper Industry in a centralized manner, and realizing rapid expansion and

steady growth on the basis of the existing scale through new construction,

technological transformation, expansion, capital restructuring and operation, etc., so

as to leap to the "top ten" in China's paper industry.

In addition, in the major measures to achieve the corporate objectives in the Twelfth

Five-Year Plan, the Plan has also pointed out that greater efforts should be put on

the project construction, and in the main business of wood pulp paper project, the

expansion project with a capacity of 68,000 tons of wheat straw pulp through

technological transformation has been pointed, i.e.: Utilize the strong national

support to the key industrial planning and the technological transformation policy,

apply the extended delignification and elemental chlorine free (ECF) technology

planning, phase out the old straw pulp production system with spherical digester,

transform and build a bleached wheat straw pulp production line with an annual

output of 68,000 tons, construct a supporting set of 260T / D alkali recovery project

with features of environmental protection and energy conservation and an annual

recovery of 20,000 tons of alkali, and realize the balance between the pulp and paper

production capacity and the pollution treatment load. It not only complies with the

elimination of backward technologies and processes and the policies for promoting

energy conservation and environmental protection, but also helps to rationalize the

adjustment of the structure of corporate raw materials and promote the improvement

of product quality. The production methods of this project mainly include the dry

and wet preparation, the continuous cooking, the counter-current washing, the

closed screening, the oxygen delignification, the ECF chlorine dioxide bleaching,

the alkali recovery and other processes, which greatly improve the quality of wheat

straw pulp and reduce the contents of BOD, COD, AOX in the waste water in

pulping and the emission of toxic substances, such as dioxins.

Therefore, the construction of proposed the project complies with the relevant

requirements set out in the "2011-2015 Development Plan of MCC Meili Paper

Industry Group, ("Twelfth Five-Year" Plan)".


299

15.3 Analysis of conformity to land use plan

This project intends to use the existing engineering site in the construction of

reconstructed and extension project, its land use certificates (Wei Rou Goo Yong

(2001) No. 06112-02 and Wei Goo Yong (2001) No. 06112-09) have been issued by

the Ministry of Land and Resources of the People's Republic of China in 2001, and

the planned purposes of land use is industrial land.

15.4 Summary

The construction of the proposed project complies with the requirements set out in

the relevant policies, plans and outlines.

16 Environmental Impact and Economic Cost-Benefit

Analysis

16.1 Economic Benefit Analysis

The investment in the construction of the project totals 185.2 million yuan, of which

149.88 yuan (80.93% of the total investment) is for the construction itself, 19.32

million yuan (10.43% of the total) is the interest incurred during the construction

period, and 16 million yuan (8.64% of the total) is circulating fund.

When finished and put into operation, the project is expected to produce at an annual

cost of 242.86 million yuan, realizing an annual sales revenue of 275.4157 million

yuan, an annual sales tax of 15.6142 million yuan and an annual total profit of

24.1771 million yuan. The pre-tax FIRR of the project investment is 19%, showing

significant profitability. The repayment analysis indexes indicate a strong debt paying

ability, facilitating the access to loans from lending institutions. The breakeven point

is as low as 70%, indicating a high capacity to resist risks. And the cash inflow in

each year of the calculation period surpasses the cash drain, suggesting a strong

financial viability. In conclusion, the analysis above shows that this project is of

remarkable economic benefit and high risk resisting capacity.

For detailed economic indexes, see form 16.1.1.

Form16.1.1 Major Technological and Economic Indexes

No. Index Name Unit Index

1.1 Bleached Straw Pulp ton/year 68000

1.2 Recovered Alkali ton/year 19720

2 Total Investment 10 thousand yuan 18520

2.1 Construction Investment 10 thousand yuan 14988

2.2 Interest Incurred during Construction 10 thousand yuan 1932

2.3 Circulating Fund 10 thousand yuan 1600

3 Total Cost of Products 10 thousand yuan/year 24286

3.1 Cost per Unit of Straw Pulp Production yuan/ton 3228.80

3.2 Cost per Unit of Recovered Alkali yuan/ton 1181.88

4 Operation Revenue 10 thousand yuan/year 27541.57

5 Operation Taxes 10 thousand yuan/year 1561.42

6 Profit 10 thousand yuan/year 2417.71

6.1 ROI % 13.05


300

6.2 Profit and Tax Investment Ratio % 20

7.1 FIRR (Post Income Tax) % 15.20

7.2 FIRR (Pre Income Tax) % 19

8 Breakeven Point % 70

9 Fixed Employees of the Project person 210

10 Overall Labor Productivity 10 thousand yuan/person.year 40

16.2 Social Benefit Analysis

The project to be constructed would bring about the following social benefits:

1. When finished and put into operation, the project would have promoting

effect over the development of the pulping and paper-making industries in the

northwest region.

2. This technical modification project would, when put into operation, play

a positive demonstrating role for the paper making industries in Ningxia in terms of

industrial upgrading, training of skilled workers, updating and upgrading of

homemade equipments, raising the automation level, promoting the scale and

specialization and optimizing the of the management of the enterprises.

3. The taxes paid by the project would contribute to the financial revenue of

central and local government, which would be used to improve the local economic

environment and infrastructure, strengthen the economic power of the Zhongwei

city, and effectively promote the development of local public welfare programs.

4. The project, when put into operation, would also bring about positive

social benefit in that it would directly create jobs for millions of people, not only

decreasing social burden and employment pressure, but also improving people’s

living standard.

5. The construction of the project would spur the development of other

relevant industries in the local area, such as forest industry, transportation, energy,

machine processing & maintenance, catering industry, etc., and by doing this

indirectly increase the number of employed staff and contribute to the development

of local economy.

16.3 Environmental Benefit Analysis

The project mainly relies on the production equipments and facilities of other existing

projects, which are adequate to meet the requirement of the production process of the

planned project. The operation of the environmental protection facilities of the project

can reduce the discharge amount of air and water pollutants. The difference between

the pollutant discharge fees for the reduced amount of air and water pollutants

discharged by the existing projects and the amount of newly produced air and water

pollutants by the planned project can be used to calculate the environmental benefit of

the reconstruction and expansion program of the project.

1. Waste water

The waste water produced by this project totals 7.1023 millon m3/a, and the discharge

amounts of COD, BOD5, SS and ammonia nitrogen are respectively 488.99 t/a,

108.66 t/a, 142.05 t/a and 11.86 t/a.

Meanwhile, the project reduces the discharge amount of waste water by 10,7250

million m3/a, and the reduced amounts of discharged COD, BOD5, SS and ammonia

nitrogen are respectively 4236.79t/a, 1207.72t/a, 663.22t/a and 17.91t/a.


301

The difference between the amounts of the waste water reduced and newly produced

by the project is 3.6227 million m3/a, and those of COD, BOD5, SS and ammonia

nitrogen are respectively 3747.8t/a, 1099.06t/a, 521.17t/a and 6.05t/a.

According to the Measures for the Administration of the Charging Rates for Pollutant

Discharge Fees issued by the State Environmental Protection Administration on

February 28th

, 2003, for each pollutant discharge outlet, the kinds of pollutants that

are to be charged, in descending sequence of their pollution equivalents, are limited to no more than 3; and for the COD and BOD5 discharged from the same outlet, only the

one with higher pollution equivalent is to be charged.

The equivalent of the difference between the amounts of the reduced and newly

produced COD is higher than that of BOD5, so the relevant pollutant discharge fees

should be calculated according to the equivalents of COD, SS and ammonia nitrogen.

The charging rate is 0.70 yuan per unit of pollution equivalent. The water pollutants

both reduced and newly produced by the project taken into consideration, the annual

pollutant discharge fees for COD, SS and ammonia nitrogen will be respectively

reduced by 2.623 million yuan, 91.0 thousand yuan and 5.0 thousand yuan, 2.719

million yuan in total.

2. Waste gas

The waste gas emitted by the project totals 188.496 million Nm3/a, the discharge

amount of soot, sulfur dioxide and nitrogen oxide respectively being 28.32t/a,

31.09t/a and 37.70t/a.

The waste gas reduced by the project totals 234.192 million Nm3/a, the discharge

amount of soot, sulfur dioxide and nitrogen oxide respectively reduced by 32.44t/a,

38.03t/a and 46.84t/a.

The difference between the amounts of the waste gas reduced and produced by the

project is 4.5695 million Nm3/a, that of soot, sulfur dioxide and nitrogen oxide being

respectively 4.12t/a, 6.94t/a and 9.14t/a.

According to the Measures for the Administration of the Charging Rates for Pollutant

Discharge Fees issued by the State Environmental Protection Administration on

February 28th

, 2003, and with the gas pollutants both reduced and newly produced by

the project taken into consideration, the annual discharge fees for soot, SO2 and

nitrogen oxide will be reduced respectively by 1130 yuan, 4380 yuan and 5770 yuan,

11 thousand yuan in total.

According to the above calculations, the environmental benefit of this project is at

least 2.73 million yuan per year.


302

17 Public Participation

17.1 Purpose and Role of Public Participation

17.1.1 Purpose of Public Participation

Public participation is an important work of environmental impact assessment (EIA)

of proposed programme during project approval stage or preliminary preparation

stage. Public participation is an important measure to advance mutual

communication and exchange between project construction unit, and environmental

impact assessment unit and the public. It shows the respect of EIA work and related

departments to the interests and right (such as right to live) of the public. Public

participation is also am importance part of EIA. Opinions, suggestions and

requirements of the public shall be carried out in the whole EIA to make EIA more

democratic and more public. Public participation can enable the public to better

understand the constructed project which is closely related to them, and enable EIA

unit to assess the potential environmental pollution, economic benefit and social

benefit more comprehensively.

During the survey of public participation in EIA of proposed project, it shall enable

the public to understand the nature of the project, its potential impact on

environmental quality, put forward reasonable suggestions to provide basis for the

preliminary design of the project and implementation of environmental protection

measures, enable the public and social group to participate in EIA and present their

opinions and ideas on the project from their own interests, especially public opinion

on environmental pollution, thus to improve the effectiveness of EIA.

17.1.2 Role of Public Participation

Public opinions shall be analyzed comprehensively, implemented in environmental

protection and supervision measures and taken as behavior guideline in future

project construction. Public participation shall play the role of communicating ideas

of the public and construction unit, introducing project information, pollution

situation, treatment measures, estimated conclusion of EIA to the public in details

and feedback the public opinions, suggestion and requirement to construction unit

for construction unit to modify construction plan.

17.2 Approach and Content of Public Participation Survey

17.2.1 Survey Approach

According to “Temporary Measures of the Public Participation in Environmental

Impact Assessment” issued by SEPA (Huan Fa [2006] No. 28), the project was

released twice.

This information was released for the first time on the website of Zhongwei

Municipal Government (http://www.nxzw.gov.cn/), offering the following

information to the public.


303

1. Name and general information of proposed project

2. Name and contact information of construction unit of proposed project

3. Name and contact information of unit undertaking EIA

4. Working procedures and main contents of EIA

5. Matters inviting public opinions

6. Major approaches for the public to put forward opinions

This information was released for the first time on the website of Zhongwei

Municipal Government (http://www.nxzw.gov.cn/), from August 1st to 12

th 2011.

Refer to table 17.2.1 for list of published information and to figure 17.2.1 for the

release photos.

After the basic completion of EIA report and before it was sent to Ministry of

Environmental Protection for approval, the information was released for the first

time on the website of Zhongwei Municipal Government

(http://www.nxzw.gov.cn/), from October 17th

to 28th

2011. And the initial draft of

this EIA report of this project was placed in specified place for public from the

influenced region to check. Meanwhile, the information is released to the citizens in

the influenced region through local public media.

The release of this time offered the following information to the public:

1. Summary of the proposed project

2. Summary of the potential impact of proposed project on environment

3. Key points of countermeasures and measures to prevent or mitigate

adverse environmental impact

4. Key points of EIA conclusion in EIA report

5. Approach and time for the public to check simple version of EIA report

and require supplementary information from construction unit or EIA agency

entrusted by construction unit if necessary

6. Scope and matter inviting public opinions

7. Specific mode of inviting public opinions

8. The time for the public to put forward opinions

Refer to table 17.2.2 for list of information offered by the second release and to

figure 17.2.2 for the release photos.

During the process of EIA, EIA unit applied the method of issuing survey forms by

random visiting to enterprises and residents near the programme. Relevant personnel

introduced the environmental, social and economic benefit of the programme;

potential adverse impact of air, water body, noise and SW in the assessment region,

proposed measure to eliminate and mitigate adverse impact to respondents. And the

attitude, requirements, opinions and suggestion of the respondents were invited. The


304

filling method were explained. Respondents were free to fill and return the survey

form.

Table 17.2.1 List of information offered by the first release

This first release of EIA on Technical Renovation Programme on 68 Thousand

Tons Bleached Wheat Straw Pulp Extended Delignification Cooking and Clean

Bleaching of MCC Meili Paper Industry Co., Ltd

According to the provisions on “Environmental Protection Law of the People's

Republic of China” and “Temporary Measures of the Public Participation in

Environmental Impact Assessment” issued by SEPA (Huan Fa [2006] No. 28), the

relevant information on “Technical Renovation Programme on 68 Thousand Tons

Bleached Wheat Straw Pulp Extended Delignification Cooking and Clean Bleaching

of MCC Meili Paper Industry Co., Ltd” is released as following:

I. General information of the programme

1. name of programme:

Technical Renovation Programme on 68 Thousand Tons Bleached Wheat Straw Pulp

Extended Delignification Cooking and Clean Bleaching of MCC Meili Paper Industry

Co., Ltd

2. General information of the programme

MCC Meili Group Co., Ltd is affiliated to China Metallurgical Group Corporation. It

is an enterprise group with 10 daughter companies and with the business expanding to

pulp making, paper making, manufacture of paper making machines and paper

making forest base development. It is one of 21 key enterprises and 7 super-large

enterprises in Ningxia Hui Autonomous region. In order to satisfy industrial policy

and improve both environmental benefit and economic benefit, MCC Meili Paper

planed to construct this Technical Renovation Programme on 68 Thousand Tons

Bleached Wheat Straw Pulp Extended Delignification Cooking and Clean Bleaching

of MCC Meili Paper Industry Co., Ltd based on its current production lines.

The proposed programme include a 200 t/dpulp making workshop, 320 t/d bleaching

section and a technical renovation section of 120 t/d pulp making closed screening to

2# pulp production line and 7000 m2 and evaporation section. The propose project is

located at northeast of Zhongshan Rouyuan Meili Paper Industrial Co., Ltd, at

Rouyuan Town, 7.5 km from the east of Zhongwei city, Ningxia autonomous Region.


305

II. programme investment

The total investment of the program is 185.20 million RMB with construction

investment of 149.88 million RMB (including 117.60 million RMB bank loan and

32.28 million RMB raised by the enterprise) and current fund of 16.00 million RMB.

Capitalized interest during construction period is 19.32 million RMB.

III. Name and contact information of construction unit of proposed project

Name of construction unit: MCC Meili Paper Industry Co., Ltd

Contact person: CHEN Guoxiang

Tel: 0955-7679340

Email陶[email protected]

IV: Name and contact information of unit undertaking EIA

Name of unit undertaking EIA陶Environmental Protection Research Institute of Light

Industry

Contact person: ZONG Yanyan

Tel: 010-68475827


V. working procedures and main contents of EIA

Working procedures: first, key assessment items is selected and individual assessment

work grade is determined according to requirements of the World Bank and relevant

national laws and regulations; and then conduct current environmental situation

investigation, pollution source investigation and engineering analysis of proposed

project; according to the requirements of the World Bank and national and local laws,

regulations and standards, assess the impact of project on environment, put forward

environmental protection measures and suggestion and provide clear assessment

conclusion and eventually finish the report.

main contents of EIA: general instruction, engineering analysis, environmental

situation in the region, assessment of current environmental quality, assessment of

environmental impact and prevention and treatment measures during construction

period, assessment of environmental impact and prevention and treatment measures

during operation period, environmental risk assessment, environmental economic

cost-benefit analysis, environmental management and supervision, public

participation and assessment conclusion.


306

VI. Matters inviting public opinions

1. Opinions of the public on project construction

2. The environmental quality of the region where project is located

3. Opinions of the public on impact of major pollutants and other impacting factors

on nearby environment

4. The supporting situation of the public to project construction

5. Other reasonable suggestions

VII. Major approaches for the public to put forward opinions

Any opinions and suggested of the public on project construction can be sent to

construction unit or EIA unit through email or telephone.

VIII. Time of release

The time for this release is from August 1st to 12

th 2011.


August 1st,2011


314

Figure 17.2.1 photo of the first release (from the website of Zhongwei

Municipal Government (http://www.nxzw.gov.cn/)


315

Table 17.2.2 List of information offered by the second release

This second release of EIA on Technical Renovation Programme on 68 Thousand Tons

Bleached Wheat Straw Pulp Extended Delignification Cooking and Clean Bleaching of MCC

Meili Paper Industry Co., Ltd

Environmental impact report of the proposed project is basically finished. According to the

provisions on “Temporary Measures of the Public Participation in Environmental Impact

Assessment” issued by SEPA (Huan Fa [2006] No. 28), the following information concerning

environmental protection shall be released to the public:

I. Summary of the proposed project

Name of programme: Technical Renovation Programme on 68 Thousand Tons Bleached Wheat

Straw Pulp Extended Delignification Cooking and Clean Bleaching of MCC Meili Paper Industry

Co., Ltd

Nature of programme: renovation and expansion


Construction site: existing factory of MCC Meili Paper Industry Co., Ltd in Zhongwei city,

Ningxia Hui Automatons Region.

MCC Meili Group Co., Ltd is affiliated to China Metallurgical Group Corporation. It is an

enterprise group with 10 daughter companies and with the business expanding to pulp making,

paper making, manufacture of paper making machines and paper making forest base development.

It is one of 21 key enterprises and 7 super-large enterprises in Ningxia Hui Autonomous region. In

order to comply with industrial policy and improve both environmental benefit and economic

benefit, MCC Meili Paper planed to construct this Technical Renovation Programme on 68

Thousand Tons Bleached Wheat Straw Pulp Extended Delignification Cooking and Clean

Bleaching of MCC Meili Paper Industry Co., Ltd based on its current production lines.

The proposed programme include based on current 2# continuous cooking production line,

construct a new production line of 100t/d wheat straw pulp using dry and wet material preparation,

continuous cooking and closed screening, a new bleaching production line of 200 t/d, and renovate

2# pulp production line to closed screening and phase out 1# and 3# pulp production line. The final

production capacity of the programme is 68 Thousand Tons Bleached Wheat Straw Pulp. In

addition, a new five-effect evaporator (with the evaporation area of 7000 m

) shall be constructed in

alkali recovery workshop. The supporting project includes chlorine dioxide preparation station.

The propose project is located northeast of Zhongshan Rouyuan Meili Paper Industiral Co., Ltd, at


316

Rouyuan Town, 7.5 km from the east of Zhongwei city, Ningxia autonomous Region.

II. Summary of the potential impact of proposed project on environment

1. impact on environment in construction period

Waste gas, waste water, noise, construction garbage and household garbage in construction period

may impose adverse impact on nearby environment.

2. impact on environment in operation period

(1) Waste water: waste water of proposed project is mainly waste water from production.

(2) Waste gas: Waste gas of proposed project is mainly smoke from alkali recovery furnace.

(3) Noise: the noise source of proposed project is mainlyfrom equipments, pump, air compressor

in production workshops with the noise level of 80陶90dB(A)

(4) SW: the SW after the completion of proposed project is the same with current project, which

include wheat straw scraps from material preparation workshop, pulp residue from pulp and

paper making workshop, white mud, green mud and lime residue from alkali recovery section,

and sludge from waste water treatment station.


317

III. Countermeasures and measures to prevent or mitigate adverse environmental impact

1. construction period

(1) Waste water: construction unit shall set fixed place for equipment and vehicles washing and

repair and control free emission of washing water to prevent pollution to environment, and

water conservation is recommended.

(2) Dust: spray water regularly on equipment loading, unloading and transfer place; 4.

Transportation vehicles is prohibited to overload shall move at low speed or under limited

speed to reduce dust. Transportation roads in construction area shall be sprayed properly.

(3) Noise: equipments of low noise level and after noise reduction treatment shall be selected; keep

construction site and roads open; Transportation vehicles shall move at low speed and decrease

times of whistle after entering construction site; strictly follow the provisions in Noise limits

for Construction Site (GB12523-90).

(4) Construction garbage: equipment parts need to be dismantled and changed shall be stored,

treated in classes and recycled as much as possible; equipment package shall be stored

collectively and recycled by manufacturer or cleared regularly; household garbage shall be

recycled in classes and cleared every day, free discard is prohibited.

2. operation period

(1) Waster pollutants prevention and treatment measures

Production waste water and household waste water of proposed programme shall be sent to

existing waste water treatment station of MCC Meili Paper for treatment. The design treatment

capacity of this waste water treatment station is 60 thousand m3/d and its current treatment capacity

is 52096 m3/d. after the operation of proposed programme, the amount of waste water shall be

reduced by 39762 m3/d, and the amount of new waste water is 33177m

3/d, therefore the final waste

water amount of the whole factory is 45511 m3/d. The treated waste water meeting the

requirements for pulp and paper enterprise in table 2 of “Discharge standard of water pollutants for

pulp and paper making industry” (GB3544-2008)

(pH6 9 CODCr90mg/L BOD520mg/L SS30mg/L) will enter oxidation pond and used for

irrigation of forest base and now water will emitted to surface water body.

(2) Air pollutants prevention and treatment measures

The proposed programme only increase s evaporation section on alkali recovery. After combustion

of black liqour and electronic precipitation of dust, the dust and SO2 at the outlet are able to meet

relevant requirement for level II of “Emission standard of air pollutants for industrial kiln and

furnace” (GB9078-1996), i.e. 200 mg/Nm3陶SO2 850 mg/Nm

3陶Water spraying device is equipped


318

at coal yard to spray water on coal yard which can effectively reduce dust from coal.

(3) SW treatment/ disposal

SW of proposed programme includes: wheat straw scraps generated in Material preparation

workshop, pulp residues generated in pulp making section, white mud, green mud and a small

amount of lime residue generated in alkali recovery section, sludge generated in waste water

treatment station. Wheat straw scraps and dust is used as fertilizer; pulp residues of pulp making

section is recycled; white mud is comprehensively used as desulfurizer in power station; green mud

and lime residue is land-fille; sludge generated in waste water treatment station is used as fertilizer

in forest base.

(4) Noise prevention and treatment measures

Equipment with noise shall be installed in equipment room or separate room as much as possible,

and measures of shock reduction and sound insulation shall be taken.

IV. conclusions in EIA report

1. construction period

Environmental management and pollution control shall comply with the requirements in report and

the adverse impact during construction period can be controlled in permissible scope.

2. operation period

(1) Impact on air environment

a Under normal production condition, the hourly concentration of air pollutants such as

SO2, NO2emitted by proposed programme at major sensitive points are all within the limit

requirements for level II in “Ambient air quality standard” (GB3095-1996).

b The monitored sum of the largest contribution value of daily average concentration for

typical air pollutants such as SO2, NO2 all meet the limit requirements for level II in

Ambient air quality standard (GB3095-1996). The monitored value for PM10 is a little

more than the limit, but t is because of the high current value of the region.

c The contribution value of the pollution source to the long term average concentration of

SO2, NO2, PM10 on major sensitive points all meet the limit requirements for level II in

Ambient air quality standard (GB3095-1996).

d No situation of pollutant out of limit is found under abnormal production condition

(2) Impact on surface water environment

Waste water of proposed programme shall be sent to existing waste water treatment station for

treatment. The treated waste water meeting the requirements for pulp and paper enterprise in table

2 of “Discharge standard of water pollutants for pulp and paper making industry” (GB3544-2008)


319

(pH6 9 CODCr90mg/L BOD520mg/L SS30mg/L) will enter oxidation pond and used for

irrigation of forest base and now water will emitted to surface water body. The virtuous circle not

only mitigates the pressure of water resource of the Yellow River, but avoids pollution to the

Yellow River and improves enterprise’s economic benefit.

(3) Impact on underground water environment

The propose programme is located at the discharge area of underground water which is with good

pollution prevention performance and far away from regional drinking water source protection

area. Construction unit shall strictly comply with relevant national standard and technical

requirements and prepared good protection measure and emergency response plan, conduction in

accordance with design, thus the adverse impact on underground water in assessment area can be

controlled.

(4) Impact of SW

Proper disposal measures are taken to the SW generated by proposed programme to achieve zero

emission.

(5) Impact of noise

After noise prediction, the noise at the factory boundary after the completion of proposed project is

able to meet the requirements for level II in “Emission standard for industrial enterprises noise at

boundary”(GB12348-2008) and the noise at the nearby sensitive points is able to meet the

requirements for level II in “Environmental quality standard for noise.”(GB3096-2008).

(6) General conclusion

The proposed project achieves clean production and pollutant emission after meeting relevant

requirements and control of pollutant emission under permissible scope through internal potential

explosion and renovation, and introduction of internationally advanced technique, technology and

equipments. If the proposed programme is constructed and implemented according to the

requirements of the EIA report, the programme is environmentally feasible.

V. Approach and time for the public to check simple version of EIA report

(1) Report check approach

The simple version of EIA report is placed in the meeting room at thte third floor of administration

building of MCC Meili Paper Industry Co., Ltd

(2) Report check time

The public can require supplementary information in working hours within 10 working days after

the release (October 17th

to 28th

2011).

VI. Scope and matter inviting public opinions


320

陶

(2) Scope inviting public opinions

The opinions and suggestion of the public on environmental protection such as the impact of

proposed project on environment and pollution prevention and treatment measures.

(3) Matter inviting public opinions

1) Current environmental situation near the programme, major environmental problems

2) What impact the construction of programme will impose on environment? Whether the

impact is in acceptable scope?

3) Do you support the construction of programme in consideration of environment?

4) What are your suggestions to this programme’s environmental protection?

5) Do you have any other suggestions?

VII. major mode of inviting public opinions

The public can contact construction unit or EIA agency entrusted by construction unit through

email, telephone, mail, etc or put forward oral opinions or submit written opinions.

VIII. The time for the public to put forward opinions

Within 10 working days after the release (October 17th

to 28th

2011). IX. contact information


Contact person: CHEN Guoxiang

Tel: 0955-7679340


Name of unit undertaking EIA陶Environmental Protection Research Institute of Light Industry

Contact person: ZONG Yanyan

Tel: 010-68475827



October 14th

,2011


321


322

Figure 17.2.2 Photo of the Second Release (from the website of Zhongwei

Municipal Government (http://www.nxzw.gov.cn/)


323

17.2.2 Formation of survey form and survey content

Refer to table 17.2.3 for the formation of survey form.

Table 17.2.3 Public Participation Survey Form on the EIA of Proposed

Programme

Information of the respondent:

Name: Gender: age: education background occupation:

Contact information陶 unit陶or residential address陶:

Project summary:

Technical Renovation Programme on 68 Thousand Tons Bleached Wheat Straw Pulp

Extended Delignification Cooking and Clean Bleaching of MCC Meili Paper Industry

Co., Ltd is located northeast of Zhongshan Rouyuan Meili Paper Industiral Co., Ltd,

at Rouyuan Town, 7.5 km from the east of Zhongwei city, Ningxia autonomous

Region. The construction unit is MCC Meili Group Co., Ltd who is affiliated to China

Metallurgical Group Corporation. It is an enterprise group with 10 daughter

companies and with the business expanding to pulp making, paper making,

manufacture of paper making machines and paper making forest base development. It

is one of 21 key enterprises and 7 super-large enterprises in Ningxia Hui Autonomous

region. In order to comply with national industrial policy and improve both

environmental benefit and economic benefit, MCC Meili Paper planed to replace

current 1 # and 3# pulp production line, 2# bleaching production line, construct a new

production line of 150t/d wheat straw pulp using dry and wet material preparation,

continuous cooking and closed screening, a new bleaching production line of 200 t/d.

In addition, a new five-effect evaporator (with the evaporation area of 7000 m

) shall

be constructed in alkali recovery workshop and construct a technical renovation

section of 120 t/d pulp making closed screening to 2# pulp production line. The

supporting project includes chlorine dioxide preparation station. The total investment

of the program is 185.20 million RMB with construction investment of 149.88 million

RMB (including 117.60 million RMB bank loan and 32.28 million RMB raised by the

enterprise) and current fund of 16.00 million RMB. Capitalized interest during

construction period is 19.32 million RMB.

After the completion of the proposed programme, waste water shall be sent to existing

waste water treatment station of MCC Meili Paper for treatment. The design treatment

capacity of this waste water treatment station is 60 thousand m3/d and its current

treatment capacity is 52096 m3/d. after the operation of proposed programme, the

3


324

amount of waste water shall be reduced by 39762 m3/d, and the amount of new waste

water is 33177m3/d, therefore the final waste water amount of the whole factory is

45511 m3/d. The waste water after treated with preliminary sedimentation pool+

regulation pool +selection pool+ aeration pool+ secondary sedimentation pool+

coagulative precipitation pool and meeting the requirements for pulp and paper

enterprise in table 2 of “Discharge standard of water pollutants for pulp and paper

making industry” (GB3544-2008)

(pH6 9 CODCr90mg/L BOD520mg/L SS30mg/L) will enter oxidation pond and

used for irrigation of forest base. The waste gas is mainly from alkali recovery

furnace, chlorine prepration workshop and fugitive waste gas. The treated waste gas

will meet the requirements of relevant standards. SW is properly disposed. The noise

at the factory boundary meet the requirements for level II in “Emission standard for

industrial enterprises noise at boundary”(GB12348-2008).

In order to achieve good environmental protection work, fully understand the local

environmental situation, improve the environmental protection awareness of the

public, now we invite you precious opinions on the following issues during the design

of the project. Your active participation will ensure our success.

I. project overview

1. Do you know about CC Meili Paper Industry Co., Ltd?

A. Yes B. Know a little C. No

2. Do you know about this “Technical Renovation Programme on 68 Thousand Tons

Bleached Wheat Straw Pulp Extended Delignification Cooking and Clean

Bleaching”?

A. Yes B. Know a little C. No

3. do you think the production scale of the project is proper?

A. Yes B. No C. not sure

II. local environmental quality

1. How do you think about the local air quality?

A. Very good B. Good C. Common D. Relatively poor E. Poor F. not sure

2. How do you think about the local water quality?


3. How do you think about the local sound quality?


4. Do you think what are the major environmental problems exist in the area?

A. Air pollution, B. Ocean pollution C. SW D. Noise pollution E. No pollution

III. impact of proposed project on environment

1. Do you think the project will impose impact on local air quality after operation?

A. No B. Yes, but acceptable C. Yes and unacceptable D. not care

2. Do you think the project will impose impact on local water quality after operation?


325


3. Do you think the SW generated by this project will impose impact on environment

after operation?


4. Do you think the project will impose impact on local sound quality after operation?


5. What are the major impact aspect of the project after compeletion:

A. Air pollution, B. Ocean pollution C. SW D. Noise pollution E. No pollution

IV. social and economic impact of proposed project

1. What is the impact of the project construction on local economy and society?

A. Favorable impact B. Adverse impact C Benefit exceed harm D. Harm exceeds

benefit E. Not sure

2. To what degree does project construction influence your economic income?


benefit E. Not sure

3. To what degree does project construction influence your living quality?


benefit E. Not sure

V. Others

1. What is the relationship of the enterprise with the nearby residents?

A. Friendly B. Harmonious C common D Poor

2. Based on the above situation, do you support the construction of the project?

A Support B Conditional C. Support construction later D. Oppose E. Not sure

Specify reasons if you oppose:

VI. Opinions and suggestions

17.3 Survey Respondents

The survey respondents are residents living in the place influenced by the project,

including: workers, farmers, businessmen, teachers, etc.

17.4 Analysis of Survey Results

1. Number of survey forms issued and returned

Altogether 100 forms were issued and 100 were returned, with the return rate of 100%.

2. General information of public participant


326

Refer to table 17.4.1 for the general information of public participant

Table 17.4.1 General Information of Public Participant

No. Name Number Percentage 陶%陶

1. Gender -- --

1 M 56 56

2 F 44 44

2. Education background

1 University and

college 4 4

2 technical secondary

school 3 3

3 Senior high school 30 30

4 Junior high school 53 53

5 Primary school 10 10

3. occupation

1 Worker 51 51

2 Businessman 5 5

3 Farmer 43 43

4 Students 1 1

Table 17.4.1 shows that there are 4 participants with the education background of

University and college, accounting for 4% of the total participants; 3 participants

with the education background of technical secondary school, accounting for 3% of

the total participants; 83 participants with the education background of Senior high

school and junio high school, accounting for 83% of the total participants; 10

participants with the education background of primary school, accounting for 10%

of the total participants.

Among the participants, there were 51 workers, accounting for 51% of the total

participants; there were 5 businessmen, accounting for 5% of the total participants;

there were 43 farmers, accounting for 43% of the total participants; there was 1

students, accounting for 1% of the total participants.

The majority of the participants are with certain education and has his own thinking

and analysis ability. The participants are holding various positions and able to

represent the local people. The returned survey forms have good social and

occupation representativeness, thus the returned survey forms are valid.

2. Statistic and analysis result

Refer to figure 17.4.1 for the statistic and analysis result.

Table 17.4.2 Survey Statistics Results of Public Participation 197 Pieces


327

Survey contents Number of people percentage

I. project overview

Yes 32 32

Know a little 67 67 1. 1. Do you know about

the firm? No 1 1

Yes 2 2

Know a little 90 90

2 Do you know about

this project?

No 8 8

Yes 74 74

No 1 1

3. do you think the

production scale of the

project is proper? Not sure 25 25

II. local environmental quality

Very good 0 0

Good 18 18

Common 82 82

Relatively poor 0 0

1. How do you

think about the

local air quality?

Not sure 0 0

Very good 0 0

Good 19 19

Common 81 81

Relatively poor 0 0

2. How do you

think about the

local water quality?

Not sure 0 0

Very good 0 0

Good 21 21

Common 75 75

Relatively poor 3 3

3. How do you

think about the local

sound quality?

Not sure 1 1

Air 71 71

Surface water 14 14

Solid Waste 13 13

Noise 2 2

4. What are the main

environmental

problems of the

area? none 0 0

III. impact of proposed project on environment

No 1 1

Yes, but acceptable 97 97

Yes and

unacceptable

1 1

1. Do you think the

project will impose

impact on local air

quality after

operation? Not care 1 1

No 3 3


Yes and

unacceptable

0 0

2. Do you think the

project will impose

impact on local water

quality after

operation?

Not care 1 1

No 3 3 3. Do you think the

SW generated by this Yes, but acceptable 96 96


328

Yes and

unacceptable

0 0 SW generated by this

project will impose

impact on environment

after operation?

Not care 1 1

No 37 37


Yes and

unacceptable

0 0

4. Do you think the

project will impose

impact on local sound

quality after

operation?

Not care 0 0

Air 63 63

Surface water 21 21

Solid Waste 9 9

Noise 5 5

5. What are the main

environmental

impactsd of the

project? None 2 2

IV. Social Economic Impact

Favorable impact 40 40

Adverse impact 14 14

Benefits > Costs 46 46

Costs > Benefit 0 0

1. To what degree

does the project affect

local economy? Not sure 0 0


Adverse impact 11 11


Costs > Benefit 0 0

2. To what degree

does project

construction influence

your economic

income? Not sure 10 10


Adverse impact 9 9


Costs > Benefit 0 0

2. To what degree

does project

construction influence

your living quality? Not sure 17 17

V. others

Friendly 0 0

Acceptable 51 51

Average 49 49

1. How do you

describe the

relationship between

the company and local

residents? Poor 0 0

Support 95 95

Conditional support 5 5

Support

construction later

0 0

Oppose 0 0

2. Based on the above

situation, do you

support the

construction of the

project? Not sure 0 0


329

17.5 Sub-conclusion

There was no feedback from any working units and individuals to the first

and second online disclosures. Therefore, the conclusion is derived from the survey

results.

Altogether 100 forms were issued and 100 were returned, with the return rate

of 100%. Most respondents know about the project and support the construction of

the project. Most respondents believe that the project is helpful to the local

economic and social development. All respondents believe that the construction is

necessary for this project because the proposed project will offer more work

opportunities for local residents, lead the economic development of the enterprise

and bring good social and economic benefits. All respondents agreed that the

project would generate environmental impacts that are limited and acceptable to

them.


330

18 Environmental Protection Management and

Monitoring Plan

Construction unit shall prepare corresponding environmental management system

plan, environmental monitoring plan, risk management plan, environmental

protection measure to ensure normal operation of environmental protection facilities

and pollutant emission after meeting relevant requirements, effectively prevent risk

accident, reducve loss of accident and minimized the harm of the programme on environment.

18.1 Environmental Protection Management System

Environmental management is to comply with and implement national and local

laws, regulations, policies and standards concerning environmental protection during

project construction period and operation period, accept the environmental

supervision of local environmental protection department, adjust and stipulate

environmental plan and goal, coordination relationship with other department and all

management acitivities concerning environmental improvement. Like plan

management, production management, technology management, quality

management, and other special management,, environmental management is a part

of enterprise management, guiding the implementation of environmental monitoring.

18.1.1Role of Environmental Protection Management Plan

Environmental protection management plan is a guiding document on environmental

protection management. The specific roles of environmental protection management

plan are:

1. Clarify environmental protection goal and environmental mitigation

measure

Zhongwei Municipal environmental protection bureau, EIA unit and design unit

conduct detailed onsite cheking and verification of environmental protection targets

and put forward effective environmental mitigation measures which are incorporated

in project design.

2. As guiding document

Environmental protection management plan will provide to construction supervision

unit, environmental supervision unit and other related units in text version after

examination and approval of the World Bank.

3. Clarify the responsibilities and roles of related units

Environmental protection management plan clarifies the responsibilities and roles of

related functional departments and management organization, put forward ways for

communication and echange between different department.

4. Determine the environmental protection monitoring planduring


331

construction period and operation period

Environmental protection monitoring planduring construction period and operation

period in environmental protection management plan will ensure the effective

implementation of environmental mitigation measures and proper treatment of

emergency accident.

18.1.2 Management Organizations

The programme must set environmental management organizations to implement

leader responsibility system. Professional environmental management personnel

shall be designated to in charge of environmental supervision and management. And

environmental management people shall receive environmental protection training.

GM of MCC Meili Paper Industry Co., Ltd shall take the position of the first person

in charge of environmental protection and clean production, responsible for the

environmental management in the whole factory. Meanwhile, environmental

protection sub-factory affiliated to environmental protection management

department shall continue to be responsible for the coordination and contact with

higher level environmental protection department, overall environmental quality

protection work, normal running of environmental protection projects,

environmental protection management and environmental monitoring work

happened in technical renovation and project expansion process. Environmental

protection sub-factory designates specific management staffs for material

preparation section, cooking section and extraction and screening section, bleaching

section of pulp making system; closed screening technology renovation section of

2# pulp making system, evaporation section of alkali recover furnace, chlorine

dioxide preparation section, raw material storage yard, chemical storage warehouse,

finished products warehouse, heat and power station, waste water treatment station,

responsible for the supervision and checking of pollutant source control and

environmental protection facilities, which has been incorporated in environmental

management system of the enterprise. Refer to figure 18.1.1 and 18.1.2 for

organizations of environmental protection management and environmental

protection sub-factory.


332

Figure: 18.1.1 Organizations of Environmental Protection Management

Figure 18.1.2 Organizations of Environmental Protection Sub-Factory.

In addition, current occupational disease prevention and treatment department shall

continue to be responsible for the management and leadership of occupational

disease prevention and treatment to ensure the orderly conduction of occupational

disease prevention and treatment work, protect the legal rights and interests of

staffs’ health, advance the sustainable development of enterprise economy, and

implement the social responsibility undertaken by the enterprise. This occupational

disease prevention and treatment department shall establish a leading group of

Leader responsible for

environmental management

2-3 people responsible for


Assistanc

Personnel responsible for


in all departments

(implementing


Transfer environmental

management plan

Supervise implementation of

environmental protection

measures

Feedback of

implementation result

Manager of environmental protection sub-

Secretary of environmental protection sub-

Vice-Manager of

environmental protection

General engineer of

environmental protection sub-

Pollutant

generation

Pollutant

treatment

Material

department

Financial

department

General

office


333

occupational disease prevention and treatment, with the members including leaders

of each functional department, managers, secretaries, workshop directors and leaders

in change of infirmary of each sub-factory. There shall be a general office under the

leading group, located at labor unit office and responsible for the daily work of

occupational disease prevention and treatment.

18.1.3 Functions of Environmental Protection Management

Environmental protection sub-factory is responsible for supervising and managing

the implementation of environmental protection measures of the whole programme,

undertaking the comprehensive responsibility for the regional environmental quality.

Environmental protection sub-factory needs to accept the supervision, inspection

and guidance of higher level environmental protection department. The specific

functions of environmental protection sub-factory of environmental management

include the following:

1. Responsible for all types of environmental protection work;

2. Implement laws, policies and standards concerning environmental

protection;

3. Stipulate and organize implementation of environmental protection plan;

4. Based on relevant national and local construction management

requirements and construction operation standards and in considering the

characteristics of the programme, stipulate environmental management rules for

construction, supervise the implementation of relevant rules, receive and solve the

opinions of nearby residents on environmental protection during construction period,

and to coordination with construction unit

5. Regularly supervise and check the running of environmental protection

facilities, lead the maintenance work of environmental protection facilities, such as

waste water treatment station, etc.

6. Organize the stipulation of rules and systems concerning environmental

protection and management, operation procedures of key pollution positions, and

supervise the implementation.

7. Organize professional and technical training on environmental

protection, and conduct regular education and propaganda on environmental

protection knowledge to improve the environmental protection awareness of staffs

and the consciousness of staffs to actively protect environment.

8. Participate in the programme inspection and acceptance on

environmental protection and investigation of environmental pollution accident.

9. Publicize the application of advanced technology and experience on

environmental protection.


334

10. Undertake the environment monitoring task entrusted by higher level

department and relevant department; cooperate with other departments to solve the

environmental pollution accident of the programme.

11. Responsible for the environmental pollution analysis and decision in

accident state. If necessary, design unit and relevant expert shall be invited to

participate in the analysis and decision.

12. In addition to the environmental protection work of this programme, it

shall also accept the inspection and supervision of environmental protection

deparment and report the implementation situation of each environmental

management work.

18.1.4 Method of Environmental Protection management

(1) The guidelines of “three at the same time” must be implemented during

programme construction. Construction unit must ensure that the facilities

preventing pollution and other public hazard shall be designed, constructed and

put into operation at the same time with the main project. Upon the completion

of the programme, completion, inspection and acceptance report of specific

inspection and acceptance report with the content of environmental protection

shall be submitted to environmental protection department. The programme can

only be used after the inspection of environmental protection department.

(2) Declare and register pollutant emission to local environmental protection

department according to national and local provisions on environmental

protection. And pollutant shall be emitted based on distributed quotation after

approval of environmental protection department.

(3) Strengthen statistics of environmental monitoring data; establish complete

documents on pollution source and materials loss; strictly control the emission

amount of pollutants, ensure the pollutant emission indicator meet the design

requirements.

(4) Strengthen supervision and management of environmental protection facilities;

establish complete technical documents on running, maintenance and repair of

environmental protection facilities; strengthen technical training to operators of

environmental protection facilities; ensure normal running of environmental

protection facilities and continuous emission of pollutant after meeting

requirements.

(5) Strengthen monitoring of abnormal working situation such as operation start

and stop, and nearby environmental, stipulate effective measures to control

pollution expansion and prevent pollution accidents.

(6) Take requirements for environmental protection into consideration during the

stipulation of products standard, process documents and operation procedures.

(7) Conduct environmental education to improve the environmental awareness of

cadre and staff to enable active effort for environmental protection.


335

(8) Incorporate environmental protection into position responsibility system and

uniform scoring, into production dispatch, to enable all departments to complete

environmental protection tasks through advance, check, praise, reward and

punish with administrative methods.

(9) Incorporate environmental management into overall plan of enterprise

management to achieve the goal of pollution reduction, energy conservation and

consumption reduction, and environmental protection through running and

continuous improvement of environmental management system, thus to improve

the environmental and economic benefit of the enterprise.

18.2 Environmental Protection Monitoring Plan and Capacity Building

Environmental monitoring is to collect, test sample of major pollutants, process

data prepare report during construction period and operation period, and respond the

all types of environmental problems. The preparation and implementation of

environmental monitoring plan is the basis of environmental management, which

can provide scientific basis for environmental statistics and environmental quantities

assessment. This plan can ensure the implementation and carrying out of all

pollution prevention and treatment measure, enable the timely discovery, correction,

and improvement of problems in environmental protection measures. There are 5-

fold environmental monitoring activities for the Meili Paper Mill.

a) The environmental analysis office of the Meili Mill, who carry out relgular

monitoring to serve operation and compliance purpose, including

wastewater COD and pH (1 time/4 hours), BOD and SS (1 time/month)

b) Online monitoring installed in the mill for water quality and air emissions.

c) Supervision monitoring regularly carried out by Zhongwei Environmental

Monitoring Station. The Zhongwei environmental monitoring station

carries out quarterly monitoring and provides results to the mill. The mill,

based on the monitoring results, will adjust or optimize its operation.

d) Independent Verification Monitoring (Dioxins) supported by the project.

e) Ad hoc monitoring such as the completion acceptance environmental

compliance monitoring

The mill has established an environmental protection branch to take overall

responsibility for environmental management and supervision. The environmental

protection branch is staffed with chief engineer, technical officer, technician to

conduct waste treatment and monitoring. Those parameters that the mill can not

make analysis are sampled and analyzed by ZHongwei Environmetnal Monitoring

Station. A dedicated lab for wastewater treatment process is in place. 4 dedicated

analysis staff are appointed.

The mill’s environmental staff attend national, regional and municipal level

professional training regularly. The mill’s environmental monitoring staff are

certified through training received from regional and municipal environmental

monitoring staff.


336

During the 12th

-5 year period (2011-2015), the Meili mill will follow the national

and local environmental planning and requirements to install other needed online

monitoring facilities for water and air emissions.

18.2.1 Environmental Monitoring Plan

18.2.1.1 Environmental monitoring during construction period

Local Monitoring Station is entrusted to conduct environmental monitoring during

construction period, refer to table 18.2.1 for detailed environmental monitoring plan

during construction period.

Table 18.2.1 Environmental Monitoring Plan during Construction Period

Monitoring

type

Monitoring

content

Monitoring

position Monitoring item

Monitoring

frequency

Air

pollution

source

Raw material

storage yard,

construction site

TSP, dust Once half

a year

Water

pollution

source

Outlet of waste

water from

construction

pH, SS, COD,

BOD5, petroleum,

ammonia nitrogen

etc

Once half

a year

Pollution

source

monitoring

Noise

pollution

source

Near the equipment

in construction site

equivalent

continuous sound

level A

Once half

a year

Air quality Major air sensitive

areas note 1

TS, duct

Once half

a year

Environmental

quality

monitoring Sound

quality

Within 1m from

factory boundary,

Zhaojiashaofang,

Shimiao Village,

Xiangjia Village note

2

equivalent

continuous sound

level A

Once half

a year

Note: 1. the distance between Rouyuan Village, Shimiao Primary School, Jiaqu

Village, Zhaojiashaofang, Shimiao Village, Xiangjia Village and the factory

boundary are all within 1 m. 2. monitoring points out 1m from the factory boundary

is the same with that of current sound situation. Zhaojiashaofang, Shimiao Village,

Xiangjia Village are all sensitive points within 200m from the factory boundary. The

following texts refer to the same.

18.2.1.2 Environmental monitoring during operation period

Refer to table 18.2.2 for environmental monitoring plan during operation period.

The mill has installed continuous online wastewater and aie emission equipments

that can monitor wastewater flow rate, pH and COD; flue gas, PM, SO2 and NOx.

The clearing of SW is checked regularly by local environmental protection


337

department. Other types of environmental monitoring all entrust local Monitoring

Station to conduct. Refer to the chapters of current situation monitoring for the

instruments used for non-supervised monitoring links.

Table 18.2.2 Environmental Monitoring Plan During Operation Period

Monitoring

type

Monitoring

content

Monitoring

position

Monitoring

item

Monitoring

frequency

Chimney note1

SO2, NO2,

dust

Once a

season

Air pollution

source Chimney SO2

Continuous

automatic

on-lie

monitoring

General outlet of

waste water

6 items

including pH note2

Outlet of workshop

or production

facility

AOX, dioxin

Once a

season Water

pollution

source

Inlet and outlet of

waste water

treatment station

Waste water

amount and

COD

Continuous

automatic

on-lie

monitoring

Material

preparation section

Wheat straw

scraps

Material

preparation section Dust

Pulp production

line Pulp residue

Causticization

section of alkali

recovery

White mud

Living of staffs Household

garbage

waste water

treatment station

Sludge in

waste water

treatment

station

Pollution

source

monitoring

Clearing of

SW

Green mud, lime

residue

Alkali

recovery workshop

Once a

month

Environmental

quality

monitoring

Air quality factory boundary

Concentration

of NH3, H2S,

odorous gas

Once half a

year


338

Monitoring

type

Monitoring

content

Monitoring

position

Monitoring

item

Monitoring

frequency

Air sensitive areas

at downwind of

predominant wind

and nearby air

sensitive areas note 3

SO2, NO2,

TSP, PM10 Once a year

Underground

water quality

Shimiao Village at

the upstream of the

factory and Jiaqu

Village at the

downstream of the

factory, SW

storage yard,

oxidation pond,

raw material forest

base note 4

underground water

well

15 items

including pH note5

Once half a

year

Sound quality

Within 1m from

factory boundary,

Zhaojiashaofang,

Shimiao Village,

Xiangjia Village

equivalent

continuous

sound level A

Once half a

year

Note: 1. a chimney of circulating fluidized bed boiler and a chimney of alkali

recover furnace, the following texts refer to the same; 2. six items including pH,

COD, BOD5, SS, NH3-N, TP; 3. Rouyuan Village, Jiaqu Village, Zhaojiashaofang,

Shimiao Village, Xiangjia Village; 4. 3-5 underground water wells shall be set in

raw material forest base; 5. fifteen items including pH, sulphate, total hardness,

TDS, ammonia nitrogen, nitrate nitrogen, nitrite nitrogen, volatile phenol,

permanganate Index, fluoride, As, Hg, Cd, Cr VI, Fe, Mn, etc.

18.2.1.3Emergency monitoring and tracking monitoring

Emergency response plan shall include emergency monitoring procedures.

Emergency monitoring shall be started immediately in case of accident happened in

operation, and the migration of pollutants shall be tracked until the impact of

accident is eliminated completely. The monitoring instruments, equipments and

vehicles for major pollutants shall be prepared and be maintained in working

conditions. The emergency monitoring plan shall be stipulated and implemented

jointly with monitoring unit.

18.2.1.4 Monitoring facilities

Local Monitoring Station is entrusted to conduct regular monitoring.

Upon the competition of this programme, local Environmental Protection Bureau

shall supervise the implementation of environmental management and monitoring

plan.


339

18.2.2 Completion and Inspection and Acceptance Monitoring for “Three at the same

time” on Environmental Protection of Construction Programme

The aim of inspection and acceptance for environmental protection is to supervise

the simultaneous putting into operation and use of environmental protection

facilities with the main projects, and implement other supporting environmental

protection measures. The inspection and acceptance scope is: environmental

protection facilities related to construction programme, including project,

equipment, device and monitoring measure constructed for pollution prevention and

treatment, supporting project, equipment, device and monitoring measure, all

ecological protection measures, environmental impact report and other

environmental protection measures taken according to relevant programme design

documents.

Before the commissioning of this programme, the commissioning can be conducted

after the approval of Ministry of Environmental Protection. This programme need to

apply for completion inspection and acceptance to Ministry of Environmental

Protection within three months after the starting data of commissioning according to

the stipulations in “Administration Measures of Inspection and Acceptance of the

Environmental Protection of the Finished Construction Projects” issued by Ministry

of Environmental Protection.

Refer to table 18.2.3 for the inspection and acceptance contents of inspection and

acceptance for “three at the same time” on environmental protection of construction

programme.


340

Table 18.2.3 List of Inspection snd Acceptance for “Three at the Same Time” on Environmental Protection of Construction Programme

No.

Environmental protection

equipment and facility

Monitoring items for

inspection and acceptance

Position of monitoring points

for inspection and acceptance

Standard of monitoring for inspection and

acceptance

Contents for

checking

Waste water treatment amount /

pH, COD, BOD5, SS, NH3-N, TP, AOX, dioxin, etc

General outlet of waste water

treatment

station waste

eater outlet of workshop or production

facilities for AOX

and dioxin

Requirements for pulp and paper enterprise in “Discharge standard of water pollutants for pulp

and paper making industry” (GB3544-2008)

NH3, H2S

waste water treatment station

Downwind of factory boundary

Requirement for new, renovated and expanded enterprise level II in table 1 of “Emission

standards for odor pollutants” (GB 14554-1993)

1 waste water

treatment station

(sludge room, sludge pump room, test room, sludge pool, regulation pool, preliminary sedimentation pool, aeration pool, secondary sedimentation pool, flocculation pool, waste water collection net,

odorous gas collection and treatment system)

Waste water amount / 2 oxidation pond pH, COD, BOD5, SS, NH3-N,

TP etc

Waste water outlet of oxidation pond /

Whether they are constructed in

accordance with the requirements of

three at the same

time

3 Precipitator and desulfuration

Concentration of SO2, NOX, PM10 in smoke

Outlet of chimney for boiler

the requirement for the third period in “Emission standard of air pollutants for thermal power plants” (GB13223-2003): Whether they are

constructed in


341

No.



Monitoring items for inspection and acceptance

Position of monitoring points for inspection and

acceptance

Standard of monitoring for inspection and acceptance

Contents for checking

desulfuration facilities of circulating

fluidized bed boiler

Desulfuration efficiency and precipitation efficiency meet the designed requirements

Concentration of SO2, PM10 in smoke

Outlet of chimney alkali recover

furnace

Relevant requirement in table 2 and table 4 of “Emission standard of air pollutants for industrial

kiln and furnace” (GB9078-1996) 4

Precipitator and desulfuration

facilities of alkali recover furnace Desulfuration efficiency and precipitation efficiency meet the designed requirements

constructed in accordance with the

requirements of

three at the same

time

Equipment noise, noise reduction effect and

monitoring of noise at factory boundary

factory boundary level II in “Emission standard for industrial

enterprises noise at boundary”(GB12348-2008) 5

Sound elimination and shock

reduction measure for high noise

level equipment (silencer, and sound insulation room)



three at the same

time

6 Fugitive source Concentration of NH3, H2S,

odorous gas Downwind of

factory boundary

Requirement for new, renovated and expanded enterprise level II in table 1 of “Emission

standards for odor pollutants” (GB 14554-1993)

Whether the requirements are met

7 Risk prevention

facilities (hardening of factory, fire hydrate, automatic spraying fire-fighting system, etc)



three at the same

time


342

No.





acceptance



8 Underground

water seepage-proofing facility

pH, sulphate, total hardness, ammonia nitrogen, nitrate nitrogen, nitrite nitrogen,

volatile phenol, permanganate

Index, fluoride, As, Hg, Cd, Cr VI, Fe, Mn, etc

Shimiao Village at the upstream of the factory and Jiaqu

Village at the downstream of the

factory, SW storage yard,

oxidation pond, underground water well (3-5 points) in raw material forest

base

Level III in “Quality standard for ground water” (GB/T 14848-93)



three at the same

time and

engineering provisions


343

No.





acceptance



1. Wheat straw scrap warehouse: the ground of closed warehouse storing wheat straw scrap and dust shall be overall poured with C30 Impermeable concrete, thus the closed area will not generate percolate for rain. And the garbage will be transferred by nearby farmers as fertilizer. 2 white mud (including small amount of green mud) warehouse: white mud (including small amount of green mud)of the factory shall be temporarily stored in half-closed warehouse whose ground is overall poured with C30 Impermeable concrete with the bottom laying soil impermeable membrane. The order for the clay is: concrete cushion (200mm), insolated layer, screed-coat (20mm), cushion layer (150mm), gravel bed

(500mm), plain fill, to ensure the coefficient of permeability less than 1.0×10-7cm/s and a closure shall be set at outside (500mm high). 3. White mud storage yard: the SW landfill yard of MCC Meili Paper is located at Mopan Mountain which is 12 km away from north of Zhenluo Town. There is a flood-proofing gutter of 2 m wide, 2 m deep at the south and north of causticized white mud airing yard. A vertical Impermeable Layer shall be set at the white mud yard: after finishing of the bottom, a clay layer of 300 mm thick shall be laid with a geotextile of 300g/m2 thick above, and another clay layer of 300 mm thick shall be set above the geotextile. Thus the coefficient of permeability can be less than 1.0×10-7cm/s, meeting the requirements in Standard for pollution control on the storage and disposal site for general industrial solid wastes”(GB 18599-2001). 4. Each factory building: each factory building is equipped with rain collection gutter inside and outside the building. The collected waste water will be

emitted after treated in waste water treatment station and meeting relevant requirements.

9 COD on-line

monitor /

General outlet of waste water

treatment station /

Whether the instrument passes

metrology accreditation?

10 SO2on-line

monitor /

Outlet of chimney of boiler and alkali

recover furnace

/ Whether the instrument passes

metrology


344

No.





acceptance



accreditation?

11 Afforest of

factory / / /

Whether they are constructed in accordance with the requirements of

three at the same

time

12 Standard signs at

waste outlet The sign plate shall be set at visible place near pollutant outlet (sample collection point) with the top of

the sign plate 2 m above the ground.

Whether they are constructed in accordance with the requirements of

three at the same

time


345

18.2.3 Standard setting of outlet

18.2.3.1Waste water outlet

After the completion of the programme, the general outlet of waste water shall be

equipped with flow gauge with the function of sampling and monitoring. A

environmental protection sign plate shall be set at visible place near the general outlet.

The general outlet of waste water treatment station of current project is equipped with

JHC-IIIA online waste water monitor to conduct online monitoring of flow rate, pH

and COD.

18.2.3.2 Waste gas outlet

The sampling from chimney of boiler in heat and power station and alkali recover

furnace shall be easy. Environmental protection sign plate shall be set at visible place

on the ground near the chimney for the sampling port, sampling and monitoring

platform. The sampling and monitoring platform for chimney of boiler of current

project is equipped with ZE-CEM2000 online smoke monitor to conduct online

monitoring of flue gas, including PM, SO2 and NOx.

18.2.3.3 Fixed noise source

Noise monitoring points as well as sign plate shall be set at the place outside factory

where fixed noise source imposed the largest impact.

18.2.3.4 SW storage yard

As of SW, there shall be temporary storage place with loss prevention and seepage-

proofing measures and sign plate at the entrance.

18.2.3.5 Establishment of waste outlet record

The content in outlet record shall include number and position of waste outlet;

measuring method used by this outlet; source, type, concentration and measuring

record of emitted pollutant; emission destination; maintenance and update record, etc.

18.2.3.6 Requirements for the setting of sign plate

Environmental protection sign plate shall be made at specific place designated by

Ministry of Environmental Protection and purchased by local environmental

protection supervision department according to the programme pollutant emission

situation. The distribution figure of waste outlet shall be drawn by local

environmental protection supervision department.

The sign plate shall be set at visible place near pollutant outlet (sample collection

point) with the top of the sign plate 2 m above the ground. Plane sign plate is required

if there are buildings within 1 m from the waste outlet, and vertical sign plate required

if there are no buildings within 1 m from the waste outlet.


346

Standard settings (such as sign plate and measuring device) of outlet are part of

Environmental protection facilities, which need regular maintenance and repair by

pollutant emission unit. No unit or individual is entitled to dismantle. If change is

really needed, the approval from local environmental protection supervision

department and change document shall be gained.

18.3 Environmental Protection Related Plans

18.3.1 Environmental Protection Training Plan

In order to ensure the successful and effective implementation of environmental

protection and management plan, relevant worker shall have good environmental

protection knowledge and technique. Therefore, staffs participating in programme

management and construction shall receive relevant environmental protection training

thus to ensure good implementation of all environmental protection measures.

Training methods include domestic training and overseas training according to the

management requirements and position. The training contents shall including the

following aspects.

1. Laws and regulations on environmental protection: relevant directors of

environmental protection sub-factory shall understand China’s legal system and

composition concerning environmental protection, environmental policies of the

World Bank, legal responsibilities stipulated by laws and regulations concerning

environmental protection, Regulations on the Administration of Construction Project

Environmental Protection, local regulations and rules concerning environmental

protection, local economic and social development plan. The directors shall know

laws and act according to laws.

2. Environmental monitoring: relevant directors of environmental protection

sub-factory shall understand environmental monitoring method; sampling standard

and method for water quality, air, and biology, analysis method and standard of

environmental parameters; requirements for data collection and analysis technology.

3. Waste water treatment technology: relevant directors of environmental

protection sub-factory shall understand waste water treatment technique, theory and

method; technology and method to maintain the normal running of waste water

treatment station; internal and domestic waste water treatment technology and

method.

4. Sludge treatment and disposal: relevant directors of environmental

protection sub-factory shall understand the sludge landfill treatment technology and

management method, method to treat percolate and biogas, matters needing attention

for maintain landfill yard safety and environmental protection.

5. Environmental accident treatment and response ability: relevant directors

of environmental protection sub-factory shall understand the happening theory,

preventing measures and method of environmental accident, as well as emergency

response measure in case of accident.


347

6. Public participation and public contact: relevant directors of environmental

protection sub-factory shall understand the type and method for Public participation;

the importance of Public participation as well as the procedure of Public participation.

7. Pollution control and management during construction period: construction

contractor shall understand construction procedures and pollutant generating links,

measure to control pollution during construction period as well as management and

supervision measure.

8. The programme plans to organize relevant directors of environmental

protection sub-factory and construction contractor to take part in relevant training.

And relevant directors shall conduct regular internal training to all staffs participating

in programme management and construction.

18.3.2Budget of Training Expense

It is planned that the training is conducted once a month. Calculated with 20 thousand

RMB for one training, the total training expense for a year is 240 thousand RMB.

18.3.2Environmental Protection Information Exchange Plan

Different departments and different positions in environmental management

organization shall exchange necessary environmental protection information.

Meanwhile, the organization shall also report related necessary environmental

protection information to outside (related parties and the public). Internal information

exchange can be conducted as meetings and internal news, etc. But there must be one

official meeting and all exchanged information must he recorded and saved.External

information exchange can be conducted once half a year or a year. The information

exchange with cooperation agency shall form summary and be saved.

18.3.4 Environmental Protection Record Plan

For the purpose of effective operation of environmental management system,

enterprise must set up a complete record system and maintain the record of the

following aspects:

1) Requirements of laws, regulations and relevant standards;

2) License documents;

3) Environmental factors and relevant environmental impact and environmental

relief measures;

4) Training

5) Project construction progress;

6) Monitoring data;

7) Information about related parties;

8) Examination and approval;


348

9) Review.

In addition, above record must be controlled necessarily, including label, collection,

catalogue, saving, storage, management, maintenance, search, saving period and

disposal of record

18.3.5 Environmental Protection Monitoring Plan

Refer to table 18.3.1 for environmental protection monitoring plan of this programme.

Table 8.3.1 Environmental Protection Monitoring Plan of this Programme

Stage Monitoring

Agency Monitoring Contents Monitoring Goal

Design stage

The World bank,

Zhongwei

Municpal

Government,

and Zhongwei

Environmental

Protection

Bureau

1. examining and

approving environmental

impact report 2. examining and

approving EMP.

1. ensure complete

assessment content,

theme setting

properly, and

notable focus 2. ensure all major

potential problems

were reflected 3. ensure there are

specific and

reliable

implementation

plan for mitigating

environmental

impact

Construction

stage

Zhongwei

Municpal

Government,

and Zhongwei

Environmental

Protection

Bureau

1. Examining and

approving the

preliminary design of

environmental

protection and EMP

2. Examining the recovery of temporarily occupied

area, vegetation

recovery and

environmental recovery

3. Examining measures to

control dust and noise

pollution and

determining

construction time

4. Examining emission of air pollutants

5. Examining treatment

and emission of

household waste water

and waste water

containing oil

6. Treatment of waste earth

1. strictly comply with

“three at the same

time”

2. ensure the

temporarily

occupied area meet

the requirements of

environmental

protection

3. reduce the impact

of construction on

nearby environment

and implement laws

and standards

concerning

environmental

protection

4. ensure the river

water is not

polluted

5. ensure that the

landscape and land

resource are not


349

Stage Monitoring

Agency Monitoring Contents Monitoring Goal

7. Exchanging information

with the public and

inviting public opinions

seriously damaged

and prevent water

and soil loss.

Operation

stage

Zhongwei

Environmental

Protection

Bureau and

Public Security

and Fire-fighting

Department of

Zhongwei

Municipality

1. Examining the

implementation of EPA

during operation period

2. Examining the

implementation of

environmental

monitoring plan

3. Determining the sensitive points needs

further environmental

protection measures

4. Examining whether the

environmental quality in

sensitive area meet the

requirement of relevant

standards

5. Strengthen supervision

to prevent accidents, prepare emergency

response plan to ensure

that the danger can be

eliminated in case of

accident.

1. Implement EMA

2. Implement

environmental

monitoring plan

3. Actually protect

environment

4. Strengthen

environmental

management,

ensure human

health

5. Ensure the

reasonable

emission of waste

water

18.4 Risk Management Plan

18.4.1 Risk Management Plan During Constructio Pierod

18.4.1.1Analysis of safety risk during constructio pierod

The safety risks during constructio pierod maily come from dismantabling and

transferring of current waste and old equipment and facilities, earth work, physical

hazard and mechamical safety druing construction, and intallation and commissioning

of equipment and facilities. To the specific, they include the drop, movement, turning

and break of dismantled waste equipments and facilities as well as constructing

equipments and facilities, crash and falling of people when transporting dismantled

waste equipments and facilities and operating equipments and facilities

18.4.1.2 Safety risk prevetion and treatment measures during constructio pierod

(1) Install platform receiving dropped articles on passageways and under conveyer.

(2) The walking surface shall be water-proofing and retains no water.


350

(3) Install handrail on the channel near the constructing equipments and facilities or

at high level. The lines for vehicles and people shall be clearly marked.

(4) For moving equipment, overturn prevention measures shall be taken.

(5) Stipulate the work procedures on crane not lift heavy articles above human head.

(6) For moving equipment parts (such as the involving points of chain and chain

sprocket of conveyer; rotary drum, conveying belt, pulley and roller of conveyer;

rotary drum of paper making machine, and feed belt of grinder), safety protection

device or interlock device which can prevent workers form contact these moving

parts shall be installed

(7) During equipment maintenance, cleaning or repairing, equipment must be turned

off and locked out.

(8) Conduct training to operators on safe use of construction equipments.

(9) Reasonably arrange the dismantling procedures to reduce the possibility of

damage of broken fragments on human beings.

(10) Regularly check and maintain construction equipments to prevent the failure of

equipments.

(11) The transportation line for dismantled equipments and facilities shall be clearly

defined and the vehicles entry and leaving shall be closed controlled.

(12) the temporary storage yard for dismantled equipments and facilities shall be

equipped with shelter, chain and other device preventing dismantled equipments

and facilities from falling.

18.4.2 Occupational Health and Safety Risk Management Plan during Operation

Period

Occupational health and safety shall be considered as a part of comprehensive hazard

or risk assessment, including HAZID, HAZOP and other risk assessment and

research. The research results shall be used in formulation and implementation of

health and safety management plan, design of safety work system, and preparation

and exchange of safety operation. The issues related to occupational health and safety

in pulp and paper industry include: chemical hazard, physical hazard, wood dust,

biological agent, heat, space limitation, noise, and radiation.

18.4.2.1 Chemica hazard

Pulp and paper industry may use and generate many chemical substances, which may

impose adverse impact on workers’ health and safety. These chemical substances

include:

(1) Gas—such as reduced sulfur compounds (sulphate pulp making), sulfur oxide

compound which are mainly referred to sulfur dioxide (sulphate pulp making),

chlorine, chlorine dioxide, terpene, and other volatile organic compound and

oxide.


351

(2) Liquid—include sodium hydroxide and other corrosive substance, acid such as

sulfuric acid, cooking by-product such as turpentine, sodium hypochlorite, water

solution of chlorine dioxide, hydrogen peroxide, biocide, additive of paper

making, dissolvent, dye and cement.

(3) Solid—include sodium chlorate, sodium sulfate, lime, calcium carbonate, dust

and stone wool (used for insulation).

The following measures are recommended to taken in order to prevent, control or

minimize the potential impact of chemical substance on workers’ health and safety.

(1) Use mechanical pulp and paper making work as much as possible, thus operators

can finish operation in control room without potential chemical hazard and other

health and safety hazards; effective process control can also minimize the use of

bleached and other chemicals.

(2) Provide engineering control. For example, automatic valve of cooking boiler

cover; immediate gas exhaustion of batch digester and blow boiler which can

exhaust gas in the boiler; impose of negative pressure on recovery furnace and

acidification tower for sulphurous acid and sulfur dioxide to prevent gas leakage;

ventilation of fully closed or partly closed cover of cooking room; sealing or

ventilation of lime conveyer, lifter and storage framework; preparation of special

exhaust machine for closed cover of canopy of each bleaching tower and washer;

closed cover for paper sample dryer.

(3) Continuous gas detectors with alarming apparatus shall be installed in the place

with potential leaked or generated hazardous gas, such as chemical recovery

furnace, chlorine storage area, chlorine dioxide generator and bleaching area, etc.

provide respirators for emergency evacuation to all workers, contractors and

visitors in above areas.

(4) Update data base of all chemicals used and generated in the factory, including

data concerning hazards, poisonous substances and biological substances.

(5) Identify and prevent chemical reaction which may lead to generation of

hazardous gas and other substance (for example, the mixture of waste liquid of

sulphite and sulfuric acid may generate hydrogen sulfide). All chemical

substances used or generated shall be checked to find whether it may react with

other chemical substances in the facilities.

(6) All chemicals shall be labeled, packaged and stored in accordance with national

and international certified requirements and standards.

(7) During the production halt period, staffs of contractor party, including

maintenance staff shall stay in factory. The staffs staying in factory shall receive

relevant training and comply with safety procedures, including protection

equipment and chemicals treatment.


352

(8) The workers contacting or treating chlorine dioxide and sodium chlorate

shall receive relevant training. Wet out the spilled sodium chlorate and keep

polluted clothes in certain humidity before washing.

(9) Avoid bleaching with element chlorine.

(10) Use water-base ink or dye (other than solvent ink and dye).

(11) Keep sulfur storage box clean and with accumulation of sulfur.

(12) Prepare check and maintenance plan to check the problem such as leakage and

equipment failure.

18.4.2.2 Physical hazard

Serious physical hazard are generally cause by the poor implementation of system of

LOTO. It is suggested to take the following measures to prevent, reduce and control

common physical damage (such as damage happened in transportation, drop and

material disposal).

(1) Install platform receiving dropped articles on passageways and under conveyer.

(2) Immediately clear the overflowed articles.

(3) The walking surface shall be water-proofing and retains no water.

(4) Install handrail on the channel near the constructing equipments and facilities or

at high level. The lines for vehicles and people shall be clearly marked.

(5) For moving equipment, overturn prevention measures shall be taken.

(6) Stipulate the work procedures on crane not lift heavy articles above human head.

18.4.2.3 Mechnical safety

For pulp making factory use wood processing machines such as wood peeling

machine and chipping machine which may cause serious injury, it is suggested to take

the following measures to prevent, reduce and control the potential damage caused by

wood processing machines such as wood peeling machine and chipping machine.

(1) For moving equipment parts (such as the involving points of chain and chain

sprocket of conveyer; rotary drum, conveying belt, pulley and roller of conveyer;

rotary drum of paper making machine, and feed belt of grinder), safety protection

device or interlock device which can prevent workers form contact these moving

parts shall be installed.

(2) During equipment maintenance, cleaning or repairing, equipment must be turned

off and locked out.

(3) Conduct training to operators on safe use of equipments such as wood peeling

machine and chipping machine.

(4) Reasonably arrange working platform to reduce the possibility of damage of

broken fragments on human beings.


353

(5) Regularly check and maintain construction equipments to prevent the failure of

equipments.

(6) All operators of cutting and chipping equipment shall ware eye protection tools

and other personal protection tools if necessary.

18.4.2.4 Treatment of log

For pulp making factory, logs are unloaded from train or heavy truck and stacked by

machine, and then sent to log conveyer and log platform waiting for being processed.

In log yard, vehicles may cause serious injury of human being. In addition, rolling

down of log and drop of log from equipments and stacks may also cause people

injury. Thus it is suggested to take the following measures to prevent, reduce and

control damage in log yard.

(1) Stipulate and comply safe operation rules for unloading log, converted timber and

wood chip.

(2) The complete mechanization of operation in the log yard can reduce the contact

of people with log during the log unloading and stacking process.

(3) The transportation lines in log yard shall be clearly defined, and vehicle

movement shall be closely controlled.

(4) The height of log stack shall not exceed the safety height stipulated in risk

assessment which takes into consideration of the specific situation of log yard,

including log stack method.

(5) Access to the log yard is not allowed without permission.

(6) Log mill dell shall be equipped with shelter, chain and other device to prevent log

from rolling or dropping from mill dell.

(7) Workers shall receive training concerning log stacking and safe operation in mill

dell area, including how to prevent log from dropping, and planned evacuation

lines.

(8) Provide workers with iron protection boots, protection helmet and conspicuous

jacket.

(9) All moving equipment shall be equipped with overturn sound alarm.

18.4.2.5 Wood dust

In wood processing (such as half automatic wood chipping machine) area of pulp

making factory, contact with sawmilling dust in operation is an inevitable problem.

And in paper making factory, the contact with wood fiber dust is also a problem. And

wood fiber dust is a fire hazard. Thus it is suggested to take the following measures to

prevent, reduce and control damage cause by wood dust.

(1) Insolate wood saw, grinder, dust collector, chip conveyer and install ventilation

equipment.


354

(2) Consider the sealing of chip storage area.

(3) Avoid the use of compressed air to clear wood dust and waste paper.

(4) Insolate areas unloading, weighing and mixing dry and dusty addictive or using

liquid addictive and install ventilation equipment.

(5) Regularly check and clear dusty area to reduce the possibility to contract wood

dust.

18.4.2.6 Biological agent

Biological articles include microorganisms such as bacteria, fungus and virus and part

of them are pathogenic microorganisms. Microorganisms may grow in closed loop

system of paper making equipment, biological treatment workshop and water cooling

tower of waste water. Thus it is suggested to take the following measures to prevent,

reduce and control damage cause by microorganisms.

(1) The design of biological treatment workshop shall be helpful to the reduction of

pathogenic microorganism growth.

(2) Bacteriacide shall be used during the process of water cooling, pulp making and

paper making to minimize the growth of pathogenic microorganism.

18.4.2.7 Heat

There are many high-temperature or high-pressure processes in pulp making factory

(including pulp cooking, recycling of pulp making chemicals, lime production and

paper drying process). The measures to prevent, reduce and control the contact with

heat in pulp making and paper making factory are:

(1) Provide control room with air conditioning equipment in working areas such as

wood preparation, pulp making, bleaching and paper making.

(2) Plan the schedule of work in heat area to ensure the worker can adapt to the

temperature and have rest time.

(3) Automatically remove the smell in chemical recycling furnace and provide good

protection clothes for workers who may contact hot melting or high-temperature

material.

(4) Implement safety procedures; reduce risks of explosion of hot melting articles and

water. Hot melting articles shall be transferred at certain speed. Recycling boiler

shall be repaired to prevent water leakage from boiler wall. In case of signs of

water leakage are found, chemical recycling boiler shall be turned off

immediately.

(5) Consider the use of mobile equipments and keep operation area closed and air-

conditioned.


355

18.4.2.8 Noise

Wood peeling machine in pulp making factory and paper making machine in paper

making factory are two major noise sources. But the other production processes also

generate noise. As we have mentioned above, the use of control room is an effective

noise control measure.

18.4.2.9 Radiation

Some measuring instruments (especially in paper making factory) contains radioactive

substance. Though the instruments containing radioactive substance are sealed, but

people may be exposed to radioactive substance if the instruments are damaged or

repaired. The design and utility of these instruments shall comply with relevant

national requirement, international certified occupational and/or ionizing radiation

natural exposure standards such as “International Basic Safety Standards for

Protection against Ionizing Radiation and the Safety of Radiation Sources” and the

18.5 Measures to Mitigate Environmental Impact


356

18.5.1 Measures to Mitigate Environmental Impact in Design Stage

Table 18.5*1 Measures to mitigate environmental impact in design stage

Activity impact Measures Constru

ction party

Supervis

ion party

Monitori

ng party

Pulp making bleaching Water

pollution Apply ECF bleaching technology

MCC Meili Paper

/ /

Waste water emitted from waste water treatment station

Water pollution

Treated with preliminary sedimentation pool+ regulation pool +selection pool+ aeration pool+ secondary sedimentation

pool+ coagulative precipitation pool

MCC Meili Paper

Environmental Protecti

on Bureau

Monitoring

Station

Final emission of waste water Water

pollution

Waste water emitted from waste water treatment station after

meeting the requirements in GB 3544-2001 “Discharge

standard of water pollutants for paper making industry” shall enter oxidation pond for the Forest Base irrigation .

MCC Meili

Paper


on Bureau

Monitoring

Station

Emission of smoke from alkali furnace

Air pollution

Current alkali recovery system is equipped with three alkali liquor furnace, the dust in the smoke from 1 # and 2# alkali

recovery furnace is removed through 3-electric field, and the dust in the smoke from 3# alkali recovery furnace is removed

through spraying, washing and water film method.

MCC Meili Paper


on Bureau

Monitoring

Station


357


ction party

Supervis

ion party

Monitori

ng party

Emission of dust of wheat straw Air

pollution

The dust is removed through railroad precipitator, wheat straw

and dust enter duct collection room for temporary storage and are sent to the forest base of MCC Meili Forest Development

Co., Ltd for comprehensive utility.

MCC Meili Paper


on Bureau

/

Emission of waste gas from chlorine dioxide preparation

workshop

Air pollution

This technical renovation programme used R8 to produce chlorine dioxide, the process is simple; the equipments are mature, easy to operation and regulate. The tail gas after

washing in chlorine dioxide absorption tower is little. And

nearly no pollutants will be generated during preparation process.

MCC Meili Paper


on Bureau

/

Fugitive emission of waste gas Air

pollution The coal in the factory is stored outdoor, and the measure of

spraying is conducted to prevent dust in coal yard.

MCC Meili Paper


on Bureau

/

Wheat straw scraps generated in Material preparation workshop, pulp residues generated in pulp

making section, white mud, green mud and a small amount of lime

residue generated in alkali recovery section, sludge generated in waste

water treatment station

SW (Solid waste)

pollution

Wheat straw scraps and dust is used as fertilizer; pulp residues is used in paper making workshop; white mud is temporarily

stored in SW storage yard and planned to be used as desulfurizer; green mud and lime residue is land-filled, household waste is transported by environmental health

department; sludge generated in waste water treatment station is used as fertilizer in forest base.

MCC Meili Paper

Environ

mental Protecti

on Bureau

/

The operation of equipments generating noise such as chaff-

Noise Pollution

1. equipments with low noise level shall be used to reduce noise from the source; assign equipments with noise

MCC Meili

Environmental

Monitoring


358


ction party

Supervis

ion party

Monitori

ng party

cutter, grass chopper, pump and millstone in material preparation

section

reasonably, separate low noise area from high noise area; place equipment with high noise level away from office area and

residential area to reduce the impact of noise. 2. Strengthen the maintenance of mechanical equipment, and take sound insulation and sound-proofing measures on mechanical

equipments as major noise sources. Install silencer on air hoses

according to the spectral characteristics of noise. For key noise sources like air blower room, se noise elimination measure such as noise insulation room or green belt noise insulation screen can be taken under the condition without influencing

operation. For pumps or electrical machines, shock absorption measures shall be taken. 3. the noise control in workshop shall

refer to the allowable noise level standard of special workshops to select equipments or change working time.

Sound insulation operation room can be set up when conditions permit. Workers working in high noise level

environment shall wear necessary protection tools and reduce working hours according to stipulation of labor protection standards. 4. Submersible sewage pump shall be used for waste water pump and sludge pump. 5. Transportation of

sludge shall comply with specified transportation lines and time to reduce the impact of transportation noise on area near transportation lines. 6. green belts shall be set in factory or at

factory boundary. Plant broad-leave tree species at factory boundary and increase the height of factory wall thus to reduce

noise.

Paper Protection

Bureau

Station


359

18.5.2 Measures to Mitigate Environmental Impact in Construction Period

Table 18.5.2 Measures to Mitigate Environmental Impact in Construction Period

Activity impact Measures

Constructio

n party

Super

vision party

Monitor

ing party

Dust from dismantling and transportation of waste or old equipments and facilities, site

smoothing and clearing, piling, excavation and backfill of earth and

stone, road pouring, movement of construction equipments, loading and unloading, transportation and storage of contraction materials, tail gas from all types of mechanical equipments and transportation vehicles; volatile

gas from the painting and coating used in construction period

Dust, tail gas, volatile

gas

1. during dismantling and transportation of waste or old equipments and facilities, land excavation and drilling, water shall be sprayed at dry land of dismantling, excavation and drilling area to maintain certain humidity; during earth and stone backfill, water shall be sprayed at dry surface earth to prevent

dust during backfill operation. 2. Transport waste such as soil in time, solid road surface and spray regularly. 3. the vehicles transporting construction materials and dismantled waste such as lime, cement, earth and stone, construction garbage and dismantled waste shall be in good conditions, be covered tightly with canvas, be loaded too fully thus to ensure no dropping during transportation. Closed tank truck shall be used to transport dry cement to cement storage warehouse through closed system. 4. Transportation vehicles is prohibited to overload shall move at low speed or under limited speed to

reduce dust. Transportation roads in construction area shall be cleaned and washed in time. 5. Regularly wash the wheel and under-pan of vehicles to reduce the soil left on land. The soil left on land during transportation shall be cleared in time to prevent

MCC Meili Paper

Environmental

Protection

Bureau

Monitoring

Station


360


Constructio

n party

Super

vision party

Monitor

ing party

much dust in road and thus reduce the dust during vehicles transportation. 6. use semi-finished products, finished products such as commercial concert, commercial (wet) cement and pre-cast cement parts as much as possible, reduce use of dry cement, reduce the use and storage of coarse materials (sand, cement,

etc) easy to generate dust. 7. Avoid outdoor storage of materials easy to generate dust. Concrete mixing plant shall be set indoor. Cement and other fine particle materials shall be stored in warehouse or covered tightly. 8. it is suggested that closed construction method is used and set screen at the construction boundary which not only prevent the entry of irrelevant people, but play the role of noise insulation, dust prevention and reducing visual pollution. 9. in case of weather with 4

th scale

wind or above, dismantling and excavation work shall be stopped. 10. Strengthen the maintenance of mechanical

equipments and vehicles, do not use poor fuel, ensure no black smoke of incomplete combusted is emitted and tail gas is emitted after meeting requirements. 11. Construction unit and unit undertaking the project shall assign necessary full-time or part-time environmental protection supervisor, responsible for supervising the implementation of air pollution prevention and treatment measures, and properly solveing problems in time.

Dismantling,earth and stone work, foundation, structure and fitment, etc

Noise 1. set the fixed noise sources with noise level above 80dB(A) such as air compressor, electronic saw in room and the room’s sound insulation effect shall be better than 15dB(A). For those

MCC Meili Paper

Environmental

Monitoring

Station


361


Constructio

n party

Super

vision party

Monitor

ing party

must set outdoor, temporary sound insulation room or sound insulation screen shall be set. 2. work such as transportation of construction materials and construction waste, excavation, piling, land clearing, pneumatic pick shall be done at day, a screen of 6-8 m shall be set at the construction boundary to

reduce noise., and hard material shall be used at the outside of the screen. 3. only work of low noise level such as lifting shall be done at night. The use of pile driver, soil shifter, excavator. If continuous operation is needed for special reasons, approval from government department shall be gained in advance. 4. Avoid many motive power machines working at the same construction site thus to avoid high sound level in certain part. 5. When conditions permit, equipment of high noise level shall be set far away from sensitive areas (especially Xiangjiazhuang in Jiaqu Village closely near at the southeast of the programm).

6. Use the exist buildings in the factory as sound screen to reduce noise. 7. Equipment of low noise level shall be selected as much as possible, for example, use hydraulic machines to replace fuel machines, use high-frequency vibrator. 8. Fix mechanical equipments and earth excavating and transporting machines such as excavator and soil shifter. Noise can be reduced by silencer at exhaust pipe and insulating the vibrating parts of motor. 9. The noise level of equipment may be increased for the vibration of loose parts or damage of silencer, thus motive power machines shall be regularly maintained and

repaired. 10. Unused equipment shall be turned off in time to

Protection

Bureau


362


Constructio

n party

Super

vision party

Monitor

ing party

reduce the working time of noise sources. 11. Transportation vehicles shall move at low speed and decrease times of whistle after entering construction site. 12. Mechanical equipment as noise sources shall be operated according to operation procedures to reduce noise generated by faulty operation. 13.

Replace the whistle, clock, and flute with modern communication equipment to command work. 14. sound insulation screen shall be set at northwest of Xiangjiazhuang in Jiaqu Village, east of Zhaojia Shaofang in Shimiao Village, north of programme boundary, and south of Shimiao Village to minimize the adverse impact of construction noise on nearby sensitive points. 15. Optimize construction plan, reasonably arrange construction time, thus to minimize the adverse impact of construction noise. At the stage of programme tendering and bidding, the measures to reduce noise pollution shall be set as

the design content and clarified in contract. 16. Construction unit and unit undertaking the project shall assign necessary full-time or part-time environmental protection supervisor, responsible for supervising the implementation of noise pollution prevention and treatment measures, properly solving problems in time and cooperating local environmental protection departments in their law enforcement work.

Household waste water of construction workers, waste water containing

sludge generated from washing of transportation vehicles, waste water

Waste water

1. Waste discharge pipeline shall be prepared before

construction; household waste water of construction workers

after treated in Digestion tank and waste water generated from

MCC Meili Paper

Environmental

Protec

Monitoring

Station


363


Constructio

n party

Super

vision party

Monitor

ing party

transportation vehicles, waste water containing sludge generated from

washing of stored construction materials by rain, waste water

containing oil generated from leakage

of construction mechanical equipment, waste water containing oil generated from washing of outdoor mechanical

equipment by rain.

construction work after treated in sedimentation pool shall enter

waste water treatment station through prepared waste discharge

pipeline for treatment. Waste water shall not run without control

and is prohibited to emitted to water bodies such as Yellow

River. 2. Mechanical equipment and transportation vehicles

shall not be washed in construction area and shall be covered

with canvas in case of rain. 3. Maintain mechanical equipment

regularly to minimize the possibility of leakage. 4. Construction

unit and unit undertaking the project shall assign necessary full-

time or part-time environmental protection supervisor,

responsible for supervising the implementation of waste water

pollution prevention and treatment measures.

Protection

Bureau

SW from dismantling and waste earth and stone in building project, metal

waste from installation, waste cement, brick, lime and sand during

construction, household waste of construction workers such as kitchen waste, waste water bottle and daily

waste in office area.

Construction

garbage and

household

garbage

1. The land get and fill are equal, the waste earth and stone can be filled or poured in road. 2. Construction and household waste

shall be cleared in time, freely discard and storage is not allowed. 3. Temporary closed garbage station shall be set in construction area and be cleared in time. 4. Metal waste from dismantling and installation, waste cement, brick, lime and sand during construction, equipment package shall be sent to relevant department for recycling. 5. Household waste during construction period shall be treated separated by environmental protection department and shall not be mixed with construction

MCC Meili

Paper

Environme

ntal Protection

Bureau

/


364


Constructio

n party

Super

vision party

Monitor

ing party

garbage. 6. waste in digestion tank shall be cleared regularly to avoid polluting environment. 7. Minimize the pollution of leaked oil to soil. 8. Construction unit and unit undertaking the project shall assign necessary full-time or part-time environmental protection supervisor, responsible for supervising the

implementation of SW pollution prevention and treatment measures.

Change of natural feature caused by

excavation of earth and stone project, damage of natural and artificial

vegetation on surface, water and soil loss, degradation of soil fertility,

damage of natural landscape

Ecolog

y

1. strictly comply with “three the same time” system in “Law of Water and Soil Conservation” , i.e. water and soil conservation facilities shall be to designed, constructed and finished at the same time with main project. 2. Strengthen the protection of water and soil conservation facilities such as land surface and vegetation. Do not discard waste residue and soil freely. 3. Close and beautify construction area, enclose the buildings in structure period to decrease visual pollution. 4. Avoid earth and stone excavation work in rainy season to reduce water and soil loss. 5. Plant trees after construction to recover landscape.

MCC

Meili Paper

Envir

onmental

Protection

Bureau

/

Trucks are needed to transport dismantled waste equipments and SW

during construction from construction site and transport cement, stone, lime, earth and brick needed for construction to construction site

traffic 1. Reasonably arrange transportation time, avoid heavy transportation work at traffic peak. 2. Special entrance and exit

for transportation vehicles shall be set and special traffic supervisor shall be assigned to command traffic.

MCC Meili

Paper

Transportati

on department

/


365

18.5.3 Measures to Mitigate Environmental Impact in Operation Period

Table 18.5.3 Measures To Mitigate Environmental Impact In Operation Period


Constructio

n party

Supervision party

Monitoring

party

Emission of waste water Water pollutio

n

waste water of proposed programme shall be treated in waste water treatment station with preliminary sedimentation pool+

regulation pool +selection pool+ aeration pool+ secondary sedimentation pool method. Waste water emitted from waste water treatment station after meeting the requirements in GB 3544-2001 “Discharge standard of water pollutants for paper

making industry” shall enter oxidation pond for the Forest Base irrigation.

MCC Meili Paper

Environmental

Protection

Bureau

Monitoring

Station

Emission of smoke from alkali furnace Air pollutio

n

Current alkali recovery system is equipped with three alkali liquor furnace, the dust in the smoke from 1 # and 2# alkali

recovery furnace is removed through 3-electric field, and the

dust in the smoke from 3# alkali recovery furnace is removed through spraying, washing and water film method. Both dust and emitted SO2 from the outlet of furnaces meet the requirements for level II in “Emission standard of air pollutants for industrial

kiln and furnace” (GB9078-1996)

MCC Meili Paper

Environmental

Protection

Bureau

Monitoring

Station

Emission of dust from wheat straw scraps

Air pollutio

n

The dust is removed through railroad precipitator, wheat straw and dust enter duct collection room for temporary storage and are sent to the forest base of MCC Meili Forest Development

Co., Ltd for comprehensive utility.

MCC Meili Paper

Environmental

Protec

/


366


Constructio

n party

Super

vision party

Monitor

ing party

tion Burea

u

Emission of waste gas from chlorine dioxide preparation workshop

Air pollutio

n

This technical renovation programme used R8 to produce chlorine dioxide, the process is simple; the equipments are

mature, easy to operation and regulate. The tail gas after washing in chlorine dioxide absorption tower is little. And nearly no

pollutants will be generated during preparation process.

MCC Meili Paper

Environmental

Protection

Bureau

/

Fugitive emission of waste gas Air pollutio

n

The coal in the factory is stored outdoor, and the measure of spraying is conducted to prevent dust in coal yard.

MCC Meili Paper

Environmental

Protection

Bureau

/

Wheat straw scraps generated in material preparation workshop, pulp residues generated in pulp making

section, white mud, green mud and a small amount of lime residue

generated in alkali recovery section,

sludge generated in waste water treatment station

SW pollutio

n

Wheat straw scraps and dust is used as fertilizer; pulp residues is used in paper making workshop; white mud is temporarily stored in SW storage yard and planned to be used as desulfurizer; green

mud and lime residue is land-filled, household waste is transported by environmental health department; sludge

generated in waste water treatment station is used as fertilizer in

forest base.

MCC Meili Paper

Environmental

Protection

Burea

u

/


367


Constructio

n party

Super

vision party

Monitor

ing party

The operation of equipments generating noise such as chaff-cutter, grass chopper, pump and millstone in

material preparation section

Noise pollutio

n

1. equipments with low noise level shall be used to reduce noise from the source; assign equipments with noise reasonably, separate low noise area from high noise area; place equipment with high noise level away from office area and residential area to reduce the impact of noise. 2. Strengthen the maintenance of

mechanical equipment, and take sound insulation and sound-proofing measures on mechanical equipments as major noise sources. Install silencer on air hoses according to the spectral characteristics of noise. For key noise sources like air blower room, se noise elimination measure such as noise insulation room or green belt noise insulation screen can be taken under the condition without influencing operation. For pumps or electrical machines, shock absorption measures shall be taken. 3. the noise control in workshop shall refer to the allowable noise level standard of special workshops to select equipments or change

working time. Sound insulation operation room can be set up when conditions permit. Workers working in high noise level environment shall wear necessary protection tools and reduce working hours according to stipulation of labor protection standards. 4. Submersible sewage pump shall be used for waste water pump and sludge pump. 5. Transportation of sludge shall comply with specified transportation lines and time to reduce the impact of transportation noise on area near transportation lines. 6. green belts shall be set in factory or at factory boundary. Plant broad-leave tree species at factory boundary and increase the

height of factory wall thus to reduce noise.

MCC Meili Paper

Environmental

Protection

Bureau

Monitoring

Station


368


369

18.6 Investment In Environmental Protection

Refer to table 18.6.1 for the situation of investment in environmental protection of

current projects.

Table 18.6.1 Comparison and Analysis of the Percentage of Investment in

Environmental Protection in Total Investment Unit: 10 Thousand RMB

Department Asset

Investment in

Environmental

Protection

Total

Investment Percentage

Power station Three electrical

precipitator 2212.0 330133.9 0.67%

Alkali

recovery

workshop

Alkali recovery system 9218.5 330133.9 2.79%

Waste water

treatment

system

Medium water treatment

system 7313.8 330133.9 2.22%

White water

recovery and

treatment

system

White water recovery 534.8 330133.9 0.16%

/

comprehensive waste

water treatment of forest

base, oxidation pond

11882.5 330133.9 3.60%

Power station Desulfurition 1400.0 330133.9 0.42%

Subtotal 32561.7 330133.9 9.86%

Refer to table 18.6.2 and 18.6.3 for investment in environmental protection of

proposed project during construction period and operation period.

Table 18.6.2 Estimation of Investment in Environmental Protection of Proposed Project

During Construction Period

NO. ITEM

AMOUNT 10

THOUSAND

RMB

1 Dust treatment system 10

2 Waste water treatment system 20

3 Noise reduction facility 10

4 Underground waste water gutter 10

5 Facility to prevent risks during waste and old facility

dismantling 20

6 Facility to collect and transfer SW 20

7 Afforest in construction area 10

Total 100


370

Table 18.6.3 Estimation of Investment in Environmental Protection of Proposed Project

During Operation Period

NO. ITEM

AMOUNT

(10 THOUSAND

RMB

Roll precipitator, hydraulic grass

grinder 50

Rain spraying waste gas recycling

device 100

Treatment of smoke from alkali furnace 150 1

Waste gas

treatment

Tail gas washing system and risk

prevention facilities in chemical

preparation workshop

30

Add a evaporator of 7000m2 1398

Grass washing water treatment facility 200

Emergency pool for black liquor 10 2 Waste water

treatment Renovation of Waste water treatment

system 1800

3 SW treatment Closed temporary storage yard for green

mud, etc 10

4 Noise treatment Shock reduction and sound insulation 20

5 Afforest in factory 20

6 Environmental protection lab and environmental

monitoring instrument and equipment 100

Total 3888

19 Assessment Conclusion and Suggestion

19.1 Conclusion

19.1.1 Analysis of Compliance with Policy And Plan

The proposed programme belongs to “Encourage Type” in the “Guiding Catalogue

of Industrial Structure Adjustment (2011)”— “development and application of ECF

and TCF chemical Pulp bleaching technique”. In addition, “Strategic research and

plan for paper industry development of Ningxia Autonomous region” points out

“Ningxia is located at the irrigation area of the Yellow River and its irrigating

farming is advanced. The area can produce 800 thousand tons wheat straw each

year. If calculated with utility rate of 50%, there are 400 thousand tons wheat straw

can be used for paper making, which provide sufficient grass fiber raw material for

paper industry”. This plan also points to “further utilize wheat straw source, develop

and expand paper making material base of fast-growing frees and shrub wood,

expand waste paper recycling and reusing, develop and cultivate new plant materials


371

for paper industry.” The proposed programme uses wheat straw as raw material to

produce bleached wheat straw pulp with the annual output of 68 thousand tons,

which comlies with requirements of relevant plan.

Moreover, this propgramme comply with social and economic development plan,

urban overall plan, land utility plan, environmental protection plan of Zhongwei

City and Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region, and its site selection is reasonable.

19.1.2 Project Overview and Situation of Pollutant Emission

(1) The total investment of the program is 185.20 million RMB. The annual output

of the programme is 68 thousand tons bleached wheat straw pulp. Major projects

include: construction of a new production line of 150t/d wheat straw pulp using

dry and wet material preparation, continuous cooking and closed screening, a

new bleaching production line of 200 t/d. In addition, a new five-effect

evaporator (with the evaporation area of 7000 m

) shall be constructed in alkali

recovery workshop and construct a technical renovation section of 120 t/d pulp

making closed screening to 2# pulp production line. The supporting project

includes chlorine dioxide preparation station.

(2) After the completion of proposed programme, the final waste water amount of

the whole factory is 45511 m3/d treated with preliminary sedimentation pool+

Hydrolytic Acidification+ regulation pool +selection pool+ aeration pool+

secondary sedimentation pool+ coagulative precipitation pool + filtering pool +

biological aeration pool. The emitted water meeting the requirements of

“Discharge standard of water pollutants for pulp and paper making industry”

(GB3544-2008) will enter oxidation pond for agricultural irrigation .

The waste gas sources of proposed programme are smoke of alkali recovery furnace.

The electronic precipitation treatment can reach the precipitation efficiency of 98%.

Both dust and emitted SO2 from the outlet of furnaces meet the requirements in

table 2 of “Emission standard of air pollutants for industrial kiln and furnace”

(GB9078-1996), i.e. dust 200mg/m3陶SO2850 mg/m

3

The proposed program will generate 38254.6/a SW, including wheat straw scraps

from material preparation workshop, pulp residue from pulp and paper making

workshop, white mud, green mud and lime residue from alkali recovery section, and

sludge from waste water treatment station.

The noise level new equipment of high noise level of proposed program is between

65-100dB.

19.1.3 Current Environmental Quality

(1) According to the monitoring of the hourly concentration and daily concentration

of air pollutants of SO2, NO2, and daily concentration of TSP and PM10 for

consecutive seven days from August 18th

to 24th

2011, the concentration of both

SO2 and NO2 meet the requirements for level II in “Ambient air quality standard”

(GB3095-1996). The concentration of is TSP and PM10 out of the limit, but it is


372

because of weather condition and ground dust. The fugitive emission of NH3 and

H2S meet the requirements in relevant standards.

(2) According to the monitoring of regular water quality of the section of

downstream of the Yellow River from 2010 to the first half of 2011, the

monitored value of all factors of Zhongwei Section all meet the requirement for

level III of “Environmental quality standards for surface water” (GB 3838 —

2002).

(3) According to the monitoring of underground water near proposed programme

from August 11th

to 12th

2011, the quality of water from each monitoring well all

meet the requirements for level III in “Quality standard for ground water” (GB/T

14848-93).

(4) According to the monitoring of noise near proposed programme from August

20th

to 21st 2011, the measured value of noise at day from monitoring points at

the factory boundary is 56.5dB(A)-67.5dB(A) and the measured value of noise at

night is from 46.8dB(A)-64.9dB(A). the measured value at night at the north of

factory boundary are out of the limit for level II in “Emission standard for

industrial enterprises noise at boundary”(GB12348-2008). The major reason for

that is the north of factory boundary is close to S201 Weining Road and the

measured value is greatly influencede by noise from the traffic. The measured

value of the other factory boundary all meet the requirement for level II in

“Emission standard for industrial enterprises noise at boundary”(GB12348-

2008). The measured values of noise at day from each sensitive point all meet the

requirements for level II in “Environmental quality standard for noise.”(GB3096-

2008).

19.1.4 Analysis of Impact on Environment During Construction Period

Waste water, waster gas, noise and SW during construction period will impose some

impact on environment. The construction activity will also impose some adverse

impact on ecological environment and transportation near the programme, but this

impact is temporary. As long as construction unit well organize construction work

(such as labor, construction progress and construction management), strictly follow

relevant measures, strengthen protection to sensitive target and residents of each

towns and villages, the construction will not impose remarkable adverse impact on

environment and transportation near the programme.

19.1.5prediction and assessment of impact on environment

1. Air environment

(a) after the operation of project, the largest contribution value of hourly average

concentration of new source of NO2 SO2 under largest ground hourly

weather conditions account for 5.8% and 2.4% of the standard limit

respectively. The largest accumulative hourly concentration value of new

source of NO2 SO2 on each air protection targets account for 15.8% and

15.4% of the standard limit respectively. Both accumulative value and


373

background value are within the limits of relevant standards.

(b) After the operation of project, the largest contribution value of daily average

concentration of new source of NO2, SO2 and PM10 under largest ground

daily weather conditions account for 2.2%, 1.4% and 1.5% of the standard

limit respectively. The largest accumulative daily concentration value of new

source of NO2, SO2 and PM10 on each air protection targets account for

22.0% 44.2% and 120.8% of the standard limit respectively. The reason for

background value of PM10 out of limit is that the area is located near

Tengger Desert where is dry and windy with low vegetation coverage rate,

thus the impact from ground dust is large.

(c) After the operation of project, the largest contribution value of daily average

concentration of new source of NO2, SO2 and PM10 under largest ground

daily weather conditions account for 0.41%, 0.46% and 0.30% of the

standard limit respectively. All of them are within limits of relevant

standards.

(d) In case of failure of the precipitation equipment of alkali recovery surnace,

the assessment is using the value of three times more than the daily average

value of PM10, the largest concentration contribution value at the point

accounts for 28.9% of the standard limit, and the largest contribution value

of hourly average concentration at air protection targets account for 20.2% of

the standard limit. Both of them are within limits of relevant standards.

(e) After accumulation, the largest contribution value of daily average

concentration of constructing pollution source of NO2, SO2 and PM10 at air

protection targets account for 7.7%, 2.1% and 1.6% of the standard limit

respectively. The daily concentration value NO2, SO2 and PM10 after the

accumulation of with background value account for 23.5%, 44.5% and

121.0% of the standard limit respectively. All of them are within limits of

relevant standards. The reason for background value of PM10 out of limit is

that the area is located near Tengger Desert where is dry and windy with low

vegetation coverage rate, thus the impact from ground dust is large.

(f) After accumulation, the largest contribution value of daily average

concentration of constructing pollution source of NO2, SO2 and PM10 at air

protection targets account for 1.7%, 0.8% and 0.4% of the standard limit

respectively. All of them are within limits of relevant standards.

(g) After the accumulation with constructing pollution source and “negative

accumulation” with pollution reduction source, the contribution value of SO2

is positive at some places and negative at other places, which shows that

new, the background value of SO2 concentration at air pollution targets

under the combined effect of new pollution source, constructing pollution

source, and pollution reduction source is decreased and air quality is

improved certainly. The largest concentration value after “negative

accumulation” is 0.0005mg/m3, accounting for only 0.31% of the standard


374

limit. All of them are within limits of relevant standards. Thus it imposes

little impact.

(h) After the accumulation with constructing pollution source and “negative

accumulation” with pollution reduction source, the contribution value of

PM10 is positive at some places and negative at other places,, which shows

that new, the background value of PM10 concentration at air pollution

targets under the combined effect of new pollution source, constructing

pollution source, and pollution reduction source is decreased and air quality

is improved certainly. The largest concentration value after “negative

accumulation” is 0.0017 mg/m3, accounting for only 1.13% of the standard

limit. All of them are within limits of relevant standards. Thus it imposes

little impact.

(i) Fugitive gas emission protection zone is not required for this programme.

The sanitary protection zone of fugitive emission for regulation pool and

sludge dehyadration room is 100m and no sensitive points such as residential

area is allowed in corresponding protection area. Collective populated points

such as residential area, shopping malls and school are prohibited to

construct within sanitary protection zone.

(j) In summary, the air pollutants of proposed programme impose little impact

on assessment area and each sensitive points.

2. Surface water

Waste water from the factory shall be used for irrigation of forest base. It reduce

water utility amount of 18 million m3from the Yellow river, mitigating the pressure

of water resource of the Yellow River, which not only saving water of the Yellow

river, but reduced the water source cost. This also prevent waste water after meeting

relevant standard from flowing directly to the Yellow river, reduce pollution to the

Yellow river. After mixing with river from the Yellow river, the waste water is used

for irrigation of forest base of 300 thousand Mu. And the growth of forest base

improves local ecology, plays the role of preventing wind and fixing sand, thus to

achieve virtuous circle.

3. Underground water

The phreatic water of area where the proposed programme is located is mainly

supplied to: 34% is supplied to farming irrigation, 37% is supplied to canal seepage,

2% is supplied to atmospheric precipitation, 27% is supplied to side runoff. The

forth gutter runs through the area where the proposed programme is located. Now

MCC Meili Paper has stopped to emit to the forth gutter. The waste water after

treated in internal waste water treatment station will enter oxidation pond and used

for irrigation of forest base.

The analysis shows that the major approach of impact of proposed programme on

underground water is the pollution of atmospheric precipitation on underground

water, the approach of impact on confined water is the indirect pollution of upper

level polluted phreatic water on confined water.

The water of current project all from deep underground well, with the daily water

taking amount of 59696m3 . after the completion of proposed programme, the daily


375

water taking amount will be reduced to 49891m3. Meanwhile, both emitted waste

water amount and emitted pollutant amount will be reduced largely, thus the impact

on regional underground water will be reduced.

4. Sound

The proposed programme imposes no impact on sound environmental of each

factory boundary and sensitive points. On the basis that the current noise level

meeting relevant requirements, after the operation of the proposed programme, the

noise level at the factory boundary can meet the requirements for level II in

“Emission standard for industrial enterprises noise at boundary”(GB12348-2008).

And the noise level at each sensitive point can meet the requirements for level II in

in “Environmental quality standard for noise.”(GB3096-2008).

5. SW

The SW of proposed programme will be properly disposed, thus the SW generated

by the programme imposes little impact on nearby environment.

19.1.6 Environment Risk Assessment

Base on hazard identification, the proposed programme involves no major hazardous

installation. The risk factors include the leakage of hazardous chemicals, accidental

emission of pollutants, fire and explosion accident caused by flammable and

explosive substances and devices. The taking of effective risk prevention measures

will minimize the impact of risk accidents.

19.1.7 Clean Production Assessment

The proposed programme uses techniques of dry and wet material preparation,

continuous cooking, multi-sectional back-current washing, fully closed pressure

screening and ECF bleaching. With the application of above clean production

techniques, except that the water reuse rate is level III in “Cleaner production standard. –Production of bleached soda straw pulp, paper industry” (HJ/T339-2007),

the other indicators all reach national and international level. Through

environmental management, the clean production level of this programme can

exceed national level and reach international level.

19.1.8 Pollution Prevention and Treatment Countermeasures and Measures

(1) The waste water of proposed programme will be sent to renovated waste water

treatment station treated with preliminary sedimentation pool+ Hydrolytic

Acidification+ regulation pool +selection pool+ aeration pool+ secondary

sedimentation pool+ coagulative precipitation pool + filtering pool + biological

aeration pool. The emitted water meeting the requirements of “Discharge standard

of water pollutants for pulp and paper making industry” (GB3544-2008) will enter

oxidation pond for agricultural irrigation.

(2) The proposed programme uses electronic precipitation treatment for smoke of

alkali recovery furnace with the precipitation efficiency reaching 98%. Both dust

and emitted SO2 from the outlet of furnaces meet the requirements for level II of


376

“Emission standard of air pollutants for industrial kiln and furnace” (GB9078-

1996), i.e. dust 200mg/m3陶SO2850 mg/m

3

(3) The basic principle for noise control is to take shock reduction, sound insulation

and sound elimination measure to decrease impact of noise. The noise at the

factory boundary meet the requirements for level II in “Emission standard for

industrial enterprises noise at boundary” (GB12348-2008).

(4) The SW after the completion of proposed project is the same with current project,

which include wheat straw scraps from material preparation workshop, pulp

residue from pulp and paper making workshop, white mud, green mud and lime

residue from alkali recovery section, and sludge from waste water treatment

station. Improperly treated SW will also impose pollution on environment. Proper

disposal measures are taken to the SW generated by proposed programme to

achieve zero emission. The waste active carbon generated in production process is

recycled by manufacturer.

19.1.9 Control of Total Amount of Pollutants

Compared with current pollutants amount emitted, the emission amount of major

pollutants will be reduced to certain degree after the completion of proposed

programme. The reduced amounts are陶 COD 5210.37t/a, ammonia nitrogen

59.16t/a陶SO2 38.03t/a, and oxynitride 46.84t/a.

19.1.10 Environmental and Economic Cost-Benefit Analysis

After the completion of proposed programme, the annual cost of the product will be

242.86 million RMB, the annul sales revenue will be 275.4157 million RMB, with

annual sales tax of 15.6142 million RMB and annual total tax of 24.1771 million

RMB. The pretax FIRR (Financial Internal Rate of Return) will reach 19% which

shows good profitability. The analysis index of sinking ability is good with good

sinking ability, making it easy to gain the loan support from lending institution. The

BEP (Break-Even Point) is low which is only 70%. The proposed programme has

good risk resistance capacity. The cash inflow exceeds cash outflow for each year

during calculation period which shows good financial viability. Above analysis

shows that this programme has good economic benefit and risk resistance capacity.

After the operation of this programme, the environmental benefit of reconstructed

and expanded projects calculated based on the difference of reduced air pollutants

and water pollutant of current projects and newly increased air pollutants and water

pollutant of proposed project is at least 3.319 million RMB/a.

19.1.11 Public Participation

The proposed programme was release to the public for two times. Altogether 100

forms were issued and 100 were returned, with the return rate of 100 %. Most

respondents know about the project and support the construction of the project. Most

respondents believe that the project is helpful to the local economic and social

development. All respondents believe that it is necessary to construction this project,


377

because the proposed project will offer more work opportunities for local residents,

lead the economic development of the enterprise and Yongning County and bring

good social and economic benefit.

In summary, the proposed project achieves clean production and pollutant emission

after meeting relevant requirements and control of pollutant emission under

permissible scope through internal potential explosion and renovation, and

introduction of internationally advanced technique, technology and equipments. If

the proposed programme is constructed and implemented according to the

requirements of the EIA report, the programme is environmentally feasible.

19.2 Suggestions

It is suggested that the enterprise shall implement the measures of “leading the old

technology with the new technology” put forward in report during the construction

of the project to realize emission after meeting relevant requirement, and achieve

“increase of production and decrease of pollutant” for waste water and major water

pollutants.


378